UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2020

 

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from ____________ to _____________

 

Commission File No. 001-39418

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Delaware   83-3713938
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
     
13850 Manchester Rd., Ballwin, MO   63011
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

 

888-768-1710
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class   Trading Symbol(s)   Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share   GOED   NYSE American LLC

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

  Large accelerated filer  ☐   Accelerated filer  ☐
  Non-accelerated filer   ☒   Smaller reporting company  ☒
      Emerging growth company  ☒

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

 

Indicate by check mark whether registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒

 

As of June 30, 2020 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter), the aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non-affiliates could not be determined because the registrant’s common stock was not yet trading on any exchange. As of such date, there were 4,750,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, all of which were held by an affiliate. Executive officers, directors and by each person who owns 10% or more of the outstanding common stock may be deemed to be affiliates of the registrant. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

 

As of March 26, 2021, there were a total of 6,111,200 shares of the registrant’s common stock issued and outstanding.

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

None.

 

 

 

 

1847 Goedeker Inc.

 

Annual Report on Form 10-K

Year Ended December 31, 2020

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

PART I  
     
Item 1. Business 1
Item 1A. Risk Factors 14
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 31
Item 2. Properties 31
Item 3. Legal Proceedings 31
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 31
     
PART II  
   
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity  Securities 32
Item 6. Selected Financial Data 32
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 33
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 47
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 47
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 48
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 48
Item 9B. Other Information 48
     
PART III  
   
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 49
Item 11. Executive Compensation 55
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 60
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 61
Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services 63
     
PART IV  
   
Item 15. Exhibit and Financial Statement Schedules 64
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary 66

 

 

 

INTRODUCTORY NOTES

 

Use of Terms

 

Except as otherwise indicated by the context and for the purposes of this report only, references in this report to “we,” “us,” “our” and “our company” are to 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its consolidated subsidiary.

 

Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

This report contains forward-looking statements that are based on our management’s beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available to us. All statements other than statements of historical facts are forward-looking statements. These statements relate to future events or to our future financial performance and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements about:

 

our ability to consummate the proposed acquisition described below;

 

the synergies that we expect to experience resulting from the proposed acquisition;

 

our ability to successfully integrate Appliances Connection’s business with our existing business;

 

the impact of the coronavirus pandemic on our operations and financial condition;

 

our goals and strategies;

 

our future business development, financial condition and results of operations;

 

expected changes in our revenue, costs or expenditures;

 

growth of and competition trends in our industry;

 

our expectations regarding demand for, and market acceptance of, our products;

 

our expectations regarding our relationships with investors, institutional funding partners and other parties we collaborate with;

 

fluctuations in general economic and business conditions in the markets in which we operate; and

 

relevant government policies and regulations relating to our industry.

 

In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “may,” “could,” “will,” “should,” “would,” “expect,” “plan,” “intend,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “project” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. These statements are only predictions. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors, which are, in some cases, beyond our control and which could materially affect results. Factors that may cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations include, among other things, those listed under Item 1A “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report. If one or more of these risks or uncertainties occur, or if our underlying assumptions prove to be incorrect, actual events or results may vary significantly from those implied or projected by the forward-looking statements. No forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance.

 

The forward-looking statements made in this report relate only to events or information as of the date on which the statements are made in this report. Except as expressly required by the federal securities laws, there is no undertaking to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, changed circumstances or any other reason.

 

 

 

PART I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS.

 

Overview

 

Our company is a one-stop e-commerce destination for home furnishings, including appliances, furniture, home goods and related products. Since our founding in 1951, we have evolved from a local brick and mortar operation serving the St. Louis metro area to a large nationwide omnichannel retailer that offers one-stop shopping for the leading brands. While we still maintain our St. Louis showroom, over 95% of our sales are placed through our website at www.goedekers.com. We offer over 141,000 stock-keeping units, or SKUs, organized by category and product features, providing visitors to the site an easy to navigate shopping experience.

 

Through our e-commerce business model, we offer an online marketplace for consumers looking for variety, style, service and value when shopping for nearly any home product needed. We are focused on bringing our customers an experience that is at the forefront of shopping online for the home. We have built a large online selection of appliances, furniture, home goods and related products. We are able to offer this vast selection of products because our model requires minimal inventory in relation to our sales. We specialize in the home category and this has enabled us to build a shopping experience and logistics infrastructure that is tailored to the unique characteristics of our market.

 

Our shopping experience allows for online chat and the ability to speak with an expert by phone seven days a week. We believe that we are a national leader in customer value and price. We enjoy strong relationships with most national and global appliance companies and we believe that we have a technologically advanced online sales and infrastructure platform.

 

The delivery experience and overall customer service that we offer our shoppers are central to our business. We primarily purchase inventory only after a sale has been, which allows us to tightly manage our inventory and warehouse space while still providing customers quick delivery times and control over the entire process. However, we do also make some strategic inventory buys to take advantage of lower costs and to satisfy consumer demand more quickly. Recently, however, because of changes in policies of our manufacturer vendors, we have increased inventory on hand. Despite the recent increase, our inventory levels are relatively low in relation to our sales. About 64% of appliances flow through our warehouse while almost all furniture is drop shipped to the customer. All inventory is managed with a barcode system and is automatically tracked through our Microsoft Dynamics GP ERP system.

 

Corporate History and Structure

 

Acquisition of Goedeker Television

 

Our company was incorporated in the State of Delaware on January 10, 2019 for the sole purpose of acquiring substantially all of the assets of Goedeker Television Co., or Goedeker Television. On April 5, 2019, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Goedeker Television. As a result of this transaction, we acquired the former business of Goedeker Television, which was established in 1951, and continue to operate this business. All discussions in this report regarding our business prior to the acquisition reflect the business of Goedeker Television, our predecessor company. Prior to our acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Goedeker Television, we had no operations other than operations relating to our incorporation and organization.

 

Proposed Acquisition of Appliances Connection

 

On October 20, 2020, we entered into a securities purchase agreement, which was amended on December 8, 2020 (we refer to this agreement, as amended, as the purchase agreement), to acquire the following five household appliances companies through our newly formed wholly owned subsidiary Appliances Connection Inc., or ACI: (1) 1 Stop Electronics Center, Inc., a New York corporation, or 1 Stop; (2) Gold Coast Appliances, Inc., a New York corporation; (3) Superior Deals Inc., a New York corporation; (4) Joe’s Appliances LLC, a New York limited liability company; and (5) YF Logistics LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (we collectively refer to these companies as Appliances Connection).

 

Headquartered in Brooklyn, New York and founded in 1998, Appliances Connection is one of the leading retailers of household appliances with a 200,000 square foot warehouse in Hamilton, NJ and a 23,000 square foot showroom in Brooklyn, New York. In addition to selling appliances, it also sells furniture, fitness equipment, plumbing fixtures, televisions, outdoor appliances, and patio furniture, as well as commercial appliances for builder and business clients. It also provides appliance installation services and old appliance removal services. Appliances Connection serves retail customers, builders, architects, interior designers, restaurants, schools and other large corporations. It ships to 48 states in the Continental U.S. and offers over 51,000 appliance products, from luxury brands like Viking, Miele, Thermador, Sub-Zero, Wolf, Forte, Ilve, and Bosch, to household favorites like GE, LG, Frigidaire and Whirlpool.

 

1

 

 

Pursuant to the purchase agreement, ACI agreed to acquire all of the issued and outstanding capital stock or other equity securities of Appliances Connection from its owners (which we refer to as the sellers) for an aggregate purchase price of $222,000,000, subject to adjustment. The purchase price consists of (i) $180,000,000 in cash, (ii) 1,222,239 shares of our common stock and 1,111,094 shares of our series A preferred stock, collectively having a stated value that is equal to $21,000,000, and (iii) a number of shares of or series A-1 preferred stock that is equal to (A) $21,000,000 divided by (B) the average of the closing price of our shares of common stock (as reported on NYSE American) for the 20 trading days immediately preceding the 3rd trading day prior to the closing date of the acquisition; provided, that if we have obtained stockholder approval prior to closing, then we will issue the same number of shares of common stock in lieu of the series A preferred stock and series A-1 preferred stock. We refer to this proposed acquisition of Appliances Connection in this report as the proposed acquisition.

 

The purchase price is subject to a closing net working capital adjustment provision. Under this provision, the sellers shall deliver to ACI at least one day prior to the closing of the proposed acquisition a statement setting forth their good faith estimate of the net working capital of Appliances Connection. If such estimated net working capital exceeds a target net working capital of ($15,476,941), then within five (5) days ACI shall make a cash payment to the sellers that is equal to such excess. If such target net working capital exceeds such estimated net working capital, then either (i) if finally determined at the closing, the cash portion of the purchase price shall be decreased by such excess or (ii) within 5 days of the closing, the sellers shall make a cash payment to ACI that is equal to such excess.

 

The purchase price is also subject to a post-closing net working capital adjustment provision. On or before the 75th day following the closing of the proposed acquisition, ACI shall deliver to the sellers a statement setting forth its calculation of the net working capital. If such net working capital exceeds the estimated net working capital referred to above, then within five (5) days after the final determination of such net working capital ACI shall send payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the sellers in an amount equal to such excess. If the estimated net working capital exceeds such net working capital, then within five (5) days the sellers shall pay to ACI in cash an amount equal to such excess.

 

The cash portion of the purchase price will also be (i) decreased by (A) the amount of any outstanding unpaid indebtedness of Appliances Connection (other than trade debt) existing as of the closing date and (B) any transaction expenses, and (ii) increased by the amount of cash or cash equivalents held by, or on the books of, Appliances Connection as of the closing date, if any, that is in excess of $850,000.

 

Upon execution of the purchase agreement, ACI paid a deposit in the amount of $100,000 and upon execution of the amendment to the purchase agreement, ACI paid an additional deposit in the amount of $75,000, all of which will be credited towards the cash portion of the purchase price at closing.

 

The purchase agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants, including a covenant that the sellers will not compete with the business of 1 Stop as of the closing date for a period of two (2) years following closing.

 

The purchase agreement also contains mutual indemnification for breaches of representations or warranties and failure to perform covenants or obligations contained in the purchase agreement. In the case of the indemnification provided by the sellers with respect to breaches of certain non-fundamental representations and warranties, the sellers will only become liable for indemnified losses if the amount exceeds an aggregate of $2,100,000, whereupon the sellers will be liable for all losses relating back to the first dollar, provided that the liability of the sellers for breaches of certain non-fundamental representations and warranties shall not exceed $21,000,000.

 

The closing of the purchase agreement is subject to customary closing conditions, including, without limitation, the expiration or termination of any waiting period applicable to the consummation of the transaction under the Hart-Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended; the receipt of all authorizations, consents and approvals of all governmental authorities or agencies; the release of any security interests; ACI obtaining the requisite acquisition financing; and delivery of all opinions and documents required for the transfer of the securities of Appliances Connection to ACI.

  

2

 

 

The purchase agreement may be terminated as follows:

 

by mutual written consent of ACI, our company and the sellers at any time prior to the closing;

 

by either ACI and our company or the sellers if any governmental entity will have issued an order or taken any other action permanently enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by the purchase agreement;

 

by either ACI and our company or the sellers if the closing does not occur on or before May 31, 2021; provided, that the right to terminate shall not be available to any party that has breached in any material respect its obligations under the purchase agreement in any manner that shall have caused the failure of a condition to the consummation of the proposed acquisition;

 

by ACI and our company if any seller or Appliances Connection has breached its respective representations and warranties or any covenant or other agreement to be performed by it in a manner such that the closing conditions related to such representations, warranties or covenants of such party would not be satisfied; or

 

by the sellers if ACI or our company has breached its representations and warranties or any covenant or other agreement to be performed by it in a manner such that the closing conditions related to such representations, warranties or covenants of such party would not be satisfied.

 

In the event that the purchase agreement is terminated in accordance with the circumstances described in the first, second or fourth bullets set forth above, the deposit referred to above shall be returned to ACI with two (2) business days. In the event that the purchase agreement is terminated by the sellers in accordance with the circumstances described in the third or fifth bullets set forth above, the sellers shall retain the deposit.

 

Please also see Item 1A “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Proposed Acquisition” for certain risks related to the proposed acquisition.

 

Industry

 

Certain market and industry data included in this report is derived from information provided by third-party market research firms, third-party financial or analytics firms, or public sources that we believe to be reliable. Certain data are also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from management’s knowledge of the industry and independent sources. The market data used in this report involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading Item 1A “Risk Factors” in this report. Similarly, we believe our internal research is reliable, even though such research has not been verified by any independent sources. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

U.S. Household Appliance Market

 

The U.S. household appliances market in general is highly fragmented with big box retailers, large online retailers, and thousands of local and regional retailers competing for share in what has historically been a high touch sale process with manufacturers’ strict showroom requirements, although the landscape in recent years has been shifting to online sales.

 

3

 

 

According to Statista, revenue in the U.S. household appliances market is projected to reach $46.3 billion in 2021 and is expected to grow at an annual growth rate of 1.3% from 2021 to 2025.

 

 

 

Source: Statista (Forecast adjusted for expected impact of COVID-19), February 2021

 

As noted above, the landscape in the U.S. household appliances market has been shifting to online sales. Statista estimates that 42% of total revenue will be generated through online sales in 2021 and that online sales will continue to grow through 2023.

 

 

 

Source: Statista (Forecast adjusted for expected impact of COVID-19), February 2021

 

This shifting landscape to online sales is providing a significant market share capture and positioning opportunity for companies. We are continuing to capitalize on this market shift.

 

According to Statista, revenue in the U.S. household appliances e-commerce segment is projected to reach $21.3 billion in 2021 and is expected to grow at an annual growth rate of 5.2% from 2021 to 2025, resulting in a projected market volume of $26.2 billion by 2025.

 

4

 

 

 

 

Source: Statista (Forecast adjusted for expected impact of COVID-19), February 2021

 

Furniture and Homeware Market

 

Although consolidation in the U.S. furniture and homeware market continues to progress, the industry is still relatively fragmented compared to other retail subsectors of similar market value.

 

Revenue in the U.S. furniture market is projected to reach $247.8 billion in 2021 and is expected to grow at an annual growth rate of 2.2% from 2021 to 2025.

 

 

 

Source: Statista (Forecast adjusted for expected impact of COVID-19), February 2021

 

As with the U.S. household appliances market, the landscape in the U.S. furniture and homeware market has been shifting to online sales. Statista estimates that 19% of total revenue will be generated through online sales in 2021.

 

5

 

 

 

 

Source: Statista (Forecast adjusted for expected impact of COVID-19), February 2021

 

Much like the U.S. household appliances market, the shifting landscape to online sales in the segment is providing a significant market share capture and positioning opportunity for companies. We are continuing to capitalize on this market shift.

 

According to Statista, revenue in the U.S. furniture and homeware e-commerce segment is projected to reach $55.3 billion in 2021 and is expected to grow at an annual growth rate of 2.6% from 2021 to 2025, resulting in a projected market volume of $61.2 billion by 2025.

 

 

 

Source: Statista (Forecast adjusted for expected impact of COVID-19), February 2021

 

Impact of Coronavirus Pandemic

 

As noted above, the projections for future periods have been adjusted to take into account the anticipated effects of the worldwide coronavirus pandemic. However, given the uncertainty surrounding future events related to the pandemic, those projections may be overstated and should not be given undue weight.

 

At this time, we cannot predict the exact effects of the pandemic. However, we do anticipate that that the shift to online sales will be accelerated, as at least some of the retail stores that have closed during the pandemic and may not re-open.

 

6

 

 

Appliances

 

The appliance category is our largest revenue source. We have a long history of selling these products and serving the distinct needs of consumers looking to replace or add to their home appliances. We offer nearly 22,000 appliance SKUs from all mainline original equipment manufacturers, including Bosch, Whirlpool, GE, Maytag, LG, Samsung, Sharp, and Kitchen Aid, among others. We sell all major home appliances, including refrigerators, ranges, ovens, dishwashers, microwaves, freezers, washers and dryers.

 

 

 

Sales of appliances accounted for approximately 72.76% and 80.38% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

Furniture

 

We began selling furniture online in 2015 and currently offer approximately 63,000 SKUs from 111 furniture vendors. Furniture is the second largest product category. The organization of product by type and characteristics makes for a complete shopping experience in a complicated product category.

 

 

 

Sales of furniture accounted for approximately 21.40% and 14.41% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

Other Products

 

We also offer a broad assortment of products in the décor, bed & bath, lighting, outdoor living and electronics categories. While these are not individually high-volume categories, they complement the appliance and furniture categories to produce a one-stop home goods offering for customers.

 

7

 

 

 

 

We also offer customers the opportunity to purchase warranties that protect their appliances beyond the manufacturers’ warranty period. These warranties are offered through third party vendors. We remit the cost of the warranty to the warranty company, net of our commission. The warranty company assumes all costs of the warrantied product.

 

Other sales accounted for approximately 5.84% and 5.21% of our revenues for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

Pricing

 

We believe that our pricing model creates a competitive advantage as we strive to sell at the lowest possible price in the market. Our team tracks pricing daily on more than 15,000 appliance SKUs, comparing prices with all major resellers. Adjustments are made daily to ensure the success this strategy. Our business model emphasizes value added products up to and including super premium products. As a result, we believe that our average selling price by product category is higher than industry norms.

 

Vendor/Supplier Relationships

 

We offer more than 240 vendors and over 141,000 SKUs available for purchase through our website. This depth of vendor relationships gives consumers numerous options in all product categories resulting in a true one-stop shopping destination. Our vendors and suppliers are listed in the table below.

 

Supplier   Total
Purchases
(2020)
  Total
Purchases
(2019)
  Percent of
Purchases
(2020)
  Percent of
Purchases
(2019)
Whirlpool   $ 16,254,839     $ 17,337,900       38.0 %     44.1 %
General Electric     5,247,570       2,528,000       12.3 %     6.4 %
Bosch     3,968,028       2,479,800       9.4 %     6.3 %
Electrolux     2,412,048       2,081,600       5.6 %     5.3 %
LG     2,497,333       1,980,200       5.8 %     5.0 %
Samsung     2,070,958       1,481,400       4.8 %     3.8 %

 

We are substantially dependent on Whirlpool for a large portion of our product purchases. Products are purchased from all suppliers, including Whirlpool, on an at-will basis. We have no long-term purchase agreements with Whirlpool or any other supplier. Relationships with suppliers are subject to change from time to time. Changes in our relationships with suppliers occur periodically and could positively or negatively impact our net sales and operating profits. We believe that we can be successful in mitigating negative effects resulting from unfavorable changes in the relationships with suppliers through, among other things, the development of new or expanded supplier relationships. Please see Item 1A “Risk Factors” for a description of the risks related to our supplier relationships, including our dependence on Whirlpool.

 

8

 

 

Marketing

 

We market our products through a variety of methods, including through paid shopping and paid searches, display marketing, affiliate marketing, organic marketing, paid social media marketing and email marketing. The diagram below sets forth some of our key marketing statistics for 2020.

 

 

 

This chart shows results from our marketing efforts. The revenue shown exceeds total revenue as a customer may visit the site more than once before making a purchase, causing revenue attribution in multiple channels.

 

Paid Shopping and Paid Search

 

Our most effective channel is paid shopping and paid search. We utilize multiple search platforms (primarily Google) to put our products in front of consumers that are searching for products online. We have engaged a “best in class” agency and continually monitor and optimize campaigns in order to create more efficient and profitable campaign results. We specialize in a “bottom of the funnel” approach, meaning our campaigns are designed to spend more liberally with those at the end of the purchase cycle, and more conservatively with those in the beginning of the purchase journey.

 

Display Marketing

 

The majority of our display efforts are in the form of remarketing across the Google ad network. At this time, we are not focused on major branding efforts as much as we are on capitalizing on consumers who have begun their buying journey. With high average order values, we find that remarketing works effectively at bringing consumers back on the website or the phone to place an order.

 

Affiliate Marketing

 

Keeping a keen eye on nexus laws, we have scaled back our affiliate marketing in order to protect the interests of our company. We have found that the administrative burden and tax impact or revenue generated by many of the affiliates outweighed the benefits. As of the date of this report, we have only one affiliate marketing relationship remaining with 169 affiliate partners.

 

Organic Marketing

 

Organic marketing continues to be a strong channel for our company. While we are not heavily invested in organic at this time, the channel resulted in approximately 1.1 million users coming to our website in 2020. We understand best practices in technology, programming, copywriting, link acquisition as well as many other strategies to ensure we are in a strong position with the largest search engines.

 

9

 

 

Paid Social Media

 

Social media is utilized sparingly to drive traffic and manage brand perception. It is our goal to not look irrelevant to consumers viewing us on social media, while at the same time minimizing spending on these channels. We have found awareness campaigns on social media to be ineffective with products at our price point. We do take advantage of the remarketing opportunities on Facebook, which work well for us by driving highly qualified traffic back to our website where that traffic is converted to customers.

 

Email

 

Using email marketing, we put relevant products and offers in front our of a growing email database of approximately 259,000 opted-in consumers multiple times per week. Our marketing team produces email content by utilizing in-house design, copy and programming resources. Messages are sent using an enterprise-level email service provider and metrics such as deliverability, open rates and click rates are constantly monitored. Messages are targeted to individuals based on numerous factors including what time they are most likely to read emails, past purchase behavior and frequency of interaction.

 

Additionally, we utilize a multitude of triggered email programs, such as cart and browse abandonment, to entice customers back into the funnel. We continue to pursue best practices such as offer modals and scraping the checkout in order to facilitate continued list growth. Below is a diagram representing key performance metrics for the period from July to December 2020.

 

 

Customers and Markets

 

Based on a study that we commissioned in 2019, our average shopper is between 35 and 64 years old and lives in a single-family home, which they own. Most of our customers are not reluctant to buy at a premium price for top quality as long as we and our products provide good value. Our most popular brands tend to be middle to upper market brands that are not found in the stores of many large retailers. A significant percentage of our customers have household income above $100,000.

 

10

 

 

Our physical store presence and warehouse is located in St Louis, Missouri, and third-party distribution, delivery and installation agreements allow us to serve, sell and ship to customers nationwide. We plan to expand our agreements directly with manufacturers to pick up and deliver from their warehouse to reach more customers, more quickly at reduced costs. In fact, while we started many years ago as a brick and mortar only business, about 78% of our sales originate from outside the Midwest market. The diagram below represents our sales by region for 2020:

 

 

 

 

Customer Support

 

Our customer support team exists to sell and service customers at all parts of the buying and ownership cycle. We believe that by integrating phone support with marketing efforts, we differentiate ourselves from big box and independent retailers. Leading edge contact center technology and management is in early stage deployment and promises to increase sales close rates, decrease cancellations, increase average ticket size and create customers that purchase within the next twelve months. Current repeat purchasing is roughly 11% within a year, which demonstrates a reasonable satisfaction with the current model. We have a customer service team of 29 members and call center sales team of 22 members.

 

Our call center is now available to field inbound customer calls from 8:00 am to 6:00 pm CT, Monday through Saturday and Sunday from 12:00pm to 6:00 pm CT. Approximately 36% of all sales involve an order that was placed with a sales representative. This percentage should increase in 2021 as chat becomes a more deployed resource for our shoppers and customers.

 

Logistics

 

Purchasing and Inventory Management

 

We primarily purchase inventory only after a sale has been made through our website, which allows us to tightly manage our inventory and warehouse space while still providing customers quick delivery times and control over the entire process. However, we do also make some strategic inventory buys to take advantage of lower costs and to satisfy consumer demand more quickly. About 64% of appliances flow through our warehouse while almost all furniture is drop shipped to the customer. All inventory is managed with a barcode system and is automatically tracked through our Microsoft Dynamics GP ERP system. As described above, initiatives are underway that will allow us to pick up products closer and more quickly directly from our manufacturers’ warehouses.

 

Shipping and Delivery

 

We take ownership of inventory when it is delivered to our warehouse. At this point, warehouse staff unloads the product, determines the delivery location, picks a carrier and ultimately ships the product. We primarily use R+L Carriers for most of our larger shipping services. We also use AM Home Delivery for furniture deliveries. If a customer is outside of their service zones or requires faster delivery times, we will use one of our three or four specialty carriers to get the job done.

 

Returns and Exchanges

 

Our return and exchange policy is designed to be as worry-free and customer-friendly as possible. We offer a 30-day money back, 100% satisfaction guarantee. If a customer is not satisfied with his or her order, we will exchange or refund the full purchase price, minus all shipping costs, within 30 days of delivery. We do not charge a restocking fee when items are returned or exchanged, which we believe differentiates us from other retailers. We will not take returns of, or exchange, products that are damaged, installed, assembled, or used after the customer has taken delivery.

 

11

 

 

Competition

 

We compete with big box retailers, independent appliance and furniture retailers, hybrid retail and direct-to-consumer companies and web only companies. As a hybrid retail and direct-to-consumer company, we have the ability to navigate the competitive offerings of each competitor, utilizing online marketing, our customer service expertise and large curated assortments to attract and retain new customers.

 

Appliances

 

The U.S. appliance market in general is highly fragmented with thousands of local and regional retailers competing for share. Our primary competitors in the appliance market include:

 

Big Box Retailers: Home Depot, Lowe’s, Best Buy and Walmart;

 

Online Retailers and Marketplaces: Amazon and Wayfair; and

 

Specialty Retailers: AJ Madison, Appliances Connection and US Appliance.

 

The shifting landscape to online sales in the segment is providing a significant market share capture and positioning opportunity for companies. We are continuing to capitalize on this market shift.

 

Furniture and Homewares

 

Although consolidation in the U.S. furniture and homeware market continues to progress, the industry is still relatively fragmented compared to other retail subsectors of similar market value. Our main competitors in the furniture and homewares market include:

 

Furniture Stores: Ashley Furniture, Bob’s Discount Furniture, Havertys and Rooms To Go;

 

Big Box Retailers: Bed Bath & Beyond, IKEA, Target and Walmart;

 

Department Stores: JCPenney and Macy’s;

 

Specialty Retailers: Crate and Barrel and Ethan Allen; and

 

Online Retailers and Marketplaces: Amazon, Wayfair and eBay.

 

Much like the appliance market, the shifting landscape to online sales in the segment is providing a significant market share capture and positioning opportunity for companies. We are continuing to capitalize on this market shift. We believe there may be opportunities for nationally distributed niche products, like sleeper sofas, where we could benefit from not inventorying product but marketing and then ordering on demand after payment. Similar opportunities are even more broadly available in the appliance market.

 

Competitive Strengths

 

Based on management’s belief and experience in the industry, we believe that the following competitive strengths enable us to compete effectively.

 

Name and reputation. We believe that we enjoy a long-standing (50+ years) reputation with vendors and customers for our focus on offering a full line of appliances and other home furnishings with competitive pricing and superior customer service.

 

Strong customer relationships. We focus on the committed shopper who is interested in purchasing core, premium and luxury appliances, furniture and other home goods at market competitive prices.

 

Highly trained and professional staff. We believe that our personnel are our most important asset. We have an internal sales support team of 22 personnel who are trained to educate and support customers when selecting and buying products. Approximately 36% of customer orders consist of a phone conversation with a sales team member, which becomes a differentiator when competing with online only companies and with brick and with mortar outlets.

 

Product pricing. We believe that our pricing model creates a competitive advantage as we strive to sell at the lowest allowed price in the market. Our team tracks pricing daily on more than 15,000 appliance SKUs, comparing prices with all major resellers. Adjustments are made daily to ensure this strategy.

 

Online sales expertise. We believe that our ability to transact online, big ticket, home delivery gives us strategic positioning and capability to sell more products to our current customer base, as well as to add new big ticket product categories.

 

Best in class customer service and marketing technology. We believe that the investments we have made in our call center tools and the latest version of our shopping platform, combined with digital marketing optimization, should put us in position to offer a scalable, repeatable quality process that is second to none in the retail appliance industry.

 

12

 

 

Growth Strategies

 

We will strive to grow our business by pursuing the following growth strategies.

 

Significantly increase marketing spend. We plan to partner with nationally accredited advertising and marketing agencies to more efficiently utilize our advertising dollars and to increase sales through our website and our call center.

 

Expand in the commercial market. To date, we have directed all marketing efforts toward the consumer. With remodels and new home construction, there is opportunity to market to home builders, contractors and interior designers who are making or influencing the purchasing decision for many consumers. We believe that our low price business model would be received well by this market, creating substantial revenue opportunities and more repeat business. Evidence of unmet demand and market need is ongoing with large commercial sales occurring organically each week through our web site and contact center.

 

Expand category management. We have expanded from online appliances to furniture and other categories while maintaining management headcount. Management feels that committing dedicated resources to each category and building them out in business unit fashion will not only drive revenue but increase and improve margins.

 

Warehouse and shipping optimization. We plan to implement a series of initiatives with key vendors to increase shipping speed to customers, cut costs and increase margins. We plan to pick up product from manufacturers’ warehouses and selectively use inventory buys to reduce costs. With access to vendor warehouse operations, we expect to take advantage of buying opportunities and capture time-sensitive customers more frequently.

 

Ride the wave of online retail. Big ticket online retail continues to grow significantly as product offerings and shopping experiences online and on the phone become superior and preferred to most brick and mortar shopping. We are making key investments in people, processes and systems that we believe will grow our customer base. We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from the growth in online retail.

 

Intellectual Property

 

We own several domain names, including for our www.goedekers.com website. The agreements with our suppliers generally provide us with a limited, non-exclusive license to use the supplier’s trademarks, service marks and trade names for the sole purpose of promoting and selling their products.

 

To protect our intellectual property, we rely on a combination of laws and regulations, as well as contractual restrictions. We rely on the protection of laws regarding unregistered copyrights for certain content we create. We also rely on trade secret laws to protect our proprietary technology and other intellectual property. To further protect our intellectual property, we enter into confidentiality agreements with our executive officers and directors.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2020, we employed 102 full-time employees.

 

Department/Function   Employees
Accounting/Finance   13
Sales and Marketing   23
Customer Service   29
Information Technology   8
Merchandising   11
Purchasing   4
Warehouse   6
Administrative   8
TOTALS   102

 

None of our employees are represented by labor unions, and we believe that we have an excellent relationship with our employees.

 

13

 

 

Regulation

 

Our business is subject a variety of laws and regulations applicable to companies conducting business on the Internet. Jurisdictions vary as to how, or whether, existing laws governing areas such as personal privacy and data security, consumer protection or sales and other taxes, among other areas, apply to the Internet and e-commerce, and these laws are continually evolving. For example, certain applicable privacy laws and regulations require us to provide customers with our policies on sharing information with third parties, and advance notice of any changes to these policies. Related laws may govern the manner in which we store or transfer sensitive information or impose obligations on us in the event of a security breach or inadvertent disclosure of such information. Additionally, tax regulations in jurisdictions where we do not currently collect state or local taxes may subject us to the obligation to collect and remit such taxes, or to additional taxes, or to requirements intended to assist jurisdictions with their tax collection efforts. New legislation or regulation, the application of laws from jurisdictions whose laws do not currently apply to our business, or the application of existing laws and regulations to the Internet and e-commerce generally could result in significant additional taxes on our business. Further, we could be subject to fines or other payments for any past failures to comply with these requirements. The continued growth and demand for e-commerce is likely to result in more laws and regulations that impose additional compliance burdens on e-commerce companies.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.

 

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, together with the other information contained in this report, before purchasing our common stock. We have listed below (not necessarily in order of importance or probability of occurrence) what we believe to be the most significant risk factors, but they do not constitute all of the risks that may be applicable. Any of the following factors could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects, and could result in a partial or complete loss of your investment. Some statements in this report, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. Please refer to the section titled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”.

 

Risks Related to the Proposed Acquisition

 

If the benefits of the proposed acquisition do not meet the expectations of investors, stockholders or financial analysts, the market price of our common stock may decline.

 

If the benefits of the proposed acquisition do not meet the expectations of investors or securities analysts, the market price of our common stock prior to the closing of the proposed acquisition may decline. The market values of our common stock at the time of the proposed acquisition may vary significantly from their prices on the date the acquisition target was identified.

 

In addition, broad market and industry factors may materially harm the market price of our common stock irrespective of our operating performance. The stock market in general has experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of the particular companies affected. The trading prices and valuations of these stocks, and of our securities, may not be predictable. A loss of investor confidence in the market for retail stocks or the stocks of other companies which investors perceive to be similar to us could depress our stock price regardless of our business, prospects, financial conditions or results of operations. A decline in the market price of our securities also could adversely affect our ability to issue additional securities and our ability to obtain additional financing in the future.

 

The proposed acquisition is subject to a number of conditions.

 

The purchase agreement contains a number of conditions that must be fulfilled to complete the proposed acquisition, including, without limitation: the receipt of all authorizations, consents, permits, licenses or approvals of all governmental authorities or other third parties; the expiration or termination of any waiting period applicable to the consummation of the transaction under the Hart-Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended; the absence of any temporary, preliminary or permanent restraining order preventing the consummation of the proposed acquisition; the release of any security interests related to Appliances Connection; the execution of new leases for certain properties; the execution of certain employment agreements between certain officers of Appliances Connection and ACI; the receipt of an opinion of the sellers’ counsel; and the receipt of documents required for the transfer of the securities of Appliances Connection to ACI. In addition, ACI shall have obtained on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to it all of the financing necessary to pay the cash portion of the purchase price and pay related fees and expenses to consummate the proposed acquisition and provide reasonably adequate working capital for Appliances Connection after the closing.

 

14

 

 

The required satisfaction of the foregoing conditions could delay the completion of the proposed acquisition for a significant period of time or prevent it from occurring. Any delay in completing the proposed acquisition could cause our company not to realize some or all of the benefits that the parties expect our company to achieve. Further, there can be no assurance that the conditions to the closing of the proposed acquisition will be satisfied or waived or that the proposed acquisition will be completed.

 

Failure or delay to complete the proposed acquisition could negatively impact our business, financial condition, results of operations or stock price.

 

Completion of the proposed acquisition is conditioned upon the satisfaction of certain closing conditions, including those discussed above, and other closing conditions customary for a transaction of this size and type. The required conditions to closing may not be satisfied in a timely manner, if at all. If the proposed acquisition is not consummated for these or any other reasons, we may be subject to a number of adverse effects, including:

 

the price of our common stock may decline to the extent that the current market price reflects a market assumption that the proposed acquisition will be completed;

 

our operations may continue to incur loss; and

 

costs related to the proposed acquisition, such as legal, accounting, financial advisory and printing fees, must be paid even if the proposed acquisition is not completed.

 

Furthermore, if the proposed acquisition is not completed, there can be no assurance that we will be able to find another target business on terms as favorable as those of the proposed acquisition.

 

We have incurred and expect to continue to incur substantial transaction-related costs in connection with the proposed acquisition.

 

We have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, a number of non-recurring transaction-related costs associated with completing the proposed acquisition. These fees and costs have been, and will continue to be, substantial. Non-recurring transaction costs include, but are not limited to, fees paid to legal, financial and accounting advisors, filing fees and printing costs. Additional unanticipated costs may be incurred, which may be higher than expected and could have a material adverse effect on the new business’s financial condition and operating results.

 

As a result of the proposed acquisition, our company may have undisclosed liabilities and any such liabilities could harm our revenues, business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We conducted due diligence on Appliances Connection. However, the due diligence process may not reveal all material liabilities of Appliances Connection currently existing or which may be asserted in the future against our company relating to its activities before the consummation of the proposed acquisition transaction. There can be no assurance that our company will not have any liabilities in connection with the closing of the proposed acquisition that we are unaware of or that we will be successful in enforcing any indemnification provisions or that such indemnification provisions will be adequate to reimburse us. Any such liabilities of Appliances Connection that survive the proposed acquisition could harm our revenues, business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

 

15

 

 

Risks Related to our Business and Industry

 

The COVID-19 pandemic may cause a material adverse effect on our business.

 

In late 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, or COVID-19, was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. The virus has since spread to over 150 countries and every state in the United States. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak a pandemic, and on March 13, 2020, the United States declared a national emergency.

 

The COVID-19 pandemic continues to rapidly evolve. At this time, there continues to be significant volatility and uncertainty relating to the full extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic and the various responses to it will impact our business, operations and financial results.

 

Most states and cities reacted by instituting quarantines, restrictions on travel, “stay at home” rules, social distancing measures and restrictions on the types of businesses that could continue to operate, as well as guidance in response to the pandemic and the need to contain it. Pursuant to restrictions in Missouri, our showroom was closed from April through June of 2020, but our call center and warehouse continued to operate. Since over 95% of our sales are completed online and our call center and warehouse and distribution operations continued to operate, the restrictions put in place have not had a materially negative impact on our operations. However, the situation surrounding COVID-19 remains fluid, and we may be required to close or limit service offerings in our retail facility or warehouse in response to guidance from applicable government and public health officials, which could adversely affect our operations and revenues.

 

In addition, we are dependent upon suppliers to provide us with all of the products that we sell. We source, and sell products from domestic and international vendors, and their ability to reliably and efficiently fulfill our orders is critical to our business success. The pandemic has impacted and may continue to impact suppliers and manufacturers of certain of our products. As a result, we have faced and may continue to face delays or difficulty sourcing certain products, which could negatively affect our business and financial results. Even if we are able to find alternate sources for such products, they may cost more, which could adversely impact our profitability and financial condition.

 

If the current pace of the pandemic cannot be slowed and the spread of COVID-19 is not contained, our business operations could be further delayed or interrupted. We expect that government and health authorities may announce new or extend existing restrictions, which could require us to make further adjustments to our operations in order to comply with any such restrictions. We may also experience limitations in employee resources. In addition, our operations could be disrupted if any of our employees were suspected of having COVID-19, which could require quarantine of some or all such employees or closure of our facilities for disinfection. We may also delay or reduce certain capital spending and related projects until the travel and logistical impacts of the pandemic are lifted, which will delay the completion of such projects. The duration of any business disruption cannot be reasonably estimated at this time but may materially affect our ability to operate our business and result in additional costs.

 

Further, the global deterioration in economic conditions, which may have an adverse impact on discretionary consumer spending, could also impact our business and demand for our products. For instance, consumer spending may be negatively impacted by general macroeconomic conditions, including a rise in unemployment, and decreased consumer confidence resulting from the pandemic. Changing consumer behaviors as a result of the pandemic may also have a material impact on our revenue.

 

The spread of COVID-19 has also adversely impacted global economic activity and has contributed to significant volatility and negative pressure in financial markets. The pandemic has resulted, and may continue to result, in a significant disruption of global financial markets, which may reduce our ability to access capital in the future, which could negatively affect our liquidity.

 

The extent to which the pandemic may impact our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted as of the date of this report, including new information that may emerge concerning the severity of the pandemic and steps taken to contain the pandemic or treat its impact, among others. Nevertheless, the pandemic and the current financial, economic and capital markets environment, and future developments in the global supply chain and other areas present material uncertainty and risk with respect to our performance, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

To the extent the pandemic adversely affects our business and financial results, it may also have the effect of heightening many of the other risks described in this “Risk Factors” section.

 

16

 

 

If we fail to acquire new customers or retain existing customers, or fail to do so in a cost-effective manner, we may not be able to achieve profitability.

 

Our success depends on our ability to acquire and retain customers in a cost-effective manner. In order to expand our customer base, we must appeal to and acquire customers who have historically used other means of commerce to purchase home goods and may prefer alternatives to our offerings, such as the websites of our competitors or our suppliers’ own websites. We have made significant investments related to customer acquisition and expect to continue to spend significant amounts to acquire additional customers. Our advertising efforts consist primarily of email marketing, affiliate marketing, and to a lesser extent, social media. These efforts are expensive and may not result in the cost-effective acquisition of customers. We cannot assure you that the net profit from new customers we acquire will ultimately exceed the cost of acquiring those customers. If we fail to deliver a quality shopping experience, or if consumers do not perceive the products we offer to be of high value and quality, we may not be able to acquire new customers. If we are unable to acquire new customers who purchase products in numbers sufficient to grow our business, we may not be able to generate the scale necessary to drive beneficial network effects with our suppliers or efficiencies in our logistics network, our net revenue may decrease, and our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

 

We believe that many of our new customers originate from word-of-mouth and other non-paid referrals from existing customers. Therefore, we must ensure that our existing customers remain loyal to us in order to continue receiving those referrals. If our efforts to satisfy our existing customers are not successful, we may not be able to acquire new customers in sufficient numbers to continue to grow our business, or we may be required to incur significantly higher marketing expenses in order to acquire new customers.

 

Our success depends in part on our ability to increase our net revenue per active customer. If our efforts to increase customer loyalty and repeat purchasing as well as maintain high levels of customer engagement are not successful, our growth prospects and revenue will be materially adversely affected.

 

Our ability to grow our business depends on our ability to retain our existing customer base and generate increased revenue and repeat purchases from this customer base, and maintain high levels of customer engagement. To do this, we must continue to provide our customers and potential customers with a unified, convenient, efficient and differentiated shopping experience by:

 

providing imagery, tools and technology that attract customers who historically would have bought elsewhere;

 

maintaining a high-quality and diverse portfolio of products;

 

delivering products on time and without damage; and

 

maintaining and further developing our online platforms.

 

If we fail to increase net revenue per active customer, generate repeat purchases or maintain high levels of customer engagement, our growth prospects, operating results and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

 

Our business depends on our ability to build and maintain strong brands. We may not be able to maintain and enhance our brands if we receive unfavorable customer complaints, negative publicity or otherwise fail to live up to consumers’ expectations, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and growth prospects.

 

Maintaining and enhancing our brands is critical to expanding our base of customers and suppliers. Our ability to maintain and enhance our brand depends largely on our ability to maintain customer confidence in our product and service offerings, including by delivering products on time and without damage. If customers do not have a satisfactory shopping experience, they may seek out alternative offerings from our competitors and may not return to our sites as often in the future, or at all. In addition, unfavorable publicity regarding, for example, our practices relating to privacy and data protection, product quality, delivery problems, competitive pressures, litigation or regulatory activity, could seriously harm our reputation. Such negative publicity also could have an adverse effect on the size, engagement, and loyalty of our customer base and result in decreased revenue, which could adversely affect our business and financial results. A significant portion of our customers’ brand experience also depends on third parties outside of our control, including suppliers and logistics providers such as R+L Carriers, AM Home Delivery and other third-party delivery agents. If these third parties do not meet our or our customers’ expectations, our brands may suffer irreparable damage.

 

In addition, maintaining and enhancing these brands may require us to make substantial investments, and these investments may not be successful. If we fail to promote and maintain our brands, or if we incur excessive expenses in this effort, our business, operating results and financial condition may be materially adversely affected. We anticipate that, as our market becomes increasingly competitive, maintaining and enhancing our brands may become increasingly difficult and expensive. Maintaining and enhancing our brands will depend largely on our ability to provide high quality products to our customers and a reliable, trustworthy and profitable sales channel to our suppliers, which we may not be able to do successfully.

 

Customer complaints or negative publicity about our sites, products, delivery times, customer data handling and security practices or customer support, especially on blogs, social media websites and our sites, could rapidly and severely diminish consumer use of our sites and consumer and supplier confidence in us and result in harm to our brands.

 

17

 

 

Our efforts to expand our business into new brands, products, services, technologies, and geographic regions will subject us to additional business, legal, financial, and competitive risks and may not be successful.

 

Our business success depends to some extent on our ability to expand our customer offerings by launching new brands and services and by expanding our existing offerings into new geographies. Launching new brands and services or expanding geographically requires significant upfront investments, including investments in marketing, information technology, and additional personnel. We may not be able to generate satisfactory revenue from these efforts to offset these costs. Any lack of market acceptance of our efforts to launch new brands and services or to expand our existing offerings could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. Further, as we continue to expand our fulfillment capability or add new businesses with different requirements, our logistics networks become increasingly complex and operating them becomes more challenging. There can be no assurance that we will be able to operate our networks effectively.

 

We have also entered and may continue to enter into new markets in which we have limited or no experience, which may not be successful or appealing to our customers. These activities may present new and difficult technological and logistical challenges, and resulting service disruptions, failures or other quality issues may cause customer dissatisfaction and harm our reputation and brand. Further, our current and potential competitors in new market segments may have greater brand recognition, financial resources, longer operating histories and larger customer bases than we do in these areas. As a result, we may not be successful enough in these newer areas to recoup our investments in them. If this occurs, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

 

If we fail to manage our growth effectively, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

 

To manage our growth effectively, we must continue to implement our operational plans and strategies, improve and expand our infrastructure of people and information systems and expand, train and manage our employee base. We have rapidly increased employee headcount since our inception to support the growth in our business. To support continued growth, we must effectively integrate, develop and motivate a large number of new employees. We face significant competition for personnel. Failure to manage our hiring needs effectively or successfully integrate our new hires may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

Additionally, the growth of our business places significant demands on our operations, as well as our management and other employees. For example, we typically launch hundreds of promotional events across thousands of products each month on our sites via emails and personalized displays. These events require us to produce updates of our sites and emails to our customers on a daily basis with different products, photos and text. Any surge in online traffic and orders associated with such promotional activities places increased strain on our operations, including our logistics network, and may cause or exacerbate slowdowns or interruptions. The growth of our business may require significant additional resources to meet these daily requirements, which may not scale in a cost-effective manner or may negatively affect the quality of our sites and customer experience. We are also required to manage relationships with a growing number of suppliers, customers and other third parties. Our information technology systems and our internal controls and procedures may not be adequate to support future growth of our supplier and employee base. If we are unable to manage the growth of our organization effectively, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

 

Our ability to obtain continued financing is critical to the growth of our business. We will need additional financing to fund operations, which additional financing may not be available on reasonable terms or at all.

 

Our future growth, including the potential for future market expansion will require additional capital. We will consider raising additional funds through various financing sources, including the procurement of additional commercial debt financing. However, there can be no assurance that such funds will be available on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. If such financing is not available on satisfactory terms, we may be unable to execute our growth strategy, and operating results may be adversely affected. Any additional debt financing will increase expenses and must be repaid regardless of operating results and may involve restrictions limiting our operating flexibility.

 

Our ability to obtain financing may be impaired by such factors as the capital markets, both generally and specifically in our industry, which could impact the availability or cost of future financings. If the amount of capital we are able to raise from financing activities, together with our revenues from operations, are not sufficient to satisfy our capital needs, we may be required to decrease the pace of, or eliminate, our future product offerings and market expansion opportunities and potentially curtail operations.

 

18

 

 

Our third-party loans contain certain terms that could materially adversely affect our financial condition.

 

We are party to third party loans that are secured by our assets. See Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources” and “—Recent Developments” for a description of these loans. The loan documents contain customary representations, warranties and affirmative and negative covenants. If an event of default were to occur under these loans, the lenders thereto may pursue all remedies available to them, including declaring the obligations under the loans immediately due and payable, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition. 

 

Our business is highly competitive. Competition presents an ongoing threat to the success of our business.

 

Our business is rapidly evolving and intensely competitive, and we have many competitors in different industries. Our competition includes furniture stores, big box retailers, department stores, specialty retailers, and online retailers and marketplaces in the U.S., including:

 

Furniture Stores: Ashley Furniture, Bob’s Discount Furniture, Havertys and Rooms To Go;

 

Big Box Retailers: Bed Bath & Beyond, Home Depot, IKEA, Lowe’s, Target, Best Buy and Walmart;

 

Department Stores: JCPenney and Macy’s;

 

Specialty Retailers: Crate and Barrel and Ethan Allen;

 

Online Retailers and Marketplaces: Amazon, Wayfair and eBay; and

 

Other: AJ Madison, Appliances Connection and US Appliance.

 

We expect competition in e-commerce generally to continue to increase. We believe that our ability to compete successfully depends upon many factors both within and beyond our control, including:

 

the size and composition of our customer base;

 

the number of suppliers and products we feature on our sites;

 

our selling and marketing efforts;

 

the quality, price and reliability of products we offer;

 

the convenience of the shopping experience that we provide;

 

our ability to distribute our products and manage our operations; and

 

our reputation and brand strength.

 

Many of our current competitors have, and potential competitors may have, longer operating histories, greater brand recognition, larger fulfillment infrastructures, greater technical capabilities, faster and less costly shipping, significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources and larger customer bases than we do. These factors may allow our competitors to derive greater net revenue and profits from their existing customer base, acquire customers at lower costs or respond more quickly than we can to new or emerging technologies and changes in consumer habits. These competitors may engage in more extensive research and development efforts, undertake more far-reaching marketing campaigns and adopt more aggressive pricing policies, which may allow them to build larger customer bases or generate net revenue from their customer bases more effectively than we do.

 

Our success depends, in substantial part, on our continued ability to market our products through search engines and social media platforms.

 

The marketing of our products depends on our ability to cultivate and maintain cost-effective and otherwise satisfactory relationships with search engines and social media platforms, including those operated by Google, Facebook, Bing and Yahoo! These platforms could decide to change their terms and conditions of use at any time (and without notice) and/or significantly increase their fees. No assurances can be provided that we will be able to maintain cost-effective and otherwise satisfactory relationships with these platforms and our inability to do so in the case of one or more of these platforms could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We obtain a significant number of visits via search engines such as Google, Bing and Yahoo! Search engines frequently change the algorithms that determine the ranking and display of results of a user’s search and may make other changes to the way results are displayed, which can negatively affect the placement of links and, therefore, reduce the number of visits to our website. The growing use of online ad-blocking software may also impact the success of our marketing efforts because we may reach a smaller audience and fail to bring more customers to our website, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

19

 

 

System interruptions that impair customer access to our sites or other performance failures or incidents involving our logistics network, our technology infrastructure or our critical technology partners could damage our business, reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and results of operations.

 

The satisfactory performance, reliability and availability of our sites, transaction processing systems, logistics network, and technology infrastructure are critical to our reputation and our ability to acquire and retain customers, as well as maintain adequate customer service levels.

 

For example, if one of our data centers fails or suffers an interruption or degradation of services, we could lose customer data and miss order fulfillment deadlines, which could harm our business. Our systems and operations, including our ability to fulfill customer orders through our logistics network, are also vulnerable to damage or interruption from inclement weather, fire, flood, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorist attacks, labor disputes, cyber-attacks, data loss, acts of war, break-ins, earthquake and similar events. In the event of a data center failure, the failover to a back-up could take substantial time, during which time our sites could be completely shut down. Further, our back-up services may not effectively process spikes in demand, may process transactions more slowly and may not support all of our site’s functionality.

 

We use complex proprietary software in our technology infrastructure, which we seek to continually update and improve. We may not always be successful in executing these upgrades and improvements, and the operation of our systems may be subject to failure. In particular, we have in the past and may in the future experience slowdowns or interruptions on some or all of our sites when we are updating them, and new technologies or infrastructures may not be fully integrated with existing systems on a timely basis, or at all. Additionally, if we expand our use of third-party services, including cloud-based services, our technology infrastructure may be subject to increased risk of slowdown or interruption as a result of integration with such services and/or failures by such third parties, which are out of our control. Our net revenue depends on the number of visitors who shop on our sites and the volume of orders we can handle. Unavailability of our sites or reduced order fulfillment performance would reduce the volume of goods sold and could also materially adversely affect consumer perception of our brand.

 

We may experience periodic system interruptions from time to time. In addition, continued growth in our transaction volume, as well as surges in online traffic and orders associated with promotional activities or seasonal trends in our business, place additional demands on our technology platform and could cause or exacerbate slowdowns or interruptions. If there is a substantial increase in the volume of traffic on our sites or the number of orders placed by customers, we may be required to further expand and upgrade our technology, logistics network, transaction processing systems and network infrastructure. There can be no assurance that we will be able to accurately project the rate or timing of increases, if any, in the use of our sites or expand and upgrade our systems and infrastructure to accommodate such increases on a timely basis. In order to remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the responsiveness, functionality and features of our sites, which is particularly challenging given the rapid rate at which new technologies, customer preferences and expectations and industry standards and practices are evolving in the e-commerce industry. Accordingly, we redesign and enhance various functions on our sites on a regular basis, and we may experience instability and performance issues as a result of these changes.

 

Any slowdown, interruption or performance failure of our sites and the underlying technology and logistics infrastructure could harm our business, reputation and our ability to acquire, retain and serve our customers, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

 

20

 

 

Our failure or the failure of third-party service providers to protect our sites, networks and systems against security breaches, or otherwise to protect our confidential information, could damage our reputation and brand and substantially harm our business and operating results.

 

We collect, maintain, transmit and store data about our customers, employees, contractors, suppliers, vendors and others, including credit card information and personally identifiable information, as well as other confidential and proprietary information. We also employ third-party service providers that store, process and transmit certain proprietary, personal and confidential information on our behalf. We rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties in an effort to securely transmit, encrypt, anonymize or pseudonymize certain confidential and sensitive information, including credit card numbers. Advances in computer capabilities, new technological discoveries or other developments may result in the whole or partial failure of this technology to protect transaction and personal data or other confidential and sensitive information from being breached or compromised. Our security measures, and those of our third-party service providers, may not detect or prevent all attempts to hack our systems, denial-of-service attacks, viruses, malicious software, break-ins, phishing attacks, social engineering, security breaches or other attacks and similar disruptions that may jeopardize the security of information stored in or transmitted by our sites, networks and systems or that we or our third-party service providers otherwise maintain, including payment card systems and human resources management platforms. We and our service providers may not anticipate or prevent all types of attacks until after they have already been launched, and techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or sabotage systems change frequently and may not be known until launched against us or our third-party service providers. In addition, security breaches can also occur as a result of non-technical issues, including intentional or inadvertent breaches by our employees or by persons with whom we have commercial relationships.

 

Breaches of our security measures or those of our third-party service providers or cyber security incidents could result in unauthorized access to our sites, networks and systems; unauthorized access to and misappropriation of personal information, including consumers’ and employees’ personally identifiable information, or other confidential or proprietary information of ourselves or third parties; limited or terminated access to certain payment methods or fines or higher transaction fees to use such methods; viruses, worms, spyware or other malware being served from our sites, networks or systems; deletion or modification of content or the display of unauthorized content on our sites; interruption, disruption or malfunction of operations; costs relating to breach remediation, deployment or training of additional personnel and protection technologies, responses to governmental investigations and media inquiries and coverage; engagement of third party experts and consultants; litigation, regulatory action and other potential liabilities. If any of these breaches of security occur, our reputation and brand could be damaged, our business may suffer, we could be required to expend significant capital and other resources to alleviate problems caused by such breaches and we could be exposed to a risk of loss, litigation or regulatory action and possible liability. In addition, any party who is able to illicitly obtain a customer’s password could access that customer’s transaction data or personal information. Any compromise or breach of our security measures, or those of our third-party service providers, could violate applicable privacy, data security and other laws, and cause significant legal and financial exposure, adverse publicity and a loss of confidence in our security measures, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. We may need to devote significant resources to protect against security breaches or to address problems caused by breaches, diverting resources from the growth and expansion of our business.

 

We may be subject to product liability and other similar claims if people or property are harmed by the products we sell.

 

Some of the products we sell may expose us to product liability and other claims and litigation (including class actions) or regulatory action relating to safety, personal injury, death or environmental or property damage. Some of our agreements with members of our supply chain may not indemnify us from product liability for a particular product, and some members of our supply chain may not have sufficient resources or insurance to satisfy their indemnity and defense obligations. Although we maintain liability insurance, we cannot be certain that our coverage will be adequate for liabilities actually incurred or that insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all.

 

Risks associated with the suppliers from whom our products are sourced could materially adversely affect our financial performance as well as our reputation and brand.

 

We depend on our ability to provide our customers with a wide range of products from qualified suppliers in a timely and efficient manner. Political and economic instability, the financial stability of suppliers, suppliers’ ability to meet our standards, labor problems experienced by suppliers, the availability or cost of raw materials, merchandise quality issues, currency exchange rates, trade tariff developments, transport availability and cost, transport security, inflation, and other factors relating to our suppliers are beyond our control.

 

21

 

 

Our agreements with most of our suppliers do not provide for the long-term availability of merchandise or the continuation of particular pricing practices, nor do they usually restrict such suppliers from selling products to other buyers. There can be no assurance that our current suppliers will continue to seek to sell us products on current terms or that we will be able to establish new or otherwise extend current supply relationships to ensure product acquisitions in a timely and efficient manner and on acceptable commercial terms. Our ability to develop and maintain relationships with reputable suppliers and offer high quality merchandise to our customers is critical to our success. If we are unable to develop and maintain relationships with suppliers that would allow us to offer a sufficient amount and variety of quality merchandise on acceptable commercial terms, our ability to satisfy our customers’ needs, and therefore our long-term growth prospects, would be materially adversely affected.

 

Further, we rely on our suppliers’ representations of product quality, safety and compliance with applicable laws and standards. If our suppliers or other vendors violate applicable laws, regulations or our supplier code of conduct, or implement practices regarded as unethical, unsafe, or hazardous to the environment, it could damage our reputation and negatively affect our operating results. Further, concerns regarding the safety and quality of products provided by our suppliers could cause our customers to avoid purchasing those products from us, or avoid purchasing products from us altogether, even if the basis for the concern is outside of our control. As such, any issue, or perceived issue, regarding the quality and safety of any items we sell, regardless of the cause, could adversely affect our brand, reputation, operations and financial results. 

 

We also are unable to predict whether any of the countries in which our suppliers’ products are currently manufactured or may be manufactured in the future will be subject to new, different, or additional trade restrictions imposed by the U.S. or foreign governments or the likelihood, type or effect of any such restrictions. Any event causing a disruption or delay of imports from suppliers with international manufacturing operations, including the imposition of additional import restrictions, restrictions on the transfer of funds or increased tariffs or quotas, could increase the cost or reduce the supply of merchandise available to our customers and materially adversely affect our financial performance as well as our reputation and brand. Furthermore, some or all of our suppliers’ foreign operations may be adversely affected by political and financial instability, resulting in the disruption of trade from exporting countries, restrictions on the transfer of funds or other trade disruptions.

 

In addition, our business with foreign suppliers may be affected by changes in the value of the U.S. dollar relative to other foreign currencies. For example, any movement by any other foreign currency against the U.S. dollar may result in higher costs to us for those goods. Declines in foreign currencies and currency exchange rates might negatively affect the profitability and business prospects of one or more of our foreign suppliers. This, in turn, might cause such foreign suppliers to demand higher prices for merchandise in their effort to offset any lost profits associated with any currency devaluation, delay merchandise shipments, or discontinue selling to us altogether, any of which could ultimately reduce our sales or increase our costs.

 

Our suppliers have imposed conditions in our business arrangements with them. If we are unable to continue satisfying these conditions, or such suppliers impose additional restrictions with which we cannot comply, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

Our suppliers have strict conditions for doing business with them. Several are sizeable such as General Electric, Whirlpool and DMI. If we cannot satisfy these conditions or if they impose additional or more restrictive conditions that we cannot satisfy, our business would be materially adversely affected. It would be materially detrimental to our business if these suppliers decided to no longer do business with us, increased the pricing at which they allow us to purchase their goods or impose other restrictions or conditions that make it more difficult for us to work with them. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

Our dependence on one supplier for a substantial portion of our purchases makes us vulnerable to a disruption in the supply of its products.

 

We rely on Whirlpool for a substantial portion of product purchases. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, approximately 38.0% and 44.1%, respectively, of our total purchases were from Whirlpool. As a result, any of the following could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations:

 

termination of the supply agreement;

 

an adverse change in the financial condition of Whirlpool; or

 

an adverse change in the Whirlpool’s ability to manufacture and/or deliver desired products on a timely basis.

 

Our agreement with Whirlpool is terminable at will by either party upon short notice, so does not provide for the long-term availability of products, nor does it provide for the continuation of particular pricing practices. There can be no assurance that Whirlpool will continue to sell us products or that we will be able to establish new supply relationships to ensure similar product acquisitions in a timely and efficient manner and on acceptable commercial terms.

 

Successful performance of these supply agreement is critical to our success. If the supply relationship is affected adversely, we may be unable to replace quickly or effectively the products sold to us by Whirlpool. Significant disruptions could have a dramatic effect on our performance.

 

22

 

 

We may be unable to source new suppliers or strengthen our relationships with current suppliers.

 

We have relationships with over 240 suppliers. Our agreements with suppliers are generally terminable at will by either party upon short notice. If we do not maintain our existing relationships or build new relationships with suppliers on acceptable commercial terms, we may not be able to maintain a broad selection of merchandise, and our business and prospects would suffer severely.

 

In order to attract quality suppliers, we must:

 

demonstrate our ability to help our suppliers increase their sales;

 

offer suppliers a high quality, cost-effective fulfillment process; and

 

continue to provide suppliers with a dynamic and real-time view of our demand and inventory needs.

 

If we are unable to provide our suppliers with a compelling return on investment and an ability to increase their sales, we may be unable to maintain and/or expand our supplier network, which would negatively impact our business.

 

We depend on our suppliers to perform certain services regarding the products that we offer.

 

As part of offering our suppliers’ products for sale on our sites, suppliers are often responsible for conducting a number of traditional retail operations with respect to their respective products, including maintaining inventory and preparing merchandise for shipment to our customers. In these instances, we may be unable to ensure that suppliers will perform these services to our or our customers’ satisfaction in a manner that provides our customer with a unified brand experience or on commercially reasonable terms. If our customers become dissatisfied with the services provided by our suppliers, our business, reputation and brands could suffer.

 

We depend on our relationships with third parties, and changes in our relationships with these parties could adversely impact our revenue and profits.

 

We rely on third parties to operate certain elements of our business. For example, we primarily uses R+L Carriers for most of our larger shipping services and AM Home Delivery for furniture deliveries, and we use carriers such as FedEx, UPS, DHL and the U.S. Postal Service to deliver small parcel products. As a result, we may be subject to shipping delays or disruptions caused by inclement weather, natural disasters, system interruptions and technology failures, labor activism, health epidemics or bioterrorism. We are also subject to risks of breakage or other damage during delivery by any of these third parties. We also use and rely on other services from third parties, such as retail partner services, telecommunications services, customs, consolidation and shipping services, as well as warranty, installation and design services.

 

We may be unable to maintain these relationships, and these services may also be subject to outages and interruptions that are not within our control. For example, failures by our telecommunications providers have in the past and may in the future interrupt our ability to provide phone support to our customers. Third parties may in the future determine they no longer wish to do business with us or may decide to take other actions or make changes to their practices that could harm our business. We may also determine that we no longer want to do business with them. If products are not delivered in a timely fashion or are damaged during the delivery process, or if we are not able to provide adequate customer support or other services or offerings, our customers could become dissatisfied and cease buying products through our sites, which would adversely affect our operating results.

 

Certain trends in our business place increased strain on our operations.

 

We experience surges in orders associated with promotional activities. This activity may place additional demands on our technology systems and logistics network and could cause or exacerbate slowdowns or interruptions. Any such system, site or service interruptions could prevent us from efficiently receiving or fulfilling orders, which may reduce the volume or quality of goods or services we sell and may cause customer dissatisfaction and harm our reputation and brand. These activities are primarily during holidays such as Presidents Day, Memorial Day, July 4th, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas and Black Friday and Cyber Monday.

 

Our business may be adversely affected if we are unable to provide our customers a cost-effective shopping platform that is able to respond and adapt to rapid changes in technology.

 

The number of people who access the Internet through devices other than personal computers, including mobile phones, smartphones, handheld computers such as notebooks and tablets, video game consoles, and television set-top devices, has increased dramatically in the past few years. We continually upgrade existing technologies and business applications to keep pace with these rapidly changing and continuously evolving technologies, and we may be required to implement new technologies or business applications in the future. The implementation of these upgrades and changes requires significant investments and as new devices and platforms are released, it is difficult to predict the problems we may encounter in developing applications for these alternative devices and platforms. Additionally, we may need to devote significant resources to the support and maintenance of such applications once created. Our results of operations may be affected by the timing, effectiveness and costs associated with the successful implementation of any upgrades or changes to our systems and infrastructure to accommodate such alternative devices and platforms. Further, in the event that it is more difficult or less compelling for our customers to buy products from us on their mobile or other devices, or if our customers choose not to buy products from us on such devices or to use mobile or other products that do not offer access to our sites, our customer growth could be harmed and our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

 

23

 

 

Significant merchandise returns could harm our business.

 

We allow our customers to return products, subject to our return policy. If merchandise returns are significant, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. Further, we modify our policies relating to returns from time to time, which may result in customer dissatisfaction or an increase in the number of product returns. Many of our products are large and require special handling and delivery. From time to time our products are damaged in transit, which can increase return rates and harm our brand.

 

Uncertainties in economic conditions and their impact on consumer spending patterns, particularly in the home goods segment, could adversely impact our operating results.

 

Consumers may view a substantial portion of the products we offer as discretionary items rather than necessities. As a result, our results of operations are sensitive to changes in macro-economic conditions that impact consumer spending, including discretionary spending. Some of the factors adversely affecting consumer spending include levels of unemployment; consumer debt levels; changes in net worth based on market changes and uncertainty; home foreclosures and changes in home values or the overall housing, residential construction or home improvement markets; fluctuating interest rates; credit availability, including mortgages, home equity loans and consumer credit; government actions; fluctuating fuel and other energy costs; fluctuating commodity prices and general uncertainty regarding the overall future economic environment. Adverse economic changes in any of the regions in which we sell our products could reduce consumer confidence and could negatively affect net revenue and have a material adverse effect on our operating results.

 

Our business relies heavily on email and other messaging services, and any restrictions on the sending of emails or messages or an inability to timely deliver such communications could materially adversely affect our net revenue and business.

 

Our business is highly dependent upon email and other messaging services for promoting our sites and products. Daily promotions offered through emails and other messages sent by us, or on our behalf by our vendors, generate a significant portion of our net revenue. We provide daily emails to customers and other visitors informing them of what is available for purchase on our sites that day, and we believe these messages are an important part of our customer experience and help generate a substantial portion of our net revenue. If we are unable to successfully deliver emails or other messages to our subscribers, or if subscribers decline to open our emails or other messages, our net revenue and profitability would be materially adversely affected. Changes in how webmail applications organize and prioritize email may also reduce the number of subscribers opening our emails. For example, in 2013 Google Inc.’s Gmail service began offering a feature that organizes incoming emails into categories (for example, primary, social and promotions). Such categorization or similar inbox organizational features may result in our emails being delivered in a less prominent location in a subscriber’s inbox or viewed as “spam” by our subscribers and may reduce the likelihood of that subscriber opening our emails. Actions by third parties to block, impose restrictions on or charge for the delivery of emails or other messages could also adversely impact our business. From time to time, Internet service providers or other third parties may block bulk email transmissions or otherwise experience technical difficulties that result in our inability to successfully deliver emails or other messages to third parties. Changes in the laws or regulations that limit our ability to send such communications or impose additional requirements upon us in connection with sending such communications would also materially adversely impact our business. Our use of email and other messaging services to send communications about our sites or other matters may also result in legal claims against us, which may cause us increased expenses, and if successful might result in fines and orders with costly reporting and compliance obligations or might limit or prohibit our ability to send emails or other messages. We also rely on social networking messaging services to send communications and to encourage customers to send communications. Changes to the terms of these social networking services to limit promotional communications, any restrictions that would limit our ability or our customers’ ability to send communications through their services, disruptions or downtime experienced by these social networking services or decline in the use of or engagement with social networking services by customers and potential customers could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

We are subject to risks related to online payment methods.

 

We accept payments using a variety of methods, including credit card, debit card, PayPal, credit accounts and gift cards. As we offer new payment options to consumers, we may be subject to additional regulations, compliance requirements and fraud. For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time and raise our operating costs and lower profitability. We are also subject to payment card association operating rules and certification requirements, including the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard and rules governing electronic funds transfers, which could change or be reinterpreted to make it difficult or impossible for us to comply. As our business changes, we may also be subject to different rules under existing standards, which may require new assessments that involve costs above what we currently pay for compliance. If we fail to comply with the rules or requirements of any provider of a payment method we accept, if the volume of fraud in our transactions limits or terminates our rights to use payment methods we currently accept, or if a data breach occurs relating to our payment systems, we may, among other things, be subject to fines or higher transaction fees and may lose, or face restrictions placed upon, our ability to accept credit card and debit card payments from consumers or to facilitate other types of online payments. If any of these events were to occur, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

 

24

 

 

We occasionally receive orders placed with fraudulent credit card data. We may suffer losses as a result of orders placed with fraudulent credit card data even if the associated financial institution approved payment of the orders. Under current credit card practices, we may be liable for fraudulent credit card transactions. If we are unable to detect or control credit card fraud, our liability for these transactions could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

Government regulation of the internet and e-commerce is evolving, and unfavorable changes or failure by us to comply with these regulations could substantially harm our business and results of operations.

 

We are subject to general business regulations and laws as well as regulations and laws specifically governing the Internet and e-commerce. Existing and future regulations and laws could impede the growth of the Internet, e- commerce or mobile commerce. These regulations and laws may involve taxes, tariffs, privacy and data security, anti-spam, content protection, electronic contracts and communications, consumer protection, Internet neutrality and gift cards. It is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes and consumer privacy apply to the Internet as the vast majority of these laws were adopted prior to the advent of the Internet and do not contemplate or address the unique issues raised by the Internet or e-commerce. It is possible that general business regulations and laws, or those specifically governing the Internet or e-commerce, may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices. We cannot be sure that our practices have complied, comply or will comply fully with all such laws and regulations. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with any of these laws or regulations could result in damage to our reputation, a loss in business and proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others. Any such proceeding or action could hurt our reputation, force us to spend significant amounts in defense of these proceedings, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business, decrease the use of our sites by consumers and suppliers and may result in the imposition of monetary liability. We may also be contractually liable to indemnify and hold harmless third parties from the costs or consequences of non-compliance with any such laws or regulations. Adverse legal or regulatory developments could substantially harm our business. Further, if we enter into new market segments or geographical areas and expand the products and services we offer, we may be subject to additional laws and regulatory requirements or prohibited from conducting our business, or certain aspects of it, in certain jurisdictions. We will incur additional costs complying with these additional obligations and any failure or perceived failure to comply would adversely affect our business and reputation.

 

Failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection, or the expansion of current or the enactment of new laws or regulations relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection, could adversely affect our business and our financial condition.

 

A variety of laws and regulations govern the collection, use, retention, sharing, export and security of personal information. Laws and regulations relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection are evolving and subject to potentially differing interpretations. These requirements may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another or may conflict with other rules or our practices. As a result, our practices may not comply, or may not comply in the future with all such laws, regulations, requirements and obligations. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with our posted privacy policies or with any applicable privacy or consumer protection- related laws, regulations, industry self-regulatory principles, industry standards or codes of conduct, regulatory guidance, orders to which we may be subject or other legal obligations relating to privacy or consumer protection could adversely affect our reputation, brand and business, and may result in claims, proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others or other liabilities or require us to change our operations and/or cease using certain data sets. Any such claim, proceeding or action could hurt our reputation, brand and business, force us to incur significant expenses in defense of such proceedings, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business, result in a loss of customers and suppliers and may result in the imposition of monetary penalties. We may also be contractually required to indemnify and hold harmless third parties from the costs or consequences of non-compliance with any laws, regulations or other legal obligations relating to privacy or consumer protection or any inadvertent or unauthorized use or disclosure of data that we store or handle as part of operating our business.

 

Federal, state and international governmental authorities continue to evaluate the privacy implications inherent in the use of proprietary or third-party “cookies” and other methods of online tracking for behavioral advertising and other purposes. U.S. and foreign governments have enacted, have considered or are considering legislation or regulations that could significantly restrict the ability of companies and individuals to engage in these activities, such as by regulating the level of consumer notice and consent required before a company can employ cookies or other electronic tracking tools or the use of data gathered with such tools. Additionally, some providers of consumer devices and web browsers have implemented, or announced plans to implement, means to make it easier for Internet users to prevent the placement of cookies or to block other tracking technologies, which could if widely adopted significantly reduce the effectiveness of such practices and technologies. The regulation of the use of cookies and other current online tracking and advertising practices or a loss in our ability to make effective use of services that employ such technologies could increase our costs of operations and limit our ability to acquire new customers on cost-effective terms and consequently, materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

25

 

 

In addition, various federal, state and foreign legislative and regulatory bodies, or self-regulatory organizations, may expand current laws or regulations, enact new laws or regulations or issue revised rules or guidance regarding privacy, data protection and consumer protection. Any such changes may force us to incur substantial costs or require us to change our business practices. This could compromise our ability to pursue our growth strategy effectively and may adversely affect our ability to acquire customers or otherwise harm our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

Changes in tax treatment of companies engaged in e-commerce may adversely affect the commercial use of our sites and our financial results.

 

Due to the global nature of the Internet, it is possible that various states or foreign countries might attempt to impose additional or new regulation on our business or levy additional or new sales, income or other taxes relating to our activities. Tax authorities at the international, federal, state and local levels are currently reviewing the appropriate treatment of companies engaged in e-commerce. New or revised international, federal, state or local tax regulations or court decisions may subject us or our customers to additional sales, income and other taxes. For example, on June 21, 2018, the U.S. Supreme Court rendered a 5-4 majority decision in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc., 138 S. Ct. 2080 (2018) where the Court held, among other things, that a state may require an out-of-state seller with no physical presence in the state to collect and remit sales taxes on goods the seller ships to consumers in the state, overturning existing court precedent. Other new or revised taxes and, in particular, sales taxes, value added tax and similar taxes could increase the cost of doing business online and decrease the attractiveness of selling products over the Internet. New taxes and rulings could also create significant increases in internal costs necessary to capture data and collect and remit taxes. In addition, we may charge sales taxes in jurisdictions where our competitors do not, resulting in our product prices potentially being higher than those of our competitors. As a result, we may lose sales to our competitors in these jurisdictions. Any of these events could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

We rely on the performance of members of management and highly skilled personnel, and if we are unable to attract, develop, motivate and retain well-qualified employees, our business could be harmed.

 

We believe our success has depended, and continues to depend, on the members of our senior management team. The loss of any of our senior management or other key employees could materially harm our business. Our future success also depends on our continuing ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified and skilled employees, particularly mid-level managers and merchandising and technology personnel. The market for such positions is competitive. Qualified individuals are in high demand, and we may incur significant costs to attract them. Our inability to recruit and develop mid-level managers could materially adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan, and we may not be able to find adequate replacements. All of our officers and other U.S. employees are at-will employees, meaning that they may terminate their employment relationship with us at any time, and their knowledge of our business and industry would be extremely difficult to replace. If we do not succeed in attracting well-qualified employees or retaining and motivating existing employees, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

 

We may not be able to adequately protect our intellectual property rights.

 

We regard our customer lists, domain names, trademarks, trade dress, trade secrets, proprietary technology and similar intellectual property as critical to our success, and we rely on trade secret protection, agreements and other methods with our employees and others to protect our proprietary rights. We might not be able to obtain broad protection for all of our intellectual property. For example, we are the registrant of the Internet domain names for our websites. However, we might not be able to prevent third parties from registering, using or retaining domain names that interfere with our consumer communications or infringe or otherwise decrease the value of our marks, domain names and other proprietary rights.

 

The protection of our intellectual property rights may require the expenditure of significant financial, managerial and operational resources. We may initiate claims or litigation against others for infringement, misappropriation or violation of our intellectual property rights or proprietary rights or to establish the validity of such rights. Any litigation, whether or not it is resolved in our favor, could result in significant expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, which may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Moreover, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may not adequately protect our rights or prevent third parties from infringing or misappropriating our proprietary rights, and we may not be able to broadly enforce all of our intellectual property rights. Any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. Additionally, the process of obtaining intellectual property protections is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to pursue all necessary or desirable actions at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. Even if issued, there can be no assurance that these protections will adequately safeguard our intellectual property, as the legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of patent and other intellectual property rights are uncertain. We also cannot be certain that others will not independently develop or otherwise acquire equivalent or superior technology or intellectual property rights. We may also be exposed to claims from third parties claiming infringement of their intellectual property rights, or demanding the release or license of open source software or derivative works that we developed using such software (which could include our proprietary code) or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license. These claims could result in litigation and could require us to purchase a costly license, publicly release the affected portions of our source code, be limited in or cease using the implicated software unless and until we can re-engineer such software to avoid infringement or change the use of the implicated open source software.

 

26

 

 

We may be accused of infringing intellectual property rights of third parties.

 

The e-commerce industry is characterized by vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights, which has resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies. We may be subject to claims and litigation by third parties that we infringe their intellectual property rights. The costs of supporting such litigation and disputes are considerable, and there can be no assurances that favorable outcomes will be obtained. As our business expands and the number of competitors in our market increases and overlaps occur, we expect that infringement claims may increase in number and significance. Any claims or proceedings against us, whether meritorious or not, could be time-consuming, result in considerable litigation costs, require significant amounts of management time or result in the diversion of significant operational resources, any of which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

 

We have received in the past, and we may receive in the future, communications alleging that certain items posted on or sold through our sites violate third-party copyrights, designs, marks and trade names or other intellectual property rights or other proprietary rights. Brand and content owners and other proprietary rights owners have actively asserted their purported rights against online companies. In addition to litigation from rights owners, we may be subject to regulatory, civil or criminal proceedings and penalties if governmental authorities believe we have aided and abetted in the sale of counterfeit or infringing products.

 

Such claims, whether or not meritorious, may result in the expenditure of significant financial, managerial and operational resources, injunctions against us or the payment of damages by us. We may need to obtain licenses from third parties who allege that we have violated their rights, but such licenses may not be available on terms acceptable to us, or at all. These risks have been amplified by the increase in third parties whose sole or primary business is to assert such claims.

 

We are engaged in legal proceedings that could cause us to incur unforeseen expenses and could occupy a significant amount of our management’s time and attention.

 

From time to time, we are subject to litigation or claims that could negatively affect our business operations and financial position. Litigation disputes could cause us to incur unforeseen expenses, result in site unavailability, service disruptions, and otherwise occupy a significant amount of our management’s time and attention, any of which could negatively affect our business operations and financial position. We also from time to time receive inquiries and subpoenas and other types of information requests from government authorities and we may become subject to related claims and other actions related to our business activities. While the ultimate outcome of investigations, inquiries, information requests and related legal proceedings is difficult to predict, such matters can be expensive, time-consuming and distracting, and adverse resolutions or settlements of those matters may result in, among other things, modification of our business practices, reputational harm or costs and significant payments, any of which could negatively affect our business operations and financial position.

 

We may not complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective.

 

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in the second annual report we file with the SEC. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. However, our auditors will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until we are no longer a non-accelerated filer or no longer an emerging growth company if we take advantage of the exemptions available to us through the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act.

 

We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. As we transition to the requirements of reporting as a public company, we may need to add additional finance staff. We may not be able to remediate any future material weaknesses, or to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls when they are required to issue such opinion, investors could lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could harm our stock price.

 

27

 

 

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

 

We may not be able to maintain a listing of our common stock on NYSE American.

 

Our common stock is currently traded on NYSE American. We must meet certain financial and liquidity criteria to maintain the listing of our common stock on NYSE American. If we fail to meet any listing standards or if we violate any listing requirements, our common stock may be delisted. In addition, our board of directors may determine that the cost of maintaining our listing on a national securities exchange outweighs the benefits of such listing. A delisting of our common stock from NYSE American may materially impair our stockholders’ ability to buy and sell our common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of, and the efficiency of the trading market for, our common stock. The delisting of our common stock could significantly impair our ability to raise capital and the value of your investment.

 

The market price, trading volume and marketability of our common stock may, from time to time, be significantly affected by numerous factors beyond our control, which may materially adversely affect the market price of your common stock, the marketability of your common stock and our ability to raise capital through future equity financings.

 

The market price and trading volume of our common stock may fluctuate significantly. Many factors that are beyond our control may materially adversely affect the market price of your common stock, the marketability of your common stock and our ability to raise capital through equity financings. These factors include the following

 

actual or anticipated variations in our periodic operating results;

 

increases in market interest rates that lead investors of our common stock to demand a higher investment return;

 

changes in earnings estimates;

 

changes in market valuations of similar companies;

 

actions or announcements by our competitors;

 

adverse market reaction to any increased indebtedness we may incur in the future;

 

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

actions by stockholders;

 

speculation in the media, online forums, or investment community; and

 

our ability to maintain the listing of our common stock on NYSE American.

 

An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may not be sustained, which may make it difficult for you to sell the common stock you purchase.

 

We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in us will sustain a trading market or how active and liquid that market may remain. If an active and liquid trading market is not sustained, you may have difficulty selling any of our common stock that you purchase at a price above the price you purchase it or at all. The failure of an active and liquid trading market to continue would likely have a material adverse effect on the value of our common stock. The market price of our common stock may decline, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our common stock at or above the price you paid or at all. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

 

Certain of our directors could be in a position of conflict of interest.

 

Our Chairman, Ellery W. Roberts, is the controlling principal of 1847 Partners LLC, or our manager, which provides certain services to us, including administrative supervision and oversight of our day-to-day business operations, for a quarterly management fee equal to $62,500. He may obtain compensation and other benefits in transactions relating to us that involve our manager. Consequently, there exists the possibility for Mr. Roberts to be in a position of conflict. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor. Such conflicts of interest could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations. Further, the appearance of conflicts of interest created by related party transactions could impair the confidence of our investors. In the case of transactions with these affiliates, there may be an absence of arms’ length negotiations with respect to the terms, conditions and consideration with respect to goods and services provided to or by us.

 

28

 

 

We have not paid in the past and do not expect to declare or pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

We have not paid in the past and do not expect to declare or pay dividends in the foreseeable future, as we anticipate that we will invest future earnings in the development and growth of our business. Therefore, holders of our common stock will not receive any return on their investment unless they sell their securities, and holders may be unable to sell their securities on favorable terms or at all.

 

If securities industry analysts do not publish research reports on us, or publish unfavorable reports on us, then the market price and market trading volume of our common stock could be negatively affected.

 

Any trading market for our common stock may be influenced in part by any research reports that securities industry analysts publish about us. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities industry analysts. If no securities industry analysts commence coverage of us, the market price and market trading volume of our common stock could be negatively affected. In the event we are covered by analysts, and one or more of such analysts downgrade our securities, or otherwise reports on us unfavorably, or discontinues coverage of us, the market price and market trading volume of our common stock could be negatively affected.

 

Future issuances of our common stock or securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, our common stock could cause the market price of our common stock to decline and would result in the dilution of your holdings.

 

Future issuances of our common stock or securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, our common stock, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. We cannot predict the effect, if any, of future issuances of our securities on the price of our common stock. In all events, future issuances of our common stock would result in the dilution of your holdings. In addition, the perception that new issuances of our securities could occur could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

 

Future issuances of debt securities, which would rank senior to our common stock upon our bankruptcy or liquidation, and future issuances of preferred stock, which could rank senior to our common stock for the purposes of dividends and liquidating distributions, may adversely affect the level of return you may be able to achieve from an investment in our common stock.

 

In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by offering debt securities. Upon bankruptcy or liquidation, holders of our debt securities, and lenders with respect to other borrowings we may make, would receive distributions of our available assets prior to any distributions being made to holders of our common stock. Moreover, if we issue preferred stock, the holders of such preferred stock could be entitled to preferences over holders of common stock in respect of the payment of dividends and the payment of liquidating distributions. Because our decision to issue debt or preferred stock in any future offering, or borrow money from lenders, will depend in part on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of any such future offerings or borrowings. Holders of our common stock must bear the risk that any future offerings we conduct or borrowings we make may adversely affect the level of return, if any, they may be able to achieve from an investment in our common stock.

 

If our shares of common stock become subject to the penny stock rules, it would become more difficult to trade our shares.

 

The Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, has adopted rules that regulate broker-dealer practices in connection with transactions in penny stocks. Penny stocks are generally equity securities with a price of less than $5.00, other than securities registered on certain national securities exchanges or authorized for quotation on certain automated quotation systems, provided that current price and volume information with respect to transactions in such securities is provided by the exchange or system. If we do not retain a listing on NYSE American or another national securities exchange and if the price of our common stock is less than $5.00, our common stock could be deemed a penny stock. The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, before a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document containing specified information. In addition, the penny stock rules require that before effecting any transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, a broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive (i) the purchaser’s written acknowledgment of the receipt of a risk disclosure statement; (ii) a written agreement to transactions involving penny stocks; and (iii) a signed and dated copy of a written suitability statement. These disclosure requirements may have the effect of reducing the trading activity in the secondary market for our common stock, and therefore stockholders may have difficulty selling their shares.

 

29

 

 

We are subject to ongoing public reporting requirements that are less rigorous than Exchange Act rules for companies that are not emerging growth companies and our stockholders could receive less information than they might expect to receive from more mature public companies.

 

We are required to publicly report on an ongoing basis as an “emerging growth company” (as defined in JOBS Act) under the reporting rules set forth under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other Exchange Act reporting companies that are not emerging growth companies, including but not limited to:

 

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

being permitted to comply with reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

 

being exempt from the requirement to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

 

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Our consolidated financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

 

We expect to take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, although if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, we would cease to be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31.

 

Because we will be subject to ongoing public reporting requirements that are less rigorous than Exchange Act rules for companies that are not emerging growth companies, our stockholders could receive less information than they might expect to receive from more mature public companies. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive if we elect to rely on these exemptions, or if taking advantage of these exemptions would result in less active trading or more volatility in the price of our common stock.

 

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our company more difficult, and limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

 

Certain provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws include provisions that:

 

permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly created directorships;

 

provide that directors may only be removed by the majority of the shares of voting stock then outstanding; and

 

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

 

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. They may also make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if the third party’s offer may be considered beneficial by many of our stockholders. As a result, our stockholders may be limited in their ability to obtain a premium for their shares.

 

These provisions, alone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our management.

 

30

 

 

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

 

We are headquartered at 13850 Manchester Rd., St. Louis, Missouri 63011. This facility totals 50,000 square feet of office, showroom and warehouse space. We lease this facility pursuant to a lease agreement entered into with S.H.J., L.L.C., a Missouri limited liability company and affiliate of Goedeker Television, on April 5, 2019. The lease is for a term of five (5) years and provides for a base rent of $45,000 per month. In addition, we are responsible for all taxes and insurance premiums during the lease term. In the event of late payment, interest shall accrue on the unpaid amount at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum. The lease contains customary events of default, including if: (i) we shall fail to pay rent within five (5) days after the due date; (ii) any insurance required to be maintained by us pursuant to the lease shall be canceled, terminated, expire, reduced, or materially changed; (iii) we shall fail to comply with any term, provision, or covenant of the lease and shall not begin and pursue with reasonable diligence the cure of such failure within fifteen (15) days after written notice thereof to us; (iv) we shall become insolvent, make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or file a petition under any section or chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, or under any similar law or statute of the United States of America or any State thereof; or (v) a receiver or trustee shall be appointed for the leased premises or for all or substantially all of our assets.

 

On January 13, 2021, we entered into a lease agreement with Westgate 200, LLC for a new location totaling approximately 58,000 square feet of office, showroom and warehouse space in St. Charles, Missouri. The lease is for a term of 63 months with two (2) options to renew for additional five (5) year periods and provides for a base rent of $4.35 per square foot per year with 2.5% annual increases and a three-month abatement, resulting in a base rent during the first year of $20,976.79 per month, increasing to a base rent during the fifth year of $23,146.80 per month. We will also pay our 29% pro rata portion of the property taxes, operating expenses and insurance costs and are also responsible to pay for the utilities used on the premises. In the event of late payment, interest shall accrue on the unpaid amount at the rate equal to the greater of (i) two (2) percentage points in excess of the prime lending rate as established by U.S. Bank, N.A., or (ii) the default rate applicable to the first priority mortgage in effect at the time such default interest rate is imposed. The lease contains customary events of default, including (i) if we shall fail to pay rent within five (5) days after the due date, (ii) if we shall fail to observe or perform any other terms, covenants, conditions or provisions under the lease and fail to cure such default within thirty (30) days after written notice to us, (iii) if we fail to occupy all or any material portion of the lease premises for more than ninety (90) consecutive days, for reasons other than force majeure, and fail to pay all costs incurred by the landlord as a result of such failure to occupy, and other customary representations, warranties and covenants.

 

We believe that all our properties have been adequately maintained, are generally in good condition, and are suitable and adequate for our businesses.

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

 

From time to time, we may become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and an adverse result in these or other matters may arise from time to time that may harm our business. We are currently not aware of any such legal proceedings or claims that we believe will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results.

 

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

 

Not applicable.

 

31

 

 

PART II

 

ITEM  5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

 

Market Information

 

Our common stock began trading on NYSE American under the symbol “GOED” on July 31, 2020.

 

Number of Holders of our Common Shares

 

As of March 26, 2021, there were approximately 48 stockholders of record of our common stock. In computing the number of holders of record of our common stock, each broker-dealer and clearing corporation holding shares on behalf of its customers is counted as a single stockholder.

 

Dividend Policy

 

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the near future. We may also enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that will restrict our ability to declare or pay cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. See also Item 1A “Risk Factors—Risks Related Ownership of Our Common Stock—We do not expect to declare or pay dividends in the foreseeable future.”

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

 

See Item 12 “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.”

 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

We have not sold any equity securities during the 2020 fiscal year that were not previously disclosed in a quarterly report on Form 10-Q or a current report on Form 8-K that was filed during the 2020 fiscal year.

 

Purchases of Equity Securities

 

No repurchases of our common stock were made during the fourth quarter of 2020.

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

 

Not applicable.

 

32

 

 

ITEM  7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

 

The following discussion and analysis summarizes the significant factors affecting our operating results, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows as of and for the periods presented below. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this report. The discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, management. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this report, particularly in the sections Item 1A “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”.

 

All periods presented on or prior to April 5, 2019 represent the operations of Goedeker Television, our predecessor. Unless otherwise specified, all results of operations information for the year ended December 31, 2019 reflects the full year.

 

References to “Successor” refer to the financial position and results of operations of our company subsequent to April 5, 2019. References to “Predecessor” refer to the financial position and results of operations of Goedeker Television on and before April 5, 2019.

 

33

 

 

Overview

 

Our company is a one-stop e-commerce destination for home furnishings, including appliances, furniture, home goods and related products. Since our founding in 1951, we have evolved from a local brick and mortar operation serving the St. Louis metro area to a large nationwide omnichannel retailer that offers one-stop shopping for the leading brands. While we still maintain our St. Louis showroom, over 95% of our sales are placed through our website at www.goedekers.com. We offer over 141,000 SKUs organized by category and product features, providing visitors to the site an easy to navigate shopping experience.

 

Through our e-commerce business model, we offer an online marketplace for consumers looking for variety, style, service and value when shopping for nearly any home product needed. We are focused on bringing our customers an experience that is at the forefront of shopping online for the home. We have built a large online selection of appliances, furniture, home goods and related products. We are able to offer this vast selection of products because our model requires minimal inventory in relation to our sales. We specialize in the home category and this has enabled us to build a shopping experience and logistics infrastructure that is tailored to the unique characteristics of our market.

 

Recent Developments

 

Impact of Coronavirus Pandemic

 

In late 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus, or COVID-19, was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China. The virus has since spread to over 150 countries and every state in the United States. On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak a pandemic, and on March 13, 2020, the United States declared a national emergency.

 

Most states and cities, including in markets in which we operate, reacted by instituting quarantines, restrictions on travel, “stay at home” rules, social distancing measures and restrictions on the types of businesses that could continue to operate, as well as guidance in response to the pandemic and the need to contain it. Pursuant to restrictions in Missouri, our showroom was closed from April through June of 2020, but our call center and warehouse continued to operate. Since over 95% of our sales are completed online and our call center and warehouse and distribution operations continued to operate, the restrictions put in place have not had a materially negative impact on our operations.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, we are dependent upon suppliers to provide us with all of the products that we sell. The pandemic has impacted and may continue to impact suppliers and manufacturers of certain of our products. As a result, we have faced and may continue to face delays or difficulty sourcing certain products, which could negatively affect our business and financial results. Even if we are able to find alternate sources for such products, they may cost more, which could adversely impact our profitability and financial condition.

 

In addition, the global deterioration in economic conditions, which may have an adverse impact on discretionary consumer spending, could also impact our business. For instance, consumer spending may be negatively impacted by general macroeconomic conditions, including a rise in unemployment, and decreased consumer confidence resulting from the pandemic. Changing consumer behaviors as a result of the pandemic may also have a material impact on our revenue.

 

Furthermore, the spread of COVID-19 has adversely impacted global economic activity and has contributed to significant volatility and negative pressure in financial markets. The pandemic has resulted, and may continue to result, in a significant disruption of global financial markets, which may reduce our ability to access capital in the future, which could negatively affect our liquidity.

 

34

 

 

We have taken steps to take care of our employees, including providing the ability for employees to work remotely and implementing strategies to support appropriate social distancing techniques for those employees who are not able to work remotely. We have also taken precautions with regard to employee, facility and office hygiene as well as implementing significant travel restrictions. We are also assessing our business continuity plans for all business units in the context of the pandemic. This is a rapidly evolving situation, and we will continue to monitor and mitigate developments affecting our workforce, our suppliers, our customers, and the public at large to the extent we are able to do so. We have and will continue to carefully review all rules, regulations, and orders and responding accordingly.

 

If the current pace of the pandemic cannot be slowed and the spread of COVID-19 is not contained, our business operations could be further delayed or interrupted. We expect that government and health authorities may announce new or extend existing restrictions, which could require us to make further adjustments to our operations in order to comply with any such restrictions. We may also experience limitations in employee resources. In addition, our operations could be disrupted if any of our employees were suspected of having COVID-19, which could require quarantine of some or all such employees or closure of our facilities for disinfection. The duration of any business disruption cannot be reasonably estimated at this time but may materially affect our ability to operate our business and result in additional costs.

 

The extent to which the pandemic may impact our results will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted as of the date of this report, including new information that may emerge concerning the severity of the pandemic and steps taken to contain the pandemic or treat its impact, among others. Nevertheless, the pandemic and the current financial, economic and capital markets environment, and future developments in the global supply chain and other areas present material uncertainty and risk with respect to our performance, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. See also Item 1A “Risk Factors” for more information.

 

Lease Agreement

 

On January 13, 2021, we entered into a lease agreement with Westgate 200, LLC, pursuant to which we lease approximately 58,000 square feet in a building located in St. Charles, Missouri, and which we expect to occupy on or around April 15, 2021. The lease, which commenced on January 13, 2021, is for a term of 63 months and provides for a base rent of $4.35 per square foot per year with 2.5% annual increases and a three-month abatement, resulting in a base rent during the first year of $20,977 per month, increasing to a base rent during the fifth year of $23,147 per month. We will also pay our 29% pro rata portion of the property taxes, operating expenses and insurance costs and are also responsible to pay for the utilities used on the premises. Pursuant to the lease, the landlord will provide us with an improvement allowance of $150,000 towards the expenses incurred by us connection with the installation of approved office and bathroom improvements, together with the main electrical services for the premises, and we are responsible for any additional work necessary to ready the premises for our occupancy, such as installing furnishings, trade fixtures and equipment. We have two (2) options to renew the lease, each for an additional five (5) year period.

 

Securities Purchase Agreement

 

On March 19, 2021, we entered into a securities purchase agreement with two institutional investors, pursuant to which we issued to each investor (i) a 10% OID senior secured promissory note in the principal amount of $2,750,000 and (ii) a four-year warrant to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $12.00, subject to adjustments, which may be exercised on a cashless basis, for a purchase price of $2,500,000 each, or $5,000,000 in the aggregate. After deducting a placement fee and other expenses, we received net proceeds of $4,590,000.

 

The notes bear interest at a rate of 10% per annum and mature on December 19, 2021. We may prepare the notes in whole or in part at any time or from time to time without penalty or premium upon at least five (5) days prior written notice, which notice period may be waived by the holder. In addition, if we issue and sell shares of our equity securities to investors on or before the maturity date in an equity financing with total gross proceeds of not less than $10,000,000 (excluding the conversion of the notes or other convertible securities issued for capital raising purposes), then we must repay the then-outstanding principal amount of the notes and any accrued but unpaid interest.

 

The notes are secured by a first priority security interest in all of our assets and contain customary events of default. Upon, and during the continuance of, an event of default, the notes are convertible, in whole or in part, at the option of the holder into shares of common stock at a conversion price equal to $12.00, or if lower, 80% of the lowest volume weighted average price for the twenty (20) consecutive trading days prior to the applicable conversion date, but in no event less than $9.00. The conversion price will be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination, reclassification or similar transaction that proportionately decreases or increases the common stock. In addition, if we sell or grant any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock or grant any right to reprice such securities at an effective price per share that is lower than the then conversion price, the conversion price shall be reduced to such price, subject to certain exceptions set forth in the notes.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, we shall not effect any conversion of a note, and a holder shall not have the right to convert any principal and/or interest of a note, to the extent that after giving effect to the conversion the holder (together with the holder’s affiliates and any persons acting as a group together with the holder or any of the holder’s affiliates) would beneficially own over 4.99% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of common stock upon conversion of the note. The holder may, upon not less than 61 days’ prior notice to us, increase or decrease such limitation, provided that such limitation in no event exceeds 9.99% of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of common stock upon conversion of the note. The warrants also contain this beneficial ownership limitation.

 

35

 

 

The securities purchase agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants for a transaction of this type. Pursuant to the securities purchase agreement, the investors were granted piggy-back registration rights with respect to the shares issuable upon conversion of the notes and exercise of the warrants. We also agreed that, until the date that no investor own any securities, we will timely file (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by us pursuant to the Exchange Act even if we are not then subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. In addition, we agreed that, so long as any of the notes remain outstanding, neither our company, nor any subsidiary of our company, shall, without each investor’s written consent and subject to certain exceptions set forth in the securities purchase agreement:

 

sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any significant portion of its assets outside the ordinary course of business;

 

incur, create, assume or suffer to exist any lien on any of its property or assets, except for certain liens set forth in the Purchase Agreement;

 

incur or suffer to exist or guarantee any indebtedness that is senior to or pari passu with (in priority of payment and performance) our obligations under the securities purchase agreement except for non-equity linked indebtedness relating to the acquisition of inventory secured by certain liens;

 

pay, declare or set apart for such payment, any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, property or other securities) on shares of capital stock, other than dividends on shares of common stock solely in the form of additional shares of common stock, or directly or indirectly or through any subsidiary make any other payment or distribution in respect of its capital stock;

 

redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire in any one transaction or series of related transactions any shares of our capital stock or any warrants, rights or options to purchase or acquire any such shares, or repay any pari passu or subordinated indebtedness other than non-equity linked indebtedness relating to the acquisition of inventory secured by certain liens;

 

lend money, give credit, make advances to or enter into any transaction with any person, firm, joint venture or corporation, including, without limitation, officers, directors, employees, subsidiaries and affiliates of our company, except loans, credits or advances (i) in existence or committed on the closing date and which we have informed each investor in writing prior to the closing date, (ii) in regard to transactions with unaffiliated third parties, made in the ordinary course of business, or (iii) in regard to transactions with unaffiliated third parties, not in excess of $50,000; or

 

repay any affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of our company in connection with any indebtedness or accrued amounts owed to any such party.

 

Principal Factors Affecting Our Financial Performance

 

Our operating results are primarily affected by the following factors:

 

our ability to acquire new customers or retain existing customers;

 

our ability to offer competitive product pricing;

 

our ability to broaden product offerings;

 

industry demand and competition; and

 

market conditions and our market position.

 

Key Financial Operating Metrics

 

   

Years Ended

December 31,

 
    2020     2019  
Site Sessions (in millions)     9.9       6.3  
Order History (in millions)   $ 123.2     $ 61.8  

 

36

 

 

A site session occurs when a person visits our website. An order occurs when a customer has visited our website and ordered one or more items and has paid for them. An order is paid for by our customer when the order is placed and booked as revenue by us when the order is shipped..

 

Total revenues and total orders for any given month may not be equal for two primary reasons: (1) normal customer cancellations and (2) the time required to ship an order and recognize revenue. When there are no supply chain issues, the time from order to shipping is between 20 and 25 days. Thus, an order made after the 10th of the current month will become revenue in the succeeding month, distorting the comparison between a months’ orders and its sales. In 2020, supply chain issues increased the time up to 44 days from order to delivery.

 

Our site sessions increased to approximately 9.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to approximately 6.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2019. These increased site sessions resulted in three-year highs for orders in the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

Emerging Growth Company

 

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the JOBS Act. As a result, we are permitted to, and intend to, rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements. For so long as we are an emerging growth company, we will not be required to:

 

have an auditor report on our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the consolidated financial statements (i.e., an auditor discussion and analysis);

 

submit certain executive compensation matters to stockholder advisory votes, such as “say-on-pay” and “say-on-frequency;” and

 

disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.

 

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Our consolidated financial statements may therefore not be comparable to those of companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.

 

37

 

 

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering, (ii) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our total annual gross revenues are $1.07 billion or more, (ii) the date that we become a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (iv) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three year period.

 

Results of Operations

 

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

The following table sets forth key components of our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 (Successor), for the period from April 6 to December 31, 2019 (Successor), and for the period from January 1 to April 5, 2019 (Predecessor), in dollars and as a percentage of our revenue.

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
   

Year Ended
December 31,
2020

   

Period April 6 to
December 31,
2019

(As Restated)

   

Period January 1 to
April 5,
2019

 
    Amount     % of Net
Sales
    Amount     % of Net
Sales
    Amount     % of Net
Sales
 
Product sales, net   $ 55,133,653       100.00 %   $ 34,668,112       100.0 %   $ 12,946,901       100.0 %
Cost of goods sold     47,878,541       86.84 %     28,596,129             82.49 %     11,004,842             85.00 %
Gross profit     7,255,112       13.16 %     6,071,983       17.51 %     1,942,059       15.00 %
Operating expenses                                                
Personnel     6,565,380       11.91 %     2,909,751       8.39 %     913,919       7.06 %
Advertising     4,865,361       8.82 %     1,996,507       5.76 %     714,276       5.52 %
Bank and credit card fees     1,806,620       3.28 %     870,877       2.51 %     329,247       2.54 %
Depreciation and amortization     549,712       1.00 %     271,036       0.78 %     9,675       0.07 %
General and administrative     7,900,566       14.33 %      4,728,571       13.64 %        451,214               3.49 %
Total operating expenses     21,687,639       39.37 %      10,776,742       31.09 %      2,418,331             18.68 %
Loss from operations     (14,432,527 )     (26.18 )%     (4,704,759 )     (13.57 )%        (476,272 )            (3.68 )%
Other income (expense)                                                
Interest income     2,479       -       -       -       23,807       0.18 %
Financing costs      (762,911 )     (1.38 )%     (520,160 )     (1.50 )%     -       -  
Adjustment in value of contingency      (138,922 )     (0.25 )%     32,246       0.09 %     -       -  
Interest expense      (870,847 )     (1.58 )%     (785,411 )     (2.27 )%     -       -  
Loss on extinguishment of debt     (1,756,095 )     (3.19 )%     -       -       -       -  
Write-off of acquisition receivable      (809,000 )     (1.47 )%     -       -       -       -  
Change in fair value of warrant liability     (2,127,656 )     (3.86 )%     106,900       0.31 %     -       -  
Other income     25,945       0.05 %     15,010       0.04 %          7,200       0.06 %
Total other income (expense)     (6,437,007 )     (11.68 )%     (1,151,415 )     (3.32 )%          31,007               0.24 %
Net loss before income taxes     (20,869,534 )     (37.85 )%     (5,856,174 )     (16.89 )%     (445,265 )            (3.44 )%
Income tax benefit (expense)     (698,303 )     (1.27 )%     698,303       2.01 %     -       -  
Net loss   $ (21,567,837 )     (39.12 )%   $ (5,157,871 )     (14.88 )%   $   (445,265 )            (3.44 )%

 

We believe that reviewing our operating results for the year ended December 31, 2019 by combining the results of the 2019 successor period (April 6, 2019 through December 31, 2019) and 2019 predecessor period (January 1, 2019 through April 5, 2019) with the pro forma adjustment related to the acquisition described below, is more useful in discussing our overall operating performance compared to the results of the year ended December 31, 2020 (successor). We do not see any potential risks associated with utilizing this pro forma presentation.

 

38

 

 

Following are the combined periods for 2020 and 2019:

 

    Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    Period April 6
to December 31,
2019
Successor
(As Restated)
    Period
January 1 to
April 5,
2019
Predecessor
    Pro Forma
Combined
Year Ended
December 31,
2019
    Increase
(Decrease)
 
Product sales, net   $ 55,133,653     $ 34,668,112     $ 12,946,901     $ 47,615,013     $ 7,518,640  
Cost of goods sold     47,878,541       28,596,129       11,004,842       39,600,971       8,277,570  
Gross profit     7,255,112       6,071,983       1,942,059       8,014,042       (758,930 )
Operating expenses                                        
Personnel     6,565,380       2,909,751       913,919       3,823,670       2,741,710  
Advertising     4,865,361       1,996,507       714,276       2,710,783       2,154,578  
Bank and credit card fees     1,806,620       870,877       329,247       1,200,124       606,496  
Depreciation and amortization     549,712       271,036       9,675       280,711       269,001  
General and administrative     7,900,566       4,728,571       451,214       5,246,045 *     2,654,521  
Total operating expenses     21,687,639       10,776,742       2,418,331       13,261,333       8,426,306  
Loss from operations     (14,432,527 )     (4,704,759 )     (476,272 )     (5,247,291 )     9,185,236  
Other income (expense)                                      
Interest income     2,479       -       23,807       23,807       (21,328 )
Financing costs     (762,911 )     (520,160 )     -       (520,160 )     242,751  
Adjustment in value of contingency     (138,922 )     32,246       -       32,246       (171,168 )
Interest expense     (870,847 )     (785,411 )     -       (785,411 )     85,436  
Loss on extinguishment of debt     (1,756,095 )     -       -       -       1,756,095  
Write-off of acquisition receivable     (809,000 )     -       -       -       809,000  
Change in fair value of warrant liability     (2,127,656 )     106,900       -       106,900       (2,234,556 )
Other income     25,945       15,010       7,200       22,210       3,735  
Total other income (expense)     (6,437,007 )     (1,151,415 )     31,007       (1,120,408 )     5,316,599  
Net loss before income taxes     (20,869,534 )     (5,856,174 )     (445,265 )     (6,367,699 )     14,501,835  
Income tax benefit (expense)     (698,303 )     698,303       -       698,303       (1,396,606 )
Net loss   $ (21,567,837 )   $ (5,157,871 )   $ (445,265 )   $ (5,669,396 )   $ 15,898,441  

 

 

*Includes a pro forma adjustment of $66,260 for the management fee to our manager.

 

39

 

 

Product sales, net. We generate revenue from the retail sale of home furnishings, including appliances, furniture, home goods and related products. Our product sales increased by $7,518,640, or 15.79%, to $55,133,653 for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $47,615,013 for the year ended December 31, 2019, which included $12,946,901 for our predecessor from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019 and $34,668,112 for our successor from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019.

 

The increase is due to increased sales volume to meet appliance and furniture demand resulting from increased advertising, which has a direct impact on customer orders and shipped sales. In the first three months, sales were affected by working capital issues, which delayed the timing of ordering product to fulfill customer orders resulting in increased order cancellations. Late in the second quarter and through the remainder of 2020, we experienced delays in getting products from manufacturers whose production facilities were closed or operating at reduced capacity because of the coronavirus pandemic, which resulted in some cancellations of customer orders. We estimate that cancellations caused by shipping delays approximated $39.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2020, based on the historical ratio of shipped sales to customer orders of approximately 79% to the actual ratio of approximately 45% in the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

Our net sales by sales type is as follows:

 

    2020 Successor     2019
Successor
    2019
Predecessor
    2019 Total  
    Amount     % of Net
Sales
Amount     % of Net
Sales
 
Appliance sales   $ 40,113,568       72.76 %   $ 28,487,053     $ 9,784,525     $ 38,271,578       80.38 %
Furniture sales     11,800,277       21.40 %     4,405,866       2,456,085       6,861,951       14.41 %
Other sales     3,219,808       5.84 %        1,775,193             706,291       2,481,484       5.21 %
Total   $ 55,133,653       100.00 %   $  34,668,112     $  12,946,901     $ 47,615,013       100.00 %

 

The percentage of furniture sales increased in 2020 as compared to 2019 as furniture was more readily available from manufacturers than appliances.

 

Cost of goods sold. Our cost of goods sold consists of the cost of purchased merchandise plus the cost of delivering merchandise and, where applicable, installation, net of promotional rebates and other incentives received from vendors. Our cost of goods sold increased by $8,277,570, or 20.90%, to $47,878,541 for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $39,600,971 for the year ended December 31, 2019, which included $11,004,842 for our predecessor from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019 and $28,596,129 for our successor from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019. As a percentage of net sales, cost of goods sold increased from 83.17% in 2019 to 86.84% in 2020. Such increase was due to coronavirus related supply chain issues reducing the volume we purchased, which resulted in decreased manufacturer rebates, as well as due to the change in product mix, with furniture sales, which have lower margins, accounting for a larger portion of our total sales in 2020.

 

40

 

 

Personnel expenses. Personnel expenses include employee salaries and bonuses plus related payroll taxes. It also includes health insurance premiums, 401(k) contributions, training costs and stock compensation expense. Our personnel expenses increased by $2,741,710, or 71.70%, to $6,565,380 for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $3,823,670 for the year ended December 31, 2019, which included $913,919 for our predecessor from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019 and $2,909,751 for our successor from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019. As a percentage of net sales, personnel expenses increased from 8.03% in 2019 to 11.91% in 2020. The increase is the result of hiring additional senior management and other staff needed for increased customer demand for our products, the accrual of $359,216 as the present value of a severance contract payable to our former president and $398,908 in stock compensation expense. Beginning in the second quarter, there was a dramatic increase in cancellations of customer orders, which were primarily related to the lack of product availability. We hired a number of temporary employees to process cancellations and address the related customer service issues. As a percentage of orders, our personnel expense declined to 5.8% in 2020 from 6.2% in 2019.

 

Advertising expenses. Advertising expenses include the cost of marketing our products and primarily include online search engine expenses. Our advertising expenses increased by $2,154,578, or 79.48%, to $4,865,361 for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $2,710,783 for the year ended December 31, 2019, which included $714,276 for our predecessor from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019 and $1,996,507 for our successor from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019. As a percentage of net sales, advertising expenses increased from 5.69% in 2019 to 8.82% in 2020. The increase relates to an increase in advertising spending to drive traffic to our website. Measuring our advertising expense as a percentage of orders, we had a decline in 2020 of 3.9% compared to 4.4% in 2019.

 

Bank and credit card fees. Bank and credit card fees are primarily the fees we pay credit card processors for processing credit card payments made by customers. Our bank and credit card fees increased by $606,496, or 50.54%, to $1,806,620 for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $1,200,124 for the year ended December 31, 2019, which included $329,247 for our predecessor from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019 and $870,877 for our successor from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019. As a percentage of net sales, bank and credit card fees increased from 2.52% in 2019 to 3.28% in 2020. These fees are based on customer orders that are paid with a credit card (substantially all orders), so the increase was largely due to the increase in customer orders. We pay a credit card fee for each order, regardless of whether that order is shipped or cancelled by customer. Comparing bank and credit card fees as a percentage orders shows a reduction from 1.9% of orders in 2019 to 1.5% in 2020.

 

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization was $549,712, or 1.00% of net sales, for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $280,711, or 0.59% of net sales, for the year ended December 31, 2019.

 

General and administrative expenses. Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of professional advisor fees, bad debts, rent expense, insurance, unremitted sales tax, and other expenses incurred in connection with general operations. Our general and administrative expenses increased by $2,654,521, or 50.60%, to $7,900,566 for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $5,246,045 for the year ended December 31, 2019, which included $451,214 for our predecessor from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019, $4,728,571 for our successor from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and a pro forma adjustment of $66,260 for the management fee to our manager. As a percentage of net sales, general and administrative expenses increased from 11.02% in 2019 to 14.33% in 2020. The increase was largely due to increased directors and officers insurance expenses, fees to our board of directors, and legal, audit and other professional fees in connection with becoming a public company, as well as consulting fees to upgrade our online shopping cart, fees to our manager under the offsetting management services agreement described below, fees for our Electronic Data Interchange initiative, and other consulting fees. Comparing general and administrative expenses as a percentage orders shows a reduction from 8.4% of orders in 2019 to 6.4% in 2020.

 

Total other income (expense). We had $6,437,007 in total other expense, net, for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to total other expense, net, of $1,120,408 for the year ended December 31, 2019, which included income of $31,007 for our predecessor from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019 and expenses of $1,151,415 for our successor from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019. Total other expense, net, for the year ended December 31, 2020 consisted of financing costs of $762,911, interest expense of $870,847, adjustment in value of contingency of $138,922, loss on debt modification and extinguishment of $1,756,095, write-off of acquisition receivable of $809,000, and change in the warrant liability of $2,127,656, offset by interest income of $2,479 and other income of $25,945, while total other expense, net, for the year ended December 31, 2019 consisted of financing costs of $520,160 and interest expense of $785,411, offset by a gain on write-down of contingency of $32,246, a change in fair value of warrant liability of $106,900, interest income of $23,807 and other income of $22,210.

 

Income tax benefit (expense). We had an income tax expense of $698,303 for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to an income tax benefit of $698,303 for the year ended December 31, 2019. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we determined that we should establish a valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset, resulting in an income tax expense of $698,303.

 

Net loss. As a result of the cumulative effect of the factors described above, our net loss increased by $15,898,441, or 280.43%, to $21,567,837 for the year ended December 31, 2020 from $5,669,396 for the year ended December 31, 2019, which included $445,265 for our predecessor from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019 and $5,856,174 for our successor from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and a pro forma adjustment of $66,260 for the management fee to our manager. The net loss for the year ended December 31, 2020 was affected by certain non-cash charges described below equal to $4,831,673 in the aggregate.

 

41

 

 

Non-GAAP to GAAP Reconciliation

 

This report contains financial measures that are not calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, or GAAP. The non-GAAP financial measures are net loss before taxes for the year ended December 31, 2020 excluding the following non-cash charges (i) an adjustment in value of contingency of $138,922, (ii) a loss on extinguishment of debt of $1,756,095, (iii) a write-off of acquisition receivable of $809,000 and (iv) a non-cash charge to change in warrant liability expense of $2,127,656.

 

The non-GAAP financial information should be considered supplemental to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. Management, however, believes that these non-GAAP financial measures, when used in conjunction with the results presented in accordance with GAAP, may provide a more complete understanding of our results and may facilitate a fuller analysis of our results, particularly in evaluating performance from one period to another. Management has chosen to provide this supplemental information to investors, analysts, and other interested parties to enable them to perform additional analyses of results and to illustrate the results giving effect to the non-GAAP adjustments shown in the reconciliation described in the next paragraph. Furthermore, the economic substance behind our decision to use such non-GAAP measures is that such measures approximate our controllable operating performance more closely than the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures. Management strongly encourages investors to review our consolidated financial statements and publicly filed reports in their entirety and cautions investors that the non-GAAP measures used by us may differ from similar measures used by other companies, even when similar terms are used to identify such measures.

 

The following tables provide a reconciliation of the non-GAAP measures disclosed above to the comparable GAAP measure.

 

    Year Ended December 31, 2020  
    GAAP     Elimination of
Non-Cash
Charges
    Non-GAAP  
Loss from operations   $ (14,432,527 )   $ -     $ (14,432,527 )
Other income (expense)                        
Interest income     2,479       -       2,479  
Financing costs     (762,911 )     -       (762,911 )
Adjustment in value of contingency     (138,922 )     (138,922 )     -  
Interest expense     (870,847 )     -       (870,847 )
Loss on extinguishment of debt     (1,756,095 )     (1,756,095 )     -  
Write-off of acquisition receivable     (809,000 )     (809,000 )     -  
Change in fair value of warrant liability     (2,127,656 )     (2,127,656 )     -  
Other income     25,945       -       25,945  
Total other income (expense)     (6,437,007 )     (4,831,673 )     (1,605,334 )
Net loss before income taxes   $ (20,869,534 )           $ (17,643,195 )

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

As of December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $934,729 and restricted cash of $8,977,187. We have generated significant losses since our acquisition of Goedeker Television and have relied on cash on hand, external bank lines of credit, proceeds from our initial public offering described below, issuance of third party and related party debt and the issuance of a note to support cashflow from operations. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we incurred operating losses of approximately $14.4 million, cash flows from operations of $5.4 million, and negative working capital of $17.5 million.

 

On August 4, 2020, we completed an initial public offering of our common stock, pursuant to which we sold 1,111,200 shares of common stock, at a purchase price of $9.00 per share, for total gross proceeds of $10,000,800. After deducting the underwriting commission and offering expenses, we received net proceeds of $8,602,166. We used a portion of the proceeds from the initial public offering to pay off certain debt.

 

As noted above, we received net proceeds of $4,590,000 from the sale of notes and warrants on March 19, 2021. These proceeds will supplement our cash flow from operations and provide additional liquidity.

 

Management has prepared estimates of operations for fiscal years 2021 and 2022 and believes that sufficient funds will be generated from operations to fund our operations and to service our debt obligations for one year from the date of the filing of this annual report. We may, however, in the future require additional cash resources due to changing business conditions, implementation of our strategy to expand our business, or other investments or acquisitions we may decide to pursue. If our own financial resources are insufficient to satisfy our capital requirements, we may seek to sell additional equity or debt securities or obtain additional credit facilities. The sale of additional equity securities could result in dilution to our stockholders. The incurrence of indebtedness would result in increased debt service obligations and could require us to agree to operating and financial covenants that would restrict our operations. Financing may not be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Any failure by us to raise additional funds on terms favorable to us, or at all, could limit our ability to expand our business operations and could harm our overall business prospects

 

42

 

 

The impact of COVID-19 on our business has been considered in these assumptions; however, it is too early to know the full impact of COVID-19 or its timing on a return to more normal operations.

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis under which we are expected to be able to realize our assets and satisfy our liabilities in the normal course of business.

 

Summary of Cash Flow

 

The following table provides detailed information about our net cash flow for all consolidated financial statement periods presented in this report.

 

    Year Ended     Year Ended December 31, 2019  
    December 31,
2020
Successor
    2019
Successor
(As Restated)
    2019
Predecessor
    2019
Total
(As Restated)
 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   $ 5,408,883     $ (2,299,215 )   $ 611,268     $ (1,687,947 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (113,147 )     (2,200 )     -       (2,200 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     4,144,872       2,772,723       -       2,772,723  
Net change in cash   $ 9,440,608     $ 471,308     $ 611,268     $ 1,082,576  

 

Our net cash provided by operating activities was $5,408,883 for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to net cash used in operating activities of $1,687,947 for the year ended December 31, 2019, which included net cash used in operating activities of $2,299,215 for our successor from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and net cash provided by operating activities of $611,268 for our predecessor from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019. For the year ended December 31, 2020, our net loss of $21,567,837 and an increase in merchandise inventory of $3,767,151, offset by an increase in customer deposits of $17,714,914, an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $7,337,081, a change in fair value of warrant liability of $2,127,656 and a loss on extinguishment of debt of $1,756,095, were the primary drivers of the net cash provided by operating activities. For the year ended December 31, 2019, our net loss of $5,603,136, offset by increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $1,821,629 and merchandise inventory of $1,066,627, were the primary drivers of the net cash used in operating activities.

 

Our net cash used in investing activities was $113,147 for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $2,200 for the year ended December 31, 2019, all of which was during the period from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019. The net cash used in investing activities for both years consisted entirely of purchases of property and equipment.

 

Our net cash provided by financing activities was $4,144,872 for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to $2,772,723 for the year ended December 31, 2019, all of which was during the period from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019. Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 consisted of net proceeds of $8,602,166 from our initial public offering and $642,600 in proceeds from our Paycheck Protection Program loan, offset by payments of $2,883,754 on our notes payable (including repayment of our Paycheck Protection Program loan), payments of $771,431 on our convertible notes payable, net payments on lines of credit of $1,339,430 and $105,279 in loan financing costs. For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash provided by financing activities consisted of proceeds from note payable of $1,500,000, net borrowings from lines of credit of $1,339,430 and proceeds from convertible notes payable of $650,000, offset by repayments on notes payable $357,207 and cash paid for financing costs of $359,500.

 

Initial Public Offering

 

On August 4, 2020, we sold 1,111,200 shares of common stock in connection with our initial public offering to the underwriters at a purchase price per share of $8.325 (the offering price to the public of $9.00 per share minus the underwriters’ discount) for total gross proceeds of $10,000,800. After deducting the underwriting commission and expenses, we received net proceeds of approximately $8,602,166. We also issued warrants for the purchase of 55,560 shares of common stock to affiliates of the representative of the underwriters. The warrants are exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, beginning on January 26, 2021 until July 30, 2025, at a per share exercise price equal to $11.25 (125% of the public offering price per share).

 

43

 

 

Term Loan

 

On August 25, 2020, we entered into a promissory note and security agreement with Arvest Bank for a loan in the principal amount of $3,500,000. As of December 31, 2020, the outstanding balance of this loan is $3,185,369, comprised of principal of $3,283,628, net of unamortized loan costs of $98,259.

 

The loan matures on August 25, 2025 and bears interest at 3.250% per annum; provided that, upon an event of default, the interest rate shall increase by 6% until paid in full. Pursuant to the terms of the loan agreement, we are required to make monthly payments of $63,353 beginning on September 25, 2020 and until the maturity date, at which time all unpaid principal and interest will be due. We may prepay the loan in full or in part at any time without penalty. The loan agreement contains customary events of default and affirmative and negative covenants for a loan of this type. The loan is secured by all financial assets credited to our securities account held by Arvest Investments, Inc.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

Our principal commitments consist mostly of obligations under the term loan described above, the operating leases described under Item 2 “Properties” and other contractual commitments described below. 

 

Management Services Agreement

 

On April 5, 2019, we entered into a management services agreement with our manager, pursuant to which we appointed our manager to provide certain services to us for a quarterly management fee equal to $62,500. Under certain circumstances specified in the management services agreement, our quarterly fee may be reduced if similar fees payable to our manager by subsidiaries of our former parent company, 1847 Holdings LLC, or 1847 Holdings, exceed a threshold amount.

 

Pursuant to the management services agreement, we must also reimburse our manager for all costs and expenses which are specifically approved by our board of directors, including all out-of-pocket costs and expenses, that are actually incurred by our or its affiliates on our behalf in connection with performing services under the management services agreement.

 

The services provided by our manager include: conducting general and administrative supervision and oversight of our day-to-day business and operations, including, but not limited to, recruiting and hiring of personnel, administration of personnel and personnel benefits, development of administrative policies and procedures, establishment and management of banking services, managing and arranging for the maintaining of liability insurance, arranging for equipment rental, maintenance of all necessary permits and licenses, acquisition of any additional licenses and permits that become necessary, participation in risk management policies and procedures; and overseeing and consulting with respect to our business and operational strategies, the implementation of such strategies and the evaluation of such strategies, including, but not limited to, strategies with respect to capital expenditure and expansion programs, acquisitions or dispositions and product or service lines.

 

We expensed $250,000 and $183,790 in management fees for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

Earn Out Payments

 

Pursuant to the asset purchase agreement with Goedeker Television, it is entitled to receive the following earn out payments to the extent that our business achieves the applicable EBITDA (as defined in the asset purchase agreement) targets:

 

1. An earn out payment of $200,000 if the EBITDA of our business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the closing date is $2,500,000 or greater, which target was not met;

 

2. An earn out payment of $200,000 if the EBITDA of our business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the first anniversary of closing date is $2,500,000 or greater, which target we do not expect to meet; and

 

3. An earn out payment of $200,000 if the EBITDA of our business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the second anniversary of the closing date is $2,500,000 or greater. We expect to meet this target and adjusted the contingent note payable in the consolidated balance sheet to the present value of the amount due.

 

To the extent the EBITDA of our business for any applicable period is less than $2,500,000 but greater than $1,500,000, we must pay a partial earn out payment to Goedeker Television in an amount equal to the product determined by multiplying (i) the EBITDA Achievement Percentage by (ii) the applicable earn out payment for such period, where the “Achievement Percentage” is the percentage determined by dividing (A) the amount of (i) the EBITDA of our business for the applicable period less (ii) $1,500,000, by (B) $1,000,000. For avoidance of doubt, no partial earn out payments shall be earned or paid to the extent the EBITDA of our business for any applicable period is equal or less than $1,500,000.

 

44

 

 

To the extent Goedeker Television is entitled to all or a portion of an earn out payment, the applicable earn out payment(s) (or portion thereof) shall be paid on the date that is three (3) years from the closing date, and shall accrue interest from the date on which it is determined Goedeker Television is entitled to such earn out payment (or portion thereof) at a rate equal to five percent (5%) per annum, computed on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

The following discussion relates to critical accounting policies for our company. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires our management to make assumptions, estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported, including the notes thereto, and related disclosures of commitments and contingencies, if any. We have identified certain accounting policies that are significant to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. These accounting policies are important for an understanding of our financial condition and results of operation. Critical accounting policies are those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations and require management’s difficult, subjective, or complex judgment, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Certain accounting estimates are particularly sensitive because of their significance to financial statements and because of the possibility that future events affecting the estimate may differ significantly from management’s current judgments. We believe the following critical accounting policies involve the most significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements:

 

Revenue Recognition and Cost of Revenue

 

We record revenue in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, Topic 606. Revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASC 606 also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer purchase orders, including significant judgments. 

 

We collect the full sales price from the customer at the time the order is placed, which is recorded as customer deposits on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. We do not incur incremental costs obtaining purchase orders from customers, however, if we did, because all our contracts are less than a year in duration, any contract costs incurred would be expensed rather than capitalized.

 

The revenue that we recognize arises from orders we receive from our customers. Our performance obligations under the customer orders correspond to each sale of merchandise that we make to customers under the purchase orders; as a result, each purchase order generally contains only one performance obligation based on the merchandise sale to be completed.

 

Control of the delivery transfers to customers when the customer can direct the use of, and obtain substantially all the benefits from, our products, which generally occurs when the customer assumes the risk of loss. The risk of loss shifts to the customer at different times depending on the method of delivery. We deliver products to our customers in three possible ways. The first way is through a shipment of the products through a third-party carrier from our warehouse to the customer (which we refer to as a company shipment). The second way is through a shipment of the products through a third-party carrier from a warehouse other than our warehouse to the customer (which we refer to as a drop shipment) and the third way is where we deliver the products to the customer and often also install the product (which we refer to as a local delivery). In the case of a local delivery, we load the product on to our own truck and deliver and install the product at the customer’s location. When a product is delivered through a local delivery, risk of loss passes to the customer at the time of installation and revenue is recognized upon installation at the customer’s location. In the case of a company shipment and a drop shipment, the delivery to the customer is made free on board, or FOB, shipping point (whether from our warehouse or a third party’s warehouse). Therefore, risk of loss and title transfers to the customer once the products are shipped (i.e., leaves our warehouse or a third-party’s warehouse). After shipment and prior to delivery, the customer is able to redirect the product to a different destination, which demonstrates the customer’s control over the product once shipped. Once the risk of loss has shifted to the customer, we have satisfied our performance obligation and we recognize revenue.

 

45

 

 

We agree with customers on the selling price of each transaction. This transaction price is generally based on the agreed upon sales price. In our contracts with customers, we allocate the entire transaction price to the sales price, which is the basis for the determination of the relative standalone selling price allocated to each performance obligation. Any sales tax, value added tax, and other tax we collect concurrently with revenue-producing activities are excluded from revenue.

 

Cost of revenue includes the cost of purchased merchandise plus the cost of shipping merchandise and where applicable installation, net of promotional rebates and other incentives received from vendors.

 

Substantially all our sales are to individual retail consumers.

 

Shipping and Handling ‒ We bill our customers for shipping and handling charges, which are included in net sales for the applicable period, and the corresponding shipping and handling expense is reported in cost of sales.

 

Disaggregated Revenue ‒ We disaggregate revenue from contracts with customers by product type, as we believe it best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors.

 

We also sell extended warranty contracts. We are an agent for the warranty company and earn a commission on the warranty contracts purchased by customers; therefore, the cost of the warranty contracts is netted against warranty revenue in the our consolidated statement of operations. We assume no liability for repairs to products on which we have sold a warranty contract.

 

We experience seasonal trends which are primarily holidays such as Presidents Day, Memorial Day, July 4th, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas and Black Friday and Cyber Monday.

 

Receivables

 

Receivables represent rebates receivable due from manufacturers from whom we purchase products and amounts due from credit card processors that do not settle within two days. Rebates receivable are stated at the amount that management expects to collect from manufacturers, net of accounts payable amounts due the vendor. Rebates are calculated on product and model sales programs from specific vendors. The rebates are paid at intermittent periods either in cash or through issuance of vendor credit memos, which can be applied against vendor accounts payable. Based on our assessment of the credit history with our manufacturers, we have concluded that there should be no allowance for uncollectible accounts. We historically collect substantially all of our outstanding rebates receivables. Uncollectible balances are expensed in the period it is determined to be uncollectible.

 

Merchandise Inventory

 

Inventory consists of finished products acquired for resale and is valued at the lower-of-cost-or-market with cost determined on an average item basis. We periodically evaluate the value of items in inventory and provide write-downs to inventory based on our estimate of market conditions.

 

Goodwill

 

We test our goodwill for impairment at least annually on December 31 and whenever events or circumstances change that indicate impairment may have occurred. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include, among others: a significant decline in our expected future cash flows; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate; unanticipated competition; and slower growth rates. Any adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of goodwill and our consolidated financial results.

 

We test goodwill by estimating fair value using a discounted cash flow model. The key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model to determine the highest and best use of estimated future cash flows include revenue growth rates and profit margins based on internal forecasts, terminal value and an estimate of a market participant’s weighted-average cost of capital used to discount future cash flows to their present value. There were no impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

46

 

 

Intangible Assets

 

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, definite-lived intangible assets primarily consisted of tradenames and customer relationships which are being amortized over their estimated useful lives, or 5 years.

 

We periodically evaluate the reasonableness of the useful lives of these assets. Once these assets are fully amortized, they are removed from the accounts. These assets are reviewed for impairment or obsolescence when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If impaired, intangible assets are written down to fair value based on discounted cash flows or other valuation techniques. We have no intangibles with indefinite lives.

 

In applying the acquisition method of accounting, amounts assigned to identifiable assets and liabilities acquired were based on estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, with the remainder recorded as goodwill. Identifiable intangible assets are initially valued at fair value using generally accepted valuation methods appropriate for the type of intangible asset. Identifiable intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment if indicators of impairment arise. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment within one year of acquisitions or annually as of December 1, and whenever indicators of impairment exist. The fair values of intangible assets are compared against their carrying values, and an impairment loss would be recognized for the amount by which a carrying amount exceeds its fair value.

 

Long-Lived Assets

 

We review our property and equipment and any identifiable intangibles (including ROU asset) for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The test for impairment is required to be performed by management upon triggering events. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted operating cash flow expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell.

 

Lease Liabilities

 

Lease liabilities and their corresponding right of use, or ROU, assets are recorded based on the present value of lease payments over the expected lease term at the lease commencement date. As most of our leases do not provide an implicit rate, we use an estimated incremental borrowing rate, or IBR, based on the information available at the commencement date of the respective lease to determine the present value of future payments. The determination of the IBR requires judgment and is primarily based on publicly available information for companies within the same industry and with similar credit profiles. We adjust the rate for the impact of collateralization, the lease term and other specific terms included in each lease arrangement. The IBR is determined at the lease commencement and is subsequently reassessed upon a modification to the lease arrangement.

 

Lease expense for minimum lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

We review the ROU asset for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the ROU asset may not be recoverable. When such events occur, we compare the carrying amount of the ROU asset to the undiscounted expected future cash flows related to the ROU asset. If the comparison indicates that an impairment exists, the amount of the impairment is calculated as the difference between the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the ROU asset. If a readily determinable market price does not exist, fair value is estimated using discounted expected cash flows attributable to the ROU asset.

 

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

 

Not applicable. 

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

 

The full text of our audited consolidated financial statements begins on page F-1 of this annual report.

 

47

 

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

 

None.

 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

We have adopted and maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this annual report on Form 10-K, is collected, recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules of the SEC. Our disclosure controls and procedures are also designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to management to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. As required under Exchange Act Rule 13a-15, our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, after evaluating the effectiveness of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report on Form 10-K, have concluded that, due to deficiencies identified in our preliminary evaluation, our disclosure controls and procedures are ineffective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Subject to receipt of additional financing, we intend to retain additional individuals and resources to remedy the ineffective controls.

  

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

 

This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

 

We have no information to disclose that was required to be disclosed in a report on Form 8-K during fourth quarter of fiscal year 2020 but was not reported.

 

48

 

 

PART III

 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

 

Directors and Executive Officers

 

Set forth below is information regarding our directors, executive officers and significant employees as of the date of this report.

 

Name   Age   Position
Douglas T. Moore   64   Chief Executive Officer and Director
Robert D. Barry   77   Chief Financial Officer
Thomas S. Harcum   38   Chief Marketing Officer and Chief Technology Officer
Jacob Guilhas   42   Vice President of Logistics
Michael K. Hargrave   55   Chief Merchant
Ellery W. Roberts   50   Chairman of the Board
Edward J. Tobin   64   Director
Ellette A. Anderson   44   Director
Clark R. Crosnoe   52   Director
Paul A. Froning   50   Director
Glyn C. Milburn   50   Director

  

Douglas T. Moore. Mr. Moore has served as our Chief Executive Officer since August 2019 and as a director since April 2020. Through his more than 25 years of retail experience, Mr. Moore has developed an understanding of strategic and tactical business issues that include store operations, merchandising, supply chain, sourcing and human resource planning. He also possesses senior management, marketing, risk assessment and retail knowledge. Prior to joining us, Mr. Moore was President and Chief Executive Officer of Med-Air Homecare, a home healthcare equipment and service provider, from November 2013 until May 2019, Principal of First Street Consulting, LLC, a retail consulting firm, from January 2011 until October 2017, and Senior Vice President of FirstSTREET for Boomers and Beyond, Inc., a leading direct marketer of products for baby boomers, from October 2017 until August 2019. From February 2012 through June 2012, Mr. Moore served as the Chief Merchandising and Marketing Officer at hhgregg, Inc., a consumer electronics retail chain. Mr. Moore has served on the board of directors of Lumber Liquidators Holdings, Inc., one of the leading specialty retailers of hard-surface flooring in North America, since April 2006. Mr. Moore received his undergraduate degree and M.B.A. from the University of Virginia. We believe Mr. Moore is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive experience in the retail industry and public company board experience.

 

49

 

 

Robert D. Barry. Mr. Barry has served as our Chief Financial Officer since our inception and as a director from inception until April 2020. He has served on the board of directors of our former parent company, 1847 Holdings, since January 2014 and has served as Controller of 1847 Holdings’ subsidiary Neese, Inc., since July 2017. From April 2013 until August 2016, Mr. Barry was Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Pawn Plus Inc., a chain of five retail pawn stores in suburban Philadelphia and one pawn store in northeastern Ohio. Prior to that, Mr. Barry served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Regional Management Corp., a consumer loan company based in Greenville, South Carolina, from March 2007 to January 2013. Prior to joining Regional Management Corp., Mr. Barry was the Managing Member of AccessOne Mortgage Company, LLC in Raleigh, North Carolina, from 1997 to 2007. During this time, he also served as part-time Chief Financial Officer for Patriot State Bank, in Fuquay-Varina, North Carolina, from March 2006 to March 2007 and Nuestro Banco, Raleigh, North Carolina, from July 2006 to March 2007. Prior to his time at AccessOne, Mr. Barry was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Regional Acceptance Corporation, a consumer finance company based in Greenville, North Carolina and prior to that he was a financial institutions partner in the Raleigh, North Carolina office of KPMG LLP. Mr. Barry is a Certified Public Accountant licensed in North Carolina and Georgia.

 

Thomas S. Harcum. Mr. Harcum has served as our Chief Marketing Officer and Chief Technology Officer since January 2020. He has almost 20 years of experience in marketing and technology in several fields, including pharmaceuticals and publishing. Particularly, Mr. Harcum’s expertise includes direct to consumer e-commerce, lead generation and cost center management and P&L responsibilities for marketing funnel management, customer acquisition, telephony, product development, technology management, project management, development lifecycle and brand management. Previously, he was the Senior Director of Marketing for firstSTREET from October 2012 to December 2019. Mr. Harcum has a B.A. from Virginia Commonwealth University.

 

Jacob Guilhas. Mr. Guilhas has served as our Vice President of Logistics since October 2020. In his 20 years of retail logistics experience, he has vast experience in leading a full spectrum of multi-site business operations in highly competitive, fast-paced, and complex environments. Prior to joining us, Mr. Guilhas served as Managing Director at FedEx Supply Chain from March 2016 to October 2019, Head of Logistics and Fulfillment for Groupon from October 2014 to March 2016, facility General Manager with Exel (nowDP-DHL) from September 2013 to October 2014, and Regional Operations Director for Walmart eCommerce from September 2003 to September 2013. Mr. Guilhas has served in leadership positions for multiple large-scale distribution and fulfillment centers, and has led a variety of projects including multiple distribution center “greenfield” start-ups, international operations start-ups, and long-term strategic planning. Mr. Guilhas brings specialized experience in coordinating multi-channel operations, complex systems integrations, safety controls, and continuous improvement. Mr. Guilhas holds multiple advanced degrees including a Doctorate of Management from Colorado Tech.

 

Michael K. Hargrave. Mr. Hargrave has served as our Chief Merchant since May 2020. He has almost 34 years of experience in retail merchandising and management across multiple product categories, especially hardlines segments including appliances, hardware and lawn and garden. Mr. Hargrave has developed an understanding of strategic and tactical business issues that include sales management, merchandising, marketing, product development, strategic sourcing and online content management. He also possesses store operation, supply chain management, website development and affiliate marketing knowledge. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hargrave held roles for Sears Holdings Corporation as Senior Director, Online Hardlines Merchandising from June 2017 until April 2020, Divisional Merchandise Manager Online Tools, from July 2014 until June 2017, and Director, Online Merchandising Lawn & Garden, from March 2009 until July 2014. Mr. Hargrave serves as a founding member of the Advisory Council for the Home Improvement e-Retailer Summit and has been named to the Home Improvement Executive Magazine’s “Top 100 Retail Executives.” Mr. Hargrave received his undergraduate degree from the University of Michigan.

 

Ellery W. Roberts. Mr. Roberts has served as the Chairman of our board of directors since our inception. Mr. Roberts brings over 20 years of private equity investing experience to our company. Mr. Roberts has been the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Financial Officer of 1847 Holdings since its inception on January 22, 2013 and is also the sole manager of our manager. Mr. Roberts has also been a director of Western Capital Resources, Inc., a public company, since May 2010. In July 2011, Mr. Roberts formed The 1847 Companies LLC, a company that is no longer active, where he began investing his own personal capital and capital of high net worth individuals in select transactions. Prior to forming The 1847 Companies LLC, Mr. Roberts was the co-founder and was co-managing principal from October 2009 to June 2011 of RW Capital Partners LLC, the recipient of a “Green Light” letter from the U.S. Small Business Administration permitting RW Capital Partners LLC to raise capital in pursuit of the Small Business Investment Company license with the preliminary support of the Small Business Administration. Mr. Roberts was a founding member of Parallel Investment Partners, LP (formerly SKM Growth Investors, LP), a Dallas-based private equity fund focused on re-capitalizations, buyouts and growth capital investments in lower middle market companies throughout the United States. Previously, Mr. Roberts served as Principal with Lazard Group LLC, a Senior Financial Analyst at Colony Capital, Inc., and a Financial Analyst with the Corporate Finance Division of Smith Barney Inc. (now known as Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC). Mr. Roberts received his B.A. degree in English from Stanford University. We believe Mr. Roberts is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive investment experience.

 

50

 

 

Edward J. Tobin. Mr. Tobin has served on our board of directors since April 2020. Mr. Tobin has served as Managing Director of our manager since January 2014. From 1997 until November 2014, Mr. Tobin was a Director of Global Emerging Markets North America, Inc., where he managed Special Situations and Venture investing. In this role, he oversaw structured finance transactions in industries such as clean tech, media, telecommunications, manufacturing, real estate and life sciences. Prior to that, Mr. Tobin was Managing Director of Lincklaen Partners, a private family investment office. Previously, he had been a portfolio manager with Neuberger and Berman and a Vice President of Nordberg Capital, Inc. Mr. Tobin received his MBA from the Wharton School, as well as a Master of Science in Engineering and a Bachelor of Science in Economics from the University of Pennsylvania. We believe Mr. Tobin is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his extensive investment experience.

 

Ellette A. Anderson. Ms. Anderson has served on our board of directors since July 2020. In 2013, Ms. Anderson founded Griffin Archer LLC, a full-service advertising agency that offers a comprehensive range of services addressing both the traditional and digital marking aspects of business. As the Chief Executive Officer of Griffin Archer, Ms. Anderson is responsible for overseeing new business acquisitions, strategic planning, and creative direction for their entire client portfolio. From April 2004 to August 2013, she served as a Writer and Associate Creative Director at Carmichael Lynch Advertising in Minneapolis where she received multiple industry awards for her creative work on several iconic brands. She holds a B.A. degree in English Literature from the University of Kansas. We believe Ms. Anderson is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her deep experience in the advertising and marketing industry.

 

Clark R. Crosnoe. Mr. Crosnoe has served on our board of directors since July 2020. In 2009, Mr. Crosnoe founded CRC Capital LLC, a registered investment advisor and manager of the CRC Investment Fund LP, a private investment partnership focused on publicly-traded equity securities. As managing member of CRC Capital LLC, Mr. Crosnoe is responsible for strategy, oversight and the day-to-day investment decisions of the fund. The portfolio typically includes investments in the consumer, financial, healthcare, industrial and energy sectors. In 1999, Mr. Crosnoe was a founding employee of Parallel Investment Partners where he was named partner in 2003. As a partner, he was responsible for sourcing, evaluating, structuring, executing and monitoring investments, and also dedicated a substantial portion of his time to marketing activities for the firm. Mr. Crosnoe began his career in investment banking at Wasserstein Perella & Co. and also gained valuable experience at multi-billion dollar hedge fund HBK Investments. Mr. Crosnoe holds undergraduate degrees from the University of Texas at Austin and earned an MBA from Harvard Business School in 1996. We believe Mr. Crosnoe is qualified to serve on our board due to his approximately 24 years of private and public investment and advisory experience.

 

Paul A. Froning. Mr. Froning has served on our board of directors since July 2020. He has served on the board of directors of 1847 Holdings since April 2013. In 2009, Mr. Froning co-founded Focus Healthcare Partners LLC, a Chicago-based private equity investment, advisory and asset management firm targeting the senior housing and healthcare sectors. Prior to that, from February 2008 to October 2009, Mr. Froning was a Managing Director in the private equity department of Fortress Investment Group LLC, a publicly-traded New York-based private investment firm. Prior to that, Mr. Froning was the Chief Investment Officer and Executive Vice President of Brookdale Senior Living Inc., a publicly-traded affiliate of Fortress Investment Group LLC, from 2005 to 2008. Previously, Mr. Froning held senior investment positions at the private equity investment arms of Lazard Group LLC and Security Capital Group, prior to its acquisition by GE Capital Corp., in addition to investment banking experience at Salomon Brothers, prior to its acquisition by Travelers Group, and the securities subsidiary of Principal Financial Group. Mr. Froning has a B.A. degree from the University of Notre Dame. We believe Mr. Froning is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his twenty years of private equity, investment and advisory experience.

 

Glyn C. Milburn. Mr. Milburn has served on our board of directors since July 2020. Since February 2016, Mr. Milburn has served as a Partner at Jimmy Blackman & Associates, a full-service Government and Public Affairs firm, where he is responsible for business strategy, client management, communications and campaign management for a client portfolio comprised of large public safety labor unions, banking/finance companies, and hotel operators across the State of California. From April 2013 to January 2016, Mr. Milburn served as a Special Assistant in the City of Los Angeles where he held two positions in the City of Los Angeles, one in the Office of Los Angeles Mayor Eric Garcetti’s Office of Economic Development and another in the Office of Los Angeles Councilman Dennis Zine. From August 2012 to March 2013, Mr. Milburn co-Founded Provident Investment Advisors LLC, a special investment vehicle for energy, technology and healthcare ventures, where he served as Managing Member. Mr. Milburn holds a B.A. degree in Public Policy from Stanford University. We believe Mr. Milburn is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to his valuable background in policy development, regulatory and strategic planning experience.

 

Our directors currently have terms which will end at our next annual meeting of the stockholders or until their successors are elected and qualify, subject to their prior death, resignation or removal. Officers serve at the discretion of the board of directors. There is no arrangement or understanding between any director or executive officer and any other person pursuant to which he was or is to be selected as a director, nominee or officer.

 

51

 

 

Family Relationships

 

There are no family relationships among any of our executive officers or directors.

 

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

 

To the best of our knowledge, except as described below, none of our directors or executive officers has, during the past ten years:

 

  been convicted in a criminal proceeding or been subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offences);
     
  had any bankruptcy petition filed by or against the business or property of the person, or of any partnership, corporation or business association of which he was a general partner or executive officer, either at the time of the bankruptcy filing or within two years prior to that time;
     
  been subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction or federal or state authority, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting, his involvement in any type of business, securities, futures, commodities, investment, banking, savings and loan, or insurance activities, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity;
     
  been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated;
     
  been the subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated (not including any settlement of a civil proceeding among private litigants), relating to an alleged violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or regulation, any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of disgorgement or restitution, civil money penalty or temporary or permanent cease-and-desist order, or removal or prohibition order, or any law or regulation prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or
     
  been the subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization (as defined in Section 3(a)(26) of the Exchange Act (15 U.S.C. 78c(a)(26))), any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. 1(a)(29))), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.

 

Corporate Governance

 

Governance Structure

 

We chose to appoint a separate Chairman of the Board who is not our Chief Executive Officer. Our board of directors has made this decision based on their belief that a separate Chairman of the Board can act as a balance to the Chief Executive Officer, who also serves as a non-independent director.

 

52

 

 

The Board’s Role in Risk Oversight

 

The board of directors oversees that the assets of our company are properly safeguarded, that the appropriate financial and other controls are maintained, and that our business is conducted wisely and in compliance with applicable laws and regulations and proper governance. Included in these responsibilities is the board’s oversight of the various risks facing our company. In this regard, our board seeks to understand and oversee critical business risks. Our board does not view risk in isolation. Risks are considered in virtually every business decision and as part of our business strategy. Our board recognizes that it is neither possible nor prudent to eliminate all risk. Indeed, purposeful and appropriate risk-taking is essential for our company to be competitive on a global basis and to achieve its objectives.

 

While the board oversees risk management, company management is charged with managing risk. Management communicates routinely with the board and individual directors on the significant risks identified and how they are being managed. Directors are free to, and indeed often do, communicate directly with senior management.

 

Our board administers its risk oversight function as a whole by making risk oversight a matter of collective consideration. Much of this work has been delegated to committees, which will meet regularly and report back to the full board. The audit committee oversees risks related to our consolidated financial statements, the financial reporting process, accounting and legal matters, the compensation committee evaluates the risks and rewards associated with our compensation philosophy and programs, and the nominating and corporate governance committee evaluates risk associated with management decisions and strategic direction.

 

Independent Directors

 

The rules of NYSE American generally require that a majority of an issuer’s board of directors must consist of independent directors. Our board of directors currently consists of seven (7) directors, four (4) of whom, Ellette A. Anderson, Clark R. Crosnoe, Paul A. Froning and Glyn C. Milburn, are independent within the meaning of the rules of NYSE American.

 

Committees of the Board of Directors

 

Our board has established an audit committee, a compensation and nominating and corporate governance committee, each with its own charter approved by the board. Each committee’s charter is available on our website at www.goedekers.com.

 

In addition, our board of directors may, from time to time, designate one or more additional committees, which shall have the duties and powers granted to it by our board of directors.

 

Audit Committee

 

Paul A. Froning, Clark R. Crosnoe and Glyn C. Milburn, each of whom satisfies the “independence” requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the rules of NYSE American, serve on our audit committee, with Mr. Froning serving as the chairman. Our board has determined that Messrs. Froning and Crosnoe qualify as “audit committee financial experts.” The audit committee oversees our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the consolidated financial statements of our company.

 

The audit committee is responsible for, among other things: (i) retaining and overseeing our independent accountants; (ii) assisting the board in its oversight of the integrity of our consolidated financial statements, the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent auditors and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (iii) reviewing and approving the plan and scope of the internal and external audit; (iv) pre-approving any audit and non-audit services provided by our independent auditors; (v) approving the fees to be paid to our independent auditors; (vi) reviewing with our chief executive officer and chief financial officer and independent auditors the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal controls; (vii) reviewing hedging transactions; and (viii) reviewing and assessing annually the audit committee’s performance and the adequacy of its charter.

 

Compensation Committee

 

Paul A. Froning, Clark R. Crosnoe and Ellette A. Anderson, each of whom satisfies the “independence” requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the rules of NYSE American, serve on our compensation committee, with Mr. Crosnoe serving as the chairman. The members of the compensation committee are also “outside directors” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and “non-employee directors” within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. The compensation committee assists the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating to our directors and executive officers.

 

The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things: (i) reviewing and approving the remuneration of our executive officers; (ii) making recommendations to the board regarding the compensation of our independent directors; (iii) making recommendations to the board regarding equity-based and incentive compensation plans, policies and programs; and (iv) reviewing and assessing annually the compensation committee’s performance and the adequacy of its charter.

 

53

 

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

Paul A. Froning, Clark R. Crosnoe and Glyn C. Milburn, each of whom satisfies the “independence” requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the rules of NYSE American, serve on our nominating and corporate governance committee, with Mr. Milburn serving as the chairman. The nominating and corporate governance committee assists the board of directors in selecting individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees.

 

The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things: (i) identifying and evaluating individuals qualified to become members of the board by reviewing nominees for election to the board submitted by stockholders and recommending to the board director nominees for each annual meeting of stockholders and for election to fill any vacancies on the board; (ii) advising the board with respect to board organization, desired qualifications of board members, the membership, function, operation, structure and composition of committees (including any committee authority to delegate to subcommittees), and self-evaluation and policies; (iii) advising on matters relating to corporate governance and monitoring developments in the law and practice of corporate governance; (iv) overseeing compliance with the our code of ethics; and (v) approving any related party transactions.

 

The nominating and corporate governance committee’s methods for identifying candidates for election to our board of directors (other than those proposed by our stockholders, as discussed below) will include the solicitation of ideas for possible candidates from a number of sources - members of our board of directors, our executives, individuals personally known to the members of our board of directors, and other research. The nominating and corporate governance committee may also, from time-to-time, retain one or more third-party search firms to identify suitable candidates.

 

In making director recommendations, the nominating and corporate governance committee may consider some or all of the following factors: (i) the candidate’s judgment, skill, experience with other organizations of comparable purpose, complexity and size, and subject to similar legal restrictions and oversight; (ii) the interplay of the candidate’s experience with the experience of other board members; (iii) the extent to which the candidate would be a desirable addition to the board and any committee thereof; (iv) whether or not the person has any relationships that might impair his or her independence; and (v) the candidate’s ability to contribute to the effective management of our company, taking into account the needs of our company and such factors as the individual’s experience, perspective, skills and knowledge of the industry in which we operate.

 

A stockholder may nominate one or more persons for election as a director at an annual meeting of stockholders if the stockholder complies with the notice and information provisions contained in our bylaws. Such notice must be in writing to our company not less than 120 days and not more than 150 days prior to the anniversary date of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders or as otherwise required by requirements of the Exchange Act. In addition, stockholders furnishing such notice must be a holder of record on both (i) the date of delivering such notice and (ii) the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting.

 

Code of Ethics

 

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. Such code of ethics addresses, among other things, honesty and ethical conduct, conflicts of interest, compliance with laws, regulations and policies, including disclosure requirements under the federal securities laws, and reporting of violations of the code.

 

We are required to disclose any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our code of ethics applicable to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, or persons performing similar functions. We intend to use our website as a method of disseminating this disclosure, as permitted by applicable SEC rules. Any such disclosure will be posted to our website within four (4) business days following the date of any such amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of our code of ethics.

 

54

 

 

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance  

 

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our directors and executive officers and beneficial holders of more than 10% of our common shares to file with the SEC initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership of our equity securities. We believe, based solely on a review of the copies of such reports furnished to us and representations of these persons, that all reports were timely filed for the year ended December 31, 2020, except that the Form 3’s for Messrs. Harcum and Hargrave were filed late due to administrative oversight.

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

 

Summary Compensation Table - Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

 

The following table sets forth information concerning all cash and non-cash compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to the named persons for services rendered in all capacities during the noted periods. No other executive officers received total annual salary and bonus compensation in excess of $100,000.

 

Name and Principal Position   Year   Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)
  Option
Awards
($)(1)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(2)
  Total
($)
Douglas T. Moore,
Chief Executive Officer
  2020   341,923   130,000   910,264   16,965   1,399,152
  2019   133,727   35,000   -   9,465   178,192
Robert D. Barry,
Chief Financial Officer(3)
  2020   149,077   -   376,800   -   525,877
  2019   61,762   -   -   -   61,762
Thomas S. Harcum,
Chief Marketing and Technology Officer
  2020   131,923   -   157,000   17,470   306,393
  2019   -   -       -   -

 

(1) The amount is equal to the aggregate grant-date fair value with respect to the awards, computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.
   
(2) The amounts included for Mr. Moore for 2019 include reimbursement for accommodations in the amount of $6,955, reimbursement for airline tickets in the amount of $1,640, and reimbursement for car rental expenses in the amount of $870.  In 2020, the amounts represent reimbursement for accommodations of $14,630 and $2,335 for 401(k) plan matches.  For Mr. Harcum, the amount represents reimbursement for accommodations.
   
(3) Mr. Barry was a part-time employee in 2019 following the acquisition of Goedeker Television until our initial public offering on July 31, 2020, at which time he became a full-time employee.  Compensation for 2020 includes $55,385 as a part-time employee.

 

Employment Agreements

 

On August 15, 2019, we entered into an employment letter agreement with Mr. Moore setting forth the terms of the compensation for his services as Chief Executive Officer of our company. On April 21, 2020, we amended the employment letter agreement, which became effective upon closing of our initial public offering on August 4, 2020.  Pursuant to the employment letter agreement, as amended, Mr. Moore is entitled to an annual base salary of $400,000 and an annual incentive bonus of up to 100% of base to the extent that we achieve certain annual EBITDA objectives to be established by our compensation committee.  On August 19, 2020, we also granted Mr. Moore a special bonus of up to $125,000 to the extent that we achieve certain milestones. We also agreed to grant to Mr. Moore an option to purchase 263,158 shares of our common stock immediately following the closing of the initial public offering with an exercise price of $9.00, equal to the public offering price per share paid in the initial public offering. Vesting of the options will occur annually over a 4-year period in increments of 25% per year beginning on August 15, 2020. Mr. Moore also received relocation compensation, including a signing bonus of $35,000, reimbursement of living and accommodations in the St. Louis area for up to six months, car rental expenses for up to two months, and reimbursement of once monthly round trip airline tickets to St. Louis for either Mr. Moore or his spouse until April 2020. Mr. Moore is also entitled to a 15% discount on all purchases from our company. He is also eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans, including health insurance, commensurate with his position. Mr. Moore’s employment is at-will and may be terminated by us at any time. Mr. Moore may terminate his employment upon 90 days’ notice. If we terminate Mr. Moore’s employment without cause, he is entitled to six months of base compensation, which will be paid in a lump sum upon termination. The employment letter agreement contains restrictive covenants prohibiting Mr. Moore from (i) owning or operating a business that competes with our company during the term of his employment and for a period of one year following the termination of his employment or (ii) soliciting our employees for a period of two years following the termination of his employment.

 

55

 

 

On April 21, 2020, we entered into an employment letter agreement with Robert D. Barry setting forth the terms of the compensation for his services as Chief Financial Officer of our company.  This employment letter agreement became effective upon closing of our initial public offering on August 4, 2020.  Pursuant to the employment letter agreement, Mr. Barry is entitled to an annual base salary of $250,000 and an annual incentive bonus of up to 50% of base to the extent that we achieve certain annual EBITDA objectives to be established by our compensation committee. Mr. Barry is also entitled to a 15% discount on all purchases from our company. He is also eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans, including health insurance, commensurate with his position. Mr. Barry’s employment is at-will and may be terminated by us at any time. Mr. Barry may terminate his employment upon 90 days’ notice. If we terminate Mr. Barry’s employment without cause, he is entitled to six months of base compensation, which will be paid in a lump sum upon termination. The employment letter agreement contains restrictive covenants prohibiting Mr. Barry from (i) owning or operating a business that competes with our company during the term of his employment and for a period of one year following the termination of his employment or (ii) soliciting our employees for a period of two years following the termination of his employment.

 

On December 13, 2019, we entered into an employment offer letter with Thomas S. Harcum setting forth the terms of the compensation for his services as Chief Marketing Officer and Chief Technology Officer of our company, effective as of January 6, 2020.  Pursuant to the employment offer letter, Mr. Harcum is entitled to an annual base salary of $140,000 and an annual incentive bonus of up to 20% of base to the extent that we achieve certain annual EBITDA objectives to be established by our compensation committee. He is also eligible to participate in all employee benefit plans, including health insurance, commensurate with his position. Mr. Harcum’s employment is at-will and may be terminated by us at any time.

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

 

The following table includes certain information with respect to the value of all unexercised options and unvested shares of restricted stock previously awarded to the executive officers named above at the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.

 

    Option Awards
Name   Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
    Equity Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options (#)
    Option
Exercise
Price ($)
    Option
Expiration
Date
Douglas T. Moore     65,790       197,368       -     $ 9.00     08/04/2030
Robert D. Barry     -       120,000       -     $ 9.00     09/10/2030
Thomas S. Harcum     -       50,000       -     $ 9.00     09/10/2030

 

Additional Narrative Disclosure

 

Retirement Benefits

 

We have not maintained, and do not currently maintain, a defined benefit pension plan or nonqualified deferred compensation plan. We currently make available a retirement plan intended to provide benefits under Section 401(k) of the Code, pursuant to which employees, including the executive officers named above, can make voluntary pre-tax contributions. We currently match 100% of elective deferrals up to 3% of compensation and 50% of elective deferrals for next 2% of compensation. These matching contributions vest 100% following 60 days of the participant’s employment. All contributions under the plan are subject to certain annual dollar limitations, which are periodically adjusted for changes in the cost of living. See “—Summary Compensation Table - Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019” for matches made for the executive officers named above.

 

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

 

As described under “—Employment Agreements” above, Messrs. Moore and Barry are entitled severance if their employment is terminated without cause.

 

In the event of a change in control (as defined in our 2020 Equity Incentive Plan), all options issued to the executive officers named above shall become immediately vested and exercisable with respect to 100% of the shares subject to the option.

 

56

 

 

Director Compensation

 

We have agreed to pay our independent directors a fee of $35,000 per year, which is payable monthly commencing in the first month following the closing of the of our initial public offering in August 2020. We also agreed to reimburse the independent directors for pre-approved reasonable business expenses incurred in good faith in connection with the performance of their duties for us.

 

The table below sets forth the compensation to our independent directors during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.

 

Name   Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)
    Total
($)
 
Ellette A. Anderson     14,583       14,583  
Clark R. Crosnoe     14,583       14,583  
Paul A. Froning     14,583       14,583  
Glyn C. Milburn     14,583       14,583  

 

2020 Equity Incentive Plan

 

On July 30, 2020, we established the 1847 Goedeker Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan, or the Plan. The purpose of the Plan is to grant restricted stock, stock options and other forms of incentive compensation to our officers, employees, directors and consultants. The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to awards granted under the Plan is 555,000 shares. Cancelled and forfeited stock options and stock awards may again become available for grant under the Plan. As of the date of this report, no shares remain available for issuance under the Plan. We are in the process of increasing the number of shares available under the Plan to 1,000,000, subject to stockholder approval of such increase.

 

The following summary briefly describes the principal features of the Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Plan.

 

Awards that may be granted include: (a) incentive stock options, (b) non-qualified stock options, (c) stock appreciation rights, (d) restricted awards, (e) performance share awards, and (f) performance compensation awards. These awards offer our officers, employees, consultants and directors the possibility of future value, depending on the long-term price appreciation of our common stock and the award holder’s continuing service with our company.

 

Stock options give the option holder the right to acquire from us a designated number of shares of common stock at a purchase price that is fixed upon the grant of the option. The exercise price will not be less than the market price of the common stock on the date of grant. Stock options granted may be either tax-qualified stock options (so-called “incentive stock options”) or non-qualified stock options.

 

Stock appreciation rights, or SARs, which may be granted alone or in tandem with options, have an economic value similar to that of options. When a SAR for a particular number of shares is exercised, the holder receives a payment equal to the difference between the market price of the shares on the date of exercise and the exercise price of the shares under the SAR. Again, the exercise price for SARs normally is the market price of the shares on the date the SAR is granted. Under the Plan, holders of SARs may receive this payment – the appreciation value – either in cash or shares of common stock valued at the fair market value on the date of exercise. The form of payment will be determined by us.

 

Restricted shares are shares of common stock awarded to participants at no cost. Restricted shares can take the form of awards of restricted stock, which represent issued and outstanding shares of our common stock subject to vesting criteria, or restricted stock units, which represent the right to receive shares of our common stock subject to satisfaction of the vesting criteria. Restricted shares are forfeitable and non-transferable until the shares vest. The vesting date or dates and other conditions for vesting are established when the shares are awarded.

 

The Plan also provides for performance compensation awards, representing the right to receive a payment, which may be in the form of cash, shares of common stock, or a combination, based on the attainment of pre-established goals.

 

57

 

 

All of the permissible types of awards under the Plan are described in more detail as follows:

 

Purposes of Plan: The purposes of the Plan are to attract and retain officers, employees and directors for our company and its subsidiaries; motivate them by means of appropriate incentives to achieve long-range goals; provide incentive compensation opportunities; and further align their interests with those of our stockholders through compensation that is based on our common stock.

 

Administration of the Plan: The Plan is administered by our compensation committee (which we refer to as the administrator). Among other things, the administrator has the authority to select persons who will receive awards, determine the types of awards and the number of shares to be covered by awards, and to establish the terms, conditions, performance criteria, restrictions and other provisions of awards. The administrator has authority to establish, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan.

 

Eligible Recipients: Persons eligible to receive awards under the Plan will be those officers, employees, consultants, and directors of our company and its subsidiaries who are selected by the administrator.

 

Shares Available Under the Plan: The maximum number of shares of our common stock that may be delivered to participants under the Plan is 1,000,000 (subject to stockholder approval of such increase), subject to adjustment for certain corporate changes affecting the shares, such as stock splits. Shares subject to an award under the Plan for which the award is canceled, forfeited or expires again become available for grants under the Plan. Shares subject to an award that is settled in cash will not again be made available for grants under the Plan.

 

Stock Options:

 

General. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the administrator has the authority to determine all grants of stock options. That determination will include: (i) the number of shares subject to any option; (ii) the exercise price per share; (iii) the expiration date of the option; (iv) the manner, time and date of permitted exercise; (v) other restrictions, if any, on the option or the shares underlying the option; and (vi) any other terms and conditions as the administrator may determine.

 

Option Price. The exercise price for stock options will be determined at the time of grant. Normally, the exercise price will not be less than the fair market value on the date of grant. As a matter of tax law, the exercise price for any incentive stock option awarded may not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant. However, incentive stock option grants to any person owning more than 10% of our voting stock must have an exercise price of not less than 110% of the fair market value on the grant date.

 

Exercise of Options. An option may be exercised only in accordance with the terms and conditions for the option agreement as established by the administrator at the time of the grant. The option must be exercised by notice to us, accompanied by payment of the exercise price. Payments may be made in cash or, at the option of the administrator, by actual or constructive delivery of shares of common stock to the holder of the option based upon the fair market value of the shares on the date of exercise.

 

Expiration or Termination. Options, if not previously exercised, will expire on the expiration date established by the administrator at the time of grant. In the case of incentive stock options, such term cannot exceed ten years provided that in the case of holders of more than 10% of our voting stock, such term cannot exceed five years. Options will terminate before their expiration date if the holder’s service with our company or a subsidiary terminates before the expiration date. The option may remain exercisable for specified periods after certain terminations of employment, including terminations as a result of death, disability or retirement, with the precise period during which the option may be exercised to be established by the administrator and reflected in the grant evidencing the award.

 

Incentive and Non-Qualified Options. As described elsewhere in this summary, an incentive stock option is an option that is intended to qualify under certain provisions of the Code, for more favorable tax treatment than applies to non-qualified stock options. Any option that does not qualify as an incentive stock option will be a non-qualified stock option. Under the Code, certain restrictions apply to incentive stock options. For example, the exercise price for incentive stock options may not be less than the fair market value of the shares on the grant date and the term of the option may not exceed ten years. In addition, an incentive stock option may not be transferred, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during the holder’s lifetime only by the holder. In addition, no incentive stock options may be granted to a holder that is first exercisable in a single year if that option, together with all incentive stock options previously granted to the holder that also first become exercisable in that year, relate to shares having an aggregate fair market value in excess of $100,000, measured at the grant date.

 

Stock Appreciation Rights: Awards of SARs may be granted alone or in tandem with stock options. SARs provide the holder with the right, upon exercise, to receive a payment, in cash or shares of stock, having a value equal to the excess of the fair market value on the exercise date of the shares covered by the award over the exercise price of those shares. Essentially, a holder of a SAR benefits when the market price of the common stock increases, to the same extent that the holder of an option does, but, unlike an option holder, the SAR holder need not pay an exercise price upon exercise of the award.

 

58

 

 

Stock Awards: Stock awards can also be granted under the Plan. A stock award is a grant of shares of common stock or of a right to receive shares in the future. These awards will be subject to such conditions, restrictions and contingencies as the administrator shall determine at the date of grant. Those may include requirements for continuous service and/or the achievement of specified performance goals.

 

Cash Awards: A cash award is an award that may be in the form of cash or shares of common stock or a combination, based on the attainment of pre-established performance goals and other conditions, restrictions and contingencies identified by the administrator.

 

Section 162(m) of the Code: Section 162(m) of the Code limits publicly-held companies to an annual deduction for U.S. federal income tax purposes of $1.0 million for compensation paid to each of their chief executive officer and their three highest compensated executive officers (other than the chief executive officer) determined at the end of each year, referred to as covered employees.

 

Performance Criteria: Under the Plan, one or more performance criteria will be used by the administrator in establishing performance goals. Any one or more of the performance criteria may be used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of our company, as the administrator may deem appropriate, or as compared to the performance of a group of comparable companies, or published or special index that the administrator deems appropriate. In determining the actual size of an individual performance compensation award, the administrator may reduce or eliminate the amount of the award through the use of negative discretion if, in its sole judgment, such reduction or elimination is appropriate. The administrator shall not have the discretion to (i) grant or provide payment in respect of performance compensation awards if the performance goals have not been attained or (ii) increase a performance compensation award above the maximum amount payable under the Plan.

 

Other Material Provisions: Awards will be evidenced by a written agreement, in such form as may be approved by the administrator. In the event of various changes to the capitalization of our company, such as stock splits, stock dividends and similar re-capitalizations, an appropriate adjustment will be made by the administrator to the number of shares covered by outstanding awards or to the exercise price of such awards. The administrator is also permitted to include in the written agreement provisions that provide for certain changes in the award in the event of a change of control of our company, including acceleration of vesting. Except as otherwise determined by the administrator at the date of grant, awards will not be transferable, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. Prior to any award distribution, we are permitted to deduct or withhold amounts sufficient to satisfy any employee withholding tax requirements. Our board also has the authority, at any time, to discontinue the granting of awards. The board also has the authority to alter or amend the Plan or any outstanding award or may terminate the Plan as to further grants, provided that no amendment will, without the approval of our stockholders, to the extent that such approval is required by law or the rules of an applicable exchange, increase the number of shares available under the Plan, change the persons eligible for awards under the Plan, extend the time within which awards may be made, or amend the provisions of the Plan related to amendments. No amendment that would adversely affect any outstanding award made under the Plan can be made without the consent of the holder of such award.

 

59

 

 

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

 

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 26, 2021 by (i) each of our named executive officers and directors; (ii) all of our named executive officers and directors as a group; and (iii) each person who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock. Unless otherwise specified, the address of each of the persons set forth below is c/o our company, 13850 Manchester Rd., Ballwin, MO 63011.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner   Title of Class   Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership(1)     Percent of Class(2)  
Douglas T. Moore, CEO and Director(3)   Common Stock     65,790       1.07 %
Robert D. Barry, CFO   Common Stock     12,433       *  
Thomas S. Harcum, CMO and CTO   Common Stock     0       *  
Jacob Guilhas, VP of Logistics   Common Stock     0       *  
Michael K. Hargrave, Chief Merchant   Common Stock     0       *  
Ellery W. Roberts, Chairman of the Board   Common Stock     1,375,597       22.51 %
Edward J. Tobin, Director   Common Stock     960,680       15.72 %
Ellette A. Anderson, Director   Common Stock     0       *  
Clark R. Crosnoe. Director   Common Stock     0       *  
Paul A. Froning, Director   Common Stock     42,628       *  
Glyn C. Milburn, Director   Common Stock     0       *  
All executive officers and directors (11 persons)   Common Stock     2,457,128       40.20 %
Mike Goedeker(4)   Common Stock     534,375       8.74 %
Steve Goedeker(5)   Common Stock     534,375       8.74 %
Avi Geller(6)   Common Stock     503,369       8.24 %

 

* Less than 1%

 

(1) Beneficial Ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. Except as otherwise indicated, each of the beneficial owners listed above has direct ownership of and sole voting power and investment power with respect to our common stock.

 

(2) A total of 6,111,200 shares of common stock are considered to be outstanding pursuant to SEC Rule 13d-3(d)(1) as of March 26, 2021. For each beneficial owner above, any options exercisable within 60 days have been included in the denominator.

 

(3) Consists of 65,790 shares of common stock which Mr. Moore has the right to acquire within 60 days through the exercise of vested options.

 

(4) Based solely on the information set forth in the Schedule 13G filed by Michael Goedeker with the SEC on February 26, 2021.

 

(5) Based solely on the information set forth in the Schedule 13G filed by Stephen Goedeker with the SEC on February 26, 2021.

 

(6) Represents shares of common stock held by Leonite Capital LLC, or Leonite. Based on the information set forth in the Schedule 13G filed by Leonite with the SEC on October 26, 2020, Avi Geller is the Chief Investment Officer of Leonite and has voting and investment power over the securities held by it. Mr. Geller disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Leonite except to the extent of his pecuniary interest, if any, in such shares. The address of Leonite is 1 Hillcrest Center Dr, Suite 232, Spring Valley, NY 10977.

 

Changes in Control

 

We do not currently have any arrangements which if consummated may result in a change of control of our company.

 

60

 

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

 

The following table sets forth certain information about the securities authorized for issuance under our incentive plans as of December 31, 2020.

 

Plan Category   Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights
(a)
    Weighted-
average
exercise price
of outstanding
options,
warrants and
rights
(b)
    Number of securities
remaining available
for future issuance
under equity
compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column
(a))
(c)
 
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders     555,000     $ 9.00              -  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders     -       -       -  
Total     555,000     $ 9.00       -  

 

On July 30, 2020, we established the Plan. The purpose of the Plan is to grant restricted stock, stock options and other forms of incentive compensation to our officers, employees, directors and consultants. The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to awards granted under the Plan is 555,000 shares. Cancelled and forfeited stock options and stock awards may again become available for grant under the Plan. As of December 31, 2020, no shares remained available for issuance under the Plan. We are in the process of increasing the number of shares available under the Plan to 1,000,000, subject to stockholder approval of such increase.

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

 

Transactions with Related Persons

 

The following includes a summary of transactions since the beginning of our 2019 fiscal year, or any currently proposed transaction, in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeded or exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of our total assets at year end for the last two completed fiscal years, and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest (other than compensation described under Item 11 “Executive Compensation”). We believe the terms obtained or consideration that we paid or received, as applicable, in connection with the transactions described below were comparable to terms available or the amounts that would be paid or received, as applicable, in arm’s-length transactions.

 

Management Services Agreement

 

On April 5, 2019, we entered into the management services agreement with our manager, which is owned and controlled by Ellery W. Roberts, our Chairman. Pursuant to the management services agreement, we expensed $250,000 and $183,790 in management fees for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. See Item 7 “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Contractual Obligations” for a description of this agreement. See also Item 1A “Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock—Certain of our directors could be in a position of conflict of interest.”

 

Advances

 

As of December 31, 2019, our manager had funded $33,738 to us in related party advances. These advances were unsecured, bore no interest, and did not have formal repayment terms or arrangements. These advances were repaid from the proceeds of our initial public offering in August 2020.

 

Related Party Note

 

A portion of the purchase price for the acquisition of Goedeker Television was paid by our issuance to Steve Goedeker, as representative of Goedeker Television, of a 9% subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $4,100,000. Michael Goedeker, our director, President and Chief Operating Officer until March 2020 and a significant stockholder, was also a director, officer and principal stockholder of Goedeker Television.

 

As of December 31, 2019, the balance of the note was $3,300,444. On June 2, 2020, the parties entered into an amendment and restatement of the note that became effective as of the closing of our initial public offering on August 4, 2020, pursuant to which (i) the principal amount of the existing note was increased by $250,000, (ii) upon the closing of the initial public offering, we agreed to make all payments of principal and interest due under the note through the date of the closing, and (iii) from and after the closing, the interest rate of the note was increased from 9% to 12%. In accordance with the terms of the amended and restated note, we used a portion of the proceeds from the initial public offering to pay $1,083,842 of the balance of the note representing a $696,204 reduction in the principal balance and interest accrued through August 4, 2020 of $387,638. We repaid this note in August 2020.

 

61

 

 

Securities Purchase Agreement

 

On April 5, 2019, our company, 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc., or Holdco (our direct parent company at such time) and 1847 Holdings (Holdco’s parent company at such time) entered into a securities purchase agreement with Leonite, pursuant to which our company, Holdco and 1847 Holdings issued to Leonite a secured convertible promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $714,286. As additional consideration for the purchase of the note, (i) 1847 Holdings issued to Leonite 50,000 common shares (valued at $137,500), (ii) 1847 Holdings issued to Leonite a five-year warrant to purchase 200,000 common shares at an exercise price of $1.25 per share (subject to adjustment), which may be exercised on a cashless basis, and (iii) Holdco issued to Leonite shares of common stock equal to a 7.5% non-dilutable interest in Holdco. As of December 31, 2019, the balance of the note was $584,943. As a result of this transaction, Leonite became a related party.

 

On May 11, 2020, our company, Holdco, 1847 Holdings and Leonite entered into a first amendment to secured convertible promissory note, pursuant to which the parties agreed (i) to extend the maturity date of the note to October 5, 2020, (ii) that our failure to repay the note on the original maturity date of April 5, 2020 shall not constitute and event of default under the note and (iii) to increase the principal amount of the note by $207,145, as a forbearance fee.

 

In connection with the amendment, (i) 1847 Holdings issued to Leonite another five-year warrant to purchase 200,000 common shares at an exercise price of $1.25 per share (subject to adjustment), which may be exercised on a cashless basis and (ii) upon closing of 1847 Holdings’ acquisition of Asien’s Appliance, Inc., 1847 Holdings’ wholly owned subsidiary 1847 Asien Inc. issued to Leonite shares of common stock equal to a 5% interest in 1847 Asien Inc.

 

Under the note, Leonite had the right at any time at its option to convert all or any part of the outstanding and unpaid principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest of the note into fully paid and non-assessable common shares or any shares of capital stock or other securities of 1847 Holdings into which such common shares may be changed or reclassified.

 

On May 4, 2020, Leonite converted $100,000 of the outstanding balance of the note into 100,000 common shares of 1847 Holdings. On July 24, 2020, Leonite converted $50,000 of the outstanding balance of the note into 50,000 common shares of 1847 Holdings.

 

On August 4, 2020, we used a portion of the proceeds from our initial public offering to repay the note in full.

 

On September 2, 2020, 1847 Holdings and Leonite entered into an amendment to the warrant issued on April 5, 2019, pursuant to which the warrant was amended to allow for the exercise of the warrant for 180,000 common shares of 1847 Holdings in exchange for Leonite’s surrender of the remaining 20,000 common shares underlying that warrant, as well as all 200,000 common shares underlying the second warrant issued to Leonite on May 11, 2020. On September 18, 2020, Leonite exercised the warrant in accordance with the foregoing for 180,000 common shares of 1847 Holdings. As a result, both warrants have terminated.

 

Director Independence

 

Our board of directors has determined that Ellette A. Anderson, Clark R. Crosnoe, Paul A. Froning and Glyn C. Milburn are independent within the meaning of the rules of NYSE American.

 

62

 

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

 

Independent Auditors’ Fees

 

The following is a summary of the fees billed to us for professional services rendered for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2020     2019  
Audit Fees   $ 249,674     $ 379,500  
Audit-Related Fees     317,000       150,000  
Tax Fees     -       -  
All Other Fees     -       -  
TOTAL   $ 566,674     $ 529,500  

 

“Audit Fees” consisted of fees billed for professional services rendered by the principal accountant for the audit of our annual consolidated financial statements and review of the consolidated financial statements included in our Form 10-K and 10-Q or services that are normally provided by the accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements. Total audit fees for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $200,000 for Friedman LLP and $49,674 for Sadler, Gibb & Associates. Total audit fees for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $300,000 for Friedman LLP and $79,500 for Sadler, Gibb & Associates, LLC.

 

“Audit-Related Fees” consisted of fees billed for assurance and related services by the principal accountant that were reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under the paragraph captioned “Audit Fees” above. Total audit fees related for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $125,000 for Friedman LLP and $192,000 for Sadler, Gibb & Associates. Total audit fees related for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $150,000 for Friedman LLP and $0 for Sadler, Gibb & Associates, LLC.

 

“Tax Fees” consisted of fees billed for professional services rendered by the principal accountant for tax returns preparation.

 

“All Other Fees” consisted of fees billed for products and services provided by the principal accountant, other than the services reported above under other captions of this Item 14.

 

Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures

 

Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, all audit and non-audit services performed by our auditors must be approved in advance by our board of directors to assure that such services do not impair the auditors’ independence from us. In accordance with its policies and procedures, our board of directors pre-approved the audit service performed by Friedman LLP for our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

63

 

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBIT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a) List of Documents Filed as a Part of This Report:

 

(1) Index to Consolidated Financial Statements:

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 (as Restated) F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2020 and the Period from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019 (Successor) (as Restated) and for the Period from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019 (Predecessor) F-4
Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for Predecessor for the Period from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019 F-5
Consolidated Statement of Stockholder’s Deficit for Successor for the Year Ended December 31, 2020 and the Period from April 5, 2019 to December 31, 2019 (as Restated) F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2020 and the Period from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019 (Successor) (as Restated) and for the Period from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019 (Predecessor) F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-8

  

(2) Index to Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules:

 

All schedules have been omitted because the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto, or because it is not required.

 

(3) Index to Exhibits:

 

See exhibits listed under Part (b) below.

 

(b) Exhibits:

 

Exhibit No.   Description
3.1   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of 1847 Goedeker Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 filed on August 3, 2020)
3.2   Bylaws of 1847 Goedeker Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on April 22, 2020)
4.1*   Description of Registrant’s Securities
4.2   Common Stock Purchase Warrant issued to Evergreen Capital Management LLC on March 19, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 25, 2021)
4.3   Common Stock Purchase Warrant issued to SILAC Insurance Company on March 19, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 25, 2021)
4.4   Form of Representative’s Warrant for Initial Public Offering (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 5, 2020)
     

64

 

     
10.1*   Securities Purchase Agreement, dated October 20, 2020, among 1847 Goedeker Inc., Appliances Connection Inc., 1 Stop Electronics Center, Inc., Gold Coast Appliances Inc., Superior Deals Inc., Joe’s Appliances LLC, YF Logistics LLC, and the other parties signatory thereto
10.2*   Amendment No. 1 to Securities Purchase Agreement, dated December 8, 2020, among 1847 Goedeker Inc., Appliances Connection Inc., 1 Stop Electronics Center, Inc., Gold Coast Appliances Inc., Superior Deals Inc., Joe’s Appliances LLC, YF Logistics LLC, and the other parties signatory thereto
10.3   Settlement Agreement, dated June 2, 2020, among 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc., 1847 Goedeker Inc., Goedeker Television Co., Steve Goedeker and Mike Goedeker (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 to Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on June 4, 2020)
10.4   Management Services Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and 1847 Partners LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on April 22, 2020)
10.5   Amendment No. 1 to Management Services Agreement, dated April 21, 2020, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and 1847 Partners LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on April 22, 2020)
10.6   Whirlpool Corporation Major Appliances Retail Dealer Sales Agreement, dated March 20, 2014, between Goedeker Television Co. and Whirlpool Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.37 to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on June 4, 2020)
10.7   Lease Agreement, dated April 5, 2019, between S.H.J., L.L.C. and 1847 Goedeker Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on April 22, 2020)
10.8   Lease Agreement, dated January 13, 2021, by and between Westgate 200, LLC and 1847 Goedeker Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on January 20, 2021)
10.9   Securities Purchase Agreement, dated March 19, 2021, among 1847 Goedeker Inc., Evergreen Capital Management LLC and SILAC Insurance Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 25, 2021)
10.10   Security Agreement, dated March 19, 2021, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and SILAC Insurance Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 25, 2021)
10.11   10% OID Senior Secured Promissory Note issued to Evergreen Capital Management LLC on March 19, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 25, 2021)
10.12   10% OID Senior Secured Promissory Note issued to SILAC Insurance Company on March 19, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 25, 2021)
10.13   Promissory Note and Security Agreement, dated August 25, 2020, by 1847 Goedeker Inc. in favor of Arvest Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 31, 2020)
10.14   Securities Entitlement Control Agreement, dated August 25, 2020, among Arvest Bank, 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Arvest Investments, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 31, 2020)
10.15   12% Amended and Restated Promissory Note issued by 1847 Goedeker Inc. to Steve Goedeker, in his capacity as the Seller’s Representative, on June 2, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on June 4, 2020)
10.16   Security Agreement, dated June 2, 2020, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Steve Goedeker, in his capacity as the Seller’s Representative (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on June 4, 2020)
10.17   Letter Agreement, dated June 2, 2020, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Small Business Community Capital II, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on June 4, 2020)
10.18   Amendment to Letter Agreement, dated July 16, 2020, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Small Business Community Capital II, L.P. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.38 to Amendment No. 4 to Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on July 16, 2020)
10.19   First Amendment to Secured Convertible Promissory Note, dated May 11, 2020, among 1847 Holdings LLC, 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc. and 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Leonite Capital LLC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-1/A filed on June 4, 2020)
     

65

 

     
10.20   Employment Letter Agreement, dated August 15, 2019, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Douglas T. Moore (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on April 22, 2020)
10.21   Amendment to Employment Letter Agreement, dated April 21, 2020, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Douglas T. Moore (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on April 22, 2020)
10.22   Employment Letter Agreement, dated April 21, 2020, between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and Robert D. Barry (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on April 22, 2020)
10.23   Form of Independent Director Agreement between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and each independent director (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on April 22, 2020)
10.24   Form of Indemnification Agreement between 1847 Goedeker Inc. and each independent director (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on April 22, 2020)
10.25*   1847 Goedeker Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan
10.26   Form of Stock Option Agreement for 1847 Goedeker Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on April 22, 2020)
10.27   Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement for 1847 Goedeker Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on April 22, 2020)
14.1   Code of Ethics and Business Conduct (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on April 22, 2020)
21.1*   List of Subsidiaries
23.1*   Consent of Friedman LLP
31.1*   Certifications of Principal Executive Officer filed pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
31.2*   Certifications of Principal Financial and Accounting Officer filed pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.1*   Certifications of Principal Executive Officer furnished pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
32.2*   Certifications of Principal Financial and Accounting Officer furnished pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
101.INS*   XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE*   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

* Filed herewith

 

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY.

 

None.

 

66

 

 

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

    Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 (as Restated)   F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2020 and the Period from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019 (Successor) (as Restated) and for the Period from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019 (Predecessor)   F-4
Statement of Stockholders’ Equity for Predecessor for the Period from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019   F-5
Consolidated Statement of Stockholder’s Deficit for Successor for the Year Ended December 31, 2020 and the Period from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019 (as Restated)   F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 2020 and the Period from April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019 (Successor) (as Restated) and for the Period from January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019 (Predecessor)   F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-8

 

F-1

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

1847 Goedeker Inc.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of 1847 Goedeker Inc. and subsidiary (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholder’s deficit, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the period from April 6, 2019 through December 31, 2019 (effective April 6, 2019, the “Successor Company”), the period from January 1, 2019 through April 5, 2019 (pre-April 6, 2019, the “Predecessor Company”), and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Successor Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2020 and for the period from April 6, 2019 through December 31, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Further, in our opinion, the Predecessor Company financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of its operations and cash flows for the period from January 1, 2019 through April 5, 2019 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Restatement of Previously Issued Financial Statements

 

As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has restated its 2019 financial statements to correct errors.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Friedman LLP  
   

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

Marlton, New Jersey

 
March 29, 2021  

 

 

F-2

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

    December 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
          (As Restated)  
ASSETS            
Current Assets            
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 934,729     $ 471,308  
Restricted cash     8,977,187       -  
Receivables     1,998,232       1,455,248  
Vendor deposits     547,648       294,960  
Merchandise inventory, net     5,147,241       1,380,090  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     635,084       892,796  
Total Current Assets     18,240,121       4,494,402  
Property and equipment, net     245,948       185,606  
Operating lease right-of-use assets, net     1,578,235       2,000,755  
Goodwill     4,725,689       4,603,953  
Intangible assets, net     1,381,937       1,878,844  
Deferred tax assets     -       698,303  
Other long-term assets     45,000       45,000  
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 26,216,930     $ 13,906,863  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT                
Current Liabilities                
Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 12,701,715     $ 5,375,420  
Customer deposits     21,879,210       4,164,296  
Advances, related party     -       137,500  
Lines of credit     -       1,250,930  
Current portion of notes payable, related parties     -       1,068,075  
Current portion of notes payable     663,339       999,200  
Convertible notes payable     -       584,943  
Warrant liability     -       122,344  
Current portion of operating lease liabilities     450,712       422,520  
Total Current Liabilities     35,694,976       14,125,228  
Notes payable, related parties, net of current portion     -       2,232,369  
Notes payable, net of current portion     2,522,030       -  
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion     1,127,523       1,578,235  
Contingent note payable     188,170       49,248  
TOTAL LIABILITIES     39,532,699       17,985,080  
Stockholders’ Deficit                
Preferred stock, $.0001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 or 2019     -       -  
Common stock, $.0001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized; 6,111,200 and 4,750,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively     611       475  
Additional paid-in capital     13,409,328       1,079,179  
Accumulated deficit     (26,725,708 )     (5,157,871 )
Total Stockholders’ Deficit     (13,315,769 )     (4,078,217 )
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT   $ 26,216,930     $ 13,906,863  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-3

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
    Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    Period from
April 6, 2019
through
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1,
2019
through
April 5, 2019
 
          (As Restated)        
Product sales, net   $ 55,133,653     $ 34,668,112     $ 12,946,901  
Cost of goods sold     47,878,541       28,596,129       11,004,842  
Gross profit     7,255,112       6,071,983       1,942,059  
                         
Operating Expenses                        
Personnel     6,565,380       2,909,751       913,919  
Advertising     4,865,361       1,996,507       714,276  
Bank and credit card fees     1,806,620       870,877       329,247  
Depreciation and amortization     549,712       271,036       9,675  
General and administrative     7,900,566       4,728,571       451,214  
Total Operating Expenses     21,687,639       10,776,742       2,418,331  
                         
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS     (14,432,527 )     (4,704,759 )     (476,272 )
                         
Other Income (Expense)                        
Interest income     2,479       -       23,807  
Financing costs – amortization of debt discount     (762,911 )     (520,160 )     -  
Adjustment in value of contingency     (138,922 )     32,246          
Interest expense     (870,847 )     (785,411 )     -  
Loss on extinguishment of debt     (1,756,095 )     -       -  
Write-off of acquisition receivable     (809,000 )     -       -  
Change in fair value of warrant liability     (2,127,656 )     106,900       -  
Other income     25,945       15,010       7,200  
Total Other Income (Expense)     (6,437,007 )     (1,151,415 )     31,007  
                         
NET LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES     (20,869,534 )     (5,856,174 )     (445,265 )
                         
INCOME TAX BENEFIT (EXPENSE)     (698,303 )     698,303       -  
                         
NET LOSS   $ (21,567,837 )   $ (5,157,871 )   $ (445,265 )
                         
LOSS PER COMMON SHARE – BASIC AND DILUTED   $ (3.95 )   $ (1.03 )   $ (63.61 )
                         
WEIGHTED-AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING – BASIC AND DILUTED     5,463,603       5,000,000       7,000  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-4

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(PREDECESSOR)

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
    Retained     Total
Stockholders’
 
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Earnings     Equity  
Balance, December 31, 2018     7,000     $ 7,000     $ 707,049     $ 2,684,628     $ 3,398,677  
Net loss for the period from January 1, 2019 through April 5, 2019     -       -       -       (445,265 )     (445,265 )
Balance, April 5, 2019     7,000     $ 7,000     $ 707,049     $ 2,239,363     $ 2,953,412  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of consolidated these financial statements

 

F-5

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(SUCCESSOR)

 

For the Period from April 6, 2019 through December 31, 2019 (as Restated)

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
    Accumulated     Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     (Deficit)  
Balance, April 6, 2019     -     $ -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Capital contribution by Holdco for the acquisition of Goedeker Television Co.     4,750,000       475       786,506       -       786,981  
Issuance of warrants in connection with notes payable     -       -       292,673       -       292,673  
Net loss for the period from April 6, 2019 through December 31, 2019     -       -       -       (5,157,871 )     (5,157,871 )
Balance, December 31, 2019     4,750,000     $ 475     $ 1,079,179     $ (5,157,871 )   $ (4,078,217 )

 

For the Year Ended December 31, 2020

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
    Accumulated     Total
Stockholders’
 
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     Equity  
Balance, January 1, 2020 (as restated)     4,750,000     $ 475     $ 1,079,179     $ (5,157,871 )   $ (4,078,217 )
Issuance of 1847 Holdings warrants in connection with notes payable     -       -       566,711       -       566,711  
Forgiveness of related party debt     -       -       137,500       -       137,500  
Issuance of 1847 Holdings shares in connection with conversion of notes payable     -       -       375,000       -       375,000  
Issuance of common stock for cash     1,111,200       111       8,602,055       -       8,602,166  
Issuance of common stock in connection with exercise of warrant     250,000       25       2,249,975       -       2,250,000  
Stock-based compensation expense     -       -       398,908       -       398,908  
Net loss     -       -       -       (21,567,837 )     (21,567,837 )
Balance, December 31, 2020     6,111,200     $ 611     $ 13,409,328     $ (26,725,708 )   $ (13,315,769 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-6

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
    Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    Period from
April 6,
2019
through
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1,
2019
through
April 5, 
2019
 
    (As Restated)  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES                  
Net loss   $ (21,567,837 )   $ (5,157,871 )   $ (445,265 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:                        
Depreciation and amortization     549,712       271,036       9,675  
Amortization of finance costs     681,976       599,814       -  
Loss on extinguishment of debt     1,756,095       -       -  
Write-off of acquisition receivable     809,000       -       -  
Adjustment in contingent liability     138,922       (32,246 )     -  
Stock-based compensation     398,908       -       -  
Change in fair value of warrant liability     2,127,656       (106,900 )     -  
Non-cash lease expense     422,520       299,245       -  
Deferred tax assets     698,303       (698,303 )     -  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                        
Receivables     (664,720 )     (999,066 )     1,730,079  
Vendor deposits     (252,688 )     (294,960 )     (73,770 )
Merchandise inventory     (3,767,151 )     471,161       595,466  
Prepaid expenses and other assets     (551,288 )     167,066       2,784  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     7,337,081       1,625,064       196,565  
Customer deposits     17,714,914       1,855,990       (1,404,266 )
Operating lease liabilities     (422,520 )     (299,245 )     -  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     5,408,883       (2,299,215 )     611,268  
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES                        
Purchases of property and equipment     (113,147 )     (2,200 )     -  
Net cash used in investing activities     (113,147 )     (2,200 )     -  
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES                        
Proceeds from initial public offering, net     8,602,166       -       -  
Proceeds from note payable     642,600       1,500,000       -  
Payments on notes payable     (2,883,754 )     (357,207 )     -  
Proceeds from convertible notes payable     -       650,000       -  
Payments on convertible notes payable     (771,431 )     -          
Net borrowings (payments) on lines of credit     (1,339,430 )     1,339,430       -  
Cash paid for financing costs     (105,279 )     (359,500 )     -  
Net cash provided by financing activities     4,144,872       2,772,723       -  
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH     9,440,608       471,308       611,268  
CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH, BEGINNING OF YEAR     471,308       -       1,525,693  
CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH, END OF YEAR   $ 9,911,916     $ 471,308     $ 2,136,961  
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash consist of the following:                        
End of year                        
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 934,726     $ 471,308     $ -  
Restricted cash     8,977,187       -       -  
    $ 9,911,916     $ 471,308     $ -  
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash consist of the following:                        
Beginning of year                        
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 471,308     $ -     $ 1,525,693  
Restricted cash     -       -       -  
    $ 471,308     $ -     $ 1,525,693  
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION                        
Cash paid for interest   $ 764,424     $ 292,890     $ -  
Cash paid for taxes   $ -     $ -     $ -  
NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES                        
Operating lease right-of-use asset and liability   $ -     $ 2,300,000     $ -  
Debt discounts on notes payable   $ -     $ 64,286     $ -  
Warrants in 1847 Holdings contributed on notes payable   $ 566,711     $ 292,673     $ -  
1847 Holdings common shares contributed on note payable   $ -     $ 137,500     $ -  
Acquisition of Goedeker Television Co.   $ -     $ 4,725,689     $ -  
Conversion of debt through issuance of 1847 Holdings common shares   $ 375,000     $ -     $ -  
Derecognition of related party debt   $ 137,500     $ -     $ -  
Adjustment to fair value of goodwill based on final purchase price allocation   $ 121,736     $ -     $ -  
Conversion of warrant into common stock   $ 2,250,000     $ -     $ -  
Issuance of note payable to repay Seller note   $ 3,500,000     $ -     $ -  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F-7

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF BUSINESS

 

1847 Goedeker Inc. (the “Company”) was formed under the laws of the State of Delaware on January 10, 2019 for the sole purpose of acquiring the business of Goedeker Television Co. Prior to the acquisition, the Company did not have any operations other than operations relating to its incorporation and organization.

 

On April 5, 2019, the Company acquired substantially all the assets and assumed substantially all the liabilities of Goedeker Television Co., a Missouri corporation (“Goedeker”). As a result of this transaction, the Company acquired the former business of Goedeker and continues to operate this business.

 

October 20, 2020, the Company formed Appliances Connection Inc. (“ACI”) as a wholly owned subsidiary in the State of Delaware. At December 31, 2020, ACI had no assets or liabilities.

 

The Company is a one-stop e-commerce destination for home furnishings, including appliances, furniture, home goods and related products. Since Goedeker’s founding in 1951, it has evolved from a local brick and mortar operation serving the St. Louis metro area to a large nationwide omnichannel retailer that offers one-stop shopping. While the Company still maintains its St. Louis showroom, over 95% of its sales are placed through its website at www.goedekers.com.

 

NOTE 2—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company and ACI have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and are presented in US dollars.

 

Management has analyzed the impact of the Coronavirus pandemic (“COVID-19”) on its consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2020 and has determined that the changes to its significant judgments and estimates did not have a material impact with respect to goodwill, intangible assets or long-lived assets.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its consolidated subsidiary, ACI. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company does not have a majority or minority interest in any other company, either consolidated or unconsolidated.

 

Stock Split

 

On July 30, 2020, the Company completed a 4,750-for-1 forward stock split of its outstanding common stock. As a result of this stock split, the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock increased from 1,000 to 4,750,000 shares. Accordingly, all share and per share information has been restated to retroactively show the effect of this stock split.

 

Predecessor and Successor Reporting

 

The acquisition of Goedeker, as described in Note 1, was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with GAAP. For the purpose of financial reporting, Goedeker was deemed to be the predecessor company and the Company is deemed to be the successor company in accordance with the rules and regulations issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The assets and liabilities of Goedeker were recorded at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date. Fair value adjustments related to the transaction are reflected in the books of the Company, resulting in assets and liabilities of the Company being recorded at fair value at April 6, 2019. Therefore, the Company’s financial information prior to the transaction is not comparable to its financial information subsequent to the transaction.

 

As a result of the impact of pushdown accounting, the consolidated financial statements and certain note presentations separate the Company’s presentations into two distinct periods, the period before the consummation of the transaction (labeled “Predecessor”) and the period after that date (labeled “Successor”), to indicate the application of a different basis of accounting between the periods presented.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

F-8

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and equivalents include: (1) currency on hand, (2) demand deposits with banks or financial institutions, (3) other kinds of accounts that have the general characteristics of demand deposits, and (4) short-term, highly liquid investments that are both readily convertible to known amounts of cash and so near their maturity that they present insignificant risk of changes in value because of changes in interest rates. The majority of payments due from financial institutions for the settlement of credit card and debit card transactions process within two business days and are, therefore, classified as cash and cash equivalents. Other payment methods that take more time to settle are classified as receivables.

 

Restricted cash includes $3,298,529 pledged to secure a note, $100,000 to secure a vendor letter of credit and $5,578,658 withheld by credit card processors as security for the Company’s customer refund claims and credit card chargebacks. The cash pledged to secure the note payable will be released as the note is repaid, the cash pledged to secure the letter of credit will be released when the vendor offers the Company credit terms, and the cash held by credit card processors will be released at the discretion of the credit card companies.

 

Revenue Recognition and Cost of Revenue 

 

The Company records revenue in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606. Revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. ASC 606 also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer purchase orders, including significant judgments. 

 

The Company collects the full sales price from the customer at the time the order is placed, which is recorded as customer deposits on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The Company does not incur incremental costs obtaining purchase orders from customers, however, if the Company did, because all the Company’s contracts are less than a year in duration, any contract costs incurred would be expensed rather than capitalized.

 

The revenue that the Company recognizes arises from orders it receives from its customers. The Company’s performance obligations under the customer orders correspond to each sale of merchandise that it makes to customers under the purchase orders; as a result, each purchase order generally contains only one performance obligation based on the merchandise sale to be completed.

 

Control of the delivery transfers to customers when the customer can direct the use of, and obtain substantially all the benefits from, the Company’s products, which generally occurs when the customer assumes the risk of loss. The risk of loss shifts to the customer at different times depending on the method of delivery. The Company delivers products to its customers in three possible ways. The first way is through a shipment of the products through a third-party carrier from the Company’s warehouse to the customer (a “Company Shipment”). The second way is through a shipment of the products through a third-party carrier from a warehouse other than the Company’s warehouse to the customer (a “Drop Shipment”) and the third way is where the Company itself delivers the products to the customer and often also installs the product (a “Local Delivery”). In the case of a Local Delivery, the Company loads the product on to its own truck and delivers and installs the product at the customer’s location. When a product is delivered through a Local Delivery, risk of loss passes to the customer at the time of installation and revenue is recognized upon installation at the customer’s location. In the case of a Company Shipment and a Drop Shipment, the delivery to the customer is made free on board, or FOB, shipping point (whether from the Company’s warehouse or a third party’s warehouse). Therefore, risk of loss and title transfers to the customer once the products are shipped (i.e., leaves the Company’s warehouse or a third-party’s warehouse). After shipment and prior to delivery, the customer is able to redirect the product to a different destination, which demonstrates the customer’s control over the product once shipped. Once the risk of loss has shifted to the customer, the Company has satisfied its performance obligation and the Company recognizes revenue.

 

F-9

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

The Company agrees with customers on the selling price of each transaction. This transaction price is generally based on the agreed upon sales price. In the Company’s contracts with customers, it allocates the entire transaction price to the sales price, which is the basis for the determination of the relative standalone selling price allocated to each performance obligation. Any sales tax, value added tax, and other tax the Company collects concurrently with revenue-producing activities are excluded from revenue.

 

Cost of revenue includes the cost of purchased merchandise plus the cost of shipping merchandise and where applicable installation, net of promotional rebates and other incentives received from vendors.

 

Substantially all the Company’s sales are to individual retail consumers.

 

Shipping and Handling ‒ The Company bills its customers for shipping and handling charges, which are included in net sales for the applicable period, and the corresponding shipping and handling expense is reported in cost of sales.

 

Disaggregated Revenue ‒ The Company disaggregates revenue from contracts with customers by product type, as it believes it best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors.

 

The Company’s disaggregated revenue by product type is as follows:

 

    Successor     Predecessor  
    Year Ended
December 31,
2020
    Period from
April 6, 2019
through
December 31,
2019
    Period from
January 1,
2019
through
April 5, 
2019
 
Appliance sales   $ 40,113,568     $ 28,487,053     $ 9,784,525  
Furniture sales     11,800,277       4,405,866       2,456,085  
Other sales     3,219,808       1,775,193       706,291  
Total   $ 55,133,653     $ 34,668,112     $ 12,946,901  

 

The Company also sells extended warranty contracts. The Company is an agent for the warranty company and earns a commission on the warranty contracts purchased by customers; therefore, the cost of the warranty contracts is netted against warranty revenue in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. The Company assumes no liability for repairs to products on which it has sold a warranty contract.

 

The Company experiences operational trends which are primarily holidays such as Presidents Day, Memorial Day, July 4th, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, and Christmas and Black Friday and Cyber Monday.

 

Receivables

 

Receivables represent rebates receivable due from manufacturers from whom the Company purchases products and amounts due from credit card processors that do not settle within two days. Rebates receivable are stated at the amount that management expects to collect from manufacturers, net of accounts payable amounts due the vendor. Rebates are calculated on product and model sales programs from specific vendors. The rebates are paid at intermittent periods either in cash or through issuance of vendor credit memos, which can be applied against vendor accounts payable. Based on the Company’s assessment of the credit history with its manufacturers, it has concluded that there should be no allowance for uncollectible accounts. The Company historically collects substantially all of its outstanding rebates receivables. Uncollectible balances are expensed in the period it is determined to be uncollectible.

 

Merchandise Inventory

 

Inventory consists of finished products acquired for resale and is valued at the lower-of-cost-or-market with cost determined on an average item basis. The Company periodically evaluates the value of items in inventory and provides write-downs to inventory based on its estimate of market conditions.

 

F-10

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment is stated at the historical cost. Maintenance and repairs of property and equipment are charged to operations as incurred. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the base term of the lease or estimated life of the leasehold improvements. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives as follows:

 

Category   Useful Life (Years)
Machinery and equipment   5
Office equipment   5
Vehicles   5

 

Goodwill

 

The Company tests its goodwill for impairment at least annually on December 31 and whenever events or circumstances change that indicate impairment may have occurred. A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include, among others: a significant decline in the Company’s expected future cash flows; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate; unanticipated competition; and slower growth rates. Any adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of goodwill and the Company’s consolidated financial results.

 

The Company tests goodwill by estimating fair value using a Discounted Cash Flow (“DCF”) model. The key assumptions used in the DCF model to determine the highest and best use of estimated future cash flows include revenue growth rates and profit margins based on internal forecasts, terminal value and an estimate of a market participant’s weighted-average cost of capital used to discount future cash flows to their present value. There were no impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

Intangible Assets

 

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, definite-lived intangible assets primarily consisted of tradenames and customer relationships which are being amortized over their estimated useful lives, or 5 years.

 

The Company periodically evaluates the reasonableness of the useful lives of these assets. Once these assets are fully amortized, they are removed from the accounts. These assets are reviewed for impairment or obsolescence when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If impaired, intangible assets are written down to fair value based on discounted cash flows or other valuation techniques. The Company has no intangibles with indefinite lives.

 

In applying the acquisition method of accounting, amounts assigned to identifiable assets and liabilities acquired were based on estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition, with the remainder recorded as goodwill. Identifiable intangible assets are initially valued at fair value using generally accepted valuation methods appropriate for the type of intangible asset. Identifiable intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment if indicators of impairment arise. Intangible assets with indefinite lives are tested for impairment within one year of acquisitions or annually as of December 1, and whenever indicators of impairment exist. The fair values of intangible assets are compared against their carrying values, and an impairment loss would be recognized for the amount by which a carrying amount exceeds its fair value. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no impairments in intangible or the right of use (“ROU”) assets.

 

F-11

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

Long-Lived Assets 

 

The Company reviews its property and equipment and any identifiable intangibles (including ROU asset) for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The test for impairment is required to be performed by management upon triggering events. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to the future undiscounted operating cash flow expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no impairments in long-lived assets.

 

Lease Liabilities

 

Lease liabilities and their corresponding ROU assets are recorded based on the present value of lease payments over the expected lease term at the lease commencement date. As most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses an estimated incremental borrowing rate (“IBR”) based on the information available at the commencement date of the respective lease to determine the present value of future payments. The determination of the IBR requires judgment and is primarily based on publicly available information for companies within the same industry and with similar credit profiles. The Company adjusts the rate for the impact of collateralization, the lease term and other specific terms included in each lease arrangement. The IBR is determined at the lease commencement and is subsequently reassessed upon a modification to the lease arrangement.

 

Lease expense for minimum lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

 

The Company reviews the ROU asset for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the ROU asset may not be recoverable. When such events occur, the Company compares the carrying amount of the ROU asset to the undiscounted expected future cash flows related to the ROU asset. If the comparison indicates that an impairment exists, the amount of the impairment is calculated as the difference between the excess of the carrying amount over the fair value of the ROU asset. If a readily determinable market price does not exist, fair value is estimated using discounted expected cash flows attributable to the ROU asset.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that could be received upon the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Financial assets are marked to bid prices and financial liabilities are marked to offer prices. Fair value measurements do not include transaction costs. A fair value hierarchy is used to prioritize the quality and reliability of the information used to determine fair values. Categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  Cash, restricted cash, receivables, inventory, and prepaid expenses approximate fair value, due to their short-term nature. The fair value hierarchy is defined in the following three categories:

 

Level 1: Quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2: Observable market-based inputs or inputs that are corroborated by market data.

 

Level 3: Unobservable inputs that are not corroborated by market data.

 

Customer Deposits

 

Customer deposits represent the amount collected from customers when an order is placed. The deposits are transferred to revenue when the order ships to the customer or returned to the Company if the order is subsequently cancelled.

 

F-12

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

Derivative Instrument Liability

 

The Company accounts for derivative instruments in accordance with ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging, which establishes accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments and hedging activities, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other financial instruments or contracts, and requires recognition of all derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value, regardless of hedging relationship designation. Accounting for changes in fair value of the derivative instruments depends on whether the derivatives qualify as hedge relationships and the types of relationships designated are based on the exposures hedged. At December 31, 2019, the Company classified a warrant issued in conjunction with a term loan as a derivative instrument (see Note 12). There were no derivative instruments at December 31, 2020.

 

Income Taxes

 

Under the Company’s accounting policies, the Company initially recognizes a tax position in its consolidated financial statements when it becomes more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities. Such tax positions are initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of tax positions that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authorities assuming full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts. Although the Company believes its provisions for unrecognized tax positions are reasonable, the Company can make no assurance that the final tax outcome of these matters will not be different from that which the Company has reflected in its income tax provisions and accruals. The tax law is subject to varied interpretations, and the Company has taken positions related to certain matters where the law is subject to interpretation. Such differences could have a material impact on the Company’s income tax provisions and operating results in the period(s) in which the Company makes such determination.

 

Sales Tax Liability

 

On June 21, 2018, the U.S. Supreme Court issued an opinion in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc., 138 S. Ct. 2080 (2018), whereby the longstanding Quill Corp v. North Dakota sales tax case was overruled, and states may now require remote sellers to collect sales tax under certain circumstances. In 2020, the Company began collecting sales tax in nearly all states that have sales tax. The Company accrued sales taxes in the states with sales tax. The Company accrued the potential liability from the effective date of a state’s adoption of the Wayfair decision up to the date the Company began collecting and filing sales taxes in the various states. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the amount of such accrual was $5,804,100 and $2,910,200, respectively, which is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses. To date, only one state has notified the Company of a potential sales tax liability of approximately $11,000.

 

Basic Income (Loss) Per Share

 

Basic income (loss) per share is calculated by dividing the net loss applicable to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares during the period. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net income available to common shareholders by the diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year. The diluted weighted average number of shares outstanding is the basic weighted number of shares adjusted for any potentially dilutive securities. For the year ended December 31, 2020, the potentially dilutive securities were warrants for the purchase of 55,560 shares of common stock issued to affiliates of the underwriter in its initial public offering described below and options for the purchase of 555,000 shares of common stock. For the year ended December 31, 2019, the potentially dilutive securities were penny warrants for the purchase of 250,000 shares of common stock, which were included in basic loss per share, but excluded from diluted loss per share.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain accounts have been reclassified to conform with classifications adopted in the period ended December 31, 2020. Such reclassifications had no effect on net earnings or financial position.

 

F-13

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

Going Concern Assessment

 

Management assesses going concern uncertainty in the Company’s consolidated financial statements to determine whether there is sufficient cash on hand and working capital, including available borrowings on loans, to operate for a period of at least one year from the date the consolidated financial statements are issued or available to be issued, which is referred to as the “look-forward period”, as defined in GAAP. As part of this assessment, based on conditions that are known and reasonably knowable to management, management will consider various scenarios, forecasts, projections, estimates and will make certain key assumptions, including the timing and nature of projected cash expenditures or programs, its ability to delay or curtail expenditures or programs and its ability to raise additional capital, if necessary, among other factors. Based on this assessment, as necessary or applicable, management makes certain assumptions around implementing curtailments or delays in the nature and timing of programs and expenditures to the extent it deems probable those implementations can be achieved and management has the proper authority to execute them within the look-forward period.

 

The Company has generated significant losses since its acquisition and has relied on cash on hand, external bank lines of credit, proceeds from the IPO described below, issuance of third party and related party debt and the issuance of a note to support cashflow from operations.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company incurred operating losses of approximately $14.4 million, cash flows from operations of $5.4 million, and negative working capital of $17.5 million.

 

Management has prepared estimates of operations for fiscal years 2021 and 2022 and believes that sufficient funds will be generated from operations to fund its operations, and to service its debt obligations for one year from the date of the filing of these consolidated financial statements in the Company’s 10-K.

 

On August 4, 2020, the Company completed an initial public offering of its common stock, pursuant to which the Company sold 1,111,200 shares of its common stock, at a purchase price of $9.00 per share, for total gross proceeds of $10,000,800 (the “IPO”). After deducting the underwriting commission and offering expenses, the Company received net proceeds of $8,602,166. The Company used a portion of the proceeds from the IPO to pay off certain debt as described below.

 

As described in Note 19 below, the Company received net proceeds of $4,590,000 from the sale of 10% OID senior secured promissory note and warrants on March 19, 2021. These proceeds will supplement the Company’s cash flow from operations and provide additional liquidity.

 

The impact of COVID-19 on the Company’s business has been considered in these assumptions; however, it is too early to know the full impact of COVID-19 or its timing on a return to more normal operations.

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis under which the Company is expected to be able to realize its assets and satisfy its liabilities in the normal course of business.

 

Management believes that based on relevant conditions and events that are known and reasonably knowable that its forecasts, for one year from the date of the filing of these consolidated financial statements, indicate improved operations and the Company’s ability to continue operations as a going concern. The Company has contingency plans to reduce or defer expenses and cash outlays should operations not improve in the look forward period.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

Recently Adopted

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASC 842”), which requires lessees to recognize ROU assets and related lease liabilities on the balance sheet for all leases greater than one year in duration. The Company adopted ASC 842 on January 1, 2019 using a modified retrospective transition approach for leases existing at, or entered into after, the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented in the consolidated financial statements. The modified retrospective approach did not require any transition accounting for leases that expired before the earliest comparative period presented. The adoption of this standard resulted in the recording of ROU assets and lease liabilities for all of the Company’s lease agreements with original terms of greater than one year. The adoption of ASC 842 did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of income or cash flows. See Note 15 for the required disclosures relating to the Company’s lease agreements.

 

F-14

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

In June 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2018-07, Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Nonemployee Share-Based Payment Accounting, which simplifies the accounting for nonemployee share-based payment transactions by expanding the scope of ASC Topic 718, Compensation - Stock Compensation, to include share-based payment transactions for acquiring goods and services from nonemployees. Under the new standard, most of the guidance on stock compensation payments to nonemployees would be aligned with the requirements for share-based payments granted to employees. This standard became effective for the Company on January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, which allows a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from U.S. federal tax legislation commonly referred to as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, which was enacted in December 2017.

 

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities, which expands and refines hedge accounting for both financial and non-financial risk components, aligns the recognition and presentation of the effects of hedging instruments and hedge items in the consolidated financial statements, and includes certain targeted improvements to ease the application of current guidance related to the assessment of hedge effectiveness. ASU 2017-12 became effective for the Company on January 1, 2019. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other – Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract, which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software (and hosting arrangements that include an internal-use software license). ASU 2018-15 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim periods within those annual periods. Early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2018-15 on January 1, 2020 on a prospective basis. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement, which removes, modifies and adds various disclosure requirements related to fair value disclosures. Disclosures related to transfers between fair value hierarchy levels will be removed and further detail around changes in unrealized gains and losses for the period and unobservable inputs used in determining level 3 fair value measurements will be added, among other changes. ASU 2018-13 is effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and early adoption is permitted. The Company adopted ASU 2018-13 on January 1, 2020 on a prospective basis. The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Not Yet Adopted

 

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13 Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments which requires the measurement and recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets held at amortized cost. ASU 2016-13 replaces the existing incurred loss impairment model with an expected loss methodology, which will result in more timely recognition of credit losses. ASU 2016-13 is effective for annual reporting periods, and interim periods within those years beginning after December 15, 2019. This pronouncement was amended under ASU 2019-10 to allow an extension on the adoption date for entities that qualify as a small reporting company. The Company has elected this extension and the effective date for the Company to adopt this standard will be for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company has not completed its assessment of the standard but does not expect the adoption to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

The Company currently believes that all other issued and not yet effective accounting standards are not relevant to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

F-15

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

NOTE 3—RESTATEMENT OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

The Company restated its previously issued financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019 to reflect the modification of a sales tax liability and purchase accounting adjustments:

 

(1) The Company determined that it should accrue a liability for potential 2019 sales taxes that might be payable to the states in which it operates as a result of the Wayfair decision (See Note 2 – Sales Tax Liability). Accordingly, the Company accrued a liability of $2,910,200, representing a potential liability for sales taxes and penalties of $2,808,000 and interest expense of $102,200.

 

(2) The Company adjusted the fair value of ownership interests in Holdco that were transferred to seller and the value of liabilities assumed in the April 5, 2019 acquisition (see Note 10) resulting in a $372,063 reduction in Goodwill; a $192,542 reduction in Additional Paid in Capital, and $179,521 reduction in liabilities assumed, which was recognized as a general and administrative expense.

 

The following tables summarize the effect of the restatement on the specific items presented in our historical financial statements included in our previously reported December 31, 2019 financial statements:

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
BALANCE SHEET

 

    December 31,
2019
(As Filed)
    Adjustments     December 31,
2019
(As Restated)
 
ASSETS                  
Total Current Assets     4,494,402       -       4,494,402  
Goodwill     4,976,016 (2)      (372,063 )     4,603,953  
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 14,278,926     $ (372,063 )   $ 13,906,863  
                         
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT                        
Current Liabilities                        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 2,465,220 (1)    $ 2,910,200     $ 5,375,420  
Total Current Liabilities     11,215,028       2,910,200       14,125,228  
TOTAL LIABILITIES     15,074,880       2,910,200       17,985,080  
Stockholders’ Deficit                        
Additional paid-in capital     1,271,721 (2)      (192,542 )     1,079,179  
Accumulated deficit     (2,068,150 )(1)       (2,910,200 )     (5,157,871 )
        (2)      (179,521 )        
Total Stockholders’ Deficit     (795,954 )     (3,282,263 )     (4,078,217 )
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT     14,278,926     $ (372,063 )   $ 13,906,863  

 

F-16

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

    Period from
April 6,
2019
through
December 31,
2019
(As Filed)
    Adjustments     Period from
April 6,
2019
through
December 31,
2019
(As Restated)
 
Gross profit     6,071,983       -       6,071,983  
Operating Expenses                        
General and administrative     1,741,050 (1)      2,808,000       4,728,571  
        (2)      179,521          
Total Operating Expenses     7,789,221       2,987,521       10,776,742  
                         
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS     (1,717,238 )     (2,987,521 )     (4,704,759 )
                         
Total Other Income (Expense)     (1,049,215 )     (102,200 )     (1,151,415 )
                         
NET LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES     (2,766,453 )     (3,089,721 )     (5,856,174 )
                         
INCOME TAX BENEFIT (EXPENSE)     698,303       -       698,303  
                         
NET LOSS   $ (2,068,150 )   $ (3,089,721 )   $ (5,157,871 )
                         
LOSS PER COMMON SHARE – BASIC AND DILUTED   $ (0.41 )           $ (1.03 )
                         
WEIGHTED-AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING – BASIC AND DILUTED     5,000,000               5,000,000  

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

    Common Stock     Additional
Paid-in
    Accumulated     Total
Stockholders’
Equity
 
    Shares     Amount     Capital     Deficit     (Deficit)  
As Filed:                              
Capital contribution by Holdco for the acquisition of Goedeker Television Co.     4,750,000       475       979,048       -       979,523  
Net loss for the period from April 6, 2019 through December 31, 2019     -       -       -       (2,068,150 )     (2,068,150 )
Balance, December 31, 2019     4,750,000     $ 475     $ 1,272,195     $ (2,068,150 )   $ (795,954 )
                                         
As Restated:                                        
Capital contribution by Holdco for the acquisition of Goedeker Television Co.     4,750,000       475       786,506       -       786,981  
Net loss for the period from April 6, 2019 through December 31, 2019     -       -       -       (5,157,871 )     (5,157,871 )
Balance, December 31, 2019     4,750,000     $ 475     $ 1,079,179     $ (5,157,871 )   $ (4,078,217 )

 

F-17

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

    Period from
April 6,
2019
through
December
31, 2019
(As Filed)
        Adjustments     Period from
April 6,
2019
through
December 31,
2019
(As Restated)
 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES                            
Net loss   $ (2,068,150 )   (1)    $ (2,910,200 )   $ (5,157,871 )
            (2)     (179,521 )        
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     (1,464,657 )   (1)      2,910,200          
          (2)      179,521       1,625,064  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     (2,299,215 )           -     (2,299,215 )
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES                            
Net cash used in investing activities     (2,200 )                  (2,200)  
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES                            
Net cash provided by financing activities     2,772,723           -       2,772,723  
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH     471,308           -       471,308  
CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH, BEGINNING OF YEAR     -           -       -  
CASH AND RESTRICTED CASH, END OF YEAR   $  471,308         $ -     $  471,308  

 

NOTE 4—RECEIVABLES

 

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, receivables consisted of the following: respectively.

 

    December 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
Vendor rebates receivable   $ 1,337,791     $ 1,455,248  
Credit cards in process of collection     660,441       -  
Total receivables   $ 1,998,232     $ 1,455,248  

 

NOTE 5—MERCHANDISE INVENTORY

 

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the inventory balances are composed of:

 

    December 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
Appliances   $ 5,285,975     $ 1,538,552  
Furniture     194,852       184,755  
Other     91,414       81,783  
Total merchandise inventory     5,572,241       1,805,090  
                 
Allowance for inventory obsolescence     (425,000 )     (425,000 )
Merchandise inventory, net   $ 5,147,241     $ 1,380,090  

 

NOTE 6—VENDOR DEPOSITS

 

Deposits with vendors represent cash on deposit with one vendor arising from accumulated rebates paid by the vendor. The deposits are used by the vendor to seek to secure the Company’s purchases. The deposit can be withdrawn at any time up to the amount of the Company’s credit line with the vendor. Alternatively, the Company could secure their credit line with a floor plan line from a lender and withdraw all its deposits. The Company has elected to leave the deposits with the vendor on which it earns interest income.

 

F-18

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

Prior to obtaining an open line of credit with a major vendor, the Company paid in advance for its purchases. The vendor did not ship product to the Company until an order was complete. As a result, the vendor held Company funds. A second vendor uses the Company’s vendor deposit account as collateral. Orders from this vendor exceeded the deposit account and the Company prepaid for some orders. Vendor deposits as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 were $547,648 and $294,960, respectively.

 

NOTE 7—PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property and equipment consist of the following at December 31, 2020 and 2019:

 

    December 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
Equipment   $ 69,336     $ 7,376  
Warehouse equipment     61,070       29,188  
Furniture and fixtures     512       512  
Transportation equipment     63,784       63,784  
Leasehold improvements     136,931       117,626  
Total property and equipment     331,633       218,486  
Accumulated depreciation     (85,685 )     (32,880 )
Property and equipment, net   $ 245,948     $ 185,606  

 

Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2020, the period April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and the period January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019 was approximately $53,000, $33,000 and $10,000, respectively.

 

NOTE 8—INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

The following provides a breakdown of identifiable intangible assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:

 

    December 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
Customer relationships   $ 749,000     $ 749,000  
Marketing related - tradename     1,368,000       1,368,000  
Total intangible assets     2,117,000       2,117,000  
Accumulated amortization     (735,063 )     (238,156 )
Intangible assets, net   $ 1,381,937     $ 1,878,844  

 

In connection with the acquisition of Goedeker, the Company identified intangible assets of $2,117,000, representing trade names and customer relationships. These assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over their weighted average estimated useful life of 3.3 years. Amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2020, the period April 6, 2019 to December 31, 2019 and the period January 1, 2019 to April 5, 2019 was $496,907, $238,156 and $-0-, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2020, the estimated annual amortization expense for each of the next five years is as follows:

 

2021   $ 423,396  
2022     423,396  
2023     423,396  
2024     111,749  
Total   $ 1,381,937  

 

F-19

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

NOTE 9—ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES

 

The following is schedule of accounts payable and accrued expenses at December 31, 2020 and 2019:

 

    December 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
Trade accounts payable   $ 5,975,486     $ 1,644,216  
Sales tax     5,804,100       2,910,200  
Accrued payroll liabilities     492,573       192,305  
Accrued interest     10,000       253,678  
Accrued liability for sales returns     200,000       200,000  
Other accrued liabilities     219,556       175,021  
Total accounts payable and accrued expenses   $ 12,701,715     $ 5,375,420  

 

NOTE 10—BUSINESS COMBINATION

 

On January 18, 2019, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with Goedeker and Steve Goedeker and Mike Goedeker (the “Stockholders”), pursuant to which the Company agreed to acquire substantially all of the assets of Goedeker used in its retail appliance and furniture business (the “Goedeker Business”).

 

On April 5, 2019, the Company, Goedeker and the Stockholders entered into an amendment to the asset purchase agreement and closing of the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Goedeker was completed.

 

The aggregate purchase price, recorded as a capital contribution from the Company’s parent company at that time, 1847 Goedeker Holdco Inc. (“Holdco”), was $4,175,373 consisting of: (i) the issuance of a promissory note in the principal amount of $4,100,000 and a deemed fair value of $3,637,898; (ii) up to $600,000 in earn out payments (as described below) with a deemed fair value of $81,494; (iii) a 22.5% ownership interest in Holdco transferred to the Stockholders with a deemed fair value of $786,981, (iv) cash of $478,000, and (v) net of a working capital adjustment of $809,000.

 

The asset purchase agreement provided for an adjustment to the purchase price based on the difference between actual working capital at closing and the seller’s preliminary estimate of closing date working capital.  In accordance with the asset purchase agreement, an independent CPA firm was retained by the Company and Goedeker to resolve differences in the working capital amounts.  The report issued by that CPA firm determined that Goedeker owed the Company $809,000, which Goedeker has not paid. On or about March 23, 2020, the Company submitted a claim for arbitration to the American Arbitration Association relating to Goedeker’s failure to pay. The claim alleged, inter alia, breach of contract, fraud, indemnification and the breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing. The Company alleged damages in the amount of $809,000, plus attorneys’ fees and costs. The $809,000 is included in other assets in the accompanying balance sheet as of December 31, 2019.

 

On June 2, 2020, the Company entered into a settlement agreement with Goedeker, Steve Goedeker, Mike Goedeker and 1847 Holdings LLC, the Company’s indirect parent company at such time (“1847 Holdings”). The settlement agreement and the related transaction documents that are exhibits to the settlement agreement were all signed on June 2, 2020 only became effective upon the closing of the IPO on August 4, 2020. Pursuant to the settlement agreement, the parties entered into an amendment and restatement of the 9% subordinated promissory note described below (see Note 13). In addition, the parties agreed that the arbitration action described above would be settled effective upon the closing of the IPO and that each party to such arbitration action would release all claims that it has against the other parties to such action. As part of the settlement of the arbitration action, the Company agreed that the sellers will not have to pay the $809,000 working capital adjustment amount, which resulted in a loss on write-off of acquisition receivable during the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

F-20

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

Goedeker is also entitled to receive the following earn out payments to the extent the Goedeker Business achieves the applicable EBITDA (as defined in the asset purchase agreement) targets:

 

1. An earn out payment of $200,000 if the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the closing date is $2,500,000 or greater, which target was not met;

 

2. An earn out payment of $200,000 if the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the first anniversary of closing date is $2,500,000 or greater, which target the Company does not expect to meet; and

 

3. An earn out payment of $200,000 if the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for the trailing twelve (12) month period from the second anniversary of the closing date is $2,500,000 or greater. The Company expects to meet this target and adjusted the contingent note payable in the consolidated balance sheet to the present value of the amount due.

 

To the extent the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for any applicable period is less than $2,500,000 but greater than $1,500,000, the Company must pay a partial earn out payment to Goedeker in an amount equal to the product determined by multiplying (i) the EBITDA Achievement Percentage by (ii) the applicable earn out payment for such period, where the “Achievement Percentage” is the percentage determined by dividing (A) the amount of (i) the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for the applicable period less (ii) $1,500,000, by (B) $1,000,000. For avoidance of doubt, no partial earn out payments shall be earned or paid to the extent the EBITDA of the Goedeker Business for any applicable period is equal or less than $1,500,000. For the trailing twelve (12) month period from the closing date, EBITDA for the Goedeker Business was ($2,825,000) so Goedeker is not entitled to an earn our payment for that period.

 

To the extent Goedeker is entitled to all or a portion of an earn out payment, the applicable earn out payment(s) (or portion thereof) shall be paid on the date that is three (3) years from the closing date, and shall accrue interest from the date on which it is determined Goedeker is entitled to such earn out payment (or portion thereof) at a rate equal to five percent (5%) per annum, computed on the basis of a 360 day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

 

The Company determined the fair value of the earnout on the date of acquisition was $81,494. Such amount was recorded as a contingent consideration liability within the accounts payable and accrued expense line item on the consolidated balance sheet and is revalued to fair value each reporting period until settled. The year 1 contingent liability of $32,246 was written-off in the year ended December 31, 2019 as the target was not met and the balance of the liability at December 31, 2019 is $49,248. Management reviewed the contingent consideration due at December 31, 2020 and adjusted the balance to the present value of the amount it estimates will be due in April 2022.

 

The fair value of the purchase consideration issued to Goedeker was allocated to the net tangible assets acquired. The Company accounted for the acquisition as the purchase of a business under GAAP under the acquisition method of accounting, and the assets and liabilities acquired were recorded as of the acquisition date, at their respective fair values and consolidated with those of the Company. The fair value of the net liabilities assumed was approximately $550,316. The excess of the aggregate fair value of the net tangible assets has been allocated to goodwill. Provisional goodwill was estimated at $4,603,953 at December 31, 2019 due to the preliminary valuation. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company subsequently adjusted the value of goodwill by $121,736 to $4,725,689 based on the finalized purchase price allocation.

 

F-21

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

The table below shows the analysis of the Goedeker asset purchase:

 

Purchase consideration at fair value (as restated):      
Note payable, net of $462,102 debt discount and $215,500 of capitalized financing costs   $ 3,637,898  
Cash to seller at closing     478,000  
Working capital adjustment     (809,000 )
Contingent note payable     81,494  
Fair value of ownership interest in Holdco transferred to seller     786,981  
Amount of consideration   $ 4,175,373  
         
Assets acquired and liabilities assumed at fair value        
Accounts receivable   $ 456,183  
Inventories     1,851,251  
Other assets     295,863  
Property and equipment     216,286  
Customer related intangibles     749,000  
Marketing related intangibles - tradename     1,368,000  
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     (3,056,855 )
Customer deposits     (2,430,044 )
Net tangible assets acquired (liabilities assumed)   $ (550,316 )
         
Total net assets acquired (liabilities assumed)   $ (550,316 )
Consideration paid     4,175,373  
Goodwill   $ 4,725,689  

 

NOTE 11—LINES OF CREDIT

 

Burnley Capital LLC

 

On April 5, 2019, the Company, as borrower, and Holdco entered into a loan and security agreement with Burnley Capital LLC (“Burnley”) for revolving loans in an aggregate principal amount that will not exceed the lesser of (i) the borrowing base (as defined in the loan and security agreement) or (ii) $1,500,000 minus reserves established Burnley at any time in accordance with the loan and security agreement. In connection with the closing of the acquisition of Goedeker on April 5, 2019, the Company borrowed $744,000 under the loan and security agreement and issued a revolving note to Burnley in the principal amount of up to $1,500,000. As of December 31, 2019, the balance of the line of credit was $571,997.

 

On August 4, 2020, the Company used a portion of the proceeds from the IPO to repay the revolving note in full and the loan and security agreement was terminated. The total payoff amount was $118,194, consisting of principal of $32,350, interest of $42 and prepayment, legal, and other fees of $85,802.

 

Northpoint Commercial Finance LLC

 

On June 24, 2019, the Company, as borrower, entered into a loan and security agreement with Northpoint Commercial Finance LLC, which was amended on August 2, 2019, for revolving loans up to an aggregate maximum loan amount of $1,000,000 for the acquisition, financing or refinancing by the Company of inventory at an interest rate of LIBOR plus 7.99%. As of December 31, 2019, the balance of the line of credit was $678,993. The loan and security agreement was terminated on May 18, 2020 and there is no outstanding balance as of December 31, 2020.

 

F-22

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

NOTE 12—NOTES PAYABLE AND WARRANT LIABILITY

 

Arvest Loan

 

On August 25, 2020, the Company entered into a promissory note and security agreement with Arvest Bank for a loan in the principal amount of $3,500,000. As of December 31, 2020, the outstanding balance of this loan is $3,185,369 comprised of principal of $3,283,628, net of unamortized loan costs of $98,259. The Company classified $663,339 as a current liability and the balance as a long-term liability.

 

The loan matures on August 25, 2025 and bears interest at 3.250% per annum; provided that, upon an event of default, the interest rate shall increase by 6% until paid in full. Pursuant to the terms of the loan agreement, the Company is required to make monthly payments of $63,353 beginning on September 25, 2020 and until the maturity date, at which time all unpaid principal and interest will be due. The Company may prepay the loan in full or in part at any time without penalty. The loan agreement contains customary events of default and affirmative and negative covenants for a loan of this type. The loan is secured by all financial assets credited to the Company’s securities account held by Arvest Investments, Inc.

 

Maturities of the debt are as follows:

 

For the years ended December 31,      
2021   $ 663,339  
2022     685,222  
2023     707,826  
2024     731,177  
2025     496,064  
Total   $ 3,283,628  
Less: Loan costs     (98,259 )
Total   $ 3,185,369  

 

Small Business Community Capital II, L.P.

 

On April 5, 2019, the Company, as borrower, and Holdco entered into a loan and security agreement with Small Business Community Capital II, L.P. (“SBCC”) for a term loan in the principal amount of $1,500,000, pursuant to which the Company issued to SBCC a term note in the principal amount of up to $1,500,000 and a ten-year warrant to purchase shares of the most senior capital stock of the Company equal to 5.0% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company on a fully-diluted basis for an aggregate price equal to $100. As of December 31, 2019, the balance of the note was $999,201.

 

On August 4, 2020, the Company used a portion of the proceeds from the IPO to repay the term note in full and the loan and security agreement was terminated. The total payoff amount was $1,122,412 consisting of principal of $1,066,640, interest of $11,773 and prepayment, legal, and other fees of $43,999.

 

The Company classified the warrant as a derivative liability on the balance sheet at June 30, 2020 of $2,250,000 based on the estimated value of the warrant in the IPO. The increase in the value of the warrant from the estimated value of $122,344 at December 31, 2019 resulted in a charge of $2,127,656 during the year ended December 31, 2020. Immediately prior to the closing of the IPO on August 4, 2020, SBCC converted the warrant into 250,000 shares of common stock.

 

NOTE 13—NOTES PAYABLE, RELATED PARTIES

 

As noted in Note 10, a portion of the purchase price for the acquisition was paid by the issuance by the Company to Steve Goedeker, as representative of Goedeker, of a 9% subordinated promissory note in the principal amount of $4,100,000. As of December 31, 2019, the balance of the note was $3,300,444.

 

F-23

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

Pursuant to the settlement agreement described above (see Note 10), the parties entered into an amendment and restatement of the note that became effective as of the closing of the IPO on August 4, 2020, pursuant to which (i) the principal amount of the existing note was increased by $250,000, (ii) upon the closing of the IPO, the Company agreed to make all payments of principal and interest due under the note through the date of the closing, and (iii) from and after the closing, the interest rate of the note was increased from 9% to 12%. In accordance with the terms of the amended and restated note, the Company used a portion of the proceeds from the IPO to pay $1,083,842 of the balance of the note representing a $696,204 reduction in the principal balance and interest accrued through August 4, 2020 of $387,638.

 

The Company repaid this note payable with proceeds from the Arvest Loan. In connection with the refinance, the Company recorded a $757,239 loss on extinguishment of debt consisting of a $250,000 forbearance fee, write-off of unamortized loan discount of $338,873, and write-off of unamortized debt costs of $168,366.

 

NOTE 14—CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE

 

On April 5, 2019, 1847 Holdings, Holdco and the Company (collectively, “1847”) entered into a securities purchase agreement with Leonite Capital LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Leonite”), pursuant to which 1847 issued to Leonite a secured convertible promissory note in the aggregate principal amount of $714,286. As additional consideration for the purchase of the note, (i) 1847 Holdings issued to Leonite 50,000 common shares (valued at $137,500), (ii) 1847 Holdings issued to Leonite a five-year warrant to purchase 200,000 common shares at an exercise price of $1.25 per share (subject to adjustment), which may be exercised on a cashless basis, and (iii) Holdco issued to Leonite shares of common stock equal to a 7.5% non-dilutable interest in Holdco. As of December 31, 2019, the balance of the note was $584,943. As a result of this transaction, Leonite became a related party.

 

On May 11, 2020, 1847 and Leonite entered into a first amendment to secured convertible promissory note, pursuant to which the parties agreed (i) to extend the maturity date of the note to October 5, 2020, (ii) that 1847’s failure to repay the note on the original maturity date of April 5, 2020 shall not constitute and event of default under the note and (iii) to increase the principal amount of the note by $207,145, as a forbearance fee. The Company accounted for this transaction as a loss on extinguishment of debt.

 

In connection with the amendment, (i) 1847 Holdings issued to Leonite another five-year warrant to purchase 200,000 common shares at an exercise price of $1.25 per share (subject to adjustment), which may be exercised on a cashless basis and (ii) upon closing of 1847 Holdings’ acquisition of Asien’s Appliance, Inc., 1847 Holdings’ wholly owned subsidiary 1847 Asien Inc. issued to Leonite shares of common stock equal to a 5% interest in 1847 Asien Inc. The Company accounted for the issuance of the 200,000 additional warrants as a $566,711 loss on debt restructuring and an increase in additional paid-in-capital, representing the estimated fair value of the 200,000 additional warrants for a five-year period.

 

1847 Holdings issued 50,000 common shares valued at $137,500 and a debt-discount related to the warrants valued at $292,673. In the second quarter of 2020, the $137,500 value of the shares was transferred from a liability to 1847 Holdings to additional paid-in-capital. The Company amortized $129,343 of financing costs related to the shares and warrants in the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

Under the note, Leonite had the right at any time at its option to convert all or any part of the outstanding and unpaid principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest of the note into fully paid and non-assessable common shares or any shares of capital stock or other securities of 1847 Holdings into which such common shares may be changed or reclassified.

 

On May 4, 2020, Leonite converted $100,000 of the outstanding balance of the note into 100,000 common shares of 1847 Holdings. The Company accounted for this transaction as a $100,000 reduction in the principal amount of the debt, a $175,000 loss on extinguishment of debt, and a $275,000 increase in additional paid-in-capital representing the fair value of the 1847 Holdings common shares on the conversion date.

 

On July 24, 2020, Leonite converted $50,000 of the outstanding balance of the note into 50,000 common shares of 1847 Holdings. The Company accounted for this transaction as a $50,000 reduction in the principal amount of the debt, a $50,000 loss on extinguishment of debt, and a $100,000 increase in additional paid-in-capital representing the fair value of the 1847 Holdings common shares on the conversion date.

 

F-24

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

As a result of the activity on this note, $948,856 was recorded as loss on extinguishment of debt for the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

On August 4, 2020, the Company used a portion of the proceeds from the IPO to repay the note in full. The total payoff amount was $780,653, consisting of principal of $771,431 and interest of $9,222.

 

On September 2, 2020, 1847 Holdings and Leonite entered into an amendment to the warrant issued on April 5, 2019, pursuant to which the warrant was amended to allow for the exercise of the warrant for 180,000 common shares of 1847 Holdings in exchange for Leonite’s surrender of the remaining 20,000 common shares underlying that warrant, as well as all 200,000 common shares underlying the second warrant issued to Leonite on May 11, 2020. On September 18, 2020, Leonite exercised the warrant in accordance with the foregoing for 180,000 common shares of 1847 Holdings. As a result, both warrants have terminated.

 

NOTE 15—OPERATING LEASE

 

On April 5, 2019, the Company entered into a lease agreement with S.H.J., L.L.C., a Missouri limited liability company and affiliate of the Company at that time. The lease is for a term five (5) years and provides for a base rent of $45,000 per month. In addition, the Company is responsible for all taxes and insurance premiums during the lease term. In the event of late payment, interest shall accrue on the unpaid amount at the rate of eighteen percent (18%) per annum. The lease contains customary events of default, including if: (i) the Company shall fail to pay rent within five (5) days after the due date; (ii) any insurance required to be maintained by the Company pursuant to the lease shall be canceled, terminated, expire, reduced, or materially changed; (iii) the Company shall fail to comply with any term, provision, or covenant of the lease and shall not begin and pursue with reasonable diligence the cure of such failure within fifteen (15) days after written notice thereof to the Company; (iv) the Company shall become insolvent, make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or file a petition under any section or chapter of the Bankruptcy Code, or under any similar law or statute of the United States of America or any State thereof; or (v) a receiver or trustee shall be appointed for the leased premises or for all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2020 and the period April 6 to December 31, 2019, the Company paid and expensed rent payments of $540,000 and $397,500, respectively.

 

At December 31, 2019, the operating lease right of use asset was $2,000,755. Supplemental balance sheet information related to lease at December 31, 2020 was as follows: 

 

Operating lease right-of-use asset   $ 1,578,235  
         
Lease liability, current portion   $ 450,712  
Lease liability, long-term     1,127,523  
Total operating lease liability   $ 1,578,235  
         
Weighted average remaining lease term (months)     39  
         
Weighted average discount rate     6.5 %

 

Maturities of the lease liability for each of the next five years is as follows:

 

2021   $ 540,000  
2022     540,000  
2023     540,000  
2024     135,000  
Total lease payments   $ 1,755,000  
         
Less imputed interest     (176,765 )
Total lease liability   $ 1,578,235  

 

F-25

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

NOTE 16—RELATED PARTIES

 

Offsetting Management Services Agreement

 

On April 5, 2019, the Company entered into an offsetting management services agreement with 1847 Partners LLC (the “Manager”), a company owned and controlled by Ellery W. Roberts, the Company’s chairman and a significant stockholder. This agreement was amended on April 21, 2020 with the amendment becoming effective at the closing of IPO on August 4, 2020.

 

Pursuant to the offsetting management services agreement, as amended, the Company appointed the Manager to provide certain services to it for a quarterly management fee equal to $62,500; provided, however, that, (i) pro-rated payments shall be made in the first quarter and the last quarter of the term, (ii) if the aggregate amount of management fees paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings to the Manager, in each case, with respect to any fiscal year exceeds, or is expected to exceed, 9.5% of 1847 Holdings’ gross income with respect to such fiscal year, then the management fee to be paid by the Company for any remaining fiscal quarters in such fiscal year shall be reduced, on a pro rata basis determined by reference to the management fees to be paid to the Manager by all of the subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings, until the aggregate amount of the management fee paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings to the Manager, in each case, with respect to such fiscal year, does not exceed 9.5% of 1847 Holdings’ gross income with respect to such fiscal year, and (iii) if the aggregate amount the management fee paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings to the Manager, in each case, with respect to any fiscal quarter exceeds, or is expected to exceed, the aggregate amount of the parent management fee (as defined in the offsetting management services agreement) with respect to such fiscal quarter, then the management fee to be paid by the Company for such fiscal quarter shall be reduced, on a pro rata basis, until the aggregate amount of the management fee paid or to be paid by the Company, together with all other management fees paid or to be paid by all other subsidiaries of 1847 Holdings to the Manager, in each case, with respect to such fiscal quarter, does not exceed the parent management fee calculated and payable with respect to such fiscal quarter.

 

The Company shall also reimburse the Manager for all costs and expenses of the Company which are specifically approved by the board of directors of the Company, including all out-of-pocket costs and expenses, that are actually incurred by the Manager or its affiliates on behalf of Goedeker in connection with performing services under the offsetting management services agreement. The Company did not pay any expenses for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

The Company expensed $250,000 and $183,790 in management fees for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

Other Transactions

 

See Note 14 for a description of the securities purchase agreement and secured convertible promissory note that the Company entered into with 1847 Holdings, Holdco and Leonite, as well as the related shares and warrants issued by 1847 Holdings, the Company’s indirect parent company at such time.

 

NOTE 17—STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

As of December 31, 2020, the Company was authorized to issue 200,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and 20,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred stock, 0.0001 par value per share. To date, the Company has not designated or issued any shares of preferred stock.

 

Common Stock

 

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had 6,111,200 and 4,750,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, respectively. Each share entitles the holder thereof to one vote per share on all matters coming before the stockholders of the Company for a vote.

 

F-26

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

Upon the Company’s inception on January 10, 2019, the Company issued 4,750,000 shares of common stock for a total purchase price of $1.00.

 

On August 4, 2020, the Company sold 1,111,200 shares of common stock for total gross proceeds of $10,000,800. After deducting the underwriting commission and expenses, the Company received net proceeds of $8,602,166.

 

On August 4, 2020, the Company issued 250,000 shares of common stock to SBCC upon conversion of its warrant (see Note 12).

 

Equity Incentive Plan

 

Effective as of July 30, 2020, the Company established the 1847 Goedeker Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (“Plan”). The Plan was approved by the Company’s board of directors and stockholders on April 21, 2020. The Plan is administered by compensation committee of the board of directors. The Plan permits the grant of restricted stock, stock options and other forms of incentive compensation to the Company’s officers, employees, directors and consultants. The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued pursuant to awards granted under the Plan is 555,000 shares. As of December 31, 2020, there were 555,000 shares granted and no shares available for grant.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company issued options for the purchase of 555,000 shares of common stock with a total value of $1,848,056. The Company recorded stock option expense of $398,908 and for the year ended December 31, 2020. The remaining compensation expense of $1,449,148 will be recognized over the remaining vesting periods.

 

The following table presents activity relating to stock options for the year ended December 31, 2020:

 

    Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
    Weighted
Average
Contractual
Term in Years
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2019     -     $ -       -  
Granted     555,000       9.00                10  
Exercised     -       -       -  
Forfeited / Cancelled / Expired     -       -       -  
Outstanding at December 31, 2020     555,000     $ 9.00       9  
                         
Exercisable at December 31, 2020     65,790     $ 9.00       9  

 

As of December 31, 2020, vested outstanding stock options had no intrinsic value as the exercise price is greater than the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock.

 

The Company recognizes compensation expense for stock option awards on a straight-line basis over the applicable service period of the award. The service period is generally the vesting period. The following assumptions were used to calculate stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2020:

 

Volatility     46.6 %
Risk-free interest rate     0.47 %
Dividend yield     0.0 %
Expected term     6.25 Years  

 

F-27

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

The following table sets forth stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the four succeeding years:

 

Year Ended December 31, 2020   $ 398,908  
2021     483,185  
2022     462,024  
2023     367,198  
2024     136,741  
2025     -  
Total stock-based compensation   $ 1,848,056  

 

Warrants

 

On August 4, 2020, the Company issued warrants for the purchase of 55,560 shares of common stock to affiliates of the representative in the IPO (the “Underwriter Warrants”). The Underwriter Warrants are exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, beginning on January 26, 2021 until July 30, 2025, at a per share exercise price equal to $11.25.

 

On April 5, 2019, the Company issued to SBCC a ten-year warrant to purchase shares of the most senior capital stock of the Company equal to 5.0% of the outstanding equity securities of the Company on a fully-diluted basis for an aggregate price equal to $100. SBCC exercised this warrant for the purchase of 250,000 shares of common stock on August 4, 2020.

 

The following table presents activity relating to the Underwriter Warrants for the year ended December 31, 2020:

 

    Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
    Weighted
Average
Contractual
Term in Years
 
Outstanding at December 31, 2019     -     $ -       -  
Granted     55,560       11.25       5  
Exercised     -       -       -  
Cancelled / Expired     -       -       -  
Outstanding at December 31, 2020     55,560     $ 11.25       4.5  
                         
Exercisable at December 31, 2020     -0-     $ 11.25       4.5  

 

The Company recognizes stock issuance expense for the Underwriter Warrants on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the Underwriter Warrants. The following assumptions were used to calculate stock issuance expense for the year ended December 31, 2020:

 

Volatility     46.5 %
Risk-free interest rate     0.47 %
Dividend yield     0.0 %
Term     4.5 years  

 

NOTE 18—INCOME TAXES

 

As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $15,002,557 and $1,593,680, respectively, that may be available to reduce future years’ taxable income indefinitely. Future tax benefits which may arise as a result of these losses have not been recognized in these consolidated financial statements, as their realization is determined not likely to occur and accordingly, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance for the deferred tax asset relating to these tax loss carry-forwards. The net change in the valuation allowance resulted in an increase of $4,377,815 and $709,582 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

F-28

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

The provision for Federal and state income tax consists of the following.

 

The cumulative tax effect at the expected rate of 25.7% and 25.7% of significant items comprising the Company’s net deferred tax amount is as follows.

 

Due to the change in ownership provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, net operating loss carry forwards incurred prior to 2018 for Federal income tax reporting purposes are subject to annual limitations. Should a change in ownership occur net operating loss carry forwards may be limited as to use in future years.

 

The components for the provision of income taxes include:

 

    December 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
Current Federal and State   $ -     $ -  
Deferred Federal and State     698,303       (698,303 )
Total provision (benefit) for income taxes   $ 698,303           $ (698,303 )

 

A reconciliation of the statutory US Federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

    December 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
Federal tax   $ (4,382,602 )   $ (1,229,797 )
State tax, net of Federal benefit     (891,129 )     (250,059 )
Change in warrant value     537,535       -  
Write-off of acquisition and other receivables     238,540       -  
Other     108,439       71,971  
Valuation allowance     5,087,396       709,582  
Total income tax provision (benefit)   $ 698,303     $ (698,303 )
Effective tax rate     (3.3 )%     11.92 %

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between amounts recorded for financial reporting purposes and amounts used for tax purposes. The major components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

    December 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
Deferred tax assets            
Inventory   $ 107,398     $ 107,398  
Accrued expenses     1,589,889       792,845  
Interest limitation     319,698       191,886  
Other     6,597       -  
Lease liability     398,820       505,591  
Loss carryforward     3,791,146       339,287  
Valuation allowance     (5,796,978 )     (709,582 )
Total deferred tax assets   $ 416,595     $ 1,227,425  
                 
Deferred tax liabilities                
Other     -       (94 )
Right of use assets     (398,820 )     (505,591 )
Intangibles   $ (17,775 )   $ (23,437 )
Total deferred tax liabilities   $ (416,595 )   $ (529,122 )
                 
Total net deferred income tax assets (liabilities)   $ -     $ 698,303  

 

The Company accrues interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. The Company does not believe it has any unrecognized tax benefits for December 31, 2020 and 2019 that would have a material impact on the financial statements. The Company’s income tax returns are open to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and various State jurisdictions.

 

    December 31,
2020
    December 31,
2019
 
Net deferred tax asset (liability)   $ 5,796,978     $ 1,407,885  
Valuation allowance   $ (5,796,978 )   $ (709,852 )

 

F-29

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

NOTE 19—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

In accordance with ASC 855-10, the Company has analyzed its operations subsequent to December 31, 2020 to the date these consolidated financial statements were issued and has determined that it does not have any material subsequent events to disclose in these consolidated financial statements, except as set forth below.

 

Lease Agreement

 

On January 13, 2021, the Company entered into a lease agreement with Westgate 200, LLC for a new premises in St. Charles, Missouri. The lease is for a term of 63 months with two (2) options to renew for additional five (5) year periods and provides for a base rent of $4.35 per square foot per year with 2.5% annual increases and a three-month abatement, resulting in a base rent during the first year of $20,976.79 per month, increasing to a base rent during the fifth year of $23,146.80 per month. The Company must also pay its 29% pro rata portion of the property taxes, operating expenses and insurance costs and is also responsible to pay for the utilities used on the premises. In the event of late payment, interest shall accrue on the unpaid amount at the rate equal to the greater of (i) two (2) percentage points in excess of the prime lending rate as established by U.S. Bank, N.A., or (ii) the default rate applicable to the first priority mortgage in effect at the time such default interest rate is imposed.

 

The lease contains customary events of default, including (i) if the Company shall fail to pay rent within five (5) days after the due date, (ii) if the Company shall fail to observe or perform any other terms, covenants, conditions or provisions under the lease and fail to cure such default within thirty (30) days after written notice to the Company, (iii) if the Company fails to occupy all or any material portion of the lease premises for more than ninety (90) consecutive days, for reasons other than force majeure, and fails to pay all costs incurred by the landlord as a result of such failure to occupy, and other customary representations, warranties and covenants.

 

Securities Purchase Agreement

 

On March 19, 2021, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with two institutional investors (each, a “Purchaser” and together, the “Purchasers”), pursuant to which the Company issued to each Purchaser (i) a 10% OID senior secured promissory note in the principal amount of $2,750,000 (together, the “Notes”) and (ii) a four-year warrant to purchase 200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $12.00, subject to adjustments, which may be exercised on a cashless basis (together, the “Warrants”), for a purchase price of $2,500,000 each, or $5,000,000 in the aggregate. After deducting a placement fee and other expenses, the Company received net proceeds of $4,590,000.

 

The Notes bear interest at a rate of 10% per annum and mature on December 19, 2021. The Notes may be prepaid by the Company in whole or in part at any time or from time to time without penalty or premium upon at least five (5) days prior written notice, which notice period may be waived by the holder. In addition, if the Company issues and sells shares of its equity securities to investors on or before the maturity date in an equity financing with total gross proceeds of not less than $10,000,000 (excluding the conversion of the notes or other convertible securities issued for capital raising purposes), then the Company must repay the then-outstanding principal amount of the Notes and any accrued but unpaid interest.

 

The Notes are secured by a first priority security interest in all of the Company’s assets and contain customary events of default. Upon, and during the continuance of, an event of default, the Notes are convertible, in whole or in part, at the option of the holder into shares of common stock at a conversion price equal to $12.00, or if lower, 80% of the lowest volume weighted average price for the twenty (20) consecutive trading days prior to the applicable conversion date, but in no event less than $9.00. The conversion price will be appropriately adjusted for any stock dividend, stock split, stock combination, reclassification or similar transaction that proportionately decreases or increases the common stock. In addition, if the Company sells or grants any common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock or grants any right to reprice such securities at an effective price per share that is lower than the then conversion price, the conversion price shall be reduced to such price, subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Notes.

 

F-30

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2020 AND 2019

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not effect any conversion of a Note, and a holder shall not have the right to convert any principal and/or interest of a Note, to the extent that after giving effect to the conversion the holder (together with the holder’s affiliates and any persons acting as a group together with the holder or any of the holder’s affiliates) would beneficially own over 4.99% of the number of shares of the common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of common stock upon conversion of the Note. The holder may, upon not less than 61 days’ prior notice to the Company, increase or decrease such limitation, provided that such limitation in no event exceeds 9.99% of the number of shares of the common stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of common stock upon conversion of the Note. The Warrants also contain this beneficial ownership limitation.

 

The Purchase Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants for a transaction of this type. Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, the Purchasers were granted piggy-back registration rights with respect to the shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes and exercise of the Warrants. The Company also agreed that, until the date that no Purchasers own any securities, the Company will timely file (or obtain extensions in respect thereof and file within the applicable grace period) all reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to the Exchange Act even if the Company is not then subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. In addition, the Company agreed that, so long as any of the Notes remain outstanding, neither the Company, nor any subsidiary of the Company, shall, without each Purchaser’s written consent and subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Purchase Agreement:

 

sell, lease or otherwise dispose of any significant portion of its assets outside the ordinary course of business;

 

incur, create, assume or suffer to exist any lien on any of its property or assets, except for certain liens set forth in the Purchase Agreement;

 

incur or suffer to exist or guarantee any indebtedness that is senior to or pari passu with (in priority of payment and performance) the Company’s obligations under the Purchase Agreement except for non-equity linked indebtedness relating to the acquisition of inventory secured by certain liens;

 

pay, declare or set apart for such payment, any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, property or other securities) on shares of capital stock, other than dividends on shares of common stock solely in the form of additional shares of common stock, or directly or indirectly or through any subsidiary make any other payment or distribution in respect of its capital stock;

 

redeem, repurchase or otherwise acquire in any one transaction or series of related transactions any shares of capital stock of the Company or any warrants, rights or options to purchase or acquire any such shares, or repay any pari passu or subordinated indebtedness of the Company other than non-equity linked indebtedness relating to the acquisition of inventory secured by certain liens;

 

lend money, give credit, make advances to or enter into any transaction with any person, firm, joint venture or corporation, including, without limitation, officers, directors, employees, subsidiaries and affiliates of the Company, except loans, credits or advances (i) in existence or committed on the closing date and which the Company has informed each Purchaser in writing prior to the closing date, (ii) in regard to transactions with unaffiliated third parties, made in the ordinary course of business, or (iii) in regard to transactions with unaffiliated third parties, not in excess of $50,000; or

 

repay any affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company in connection with any indebtedness or accrued amounts owed to any such party.

 

F-31

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

Date: March 29, 2021 1847 GOEDEKER INC.
   
  /s/ Douglas T. Moore
  Name: Douglas T. Moore
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
  (Principal Executive Officer)
   
  /s/ Robert D. Barry
  Name: Robert D. Barry
  Title: Chief Financial Officer
  (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SIGNATURE   TITLE   DATE
         
/s/ Douglas T. Moore   Chief Executive Officer and Director (principal executive officer)   March 29, 2021
Douglas T. Moore        
         
/s/ Robert D. Barry   Chief Financial Officer (principal financial and accounting officer)   March 29, 2021
Robert D. Barry        
         
/s/ Ellery W. Roberts   Chairman of the Board   March 29, 2021
Ellery W. Roberts        
         
/s/ Edward J. Tobin   Director   March 29, 2021
Edward J. Tobin        
         
/s/ Ellette A. Anderson   Director   March 29, 2021
Ellette A. Anderson        
         
/s/ Clark R. Crosnoe   Director   March 29, 2021
Clark R. Crosnoe        
         
/s/ Paul A. Froning   Director   March 29, 2021
Paul A. Froning        
         
/s/ Glyn C. Milburn   Director   March 29, 2021
Glyn C. Milburn        

 

 

67

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.1

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

 

General

 

As of December 31, 2020, our authorized capital stock consisted of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share.

 

The following description summarizes important terms of the classes of our capital stock. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our bylaws, which are filed as exabits to this annual report.

 

As of December 31, 2020, there were 6,111,200 shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

 

Common Stock

 

Voting Rights. The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, any corporate action to be taken by vote of stockholders other than for election of directors shall be authorized by the affirmative vote of the majority of votes cast. Directors are elected by a plurality of votes. Stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights.

 

Dividend Rights. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds.

 

Liquidation Rights. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.

 

Other Rights. Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to determine the designations and the powers, preferences and rights and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, including the dividend rights, conversion or exchange rights, voting rights (including the number of votes per share), redemption rights and terms, liquidation preferences, sinking fund provisions and the number of shares constituting the series. Our board of directors could, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of common stock and which could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or of discouraging a third party from attempting to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock.

 

Warrants

 

In connection with our initial public offering, we issued warrants for the purchase of 55,560 shares of common stock to affiliates of the representative. The warrants are exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, beginning on January 26, 2021 until July 30, 2025, at a per share exercise price equal to $11.25 (125% of the public offering price per share).

 

 

 

Options

 

As of December 31, 2020, we have issued options to purchase an aggregate of 555,000 shares of common stock under the Plan, each at an exercise price of $9.00 per share.

 

Anti-takeover Effects of Delaware Law and Charter Provisions

 

We have elected not to be governed by Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, except under certain circumstances, with an interested stockholder.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain certain provisions that may have anti-takeover effects, making it more difficult for or preventing a third party from acquiring control of our company or changing our board of directors and management.

 

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of preferred stock without further stockholder approval. The preferred stock may be issued in one or more series, the terms of which may be determined at the time of issuance by the board of directors without further action by the stockholders. These terms may include preferences as to dividends and liquidation, conversion rights, redemption rights and sinking fund provisions. The issuance of any preferred stock could diminish the rights of holders of our common stock, and therefore could reduce the value of such common stock. In addition, specific rights granted to future holders of preferred stock could be used to restrict our ability to merge with, or sell assets to, a third party. The ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock could make it more difficult, delay, discourage, prevent or make it more costly to acquire or effect a change-in-control, which in turn could prevent our stockholders from recognizing a gain in the event that a favorable offer is extended and could materially and negatively affect the market price of our common stock.

 

Our bylaws permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly created directorships. These provisions will prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. In addition, our bylaws provide that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders without cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than the majority of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

 

Our bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given us timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although our bylaws do not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, our bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

 

Furthermore, neither the holders of our common stock nor the holders of our preferred stock have cumulative voting rights in the election of our directors. The combination of the present ownership by a few stockholders of a significant portion of our issued and outstanding common stock and lack of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for other stockholders to replace our board of directors or for a third party to obtain control of our company by replacing its board of directors.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

VStock Transfer, LLC, 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, NY 11598, telephone 212-828-8436, is the transfer agent for our common stock.

 

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

dated as of October 20, 2020

 

among

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

 

APPLIANCES CONNECTION INC.

 

1 STOP ELECTRONICS CENTER, INC.

 

GOLD COAST APPLIANCES INC.

 

SUPERIOR DEALS INC.

 

JOE’S APPLIANCES LLC

 

YF LOGISTICS LLC

 

AND

 

THE OTHER PARTIES SET FORTH IN EXHIBIT A HERETO

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
     
    Page
     
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS 1
     
1.1 Certain Definitions 1
     
ARTICLE II PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES 8
     
2.1 Purchase and Sale of the Securities 8
2.2 Working Capital Adjustment 9
2.3 Adjustment for Outstanding Indebtedness, Transaction Expenses and Cash 11
2.4 Closing 11
2.5 Transactions to be Effected at the Closing 12
     
ARTICLE III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS 12
     
3.1 Authority and Enforceability 12
3.2 Noncontravention 12
3.3 The Securities 13
3.4 Brokers’ Fees 13
3.5 Investment Representations 13
     
ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONCERNING THE COMPANIES 14
     
4.1 Organization; Standing and Power; Authority and Enforceability 14
4.2 No Subsidiaries 15
4.3 Capitalization 15
4.4 Noncontravention 16
4.5 Financial Statements 16
4.6 Taxes 16
4.7 Compliance with Laws and Orders; Permits 17
4.8 No Undisclosed Liabilities 17
4.9 Tangible Personal Assets 18
4.10 Real Property 18
4.11 Intellectual Property 18
4.12 Absence of Certain Changes or Events 19
4.13 Contracts 20
4.14 Litigation 21
4.15 Employee Benefits 21
4.16 Labor and Employment Matters 21
4.17 Environmental Matters 22
4.18 Insurance 22
4.19 Brokers’ Fees 22
4.20 Certain Business Relationships with the Company 22
4.21 Equipment 22
4.22 Suppliers 22
4.23 Inventory 23
4.24 Officers and Directors; Bank Accounts, Signing Authority, Powers of Attorney 23
4.25 Accounts Receivable 23
4.26 No Other Representations and Warranties 23

 

i

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
     
    Page
     
ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER AND THE PARENT  
     
5.1 Organization 23
5.2 Authorization 23
5.3 Noncontravention 24
5.4 Brokers’ Fees 24
5.5 Capitalization 24
5.6 Valid Issuance of Securities 25
5.7 SEC Reports; Financial Statements 25
5.8 Undisclosed Liabilities 26
5.9 Compliance with Laws and Orders 26
5.10 Litigation 26
5.11 Environmental Matters 26
5.12 Insurance 26
     
ARTICLE VI COVENANTS 27
     
6.1 Consents 27
6.2 Operation of the Companies’ Business 28
6.3 Access 28
6.4 Notice of Developments 29
6.5 No Solicitation 29
6.6 Preparation of Proxy Statement; Stockholders’ Meeting 29
6.7 Voting Agreement; Sellers Approval of Agreement and Acquisition 29
6.8 Lock-Up Agreements 30
6.9 Registration Rights 30
6.10 Financial Information 31
6.11 Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action 33
6.12 Tax Matters 33
     
ARTICLE VII CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS TO CLOSE 38
     
7.1 Conditions to Obligation of the Buyer and the Parent 38
7.2 Conditions to Obligation of the Sellers and the Companies 40
     
ARTICLE VIII TERMINATION; AMENDMENT; WAIVER 40
     
8.1 Termination of Agreement 40
8.2 Effect of Termination 41
8.3 Amendments 41
8.4 Waiver 42
     
ARTICLE IX INDEMNIFICATION 42
     
9.1 Survival 42
9.2 Indemnification by Sellers 42
9.3 Indemnification by Buyer 43
9.4 Third Party Indemnification Procedures; Direct Claim Procedures 43
9.5 Direct Claim Procedures 45
9.6 Limitation on Indemnification Obligation 45
9.7 Payments 46
9.8 Tax Refunds, Insurance Proceeds and Other Payments 46
9.9 Mitigation 46

 

ii

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
     
    Page
     
ARTICLE X MISCELLANEOUS 47
     
10.1 Press Releases and Public Announcement 47
10.2 No Third-Party Beneficiaries 47
10.3 Entire Agreement 47
10.4 Succession and Assignment 47
10.5 Construction 47
10.6 Notices 47
10.7 Governing Law 48
10.8 Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process 48
10.9 Headings 48
10.10 Severability 49
10.11 Expenses 49
10.12 Incorporation of Exhibits and Schedules 49
10.13 Limited Recourse 49
10.14 Specific Performance 49
10.15 Counterparts 49
10.16 Disclosure Schedules 49
10.17 Conflicts; Privileges 50

 

EXHIBIT A – List of Sellers  
EXHIBIT B – Illustrative Calculation of Target Net Working Capital  
EXHIBIT C – Form of Certificate of Designation  
EXHIBIT D – Form of Voting Agreement  
EXHIBIT E – Form of Lock Up Agreement  
EXHIBIT F-1 – 1 Stop Lease  
EXHIBIT F-2 – Gold Coast Lease  
EXHIBIT F-3 – Joe’s Appliances Lease  
EXHIBIT G-1 – A. Fouerti Employment Agreement  
EXHIBIT G-2 – E. Fouerti Employment Agreement  
EXHIBIT H – Disclosure Schedules  

 

iii

 

 

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated as of October 20, 2020 (the “Agreement”), among 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), Appliances Connection Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Buyer”), 1 Stop Electronics Center, Inc., a New York corporation (“1 Stop”), Gold Coast Appliances Inc., a New York corporation (“Gold Coast”), Superior Deals Inc., a New York corporation (“Superior Deals”), Joe’s Appliances LLC, a New York limited liability company (“Joe’s Appliances”), and YF Logistics LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (“YF Logistics” and together with 1 Stop, Gold Coast, Superior Deals and Joe’s Appliances, each a “Company” and collectively, the “Companies”), and the other party or parties set forth in Exhibit A hereto (each a “Seller” and, collectively, the “Sellers”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

Each Seller is the record and beneficial owner of the capital stock or other equity securities (the “Securities”) of the Companies set forth opposite each such Seller’s name on Exhibit A. The Sellers collectively own 100% of the issued and outstanding Securities of the Companies. The Sellers desire to sell all of the Securities to the Buyer, and the Buyer desires to purchase all of the Securities from the Sellers, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement (such sale and purchase of the Securities, the “Acquisition”).

 

The Buyer is a newly formed, wholly owned subsidiary of the Parent. The Parent is a public reporting company that is required to file reports with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The Parent’s common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), is traded under the symbol “GOED” on the NYSE American national securities exchange. In connection with the Acquisition, the Parent will issue to the Sellers as partial consideration for the Securities shares of its Common Stock and shares of its Series A and Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (collectively, the Series A Preferred Stock and the Series A-1 Preferred Stock are referred to herein as the “Preferred Stock”), as described below in this Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the respective representations and warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

 

1.1 Certain Definitions.

 

(a) When used in this Agreement, the following terms will have the meanings assigned to them in this Section 1.1(a) and other defined terms will have the meanings given to them elsewhere in this Agreement:

 

1 Stop Lease” means the lease by and between 1 Stop and Landlord in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F-1.

 

A. Fouerti Employment Agreement” means the employment agreement between Albert Fouerti and Buyer substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G-1.

 

Accounts Receivable” means accounts receivable, trade receivables, and other similar receivables, and any security, claim, remedy, or other right related to any of the foregoing, in each case relating to or arising out of the business of the Companies.

 

 

 

 

Action” means any claim, action, suit, inquiry, hearing, proceeding or other investigation.

 

Affiliate” means, with respect to a Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means possession of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of stock, membership interests or other equity interests, as trustee or executor, by Contract or otherwise.

 

Ancillary Agreements” means the Voting Agreement, the Lock-Up Agreement and any other contracts or agreements entered into among the parties to this Agreement in connection with the Acquisition or the other transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Benefit Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” as defined in ERISA Section 3(3), including any (i) nonqualified deferred compensation or retirement plan or arrangement which is an Employee Pension Benefit Plan (as defined in ERISA Section 3(2)), (ii) qualified defined contribution retirement plan or arrangement which is an Employee Pension Benefit Plan, (iii) qualified defined benefit retirement plan or arrangement which is an Employee Pension Benefit Plan (including any Multiemployer Plan (as defined in ERISA Section 3(37)), (iv) Employee Welfare Benefit Plan (as defined in ERISA Section 3(1)) or material fringe benefit plan or program, or (v) stock purchase, stock option, severance pay, change-in-control, vacation pay, company award, salary continuation, sick leave, excess benefit, bonus or other incentive compensation, life insurance, or other employee benefit plan, contract, program, policy or other arrangement, whether or not subject to ERISA, under which any present or former employee of the Companies has any present or future right to benefits sponsored or maintained by the Companies or any ERISA Affiliate.

 

Business Day” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks located in New York, New York are authorized or required by Law to close.

 

Closing Transaction Expenses Certificate” means a certificate delivered by the Sellers stating (i) the identity of any Person to whom payment of Transaction Expenses shall be made, (ii) the amount of the Transaction Expenses payable to such Person, and (iii) wire transfer information for such Person.

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

2

 

 

Confidentiality Agreement” means the Mutual Confidentiality Agreement dated as of August 13, 2020 by and between Parent and 1 Stop.

 

Contract” means any written agreement, contract, commitment, arrangement or understanding.

 

E. Fouerti Employment Agreement” means the employment agreement between Albert Fouerti and Buyer substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G-2.

 

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

ERISA Affiliate” means any Person who is, or at any time was, a member of a “controlled group of corporations” within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code and, for the purpose of Section 302 of ERISA and/or Section 412, 4971, 4977, 4980D, 4980E and/or each “applicable section” under Section 414(f)(2) of the Code, within the meaning of Section 412(n)(6) of the Code that includes, or at any time included, the Companies or any Affiliate thereof, or any predecessor of any of the foregoing.

 

GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date hereof.

 

Gold Coast Lease” means the lease by and between Gold Coast and Landlord in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F-2.

 

Governmental Entity” means any entity or body exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to United States federal, state or local government or foreign, international, multinational or other government, including any department, commission, board, agency, bureau, official or other regulatory, administrative or judicial authority thereof.

 

HSR Act” means the Hart-Scott Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended.

 

Indebtedness” means (a) all obligations of the Companies or any of their subsidiaries for borrowed money; (b) all obligations of the Companies or any of their subsidiaries evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments; (c) all obligations of others for borrowed money secured by (or for which the holder of such obligation has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Encumbrance on property owned or acquired by any Company, whether or not the obligation secured thereby has been assumed; (d) all guarantees by the Companies or any of their subsidiaries of obligations of others for borrowed money; and (e) all obligations, contingent or otherwise, of the Companies or any of their subsidiaries as an account party in respect of letters of credit and letters of guaranty.

 

3

 

 

Intellectual Property” means all intellectual property and other similar proprietary rights in any jurisdiction worldwide, whether registered or unregistered, including such rights in and to: (i) patents (including all reissues, divisions, provisionals, continuations and continuations-in-part, re-examinations, renewals and extensions thereof), patent applications, patent disclosures or other patent rights; (ii) copyrights, design, design registration, and all registrations, applications for registration, and renewals for any of the foregoing, and any “moral” rights; (iii) trademarks, service marks, trade names, business names, logos, trade dress, certification marks and other indicia of commercial source or origin together with all goodwill associated with the foregoing, and all registrations, applications and renewals for any of the foregoing; (iv) trade secrets and business, technical and know-how information, databases, data collections and other confidential and proprietary information and all rights therein; (v) software, including data files, source code, object code, application programming interfaces, architecture, files, records, schematics, computerized databases and other software-related specifications and documentation; and (vi) Internet domain name registrations.

 

Inventory” means all inventories of raw materials, supplies, work-in-process, finished goods, and other materials used in or held for use in the business of the Companies or any of their subsidiaries.

 

IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Joe’s Appliances Lease” means the lease by and between Joe’s Appliances and Landlord in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F-3.

 

Knowledge” or any similar phrase means (a) with respect to the Sellers, the actual knowledge of each Seller; and (b) with respect to Parent or Buyer, the actual knowledge of the individuals set forth in Section 1.1(a) of the Disclosure Schedule.

 

Landlord” means 1870 Bath Ave. LLC, a New York limited liability company.

 

Law” means any statute, law, ordinance, rule or regulation of any Governmental Entity.

 

Liability” means all Indebtedness, obligations and other liabilities and contingencies of a Person, whether absolute, accrued, contingent, fixed or otherwise, or whether due or to become due.

 

Lien” means, with respect to any property or asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, hypothecation or other encumbrance in respect of such property or asset.

 

Material Adverse Effect” means any state of facts, change, development, event, effect, condition, occurrence, action or omission that, individually or in the aggregate, is reasonably expected to result in a material adverse effect on the business, assets, properties, financial condition, results of operations of the Companies and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or that prevents, materially impedes or materially delays the consummation by the Sellers and the Companies of the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement; provided, however, that "Material Adverse Effect" shall not include any event, occurrence, fact, condition or change, directly or indirectly, arising out of or attributable to: (i) general economic or political conditions; (ii) conditions generally affecting the industries in which the Companies operate; (iii) any changes in financial, banking or securities markets in general, including any disruption thereof and any decline in the price of any security or any market index or any change in prevailing interest rates; (iv) acts of war (whether or not declared), armed hostilities or terrorism, or the escalation or worsening thereof; (v) any action required or permitted by this Agreement or any action taken (or omitted to be taken) with the written consent of or at the written request of Parent or Buyer; (vi) any matter of which Parent or Buyer is aware on the date hereof; (vii) any changes in applicable Laws or accounting rules (including GAAP) or the enforcement, implementation or interpretation thereof; (viii) the announcement, pendency or completion of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, including losses or threatened losses of employees, customers, suppliers, distributors or others having relationships with any Company; (ix) any natural or man-made disaster or acts of God; or (x) any failure by any Company to meet any internal or published projections, forecasts or revenue or earnings predictions (provided that the underlying causes of such failures (subject to the other provisions of this definition) shall not be excluded).

 

4

 

 

Net Working Capital” means (i) Accounts Receivable; plus (ii) Inventory; plus (iii) prepaid expenses and other current assets that have an economic benefit to the Companies post-Closing; less (iv) current accounts payable, accrued liabilities and outstanding checks and other current liabilities as of the Closing Date, which shall be prepared in accordance with Section 2.2(a) and as finally determined pursuant to Section 2.2(c); provided, however that the calculation of Net Working Capital shall not include cash or cash equivalents, or any items otherwise included in the definitions of Indebtedness or Transaction Expenses.

 

Order” means any award, injunction, judgment, decree, order, ruling, subpoena or verdict or other decision issued, promulgated or entered by or with any Governmental Entity of competent jurisdiction.

 

Outside Date” means ninetieth (90th) day following the date of this Agreement.

 

Permit” means any authorization, approval, consent, certificate, license, clearance, permit or franchise of or from any Governmental Entity of competent jurisdiction or pursuant to any Law.

 

Permitted Liens” means (i) Liens for current Taxes that are not yet due and payable or that may hereafter be paid without material penalty or that are being contested in good faith, (ii) statutory Liens of landlords and workers,’ carriers’ and mechanics’ or other like Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business not yet overdue or that are being contested in good faith, (iii) Liens, easements, servitudes, covenants, conditions, restrictions, encroachments and other similar non-monetary matters affecting title to any assets of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries and other title defects which do not materially interfere with the present or proposed use of the properties by the Companies or their Subsidiaries or assets they affect taken as a whole, (iv) zoning, building codes, and other land use Laws regulating the use or occupancy of leased real property or the activities conducted thereon that are imposed by any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction over such leased real property and which are not violated in any material respect by the current use and operation of such leased real property or the operation of the business of the Company (v) Liens that will be released prior to or as of the Closing, (vi) Liens arising under this Agreement, (vii) Liens created by or through the Buyer, or (viii) Liens that, individually or in the aggregate, do not materially interfere with the ability of the Companies to conduct their business as currently conducted and do not materially adversely affect the value of, or the ability to sell, such personal properties and assets.

 

5

 

 

Person” means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated association, a Governmental Entity or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision of a Governmental Entity, or any other entity or body.

 

Pro Rata Basis” means, for each Seller the pro rata basis percentage specified in the last column of Exhibit A to this Agreement.

 

Pro Rata Cash Basis” means, for each Seller the pro rata basis percentage specified in the fourth column of Exhibit A to this Agreement.

 

Pro Rata Share Basis” means, for each Seller the pro rata basis percentage specified in the penultimate column of Exhibit A to this Agreement.

 

Representatives” means, with respect to any Person, the respective directors, officers, employees, counsel, accountants and other representatives of such Person.

 

Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other legal entity of which such Person (either alone or through or together with any other Subsidiary), owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the stock or other equity interests, the holders of which are generally entitled to vote for the election of the board of directors or other governing body of a non-corporate Person.

 

Target Net Working Capital” means negative Fifteen Million Four Hundred Seventy Six Thousand Nine Hundred Forty One and 38/100 Dollars (-$15,476,941.38), which is the average monthly Net Working Capital for the seven-month period ending July 31, 2020. The calculation of the Target Net Working Capital as agreed upon by the parties hereto is set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto (the “Target Net Working Capital Statement”).

 

Taxes” means all federal, state, local and foreign income, profits, franchise, gross receipts, environmental, customs duty, capital stock, severance, stamp, payroll, sales, transfer, employment, unemployment, disability, use, property, withholding, excise, production, value added, occupancy and other taxes, duties or assessments of any nature whatsoever, in each case, imposed by any Taxing Authority.

 

Taxing Authority” means any Governmental Entity having or purporting to exercise jurisdiction with respect to any Tax.

 

Tax Returns” means any return, declaration, report, claim for refund, or information return or statement relating to Taxes, including any schedule or attachment thereto, and including any amendment thereof, filed or required to be filed with any Taxing Authority.

 

Trailing 20 Day Trading Price” means the average of the closing price of the shares of Parent’s Common Stock (as reported on the NYSE American) for the twenty (20) Trading Days immediately preceding the third (3rd) Trading Day prior to the Closing Date.

 

6

 

 

Trading Day” means (i) any day on which the Common Stock of the Parent is listed and traded on the NYSE American, (ii) if the Common Stock is not then listed and traded on NYSE American, then a day on which trading occurs on any over-the-counter markets, or (iii) if trading does not occur on the over-the-counter markets, any Business Day.

 

Transaction Expenses” means, to the extent not paid by the Companies or its Subsidiaries before the Closing, the amount of all fees, costs and expenses (including legal, accounting, investment banking, broker's, finder's and other professional or advisory fees and expenses) of the Companies and its Subsidiaries incurred by or on behalf of, or to be paid by, the Companies or any Subsidiary in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the other transaction documents and the consummation of the Acquisition.

 

Transaction Proposal” means any written bona fide proposal made by a third party relating to (i) any direct or indirect acquisition or purchase of all or substantially all of the assets of the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries, (ii) any direct or indirect acquisition or purchase of a majority of the combined voting power of the Securities or any equity securities of any of their Subsidiaries, or (iii) any merger, consolidation, business combination, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or similar transaction involving the Companies in which the other party thereto or its stockholders will own 51% or more of the combined voting power of the parent entity resulting from any such transaction.

 

$” means United States dollars.

 

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, except as otherwise expressly provided herein or unless the context otherwise requires: (i) the meaning assigned to each term defined herein will be equally applicable to both the singular and the plural forms of such term and vice versa, and words denoting any gender will include all genders as the context requires; (ii) where a word or phrase is defined herein, each of its other grammatical forms will have a corresponding meaning; (iii) the terms “hereof”, “herein”, “hereunder”, “hereby” and “herewith” and words of similar import will, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; (iv) when a reference is made in this Agreement to an Article, Section, paragraph, Exhibit or Schedule without reference to a document, such reference is to an Article, Section, paragraph, Exhibit or Schedule to this Agreement; (v) a reference to a subsection without further reference to a Section is a reference to such subsection as contained in the same Section in which the reference appears, and this rule will also apply to paragraphs and other subdivisions; (vi) the word “include”, “includes” or “including” when used in this Agreement will be deemed to include the words “without limitation”, unless otherwise specified; (vii) a reference to any party to this Agreement or any other agreement or document will include such party’s predecessors, successors and permitted assigns; (viii) a reference to any Law means such Law as amended, modified, codified, replaced or reenacted as of the date hereof, and all rules and regulations promulgated thereunder as of the date hereof; and (ix) the term “as of the Closing” or “as of the Closing Date” when used to calculate financial amounts in this Agreement will be as of 11:59 p.m. local time on the Closing Date.

 

7

 

 

ARTICLE II

PURCHASE AND SALE OF THE SECURITIES

 

2.1 Purchase and Sale of the Securities.

 

(a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, each Seller will contribute, sell, transfer and deliver to the Buyer, and the Buyer will purchase and receive from each Seller all the Securities set forth opposite such Seller’s name on Exhibit A, constituting all of the issued and outstanding Securities of the Companies, for an aggregate purchase price of Two Hundred Ten Million Dollars ($210,000,000), consisting of: (a) One Hundred Sixty Eight Million Dollars ($168,000,000) in cash in immediately available funds (the “Cash Portion”), (b) One Million Two Hundred Twenty Two Thousand Two Hundred Thirty Nine (1,222,239) shares of newly-issued Common Stock of the Parent and One Million One Hundred Eleven Thousand Ninety Four (1,111,094) shares of newly-issued Series A Preferred Stock of Parent (collectively, the “Fixed Share Consideration”), collectively, having a stated value that is equal to Twenty One Million Dollars ($21,000,000) or Nine Dollars ($9.00) per share of Common Stock or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable (c) a number of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock of Parent that is equal to (i) Twenty One Million Dollars ($21,000,000) divided by (ii) Trailing 20 Day Price (the “Variable Share Consideration” and, collectively with the Cash Portion and the Fixed Share Consideration, the “Purchase Price”), payable as described below and allocated among the Sellers as set forth on Exhibit A.

 

(b) Upon executing this Agreement, Buyer shall pay a deposit of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) in cash to 1 Stop (the “Deposit”) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by 1 Stop on Schedule 2.1(b) of the Disclosure Schedule.

 

(c) At the Closing, the Buyer will deliver to Sellers the Cash Portion (subject to any adjustment pursuant to Sections 2.2 and 2.3 hereof) minus the Deposit in immediately available funds to the accounts designated by the Sellers prior to the Closing to be divided among the Sellers on a Pro Rata Cash Basis.

 

(d) At the Closing, the Parent will issue to each of the Sellers the number of shares of Common Stock and Series A Preferred Stock comprising the Fixed Share Consideration as is specified opposite such Seller’s name on Exhibit A to this Agreement.

 

(e) At the Closing, the Parent will issue to each Seller the relative percentages of the Variable Share Consideration as is specified opposite such Seller’s name on Exhibit A to this Agreement.

 

(f) In order to comply with NYSE American regulations, the Parties have limited the number of shares of Common Stock of the Parent being issued to the Sellers to One Million Two Hundred Twenty Two Thousand Two Hundred Thirty Nine (1,222,239), which is 19.9% of the issued and outstanding Common Stock of the Parent on the date of this Agreement. To the extent that, at the Closing, for any reason, the Common Stock included in the Fixed Share Consideration would be in excess of 19.9%, then an adjustment will be made to reduce the number of shares of Common Stock included in the Fixed Share Consideration such that only 19.9% of the Fixed Share Consideration shall be comprised of Common Stock and to increase, by an equal number of shares, the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock included in the Fixed Share Consideration. The Sellers agree that they shall be prohibited from exercising their right to vote the Common Stock included in the Fixed Share Consideration in connection with the approval by the stockholders of the Parent to approve the Acquisition or any matters relating thereto and that the Series A Preferred Stock included in the Fixed Share Consideration shall not have any voting rights.

 

8

 

 

(g) The Series A Preferred Stock and the Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall be identical, except that the Series A Preferred Stock shall have a stated value of $9.00 per share and the Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall have a stated value equal to the Trailing 20 Day Price and each series of preferred stock shall otherwise have the powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions as are set forth in the forms of Certificate of Designation of the Preferred Stock which shall be in the form of Exhibit C to this Agreement (the “Certificate of Designations”).

 

2.2 Working Capital Adjustment.

 

(a) Closing Net Working Capital Adjustment.

 

At least one (1) Business Day before the Closing, the Sellers shall deliver to the Buyer a statement setting forth its good faith estimate of the Net Working Capital of the Companies (the “Estimated Closing Net Working Capital”), which statement shall contain an estimated unaudited combined balance sheet of the Companies (the “Adjustment Balance Sheet”) as of the Closing Date, a calculation of the Estimated Closing Net Working Capital (the “Estimated Closing Net Working Capital Statement”), and a certificate of the Sellers stating that the Adjustment Balance Sheet and the Estimated Closing Net Working Capital was prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis with the preparation of the Target Net Working Capital Statement.

 

If the Estimated Closing Net Working Capital exceeds the Target Net Working Capital, then within five (5) days the Buyer shall make a cash payment to the Sellers that is equal to such excess and such payment will be divided among the Sellers on a Pro Rata Cash Basis. If the Target Net Working Capital exceeds the Estimated Closing Net Working Capital, then either (i) if finally determined at the Closing, the Cash Portion shall be decreased by such excess and such decreased amount shall be divided among the Sellers on a Pro Rata Cash Basis or (ii) within five (5) days of the Closing, the Sellers shall make a cash payment to the Buyer on a Pro Rata Cash Basis that is equal to such excess. Any such adjustment shall be treated as an adjustment to the Purchase Price.

 

The Buyer and the Parent shall be entitled to have access to the books and records of the Companies and the Sellers’ work papers prepared in connection with the Adjustment Balance Sheet and Estimated Closing Net Working Capital Statement and shall be entitled to discuss such books and records and work papers with the Sellers and those other persons responsible for the preparation thereof.

 

9

 

 

(b) Post-Closing Net Working Capital Adjustment.

 

Within seventy five (75) days after the Closing Date, Buyer shall prepare and deliver to the Sellers a statement setting forth its calculation of Net Working Capital (the “Closing Net Working Capital”), which statement shall contain an unaudited combined balance sheet of the Companies as of the Closing Date, a calculation of Net Working Capital (the “Closing Net Working Capital Statement”) and a certificate of the Chief Financial Officer of Buyer that the Closing Net Working Capital Statement was prepared in accordance with GAAP applied on a consistent basis with the preparation of the Target Net Working Capital Statement.

 

The “Post-Closing Net Working Capital Adjustment” shall be an amount equal to the Closing Net Working Capital minus the Estimated Closing Net Working Capital.

 

(c) Examination and Review.

 

(i)    Examination. After receipt of the Closing Net Working Capital Statement, the Sellers shall have thirty (30) days (the “Review Period”) to review the Closing Net Working Capital Statement. During the Review Period, the Sellers and their accountants shall have full access to the books and records of the Companies, the personnel of, and work papers prepared by, the Buyer and/or its accountants to the extent that they relate to the Closing Net Working Capital Statement and to such historical financial information (to the extent in the Buyer's possession) relating to the Closing Net Working Capital Statement as the Sellers may reasonably request for the purpose of reviewing the Closing Net Working Capital Statement and to prepare a Statement of Objections (defined below); provided, that such access shall be in a manner that does not interfere with the normal business operations of the Buyer or the Companies.

 

(ii) Objection. On or prior to the last day of the Review Period, the Sellers may object to the Closing Net Working Capital Statement by delivering to the Buyer a written statement setting forth their objections in reasonable detail, indicating each disputed item or amount and the basis for its disagreement therewith (the “Statement of Objections”). If the Sellers fail to deliver the Statement of Objections before the expiration of the Review Period, the Closing Net Working Capital Statement and the Post-Closing Net Working Capital Adjustment, as the case may be, reflected in the Closing Net Working Capital Statement shall be deemed to have been accepted by the Sellers. If the Sellers deliver the Statement of Objections before the expiration of the Review Period, the Buyer and the Sellers shall negotiate in good faith to resolve such objections within thirty (30) days after the delivery of the Statement of Objections (the “Resolution Period”), and, if the same are so resolved within the Resolution Period, the Post-Closing Net Working Capital Adjustment and the Closing Net Working Capital Statement with such changes as may have been previously agreed in writing by the Buyer and the Sellers shall be final and binding.

 

(iii) Resolution of Disputes. If the Sellers and the Buyer fail to reach an agreement with respect to all of the matters set forth in the Statement of Objections before expiration of the Resolution Period, then any amounts remaining in dispute (“Disputed Amounts”) and any amounts not so disputed, the “Undisputed Amounts”) shall be submitted for resolution to the office of an impartial nationally recognized firm of independent certified public accountants mutually chosen by the Sellers and the Buyer (the “Independent Accountant”) who, acting as experts and not arbitrators, shall resolve the Disputed Amounts only and make any adjustments to the Post-Closing Net Working Capital Adjustment and the Closing Net Working Capital Statement, as the case may be. The parties hereto agree that all adjustments shall be made without regard to materiality. The Independent Accountant shall only decide the specific items under dispute by the parties and their decision for each Disputed Amount must be within the range of values assigned to each such item in the Closing Net Working Capital Statement and the Statement of Objections, respectively.

 

10

 

 

(iv) Fees of the Independent Accountant. The fees and expenses of the Independent Accountant shall be paid by the Sellers, on the one hand, and by the Buyer, on the other hand, based upon the percentage that the amount actually contested but not awarded to the Sellers or the Buyer, respectively, bears to the aggregate amount actually contested by the Sellers and the Buyer. Any such fees and expenses payable by the Sellers shall be split on a Pro Rata Basis amongst the Sellers.

 

(v) Determination by Independent Accountant. The Independent Accountant shall make a determination as soon as practicable within thirty (30) days (or such other time as the parties hereto shall agree in writing) after their engagement, and their resolution of the Disputed Amounts and their adjustments to the Closing Net Working Capital Statement and/or the Post-Closing Net Working Capital Adjustment, as the case may be, shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties hereto.

 

(d) Payment of Post-Closing Net Working Capital Adjustment.

 

(i)    If the Post-Closing Net Working Capital Adjustment is a negative number, then within five (5) days the Sellers shall pay to the Buyer in cash an amount equal to the Post-Closing Net Working Capital Adjustment divided among the Sellers on a Pro Rata Cash Basis.

 

(ii) If the Post-Closing Net Working Capital Adjustment is a positive number, the Buyer shall, within five (5) days after the final determination of the Post-Closing Net Working Capital Adjustment, send payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Sellers in an amount equal to the Post-Closing Net Working Capital Adjustment divided among the Sellers on a Pro Rata Cash Basis.

 

2.3 Adjustment for Outstanding Indebtedness, Transaction Expenses and Cash. The Cash Portion shall be (A) decreased by (i) the amount of any outstanding unpaid Indebtedness of the Companies (other than trade debt) existing as of the Closing Date and (ii) any Transaction Expenses, and (B) increased by the amount of cash or cash equivalents held by, or on the books of, the Companies as of the Closing Date, if any, that is in excess of $850,000.

 

2.4 Closing. The consummation of the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated hereby (the “Closing”) will take place by the reciprocal delivery of closing documents by electronic mail, regular mail, fax or any other means mutually agreed upon by the parties and the electronic transfer of funds on the second (2nd) business day immediately following the satisfaction or waiver of conditions to closing contained in Article VII of this Agreement (other than any conditions that by their nature are to be satisfied at the Closing), but not later than the Outside Date or such other date as the Buyer and the Sellers may mutually determine (the date on which the Closing actually occurs is referred to as the “Closing Date”).

 

11

 

 

2.5 Transactions to be Effected at the Closing.

 

(a) At the Closing, the Buyer or the Parent, as applicable, will (i) pay to each Seller such Seller’s Cash Portion of the Purchase Price on a Pro Rata Cash Basis, adjusted in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 2.3 of this Agreement, by paying such sum to each Seller by transfer of immediately available funds in accordance with instructions provided by the Sellers, (ii) issue to each Seller on a Pro Rata Share Basis such Seller’s share of the Fixed Share Consideration and the Variable Share Consideration, (iii) pay, via wire transfer of immediately available funds, any Transaction Expenses reflected in the Closing Transaction Expenses Certificate to be delivered by the Companies to Buyer within one (1) day of the Closing and (iv) deliver to the Sellers all other documents, instruments or certificates required to be delivered by the Buyer at or prior to the Closing pursuant to Section 7.2 of this Agreement.

 

(b) At the Closing, each Seller will (i) deliver to the Buyer a certificate or certificates representing the Securities, if certificated, duly endorsed or accompanied by stock powers, duly endorsed in blank and (ii) deliver to the Buyer all other documents, instruments or certificates required to be delivered by the Sellers at or prior to the Closing pursuant to Section 7.1 of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE SELLERS

 

Each of the Sellers, severally, but not jointly, represents and warrants to the Buyer that each statement contained in this Article III is true and correct as of the date hereof.

 

3.1 Authority and Enforceability. Each Seller has the requisite power and authority, and, in the case of any Seller that is an individual, the requisite legal capacity, to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated hereby. The execution, delivery and performance by each Seller of this Agreement and the consummation by each Seller of the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of each Seller and no other action is necessary on the part of such Seller to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the Acquisition or the other transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Seller and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by each other party hereto, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable against each Seller in accordance with its terms, except as limited by (a) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other similar Laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and (b) general principles of equity, whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law.

 

3.2 Noncontravention.

 

(a) Neither the execution and the delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the Acquisition or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, will, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, (i) to the actual knowledge of each Seller, violate any Law applicable to such Seller or (ii) violate any Contract related to the Companies to which such Seller is a party, except in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) to the extent that any such violation would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on the assets, properties, condition (financial or otherwise), or operations of such Seller.

 

12

 

 

(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement by each Seller does not, and the performance of this Agreement by each Seller will not, require any consent, approval, authorization or Permit of, or filing with or notification to, any Governmental Entity, except for filings under the HSR Act and except where the failure to take such action would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the assets, properties, condition (financial or otherwise), or operations of each Seller.

 

3.3 The Securities.

 

(a) Each Seller holds of record and owns beneficially the issued and outstanding Securities of the Companies set forth opposite such Seller’s name on Exhibit A, free and clear of all Liens (except for Permitted Liens and any restriction on transfer arising under applicable securities Laws). The Securities set forth opposite each Seller’s name on Exhibit A correctly sets forth all Securities owned of record or beneficially by such Seller in the Companies.

 

(b) No Seller is a party to any Contract obligating such Seller to vote or dispose of any Securities, or other equity or voting interests in, the Companies.

 

(c) Each Seller has the full right to sell, convey, transfer, assign and deliver the Securities, without the need to obtain the consent or approval of any third party and the Buyer will have, good and valid record and title to the Securities, free and clear of all Liens (except in each case for any restriction on transfer arising under applicable securities Laws).

 

3.4 Brokers’ Fees. The Sellers do not have any other Liability to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder or agent with respect to this Agreement, the Acquisition or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

3.5 Investment Representations.

 

(a) The shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock of Parent that constitute the Fixed Share Consideration and the Variable Share Consideration are being acquired by the Sellers for the Sellers’ own account, for investment purposes and not with a view to the sale or distribution of all or any part of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock, nor with any present intention to sell or in any way distribute the same, as those terms are used in the Securities Act, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(b) Each of the Sellers has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial matters so as to be capable of evaluating the merits and risks of acquiring the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock.

 

13

 

 

(c) Each of the Sellers has reviewed copies of such documents and other information as such Seller has deemed necessary in order to make an informed investment decision with respect to its acquisition of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock.

 

(d) Each of the Sellers understands that the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock may not be sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act or the availability of an exemption therefrom, and that in the absence of an effective registration statement covering the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock or an available exemption from registration under the Securities Act, the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock must be held indefinitely.

 

(e) Each of the Sellers understands and has the financial capability of assuming the economic risk of an investment in the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock for an indefinite period of time.

 

(f)   Each of the Sellers has been advised by the Parent that the undersigned will not be able to dispose of the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock, or any interest therein, without first complying with the relevant provisions of the Securities Act and any applicable state securities laws.

 

(g) Each of the Sellers understands that the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, permitting the routine sales of the securities of certain issuers subject to the terms and conditions thereof, are not currently, and may not hereafter be, available with respect to the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock.

 

(h) Each of the Sellers is an “Accredited Investor” as defined in rule 501 (a) of Regulation D of the Act.

 

ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES CONCERNING THE COMPANIES

 

Each of the Sellers, severally, but not jointly, represents and warrants to the Buyer that each statement contained in this Article IV is true and correct as of the date hereof, except as set forth in the schedule accompanying this Agreement (the “Disclosure Schedule”) corresponding to the applicable sections of this Article IV. Each section of the Disclosure Schedule will be deemed to incorporate by reference all information disclosed in any other section of the Disclosure Schedule. Any representation or warranty concerning the Companies shall be deemed to be a representation concerning the Companies and their Subsidiaries, if any, as a whole unless the context specifically requires otherwise.

 

4.1 Organization; Standing and Power; Authority and Enforceability.

 

(a) Each Company and each of its Subsidiaries is a corporation, limited liability company or other legal entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (with respect to jurisdictions that recognize the concept of good standing) under the Laws of its jurisdiction of organization, and has the requisite corporate, limited liability company or other organizational, as applicable, power and authority to own, lease and operate its assets and to carry on its business as now conducted. Each Company and its Subsidiaries is duly qualified or licensed to do business as a foreign corporation, limited liability company or other legal entity and is in good standing (with respect to jurisdictions that recognize the concept of good standing) in each jurisdiction where the character of the assets and properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its business makes such qualification or license necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or licensed or to be in good standing, would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

14

 

 

(b) The Companies have the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform their respective obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution, delivery and performance by the Companies of this Agreement and the consummation by the Companies of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Companies, and no other action is necessary on the part of the Companies to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the Acquisition or the other transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Companies and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by each other party hereto, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Companies, enforceable against the Companies in accordance with its terms, except as limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other similar Laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity, whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law.

 

4.2 No Subsidiaries. The Companies do not own or have any interest in any shares or have an ownership interest in any other Person.

 

4.3 Capitalization.

 

(a) Section 4.3 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth the authorized, issued and outstanding Securities of the Companies.

 

(b) The Companies have no plans or agreements pursuant to which they have granted or committed to grant any option or right to acquire stock or membership interests or any other award payable in or based upon the stock or membership interests of the Companies. There are no outstanding options, warrants or other securities or subscription, preemptive or other rights convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any stock or membership interests or other equity or voting interests of the Companies and there are no “phantom interest” rights, interest appreciation rights or other similar rights with respect to the Companies. There are no Contracts of any kind to which the Companies are a party or by which the Companies are bound, obligating the Companies to issue, deliver, grant or sell, or cause to be issued, delivered, granted or sold, additional stock or membership interests, or other equity or voting interests in, or options, warrants or other securities or subscription, preemptive or other rights convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, stock or membership interests, or other equity or voting interests in, the Companies, or any “phantom interests” right, interest appreciation right or other similar right with respect to the Companies, or obligating the Companies to enter into any such Contract.

 

(c) There are no securities or other instruments or obligations of the Companies, the value of which is in any way based upon or derived from any equity or voting interests of the Companies or having the right to vote (or convertible into, or exchangeable or exercisable for, securities having the right to vote) on any matters on which any of the Companies’ members may vote.

 

15

 

 

(d) There are no Contracts, contingent or otherwise, obligating the Companies to repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any stock or membership interests of, or other equity or voting interests in, the Companies. There are no voting trusts, registration rights agreements or stockholder or member agreements to which the Companies are a party with respect to the voting of stock or membership interests in the Companies or with respect to the granting of registration rights for any of the stock or membership interests in the Companies. There are no rights plans affecting the Companies.

 

(e) Except as set forth in Section 4.3 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Companies have no outstanding Indebtedness.

 

4.4 Noncontravention.

 

(a) Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement will (i) violate any provision of the articles of incorporation or bylaws (or comparable organization documents, as applicable) of the Companies, (ii) to the Knowledge of the Sellers and assuming compliance with the filing and notice requirements set forth in Section 4.4(b)(i), violate any Law applicable to the Companies on the date hereof or (iii) violate any Contract to which the Companies are a party, except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) to the extent that any such violation would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Companies does not, and the performance of this Agreement by the Companies will not, require any consent, approval, authorization or Permit of, or filing with or notification to, any Governmental Entity, except for (i) the filings set forth in Section 4.4 of the Disclosure Schedule, (iii) filings under the HSR Act, or (ii) where the failure to take such action would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.5 Financial Statements. Section 4.5 of the Disclosure Schedule contains true and complete copies of (i) the unaudited balance sheet of each of the Companies as of December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 and the related unaudited statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the two years ended December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 (the “Annual Financial Statements”) and (ii) the unaudited balance sheet of each of the Companies as of August 31, 2020 and the related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the eight-month period ended August 31, 2020 (the “Interim Financial Statements” and, together with the Annual Financial Statements, the “Financial Statements”). The Financial Statements have been prepared from the Companies’ books and records in accordance with the Companies’ historical accounting practices applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods indicated. The Financial Statements fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Companies as of the indicated dates and for the indicated periods (subject to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of notes).

 

4.6 Taxes. Except as set forth in Section 4.6 of the Disclosure Schedule:

 

(a) All material Tax Returns required to have been filed by each of the Companies have been filed, and each such Tax Return reflects the liability for Taxes due for the relevant period in all material respects. All Taxes shown as due on such Tax Returns, to the extent payable by the Company filing the Tax return, have been paid or accrued.

 

16

 

 

(b) To the Knowledge of the Sellers, there is no audit pending against any of the Companies in respect of any Taxes. There are no Liens on any of the assets of any of the Companies that arose in connection with any failure (or alleged failure) to pay any Tax, other than Liens for Taxes.

 

(c) Each of the Companies has withheld and paid (or is holding for imminent payment on the next relevant due date) all Taxes required to have been withheld and paid in connection with amounts paid to any third party.

 

(d) None of the Companies has waived any statute of limitations in respect of Taxes or agreed to any extension of time with respect to payment or collection of any Tax assessment or deficiency.

 

(e) None of the Companies is a party to any Tax allocation, Tax sharing or similar agreement.

 

Except for certain representations related to Taxes in Section 4.15, the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 4.6 are the Sellers’ sole and exclusive representations and warranties regarding Tax matters.

 

4.7 Compliance with Laws and Orders; Permits.

 

(a) To the Knowledge of the Sellers, the Companies are in compliance with all Laws and Orders to which the businesses of the Companies are subject, except where such failure to comply would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b) The Companies own, hold, possess or lawfully use in the operation of their businesses all Permits that are necessary for them to conduct their businesses as now conducted, except where such failure to own, hold, possess or lawfully use such Permit would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.8 No Undisclosed Liabilities. The Companies do not have any Liabilities, except for (a) Liabilities set forth in the Interim Financial Statements and (b) Liabilities which have arisen since the date of the Interim Financial Statements in the ordinary course of business, (c) Liabilities arising in connection with the Acquisition or the transactions contemplated thereby, (d) Liabilities to be included in the computation of Indebtedness or Transaction Expenses as of the Closing, (e) Liabilities to be included in the computation of Net Working Capital, (f) Liabilities disclosed on another section of the Disclosure Schedules, (g) Liabilities incidental to the existence of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and (h) other Liabilities which would not, individually or in the aggregate, be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect to the Companies and their Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

17

 

 

4.9 Tangible Personal Assets.

 

(a) Except as set forth in Section 4.9 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Companies have good title to, or a valid interest in, all of their tangible personal assets, free and clear of all Liens, except for Permitted Liens.

 

(b) The Companies’ tangible personal assets are in operating condition and working order and repair, when taken as a whole, subject to ordinary wear and tear and repairs from time to time in the ordinary course of business and are suitable for the purposes for which they are currently being used.

 

4.10 Real Property. The Companies do not own any real property. Section 4.10 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a list of all leases and subleases (collectively, the “Real Property Leases”) under which the Companies are either lessor or lessee. The Sellers have made available to the Buyer true and complete copies of each Real Property Lease. To the Knowledge of the Sellers, (a) all Real Property Leases are valid and binding Contracts of the Companies and are in full force and effect (except for those that have terminated or will terminate by their own terms), and (b) neither the Companies nor, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, any other party thereto is in violation or breach of or default (or with notice or lapse of time, or both, would be in violation or breach of or default) under the terms of any Real Property Lease, in each case, except where such default would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.11 Intellectual Property.

 

(a) Section 4.11 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list that includes all material Intellectual Property owned by the Companies that is registered or subject to an application for registration at the United States Patent and Trademark Office, foreign patent and trademark office, or the United States Copyright Office (the “Company-Owned Intellectual Property”) (including the jurisdictions where such Company-Owned Intellectual Property is registered or where applications have been filed, and all registration or application numbers, as appropriate).

 

(b) All necessary registration, maintenance and renewal fees have been paid and all necessary documents have been filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or foreign patent and trademark office in the relevant foreign jurisdiction for the purposes of maintaining the registered Company-Owned Intellectual Property.

 

(c) Except as set forth in Section 4.11 of the Disclosure Schedule, (i) the Companies are the exclusive owners of the Company-Owned Intellectual Property free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens); (ii) to the Knowledge of the Sellers, no proceedings have been instituted, are pending or are threatened that challenge the rights of the Companies in or the validity or enforceability of the Company-Owned Intellectual Property; (iii) to the Knowledge of the Sellers, neither the use of the Company-Owned Intellectual Property as currently used by the Companies in the conduct of the Companies’ businesses, nor the conduct of the businesses as presently conducted by the Companies infringes, dilutes, misappropriates or otherwise violates in any material respect the Intellectual Property rights of any Person; and (iv) as of the date of this Agreement, the Companies have not made any claim of a violation, infringement, misuse or misappropriation by any Person, of their rights to, or in connection with, the Company-Owned Intellectual Property.

 

18

 

 

(d) Except as set forth in Schedule 4.11 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Companies have not permitted or granted a license to any Person to use any Company-Owned Intellectual Property.

 

(e) Section 4.11 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate list of all licenses, other than “off the shelf” commercially available software programs, pursuant to which the Companies have been granted a license to use Intellectual Property that is material to and used in the conduct of the business by the Companies.

 

(f)   To the Knowledge of the Sellers, the Companies are not in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any obligation, covenant or condition contained in any Contract pursuant to which any third party is authorized to use any Company-Owned Intellectual Property or pursuant to which the Companies are licensed to use Intellectual Property owned by a third party, except where such default would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

4.12 Absence of Certain Changes or Events. Except as set forth in Section 4.12 of the Disclosure Schedule, since the date of the Interim Financial Statements, no event has occurred that has had, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, except as set forth in Section 4.12 of the Disclosure Schedule, since that date:

 

(a) the Companies have not sold, leased, transferred, or assigned any of their assets, tangible or intangible, other than in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b) the Companies have not entered into any agreement, contract, lease, or license (or series of related agreements, contracts, leases, and licenses) either involving more than $100,000 or outside the ordinary course of business;

 

(c) no party (including the Companies) has accelerated, terminated, modified, or cancelled any agreement, contract, lease, or license (or series of related agreements, contracts, leases, and licenses) involving more than $100,000 to which the Companies are a party or by which any of them is bound;

 

(d) the Companies have not imposed any Liens upon any of its assets, tangible or intangible;

 

(e) the Companies have not made any capital expenditure (or series of related capital expenditures) either involving more than $100,000 or outside the ordinary course of business;

 

(f)   the Companies have not made any capital investment in, any loan to, or any acquisition of the securities or assets of, any other Person (or series of related capital investments, loans, and acquisitions) either involving more than $100,000 or outside the ordinary course of business;

 

19

 

 

(g) the Companies have not transferred, assigned, or granted any license or sublicense of any rights under or with respect to any Intellectual Property;

 

(h) there has been no change made or authorized in the articles of incorporation or bylaws (or comparable documents) of the Companies;

 

(i)    the Companies have not issued, sold, or otherwise disposed of any of their stock or membership interests, or granted any options, warrants, or other rights to purchase or obtain (including upon conversion, exchange, or exercise) any of their stock;

 

(j)    the Companies have not made any loan to, or entered into any other transaction with, any of their directors, officers, and employees outside the ordinary course of business;

 

(k) the Companies have not entered into any employment contract or modified the terms of any existing such contract or agreement providing for base compensation, severance or change of control payments in excess of $100,000 per annum that is not terminable by the Companies or such Subsidiary upon notice of sixty (60) days or less;

 

(l)    the Companies have not granted any increase in the base compensation of any of its directors, officers, and employees outside the ordinary course of business in an amount greater than $100,000 per annum; and

 

(m) the Companies have not committed in writing to do any of the foregoing.

 

4.13 Contracts.

 

(a) Except as set forth in Section 4.13 of the Disclosure Schedule, as of the date hereof, the Companies are not a party to or bound by any: (i) Contract not contemplated by this Agreement that materially limits the ability of the Companies to engage or compete in any manner of the businesses presently conducted by the Companies; (ii) Contract that creates a partnership or joint venture or similar arrangement with respect to any material businesses of the Companies; (iii) indenture, credit agreement, loan agreement, security agreement, guarantee, note, mortgage or other evidence of indebtedness or agreement providing for Indebtedness in excess of $50,000; (iv) Contract that relates to the acquisition or disposition of any material business (whether by merger, sale of equity, sale of assets or otherwise) other than this Agreement; or (v) Contract that involves performance of services or delivery of goods or materials by or to the Companies in an amount or with a value in excess of $50,000 in the calendar year 2019.

 

(b) The Sellers have made available to the Buyer true and complete copies of each of the Contracts set forth in Section 4.13 of the Disclosure Schedule. To the Knowledge of the Sellers, (i) all such Contracts are valid and binding, (ii) all such Contracts are in full force and effect (except for those that have terminated or will terminate by their own terms), and (iii) neither any Company nor any other party thereto, is in violation or breach of or default under (or with notice or lapse of time, or both, would be in violation or breach of or default under) the terms of any such Contract, in each case, except where such default would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

20

 

 

4.14 Litigation. Section 4.14 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth each instance in which any of the Companies (i) is subject to any outstanding injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, or charge in which the potential loss to the Companies is valued in excess of $100,000 individually, or in the aggregate or (ii) is a party to, or to the Knowledge of any of the Sellers is threatened to be made a party to, any action, suit, proceeding, hearing, or investigation of, in, or before any court or quasi-judicial or administrative agency of any federal, state, local, or foreign jurisdiction or before any arbitrator, in each case, if determined adversely to the Company (or to Seller or any Affiliate thereof) would result in a loss to the Companies in value in excess of $100,000, individually, or in the aggregate.

 

4.15 Employee Benefits.

 

(a) Section 4.15 of the Disclosure Schedule includes a list of all Benefit Plans maintained or contributed to by the Companies or any of their Subsidiaries (the “Company Benefit Plans”). To the extent applicable, the Sellers have delivered or made available to the Buyer copies of (i) each Company Benefit Plan, and (ii) the most recent summary plan description for each Company Benefit Plan for which such a summary plan description is required.

 

(b) Except as set forth in Section 4.15 of the Disclosure Schedule: (i) none of the Company Benefit Plans is subject to Title IV of ERISA; (ii) none of the Company Benefit Plans is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code; and (iii) each Company Benefit Plan is in compliance with all applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code, except for instances of noncompliance that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c) Neither the execution or delivery of this Agreement nor the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement could reasonably be expected to, either alone or in conjunction with any other event (whether contingent or otherwise), (i) result in any payment or benefit becoming due or payable, or required to be provided, to any current or former director, employee or independent contractor of the Companies (other than any benefits that would otherwise be paid in the ordinary course of business), (ii) increase the amount or value of any benefit or compensation otherwise payable or required to be provided to any such current or former director, employee or independent contractor, or result in the acceleration of the time of payment, vesting or funding of any such benefit or compensation or (iii) result in any amount failing to be deductible by reason of Section 280G of the Code.

 

4.16 Labor and Employment Matters. Section 4.16 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all written employment agreements that obligate the Companies to pay an annual salary of $100,000 or more and to which the Companies are a party. To the Knowledge of the Sellers, there are no pending labor disputes, work stoppages, requests for representation, pickets, work slow-downs due to labor disagreements or any actions or arbitrations that involve the labor or employment relations of the Companies. The Companies are not a party to any collective bargaining agreement. The Companies are in material compliance with all foreign, federal and state laws respecting employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment, wages and hours and nondiscrimination in employment, and are not engaged in any unfair labor practice. There is no charge pending or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, threatened against any of the Companies alleging unlawful discrimination in employment practices before any court or agency and there is no charge of or proceeding with regard to any unfair labor practice against any of the Companies pending before the National Labor Relations Board or any similar entity. Each Company is in material compliance with all laws (i) with respect to classification of independent contractors and (ii) with respect to classification of employees as “exempt” or “nonexempt” from overtime requirements under applicable law.

 

21

 

 

4.17 Environmental Matters. Except for any matter that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, to the Knowledge of the Sellers (i) the Companies are in compliance with all applicable Laws relating to protection of the environment (“Environmental Laws”), (ii) the Companies possess and are in compliance with all Permits required under any applicable Environmental Law for the conduct of their operations and (iii) there are no Actions pending against the Company alleging a violation of any Environmental Law.

 

4.18 Insurance. Section 4.18 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of each insurance policy that covers the Companies or their businesses, properties, assets, directors, officers or employees. To the Knowledge of Sellers, such insurance policies (a) are in full force and effect in all material respects and the Companies are not in violation or breach of or default under any of its obligations under any such insurance policy, except where such default would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect, (b) are sufficient for compliance in all material respects by the Company with all requirements of Law and of all agreements to which the Companies are a party, and (c) are valid, outstanding and enforceable policies.

 

4.19 Brokers’ Fees. Except as set forth in Section 4.19 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Companies have no Liability to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder or agent with respect to this Agreement, the Acquisition or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

4.20 Certain Business Relationships with the Company. Except as set forth in Section 4.20 of the Disclosure Schedule, no Seller, nor any Affiliate of a Seller, has been involved in any business arrangement or relationship with the Companies within the past 12 months that involves more than $100,000, and no Seller, nor any Affiliate of a Seller, owns any material asset, tangible or intangible, which is used in the business of the Companies.

 

4.21 Equipment. Section 4.21 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate list of all plants, fixtures, machinery, installations, equipment, furniture, tools, spare parts, supplies, materials and other personal property (collectively, the “Equipment”) owned by the Companies other than items having a net book or market value individually of less than twenty thousand dollars ($20,000) or expensed for tax purposes (other than under Section 179 of the Code), as of the date of the Interim Financial Statements, and the Companies have not acquired any Equipment in excess of such amount since such date.

 

4.22 Suppliers. Section 4.22 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a correct and complete list of the top 10 suppliers of the Companies on a combined basis during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2019 and for the eight month period ended August 31, 2020 and indicates with respect to each the name and dollar volume of business with the Companies (including the primary categories, based on purchases or sales, of products or services bought or sold). The Companies are not required to provide any material bonding or other financial security arrangements in connection with its transactions with any supplier required to be disclosed on Section 4.22 of the Disclosure Schedule except as set forth therein. Since the date of the Annual Financial Statements, no supplier required to be disclosed on Section 4.22 of the Disclosure Schedule has terminated its relationship with, or materially reduced its sales to, the Companies.

 

22

 

 

4.23 Inventory. All Inventory is owned by the respective Companies, and all such inventory consists of a quality and quantity usable and salable for sale in the ordinary course of business at customary gross margins, except for any inventory that is obsolete, discontinued, damaged, or of below standard quality or merchantability that has been written down to realizable fair market value on the Financial Statements.

 

4.24 Officers and Directors; Bank Accounts, Signing Authority, Powers of Attorney. Section 4.24 of the Disclosure Schedule lists all officers and directors (or equivalent governing positions) of the Companies. Except as set forth in Section 4.24 of the Disclosure Schedule, the Companies do not have an account or safe deposit box in any bank and no Person has any power, whether solely or jointly, to sign any checks on behalf of the Companies, to withdraw any money or other property from any bank, brokerage or other account of the Companies or to act under any power of attorney granted by the Companies at any time for any such purpose. Section 4.24 of the Disclosure Schedule also sets forth the names of all Persons authorized to borrow money or sign notes on behalf of the Companies.

 

4.25 Accounts Receivable. Except as set forth in Section 4.25 of the Disclosure Schedule, all Accounts Receivable arose in the ordinary course of the business and represent or will represent valid obligations due.

 

4.26 No Other Representations and Warranties. Except for the representations and warranties contained in Article III and this Article IV (including the related portions of the Disclosure Schedule), none of the Sellers, the Companies or any other Person has made or makes any other express or implied representation or warranty, either written or oral, on behalf of the Sellers or the Companies.

 

ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER AND THE PARENT

 

The Buyer and the Parent, jointly and severally, represent and warrant to the Sellers that each statement contained in this Article V is true and correct as of the date hereof except (i) as set forth in the Disclosure Schedule corresponding to the applicable sections of this Article IV or (ii) as set forth in the SEC Reports.

 

5.1 Organization. Each of the Buyer and the Parent is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the State of Delaware.

 

5.2 Authorization. Each of the Buyer and the Parent has the requisite power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. The execution, delivery and performance by each of the Buyer and the Parent of this Agreement and the consummation by each of the Buyer and the Parent of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Buyer and the Parent, respectively, and no other action is necessary on the part of the Buyer or the Parent to authorize this Agreement or to consummate the Acquisition or the other transactions contemplated hereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Buyer and the Parent and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by each other party hereto, constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Buyer and the Parent, enforceable against the Buyer and the Parent, respectively, in accordance with its terms, except as limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or other similar Laws relating to creditors’ rights generally and (ii) general principles of equity, whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at Law.

 

23

 

 

5.3 Noncontravention.

 

(a) Neither the execution and the delivery of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement, will, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, (i) violate any provision of the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of either of the Buyer or the Parent, (ii) violate any Law applicable to either of the Buyer or the Parent on the date hereof or (iii) violate any Contract to which either the Buyer or the Parent is a party, except in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) to the extent that any such violation would not reasonably be expected to prevent or materially delay the consummation of the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(b) The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the each of Buyer and the Parent does not, and the performance of this Agreement by the Buyer will not, require any consent, approval, authorization or Permit of, or filing with or notification to, any Governmental Entity, except for (i) post-closing securities filings or notifications required to be made under federal securities laws, (ii) filings under the HSR Act, or (ii) where the failure to take such action would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the assets, properties, condition (financial or otherwise), operations of the Buyer and the Parent and any of their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

5.4 Brokers’ Fees. Neither the Buyer nor the Parent has any Liability to pay any fees or commissions to any broker, finder or agent with respect to this Agreement, the Acquisition or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement that could result in any Liability being imposed on the Sellers or the Companies.

 

5.5 Capitalization.

 

(a) The authorized equity capital of the Parent consists of 200,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which 6,111,200 shares are issued and outstanding, and 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, of which no shares are issued and outstanding. The Parent has reserved 555,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants of the Parent pursuant to its 2020 Equity Incentive (the “Stock Plan”). Of such reserved shares, options to purchase 263,158 shares of Common Stock have been granted and are currently outstanding, and 291,842 shares of Common Stock remain available for issuance to officers, directors, employees and consultants pursuant to the Stock Plan. Except as aforesaid, there are no outstanding options, warrants, script rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities, rights or obligations convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or giving any person any right to subscribe for or acquire, any shares of Common Stock, or contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which the Parent or any Subsidiary is or may become bound to issue additional shares of Common Stock, or securities or rights convertible or exchangeable into shares of Common Stock.

 

24

 

 

(b) Section 5.5(b) of the Disclosure Schedule set forth as of the date of this Agreement (i) each of the Subsidiaries of the Parent and the Parent’s ownership interest in each such Subsidiary, as well as the ownership interest of any other Person or Persons in each such Subsidiary and (ii) Parent’s or its Subsidiaries’ capital stock, equity interest or other direct or indirect ownership interest in any other Person (other than securities in a publicly traded company held for investment by Parent or any of its Subsidiaries and consisting of less than one percent of the outstanding capital stock of such company). Parent has made available to Seller a copy of the current organizational structure of Parent and its Subsidiaries.

 

5.6 Valid Issuance of Securities. The Fixed Share Consideration and the Variable Share Consideration, upon issuance in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the instruments representing such securities for the consideration provided for herein and therein, shall be duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under the Lock-up Agreement, applicable state and federal securities laws, and free and clear of all Liens. Assuming the accuracy of the representations of Seller in Section 3.5 and subject to the filings pursuant to Regulation D of the Securities Act, and applicable state securities laws, which have been made or will be made in a timely manner, each of the Fixed Share Consideration and the Variable Share Consideration will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

5.7 SEC Reports; Financial Statements.

 

(a) The Parent has filed all reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act, including pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) thereof, for the two years preceding the date hereof (or such shorter period as the Parent was required by law to file such material) (the foregoing materials (together with any materials filed by the Parent under the Exchange Act, whether or not required) being collectively referred to herein as the “SEC Reports”) on a timely basis or has received a valid extension of such time of filing and has filed any such SEC Reports prior to the expiration of any such extension. The Parent has made available to each Seller true, correct and complete copies of all SEC Reports. As of their respective dates, the SEC Reports complied in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC promulgated thereunder, and none of the SEC Reports, when filed, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The financial statements of the Parent included in the SEC Reports (“Parent Financial Statements”) comply in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the rules and regulations of the SEC with respect thereto as in effect at the time of filing. Such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, except as may be otherwise specified in such financial statements or the notes thereto, and fairly present in all material respects the financial position of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of and for the dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended, subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal, immaterial, year-end audit adjustments. All material agreements to which the Parent or any Subsidiary is a party or to which the property or assets of the Parent or any Subsidiary are subject are included as part of or specifically identified in the SEC Reports.

 

25

 

 

(b) Parent is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable listing and corporate governance rules and regulations of the NYSE American.

 

5.8 Undisclosed Liabilities. Parent has no Liabilities required to be included in a balance sheet under GAAP, except for (i) Liabilities fully reflected or reserved against in the Parent Financial Statements and (ii) Liabilities that have arisen after June 30, 2020 in the ordinary course of business (none of which results from, arises out of, relates to, is in the nature of, or was caused by any breach of contract, breach of warranty, tort, infringement, or violation of law).

 

5.9 Compliance with Laws and Orders. Neither Parent nor Buyer is in violation of, and neither Parent nor Buyer has received any notice that Buyer or Parent is, or has been, in violation of or in default under, any Law or Order, where such violation or default would have a material adverse effect on Parent and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

 

5.10 Litigation. Section 5.10 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth each instance in which any of Parent and its Subsidiaries (i) is subject to any outstanding injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, or charge in which the potential loss to Parent or such Subsidiary is valued in excess of $100,000 individually or (ii) is a party to, or to the Knowledge of Parent is threatened to be made a party to, any action, suit, proceeding, hearing, or investigation of, in, or before any court or quasi-judicial or administrative agency of any federal, state, local, or foreign jurisdiction or before any arbitrator, in each case, if determined adversely to the Company (or to Parent or any Affiliate thereof) would result in a loss to Parent or such Subsidiary in excess of $100,000, individually.

 

5.11 Environmental Matters. Except for any matter that would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the business of Parent or its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to the Knowledge of Parent and Buyer (i) each of Parent and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws, (ii) each of Parent and its subsidiaries possess and are in compliance with all Permits required under any applicable Environmental Law for the conduct of their operations and (iii) there are no Actions pending against the Parent or any of its Subsidiaries alleging a violation of any Environmental Law.

 

5.12 Insurance. Section 5.12 of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of each insurance policy that covers the Parent, its Subsidiaries or their businesses, properties, assets, directors, officers or employees. To the Knowledge of Parent, such insurance policies (a) are in full force and effect in all material respects and neither Parent nor any of its Subsidiaries are in violation or breach of or default under any of its obligations under any such insurance policy, except where such default would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the business of Parent or its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) are sufficient for compliance in all material respects by the Parent with all requirements of Law and of all agreements to which the Companies are a party, and (c) are valid, outstanding and enforceable policies.

 

26

 

 

ARTICLE VI
COVENANTS

 

6.1 Consents.

 

(a) Parent and the Sellers shall submit any and all filings required under the HSR Act with respect to the Acquisition to the Antitrust Division of the United States Department of Justice and the United States Federal Trade Commission, upon the earlier of (i) fifteen (15) business days of the date hereof, (ii) or two (2) business days of being in a position to certify all such filings. Parent will be responsible for payment of any filing fee required for filings to be made in connection with the Acquisition, and will pay any required fee at the time it submits its filings Parent and Sellers shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to determine whether any other filings are necessary or advisable under any other antitrust, competition, foreign investment, or other applicable Laws and, if determined that any such additional filings are necessary or advisable then, to prepare and submit such filings as promptly as practicable following the date hereof.

 

(b) Parent and Sellers shall consult and cooperate with one and other in connection with the preparation of all respective filings, and consider in good faith the views of the other Party, in connection with any analyses, appearances, presentations, memoranda, briefs, arguments, opinions, and proposals made or submitted by or on behalf of any Party in connection with proceedings under or relating to any Antitrust Laws and in connection with resolving any investigation or other inquiry concerning the Transactions initiated by any Governmental Entity.

 

(c) Parent and Sellers and the Companies shall use their respective commercially reasonable efforts to respond to requests, if any, as may be made by any Government Entity with respect to the Transactions under any antitrust Law. In the context of this Section 6.1(c), “commercially reasonable efforts” shall include the following:

 

(i) if Parent, Sellers, or the Companies or any of their respective Affiliates or representatives receives a formal request for additional information or documentary material from a Governmental Entity, Parent or Sellers or the Companies, as the case may be, shall comply at the earliest practicable date with such formal request and in any event no later than by any deadline that is established by Law or as reasonably determined by Parent and Sellers;

 

(ii) Parent, Sellers, or the Companies, as the case may be, shall provide the other Party a complete copy of any filing with the Governmental Entity (subject to redaction of any material not reasonably needed by the other party) and each shall promptly respond to any request from the other for information or documentation reasonably requested by the other party in connection with the development and implementation of a strategy and negotiating positions with any Governmental Entity ; provided, that access to any such filing, information or documentation will, at such party’s request be restricted to such other parties’ outside counsel and economists or advisors retained by such counsel;

 

27

 

 

(iii) Each of Parent, Sellers, and the Companies shall (A) promptly inform the other of any communication made to, or received by such Party from, any Governmental Entity regarding any of the Transactions and, subject to applicable Law, if practicable, permit the other party to review in advance any material proposed written communication to any such Governmental Entity , and incorporate the other party’s reasonable comments, (B) not agree to participate in any substantive meeting or discussion with any such Governmental Entity in respect of any filing, investigation or inquiry concerning this Agreement or the Transactions unless, to the extent reasonably practicable, it consults with the other party in advance and, to the extent permitted by such Governmental Entity, gives the other Party the opportunity to attend, and (C) furnishes the other party with copies of all correspondence, filings, and written communications between them and their Affiliates and their respective representatives, on the one hand, and any such Governmental Entity or its respective staff, on the other hand, with respect to this Agreement and the Transactions; and

 

(iv) Unless mutually agreed to by the Parties, all filing parties party will request “early termination” of any approval required from any Governmental Entity.

 

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement the foregoing, neither Parent, Buyer nor any of their Affiliates shall be required to (i) propose, negotiate, commit to, or effect any divestiture or any other concessions or conditions, or (ii) litigate with any Governmental Entity to oppose any enforcement action, including an enforcement action to prohibit the Transactions from being consummated or to remove any court or regulatory orders impeding the ability to consummate the Transactions.

 

(e) Except as expressly provided herein, the Parties shall bear their own costs and expenses incurred with respect to the preparation of their respective filings contemplated in this Section 6.1; provided, however, that Buyer shall bear one hundred percent of any filing fee under the HSR Act with respect to the Acquisition.

 

6.2 Operation of the Companies’ Business. During the period commencing on the date hereof and ending at the earlier of the Closing and the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article VIII, each Company, except (i) as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) as required by applicable Law or (iii) with the prior written consent of Buyer (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), shall:

 

(a) use commercially reasonable efforts to carry on its business in a manner consistent with past practice;

 

(b) maintain the properties and other assets of the Companies in good working order (normal wear excepted); and

 

(c) use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain its business and employees, customers, assets and operations as a going concern and in accordance with past practice.

 

6.3 Access. During the period commencing on the date hereof and ending at the earlier of the Closing and the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article VIII, the Companies will provide reasonable access to the Companies’ financial, accounting, business records, contracts and other legal documents maintained by the Companies for the purpose of the Buyer completing its due diligence investigation. Buyer shall not contact or communicate with any of the Companies’ employees, customers, suppliers or advisors without the prior written consent of the Companies. The parties hereto will cooperate to complete due diligence in a reasonably expeditious timeframe.

 

28

 

 

6.4 Notice of Developments. The Sellers and the Companies will give prompt written notice to the Buyer of any event that would reasonably be expected to give rise to, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or would reasonably be expected to cause a breach of any of their respective representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements contained herein. The Buyer will give prompt written notice to the Sellers and the Companies of any event that could reasonably be expected to cause a breach of any of its representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements contained herein or could reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, prevent or materially delay the consummation of the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The delivery of any notice pursuant to this Section 6.4 will not limit, expand or otherwise affect the remedies available hereunder (if any) to the party receiving such notice.

 

6.5 No Solicitation.

 

(a) The Companies will, and will cause each of their Representatives, including, without limitation, the Sellers to, cease immediately any existing discussions regarding a Transaction Proposal.

 

(b) During the period commencing on the date hereof and ending at the earlier of the Closing and the termination of this Agreement in accordance with Article VIII, without the prior consent of the Buyer, no Companies will, nor will they authorize or permit any of their respective Representatives, including, without limitation, the Sellers to (and the Sellers agree that they shall not), directly or indirectly through another Person to, (i) solicit, initiate or encourage (including by way of furnishing information), or take any other action designed to facilitate any inquiries, proposals or offers from any Person that constitute, or would reasonably be expected to constitute, a Transaction Proposal, (ii) participate in any discussions or negotiations (including by way of furnishing information) regarding any Transaction Proposal or (iii) otherwise cooperate in any way with, or assist or participate in, facilitate or encourage, any effort or attempt by any other Person to do or seek any of the foregoing. The Sellers shall immediately communicate to the Buyer the terms of any Transaction Proposal received by any of the Sellers or the Companies, or any of their Representatives.

 

6.6 Covenant not to Compete. For a period of two (2) years from and after the Closing (the “Noncompetition Period”), each Seller, jointly and severally, shall not engage directly or indirectly in any business that is competitive with 1 Stop’s business activities as of the Closing Date operating in or related to the sale of appliances, furniture, home goods, and related products anywhere in the United States (the “Business”); provided, however, that no ownership of less than 1% of the outstanding stock of any publicly-traded corporation shall be deemed to constitute a breach of the obligations contained in this Section 6.6. During the Noncompetition Period, each Seller, severally and not jointly, shall not induce or attempt to induce any customer or supplier of the Buyer or any Affiliate of the Buyer as of the Closing Date to terminate its relationship with the Buyer or any Affiliate of the Buyer. During the Noncompetition Period, each Seller, severally and not jointly, shall not, on behalf of any entity other than the Buyer or an Affiliate of the Buyer, solicit or attempt to solicit the employment any Person who is, or was at any time during the preceding twelve (12) months, an employee or officer of the Buyer or an Affiliate of the Buyer as of the Closing Date, provided, however, that each Seller may undertake such actions directed to the general public (including, without limitation, mass mailing based on commercially acquired mailing lists, newspaper, radio and television advertisements) which shall not constitute solicitation under this Section 6.6.

 

6.7 Preparation of Proxy Statement; Stockholders’ Meeting

 

(a) As promptly as reasonably practicable following the date of this Agreement, Parent shall prepare and provide a draft for review by the Sellers and file with the SEC a proxy statement on Schedule 14A of the Exchange Act (the “Proxy Statement”) relating to a special meeting of the stockholders of the Parent (the “Parent Stockholder Meeting”) at which the stockholders of the Parent will vote on, among other things, a proposal to approve (“Parent Stockholder Approval”) the issuance of Parent Common Stock upon conversion of the Parent Preferred Stock and any other proposals necessary to permit the consummation of the Acquisition as required by applicable Law, including the rules and regulations of the NYSE American provided, that each of the Parent and the Sellers shall consult with the other party and provide the other party a reasonable period of time to review such preliminary Proxy Statement and any amendments thereto prior to the filing of such document with the SEC and will reasonably consider any comments from the other party.

 

(b) The parties shall reasonably cooperate with each other in the preparation of the Proxy Statement and to have such preliminary Proxy Statement cleared by the SEC as promptly as practicable after such filing. The Parent shall notify the Sellers promptly following the receipt of any comments (whether written or oral) from the SEC and of any request by the SEC for amendments or supplements to the Proxy Statement or for additional information and will supply the Sellers with copies of all correspondence with the SEC with respect to the Proxy Statement between Parent and any of its representatives, on the one hand, and the SEC on the other hand. The Proxy Statement, and any supplement or amendment thereto, shall comply in all material respects with all applicable requirements of Law.

 

29

 

 

(c) Parent shall date the Proxy Statement as of the approximate date of mailing to Parent stockholders and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause Proxy Statement to be mailed to Parent stockholders at the earliest practicable date. Whenever any event occurs which is required to be set forth in an amendment or supplement to the Proxy Statement, (A) Parent shall promptly inform the Sellers of such occurrences, (B) Parent shall prepare and file with the SEC any such amendment or supplement to the Proxy Statement, (C) Parent shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to have the Proxy Statement prepared for use at the Parent Stockholder Meeting, and (D) Parent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to have the amendment of or supplement to Proxy Statement cleared by the SEC as quickly as commercially practical.

 

(d) Parent will, as soon as practicable, following the date on which the preliminary Proxy Statement is cleared by the SEC, duly call, give notice of, and as soon as practicable convene and hold the Parent Stockholder Meeting for the purpose of obtaining the Parent Stockholder Approval. Parent will, through its board of directors, recommend to Parent stockholders that they approve all of the proposals coming before the stockholders of the Parent at the Parent Stockholders Meeting.

 

(e) If on the date of the Parent Stockholder Meeting, Parent has not received proxies representing a sufficient number voting securities to approve all proposals being voted on at the Parent Stockholder Meeting, Parent shall adjourn its stockholder meeting until such date as shall be mutually agreed upon by Parent and the Sellers, which date shall not be less than 5 days nor more than 10 days after the date of adjournment, and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall continue to use its commercially reasonable efforts, together with its proxy solicitor (if any), to assist in the solicitation of proxies from stockholders relating to such party’s stockholder approval at its stockholder meeting. Parent shall only be required to adjourn or postpone the Parent Stockholder Meeting one time pursuant to this Section 6.6(e).

 

(f)   The Sellers and the Companies will promptly provide to Parent information that is required to be included in the Proxy Statement with respect to the Sellers and the Companies and supplement such information from time to time until the date of the Parent Stockholder Meeting.

 

6.8 Voting Agreement; Sellers Approval of Agreement and Acquisition. The Parent shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each holder of 10% or more of the voting power of Parent to enter into a voting agreement in the form of Exhibit D to this Agreement (the “Voting Agreement”) requiring such persons to vote in favor all proposals coming before stockholders of Parent at the Parent Stockholders Meeting. The Sellers acknowledge and agree that they have consented to and approved this Agreement, the Acquisition and that no further action by the board of directors or stockholders or other equity owners of the Companies is required in order to consummate the Acquisition.

 

6.9 Lock-Up Agreements. The Sellers shall enter into an agreement (a “Lock-Up Agreement”) that provides that no Seller will transfer or assign or otherwise dispose of the shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) that will be owned by the Sellers at the Closing for a period of 180 days after the Closing and thereafter the Sellers will only sell such shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock at a rate of no more than one percent of the outstanding stock of the Parent per quarter until the one year anniversary of the Closing in the form set forth in Exhibit E attached to this Agreement.

 

30

 

6.10 Registration Rights.

 

(a) Demand Registration.

 

(i) Grant of Right. The Parent, upon written demand (a “Demand Notice”) of the Sellers holding a majority of the Registrable Securities (as defined below), agrees to register on Form S-3 (if available, or Form S-1 or such other form of registration statement that is available and appropriate for the registration of the Registrable Securities), on one occasion, all or any portion of the Parent Common Stock issuable to the Sellers hereunder, including the Parent Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Parent Preferred Stock issuable to the Sellers hereunder (collectively, the “Registrable Securities”). On such occasion, the Parent will file a registration statement with the SEC covering the Registrable Securities within sixty (60) days after receipt of a Demand Notice and use its reasonable best efforts to have the registration statement declared effective promptly thereafter, subject to compliance with and review by the SEC; provided, however, that the Parent shall not be required to comply with a Demand Notice if the Parent has filed a registration statement with respect to which the Sellers are entitled to piggyback registration rights pursuant to Section 6.10(b) hereof and either: (i) the Sellers have elected to participate in the offering covered by such registration statement or (ii) if such registration statement relates to an underwritten primary offering of securities of the Company, until the offering covered by such registration statement has been withdrawn or until thirty (30) days after such offering is consummated. The demand for registration may be made at any time following the Closing Date.

 

(ii) Terms. The Parent shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to the registration of the Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 6.9(a) but the Sellers shall pay any and all underwriting commissions and the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the Sellers to represent them in connection with the sale of the Registrable Securities. The Parent agrees to use its reasonable commercial efforts to cause the filing required herein to become effective promptly and to qualify or register the Registrable Securities in such States as are reasonably requested by the Sellers; provided, however, that in no event shall the Parent be required to register the Registrable Securities in a State in which such registration would cause: (i) the Parent to be obligated to register or license to do business in such State or submit to general service of process in such State or (ii) the principal shareholders of the Parent to be obligated to escrow their shares of capital stock of the Parent. The Parent shall cause any registration statement filed pursuant to the demand right granted under Section 6.9(a) to remain effective for a period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months after the date that the Sellers of the Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement are first given the opportunity to sell all of such securities. The Sellers shall only use the prospectuses provided by the Parent to sell the Registrable Securities and will immediately cease to use any prospectus furnished by the Parent if the Parent advises the Sellers that such prospectus may no longer be used due to a material misstatement or omission. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6.9(a) the Sellers shall be entitled to a demand registration under this Section 6.9(a) on only one (1) occasion and such demand registration right shall terminate on the second anniversary of the date of this Agreement.

 

(b) “Piggy-Back” Registration.

 

(i) Grant of Right. In addition to the demand right of registration described in Section 6.9(a) hereof, the Sellers shall have the right, for a period of no more than two (2) years from the date of this Agreement, to include the Registrable Securities as part of any other registration of securities filed by the Parent (other than in connection with a transaction contemplated by Rule 145(a) promulgated under the Securities Act or pursuant to Form S-8 or any equivalent form); provided, however, that if, solely in connection with any primary underwritten public offering for the account of the Parent, the managing underwriter(s) thereof shall, in its reasonable discretion, impose a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock which may be included in the Registration Statement because, in such underwriter(s)’ judgment, marketing or other factors dictate such limitation is necessary to facilitate public distribution, then the Parent shall be obligated to include in such Registration Statement only such limited portion of the Registrable Securities with respect to which the Sellers requested inclusion hereunder as the underwriter shall reasonably permit. Any exclusion of Registrable Securities shall be made pro rata among the Sellers seeking to include Registrable Securities in proportion to the number of Registrable Securities sought to be included by such Sellers; provided, however, that the Parent shall not exclude any Registrable Securities unless the Company has first excluded all outstanding securities, the holders of which are not entitled to inclusion of such securities in such Registration Statement or are not entitled to pro rata inclusion with the Registrable Securities.

 

31

 

 

(ii) Terms. The Parent shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 6.9(b) hereof, but the Sellers shall pay any and all underwriting commissions and the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the Sellers to represent them in connection with the sale of the Registrable Securities. In the event of such a proposed registration, the Parent shall furnish the Sellers of outstanding Registrable Securities with not less than thirty (30) days written notice prior to the proposed date of filing of such registration statement. Such notice to the Sellers shall continue to be given for each registration statement filed by the Company during the two (2) year period following the date of this Agreement until such time as all of the Registrable Securities have been sold by the Sellers. The holders of the Registrable Securities shall exercise the “piggy-back” rights provided for herein by giving written notice within ten (10) days of the receipt of the Parent’s notice of its intention to file a registration statement. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, there shall be no limit on the number of times the Seller may request registration under this Section 6.9; provided, however, that such registration rights shall terminate on the second anniversary of the date of this Agreement.

 

(c) General Terms.

 

(i) Indemnification. The Parent shall indemnify the holders of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to any registration statement hereunder and each person, if any, who controls such holders within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to which any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from such registration statement but only to the same extent and with the same effect as the provisions pursuant to which the Company has agreed to indemnify the underwriters in connection with the Parent’s last public offering of its securities. The holders of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to such registration statement, and their successors and assigns, shall severally, and not jointly, indemnify the Parent, against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from information furnished by or on behalf of such holders, or their successors or assigns, in writing, for specific inclusion in such registration statement to the same extent and with the same effect as the Parent is required to indemnify the underwriter in connection with Parent’s last public offering of its securities.

 

32

 

 

(ii) Underwriting Agreement. The Parent shall enter into an underwriting agreement with the managing underwriter(s), if any, selected by any Sellers whose Registrable Securities are being registered pursuant to this Section 6.9, which managing underwriter shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Parent. Such agreement shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Parent, each Seller and such managing underwriters, and shall contain such representations, warranties and covenants by the Parent and such other terms as are customarily contained in agreements of that type used by the managing underwriter. The Sellers whose Registrable Securities are being registered shall be parties to any such underwriting agreement relating to an underwritten sale of their Registrable Securities and may, at their option, require that any or all the representations, warranties and covenants of the Parent to or for the benefit of such underwriters shall also be made to and for the benefit of such Sellers. Such Sellers shall not be required to make any representations or warranties to or agreements with the Parent or the underwriters except as they may relate to such Sellers, their Registrable Securities and their intended methods of distribution.

 

(iii) Documents to be Delivered by Holder(s). Each of the Sellers participating in any of the foregoing offerings shall furnish to the Parent a completed and executed questionnaire provided by the Parent requesting information customarily sought of selling security holders.

 

6.11 Financial Information. The Sellers shall reasonably cooperate with the Buyer and the Buyer’s independent certified public accounting firm, at the Buyer’s sole expense, in order to enable the Buyer to create audited financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP for the two full fiscal years preceding the Closing Date by making available the Companies’ records as they are maintained in the ordinary course of business and answering reasonable questions.

 

6.12 Taking of Necessary Action; Further Action. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, the Sellers, the Companies and Buyer will take all such reasonable and lawful action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to effectuate the Acquisition in accordance with this Agreement as promptly as practicable.

 

6.13 Tax Matters.

 

(a) Filing of Tax Returns.

 

(i) Sellers, at their cost and expense, shall prepare and timely file (or cause to be prepared and timely filed) all Tax Returns that are required to be filed by or with respect to each Company for Tax years or periods ending on or before the Closing Date. In each case, the Tax Returns shall be prepared in a manner consistent with past practices unless otherwise required by any applicable Law and the relevant Company shall timely remit (or cause to be timely remitted) any Taxes shown due on such Tax Returns (if any) to the extent payable by the Company filing the Tax Return.

 

33

 

 

(ii) Except as described in Section 6.13(a)(i), the Buyer shall timely prepare and file (or cause to be timely prepared and filed) all Tax Returns with respect to each Company that are required to be filed after the Closing Date. With respect to any Tax Return that is required to be filed by or with respect to any Company for any Tax year or period that begins before and ends after the Closing Date (a “Straddle Period”), such Tax Return shall be prepared in a manner consistent with past practice unless otherwise required by applicable Law and (x) the Buyer shall deliver a completed draft of such Tax Return to the Sellers no later than thirty (30) days prior to the due date for filing such Tax Return (or, if such due date is within forty-five (45) days following the Closing Date, as promptly as practicable following the Closing Date), (y) the Sellers (and their authorized representatives) shall have the right to review such Tax Return prior to the filing thereof, and (z) the Sellers shall be permitted to object to any item(s) on such Tax Return within ten (10) days of receipt of such Tax Returns by written notice of objection to the Buyer stating that they so object, specifying with particularity any such objectionable item(s) and the specific factual or legal basis for such objection. If a notice of objection shall be duly delivered, the Sellers and the Buyer shall negotiate in good faith and use their reasonable best efforts to resolve such item. If the Buyer and the Sellers are unable to reach such agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Buyer of such notice, the disputed item shall be resolved by an independent accounting firm (“Independent Accounting Firm”) the Buyer and the Sellers shall appoint by mutual agreement. If the Independent Accounting Firm is unable to resolve any disputed item before the due date for such Tax Return, the Tax Return shall be filed as prepared by the Buyer and then amended to reflect the Independent Accounting Firm's resolution. The Buyer shall remit (or cause to be remitted) any Taxes due with respect to such Tax Return. The Sellers or the Buyer, as the case may be, shall pay the other party for the Taxes for which the Sellers or the Buyer, respectively, is liable pursuant to Section 9.2 or Section 9.3, but which are payable with any Tax Return to be filed by the other party pursuant to paragraph (a) or paragraph (b) of this Section 6.13(a) no later than the tenth (10th) day after receipt of written request from the party entitled to payment, setting forth in detail the computation of the amount owed by the Sellers or the Buyer, as the case may be.

 

The fees and expenses of the Independent Accounting Firm’s review and determination pursuant to this Section 6.13(a)(ii) shall be borne by the Sellers and the Buyer in inverse proportion as they may prevail on all disputed amounts resolved by the Independent Accounting Firm, which proportionate allocations shall also be determined by the Independent Accounting Firm at the time its determination is rendered on the Disputed Amounts submitted. For example, should the disputed amounts total an amount equal to $1,000 and the Independent Accounting Firm awards $600 in favor of the Seller’s position, 60% of the costs of its review would be borne by the Buyer and 40% of the costs would be borne by the Sellers. During the review by the Independent Accounting Firm, the Buyer, the Sellers and the accountants for the relevant Company will each make available to the Independent Accounting Firm interviews with such individuals, and such information, books and records and work papers, as may be reasonably required by the Independent Accounting Firm to fulfill its obligations under Section 6.13(a)(ii); provided, however, that the accountants for the relevant Company shall not be obliged to make any work papers available to the Independent Accounting Firm except in accordance with such accountants’ normal disclosure procedures and then only after such firm has signed a customary agreement relating to such access to work papers in form and substance reasonably acceptable to such accountants.

 

(iii) After the Closing Date, the Buyer shall not (or shall cause or permit any of the Companies to) amend, refile or otherwise modify (or grant an extension of any statute of limitation with respect to) any Tax Return relating in whole or in part to any Company with respect to any taxable year or period (or portion thereof) ending on or before the Closing Date (or with respect to any Straddle Period) except (i) as required by applicable Law, or (ii) with the prior written consent of the Sellers (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

34

 

 

(b) Straddle Periods.

 

(i) Unless prohibited by applicable Law, the Sellers and the Buyer shall each cause any relevant taxable year or period of each Company to terminate as of the Closing Date. To the extent any Company’s relevant taxable year or period cannot be so terminated and it is necessary to determine the Buyer’s and the Sellers’ liability for any Company’s Taxes attributable to a Straddle Period, the determination of such Taxes for the portion of the Straddle Period ending on and including the Closing Date (the “Pre-Closing Straddle Period”), and the portion of the Straddle Period beginning after the Closing Date (the “Post-Closing Straddle Period”) shall be determined by assuming that the Straddle Period consisted of two (2) taxable years or periods, one which ended at the close of the Closing Date and the other which began at the beginning of the day following the Closing Date.

 

(ii) The portion of such Tax attributable to the Pre-Closing Straddle Period will (a) in the case of any Taxes other than sales or use taxes, value-added taxes, employment taxes, withholding taxes, and any Tax based on or measured by income, receipts or profits earned during a Straddle Period, be determined on a per diem basis and be deemed to be the amount of such Tax for the entire Tax period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the Pre-Closing Straddle Period and denominator of which is the number of days in the Straddle Period (or, in the case of such Taxes determined on an arrears basis, the amount of such Taxes for the immediately preceding Tax period multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the Pre-Closing Straddle Period and the denominator of which is the number of days in the Straddle Period); and (b) in the case of any sales or use taxes, value-added taxes, employment taxes, withholding taxes, and any Tax based on or measured by income, receipts or profits earned during a Straddle Period, be determined on an interim closing of the books basis and be deemed equal to the amount that would be payable if the Straddle Period ended on and included the Closing Date. The portion of Tax attributable to a Post-Closing Straddle Period will be calculated in a corresponding manner. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, for purposes of determining Taxes on an interim closing of the books basis for which the Sellers shall be responsible in respect of any such short taxable year or period or deemed short taxable year or period, all of the Transaction Expenses and other related party items paid on or prior to the Closing Date shall be accrued as an expense and be treated as having been paid in a Pre-Closing Straddle Period or pre-closing Tax period, as applicable.

 

(iii) The parties hereto will, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, elect with the relevant Taxing Authority to treat a portion of any Straddle Period as a short taxable period ending as of the close of business on the Closing Date.

 

(c) Tax Proceedings.

 

(i) An Indemnified Party shall promptly deliver to the Indemnifying Party a copy of any written communication received by the Indemnified Party or any of its Affiliates from a Taxing Authority concerning Taxes for which indemnification may be claimed pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and shall promptly notify the Indemnifying Party in writing of any pending or threatened audit, claim or demand (a “Tax Claim”) that could give rise to a right of indemnification, and to the extent reasonably estimable, describing in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances with respect to the subject matter of such Tax Claim; provided, however, that the failure to provide such notice shall not release the Indemnifying Party from any of its obligations under this Agreement except to the extent the Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced by such failure.

 

35

 

 

(ii) After the Closing Date and except as otherwise provided in Sections 6.13(c)(iii), the Buyer shall have the exclusive right to control any Tax Claim or administrative or judicial proceeding with respect to any Tax liability, in each case to the extent that such Tax Claims or administrative or judicial proceedings relate to Tax liability with respect to a Company. The Sellers shall have the right to participate in any such Tax Claim or administrative or judicial proceeding at their own expense; provided that the Buyer may not settle, compromise and/or concede any portion of any such Tax Claim or administrative or judicial proceeding without the prior written consent of the Sellers which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

(iii) The Sellers shall have the exclusive right to control any Tax Claim or administrative or judicial proceeding with respect to any Tax liability, in each case to the extent that such Tax Claims or administrative or judicial proceedings relate to Tax liability with respect to a Company for a taxable period ending on or prior to the Closing Date. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, the Buyer and such Company shall have the right to participate in such Tax Claim or administrative or judicial proceeding described in the preceding sentence at their own expense, and the Sellers shall not settle, compromise and/or concede any portion of such Tax Claim or administrative or judicial proceeding without the prior written consent of the Buyer and such Company, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed; provided that, if the Sellers fail to assume control of the conduct of any such Tax Claim or administrative or judicial proceeding within fifteen (15) days following the receipt by the Sellers of notice of such Tax Claim or administrative or judicial proceeding, the Buyer and such Company shall have the right to assume control of such Tax Claim or administrative or judicial proceeding and shall be entitled to settle, compromise and/or concede any portion of such Tax Claim or administrative or judicial proceeding. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Section 6.13(c)(iii) and the provisions of Article IX, the provisions of this Section 6.13(c)(iii) shall control.

 

(d) Refunds. Any refunds of Taxes (or credits against Taxes in lieu of cash Tax refunds) (including any interest paid or credited with respect thereto) received by, or on behalf of, any Company that are attributable to any Tax Returns filed with respect to any Tax periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date will be for the benefit of the Sellers. Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.8, the Buyer shall pay (or cause to be paid) to the Sellers any such refund actually received in cash, or the value of any credit available to the Buyer or the relevant Company as a result of the Buyer or the Company electing to receive such credit in lieu of a cash Tax refund, promptly and no later than five (5) Business Days after the receipt or availability thereof, (less any expenses, including Taxes, incurred in connection with the receipt of such refunds or credits); provided, however, that this Section 6.13(d) shall not apply to any refund or credit with respect to Taxes of the Company that result from the carryback of losses, credits or similar items from Tax periods (or portions thereof) beginning after the Closing Date. The Buyer shall cooperate in the filing of a claim for refund (including an amendment of a Tax Return for any Tax period ending on or prior to the Closing Date or any portion of a Straddle Period that extends before the Closing Date through the Closing Date, if the Sellers request that the Buyer or the relevant Company, as the case may be, file such claim for refund (or amendment) and all costs related to the preparation of such claim for refund (or amendment) are paid for by the Sellers.

 

36

 

 

(e) Transfer Taxes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Buyer shall be liable for and shall indemnify and hold harmless the Sellers from and against any sales tax, use tax, direct or indirect real property transfer or gains tax, documentary stamp tax, value added tax or similar taxes and related fees attributable to the sale or transfer of the Securities (“Transfer Taxes”). The party required by Law to file a Tax Return with respect to such Transfer Taxes shall timely prepare, with the other party’s cooperation, and file such Tax Return. If the Sellers file (or caused to be filed) any such Tax Return, the Buyer shall promptly reimburse the Sellers for any Transfer Taxes paid by the Sellers in connection with the filing of such Tax Return. The Buyer and the Sellers each agrees to timely sign and deliver (or to cause to be timely signed and delivered) such certificates or forms as may be necessary or appropriate and otherwise to cooperate to establish any available exemption from (or otherwise reduce) such Transfer Taxes.

 

(f)   Tax Cooperation. The Sellers and the Buyer shall furnish or cause to be furnished to each other, upon request, as promptly as practicable, such information and assistance relating to the Companies and their respective assets or businesses (including access to books and records as well as the timely provision of powers of attorney or similar authorizations) as is reasonably necessary for the filing of all Tax Returns, the making of any election related to Taxes, the preparation for any audit by any Taxing Authority and the prosecution or defense of any audit, proposed adjustment or deficiency, assessment, claim, suit or other proceeding relating to any Taxes or Tax Return. The Sellers and the Buyer shall cooperate with each other in the conduct of any audit or other proceeding related to Taxes and all other Tax matters relating to the Companies and their respective assets or businesses and each shall execute and deliver such powers of attorney and other documents as are necessary to carry out the intent of this Agreement.

 

(g) Post-Closing Actions. The Buyer shall not, and shall not permit any of its Affiliates (including, after the Closing Date for the avoidance of doubt, the Companies) to (a) voluntarily approach any Taxing Authority regarding any Taxes or Tax Returns of any Company relating to any Tax period (or portions of a Straddle Period) ending on or before the Closing Date or (b) after the Closing Date, take any action relating to Taxes, or that could create a liability for Taxes, for any Tax period (or portions of a Straddle Period) ending on or before the Closing Date that is outside the ordinary course of business (other than as expressly contemplated by this Agreement) without the prior written consent of the Sellers (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) to the extent the actions in (a) or (b) could reasonably be expected to result in any Tax liability with respect to which the Sellers have agreed to provide indemnification under this Agreement or (c) relate to Taxes with respect to which a Company is treated as a pass through entity and which Taxes flow through to the Sellers.

 

(h) Disputes. If the Sellers and the Buyer are unable to resolve any disagreement relating to Sections 6.13(a) through (g), the disagreement shall be referred to the Independent Accounting Firm. The Independent Accounting Firm shall resolve the disagreement within thirty (30) days and the Sellers and the Buyer agree the decision of the Independent Accounting Firm shall be conclusive and binding on both the Sellers and the Buyer. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the fees of the Independent Accounting Firm shall be divided equally between Sellers and the Buyer.

 

37

 

 

(i) Survival. The indemnity and payment obligations set forth in this Section 6.13 and Article IX with respect to Taxes shall survive until the date that is thirty (30) days following the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations, including any extensions or waivers thereof.

 

6.14 Confidentiality.6.15 Each of Buyer and Parent acknowledges and agrees that the Confidentiality Agreement remains in full force and effect and, in addition, covenants and agrees to keep confidential, in accordance with the provisions of the Confidentiality Agreement, information provided to Parent or Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, except as required by applicable law, including the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and the Exchange Act, as amended. Subject to the terms in this Section 6.14, each of the parties hereto agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Confidentiality Agreement, and such terms and conditions shall apply to the parties hereto, as if the Potential Party (as defined in the Confidentiality Agreement) were defined to include the Companies and the Sellers. If this Agreement is terminated for any reason prior to the Closing, the Confidentiality Agreement and the provisions of this Section 6.14 shall nonetheless continue in full force and effect.

 

ARTICLE VII
CONDITIONS TO OBLIGATIONS TO CLOSE

 

7.1 Conditions to Obligation of the Buyer and the Parent. The obligation of the Buyer and the Parent to consummate the Acquisition is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Buyer and the Parent of the following conditions:

 

(a) The representations and warranties of the Sellers set forth in this Agreement will be true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties speak as of another date, in which case such representations and warranties will be true and correct as of such other date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct (without giving effect to any limitation as to “materiality” or “Material Adverse Effect” set forth therein) does not have, and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b) Each Seller and each Company will have performed all covenants required to be performed by it under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing, except where the failure to perform does not have, and would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect or materially adversely affect the ability of each Seller and each Company to consummate the Acquisition or perform its other obligations hereunder.

 

(c) The waiting period applicable to the consummation of the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated and the parties hereto will have received all other authorizations, consents and approvals of all Governmental Entities in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

38

 

 

(d) No temporary, preliminary or permanent restraining Order preventing the consummation of the Acquisition will be in effect.

 

(e) The Buyer shall have received an opinion of the Sellers’ counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer and its counsel.

 

(f)   The Sellers shall have obtained the consents, permits, licenses, approvals or notifications of any lenders, lessors, suppliers, customers or other third parties required to consummate the Acquisition.

 

(g) The Sellers shall have obtained pay-off letters and releases of the Liens at the Sellers’ expense from such Persons as Buyer shall have requested.

 

(h) The Sellers shall have delivered to the Parent and the Buyer the Lock-Up Agreement.

 

(i) As required by a lock-up agreement currently in effect, the Parent shall have obtained the consent of the underwriter in its initial public offering to issue to the Common Stock and the Preferred Stock to the Sellers as contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(j) The Buyer shall have received fully executed copies of each of (i) the 1 Stop Lease; (ii) the Gold Coast Lease, and (iii) the Joe’s Appliances Lease.

 

(k) The Buyer shall have received each of (i) the A. Fouerti Employment Agreement duly executed by Albert Fouerti and (ii) the E. Fouerti Employment Agreement duly executed by Elie Fouerti.

 

(l) Each Company shall have delivered evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer of such Company’s organization and proceedings and its existence in the jurisdiction in which it is formed, including evidence of such existence as of the Closing.

 

(m)   The Buyer shall have obtained on terms and conditions reasonably satisfactory to it all of the financing necessary to pay the Cash Portion and pay related fees and expenses to consummate the Acquisition and provide reasonably adequate working capital for the Companies after the Closing.

 

(n) The Companies shall have delivered to Buyer a certificate of each Company, executed by an officer of each such Company, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying on behalf of the Companies that each of the conditions set forth in Section 7.1(a) and Section 7.1(b) have been satisfied in all respects.

 

39

 

 

7.2 Conditions to Obligation of the Sellers and the Companies. The obligation of the Sellers and the Companies to consummate the Acquisition is subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Sellers of the following conditions:

 

(a) The representations and warranties of the Buyer and the Parent set forth in this Agreement will be true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date (except to the extent such representations and warranties speak as of another date, in which case such representations and warranties will be true and correct as of such other date), except where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct does not adversely affect the ability of the Buyer or the Parent to consummate the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(b) Each of the Buyer and the Parent will have performed all of the covenants required to be performed by it under this Agreement at or prior to the Closing except such failures to perform as do not materially adversely affect the ability of the Buyer or the Parent to consummate the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(c) The waiting period applicable to the consummation of the Acquisition and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement under the HSR Act shall have expired or been terminated and the parties hereto will have received all other authorizations, consents and approvals of all Governmental Entities in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all filings with NYSE American shall have been made by Parent and Parent shall have otherwise taken all such actions as may be reasonably necessary for the Parent Common Stock (and the Parent Common Stock underlying the Parent Preferred Stock) to be issued pursuant hereto to be accepted by NYSE American for issuance and approved for listing thereon from and after the time of Closing (or, with respect to the shares of Common Stock underlying the Parent Preferred Stock, from and after the date of the issuance of such shares of underlying Common Stock following Stockholder Approval), subject to official notice of issuance.

 

(d) No temporary, preliminary or permanent restraining Order preventing the consummation of the Acquisition will be in effect.

 

(e) The Buyer and the Parent shall have obtained any consents, permits, licenses, approvals or notifications of any lenders, lessors, suppliers, customers or other third parties required to consummate the Acquisition.

 

(f)   The Parent shall have filed the Certificate of Designations with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware.

 

(g) The Buyer and the Parent shall have delivered the Voting Agreement.

 

(h) The Buyer shall have delivered each of (i) the A. Fouerti Employment Agreement; and (ii) the E. Fouerti Employment Agreement, in each case duly executed by Buyer.

 

(i) The Buyer and the Parent shall have delivered to the Companies a certificate of the Buyer and the Parent, executed by an officer of the Buyer and the Parent, respectively, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying on behalf of the Buyer and the Parent, respectively, that each of the conditions set forth in Section 7.2(a) and Section 7.2(b) have been satisfied in all respects.

 

ARTICLE VIII
TERMINATION; AMENDMENT; WAIVER

 

8.1 Termination of Agreement. This Agreement may be terminated as follows:

 

(a) by mutual written consent of the Buyer, the Parent and the Sellers at any time prior to the Closing;

 

40

 

 

(b) by either the Buyer and the Parent or the Sellers if any Governmental Entity will have issued an Order or taken any other action permanently enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(c) by either the Buyer and the Parent or the Sellers if the Closing does not occur on or before the Outside Date; provided, that the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1(c) shall not be available to any Party that has breached in any material respect its obligations under this Agreement in any manner that shall have caused the failure of a condition to the consummation of the Acquisition.

 

(d) by the Buyer and the Parent if any Seller or any Company has breached its respective representations and warranties or any covenant or other agreement to be performed by it in a manner such that the Closing conditions set forth in Section 7.1(a) or 7.1(b) would not be satisfied; or

 

(e) by the Sellers if the Buyer or the Parent has breached its representations and warranties or any covenant or other agreement to be performed by it in a manner such that the Closing conditions set forth in Section 7.2(a) or 7.2(b) would not be satisfied.

 

8.2 Effect of Termination.

 

(a) In the event this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 8.1(a), Section 8.1(b), or Section 8.1(d), the Seller Representative shall return the Deposit to Buyer within two (2) Business Days.

 

(b) In the event this Agreement is terminated by Seller pursuant to Section 8.1(c) or Section 8.1(e), Sellers shall retain the Deposit and, if applicable, the Additional Deposit.

 

(c) In the event of termination of this Agreement as provided in Section 8.1, other than with respect to Section 8.1(b), this Agreement will terminate and all rights and obligations of the parties under this Agreement automatically end without any Liability (other than with respect to any suit for breach of this Agreement) on the part of the Buyer, the Parent, the Companies or the Sellers (or any member, stockholder agent, consultant or Representative of any such party); provided, that the provisions of Sections 10.1 through 10.15 and this Section 8.2 will survive any termination hereof pursuant to Section 8.1.

 

8.3 Amendments. This Agreement may not be amended except by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of the Buyer, the Parent, the Companies and the Sellers.

 

41

 

 

8.4 Waiver. At any time prior to the Closing, the Buyer and the Parent may (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the covenants, obligations or other acts of the Sellers and the Companies or (b) waive any inaccuracy of any representations or warranties or compliance with any of the agreements, covenants or conditions of the Sellers or the Companies. Any agreement on the part of the Buyer and the Parent to any such extension or waiver will be valid only if such waiver is set forth in an instrument in writing signed on its behalf by its duly authorized officer. At any time prior to the Closing, the Sellers and the Companies may (a) extend the time for the performance of any of the covenants, obligations or other acts of the Buyer or the Parent or (b) waive any inaccuracy of any representations or warranties or compliance with any of the agreements, covenants or conditions of the Buyer or the Parent. Any agreement on the part of the Sellers and the Companies to any such extension or waiver will be valid only if such waiver is set forth in an instrument in writing signed by the Sellers and the Companies. Except for any waiver under the preceding sentences of this Section 8.4, the failure of any party to this Agreement to assert any of its rights under this Agreement or otherwise will not constitute a waiver of such rights. The waiver of any such right with respect to particular facts and other circumstances will not be deemed a waiver with respect to any other facts and circumstances, and each such right will be deemed an ongoing right that may be asserted at any time and from time to time.

 

ARTICLE IX
INDEMNIFICATION

 

9.1 Survival. The representations, warranties made herein and in any certificate delivered in connection herewith shall survive for a period of twelve (12) months following the Closing Date, at which time they shall expire; provided, however, that (a) the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.1 (Authority and Enforceability), 3.3 (The Securities), 4.1 (Organization; Standing and Power; Authority and Enforceability), 4.3 (Capitalization), 4.6 (Taxes), Section 5.1 (Organization), Section 5.2 (Authorization), and Section 5.5 (Capitalization) of this Agreement (the “Fundamental Representations”) shall survive for a period of ten (10) years, except for the representations and warranties in Section 4.6 (Taxes) which shall survive the Closing until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitation. If written notice of a claim has been given prior to the expiration of the applicable representations and warranties, then notwithstanding any statement herein to the contrary, the relevant representations and warranties shall survive as to such claim, until such claim is finally resolved. Unless a specified period is set forth in this Agreement (in which event such specified period will control), and for covenants that by their terms are to be performed after the Closing Date, all agreements and covenants contained in this Agreement will survive the Closing and remain in effect until thirty (30) days after the expiration of the applicable statutes of limitations. To avoid any doubt, the parties hereto agree that the time limitations herein limit the time in which a claim may be brought even though such time limits may be less than those otherwise afforded under applicable statutes of limitations. In the event that a claim has been brought within such time periods, the running of such time prior to the final adjudication of such claim shall not time bar the continuation of such claim.

 

9.2 Indemnification by Sellers. From and after the Closing, each Seller, on a several and not joint basis (on a Pro Rata Basis), hereby agrees to indemnify, defend and save the Buyer and the Parent and, to the extent applicable, its respective Affiliates, stockholders, officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives (each, a “Buyer Indemnified Party” and collectively, the “Buyer Indemnified Parties”) harmless from and against any and all direct and actual Liabilities, deficiencies, demands, claims, Actions, assessments, losses, costs, expenses, interest, fines, penalties and damages (including reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and accountants but excluding any special, incidental, indirect, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages (including lost profits, loss of revenue or lost sales, or amounts calculated as a multiple of earnings, profits, revenue, sales or other measure)) (individually and collectively, the “Losses”) suffered, sustained or incurred by any Buyer Indemnified Party arising out of or otherwise by virtue of: (a) any breach of any of the representations or warranties of such Seller or the Companies contained in Article III or IV of this Agreement or (b) the failure of such Seller to perform any of its covenants or obligations contained in this Agreement.

 

42

 

 

9.3 Indemnification by Buyer. From and after the Closing, the Buyer agrees to indemnify, defend and save the Sellers and to the extent applicable, the Sellers’ Affiliates, employees, agents and representatives (each, a “Seller Indemnified Party” and collectively the “Seller Indemnified Parties”) harmless from and against any and all Losses sustained or incurred by any Seller Indemnified Party arising out of or otherwise by virtue of: (a) any breach of any of the representations and warranties of Buyer or Parent contained in Article V of this Agreement or (b) the failure of the Buyer or Parent to perform any of its covenants or obligations contained in this Agreement.

 

9.4 Third Party Indemnification Procedures; Direct Claim Procedures.

 

(a) If a Buyer Indemnified Party or a Seller Indemnified Party seeks indemnification under this Article IX, such party (the “Indemnified Party”) shall promptly give written notice to the other party (the “Indemnifying Party”) of the assertion of any claim or the commencement of any suit, action or proceeding by any third party (a “Third Party Claim”) in respect of which indemnity may be sought under this Article IX. Such notice shall contain details reasonably sufficient to disclose to the Indemnifying Party the nature and scope of the claim including an estimate of the amount of claimed Losses (if known and quantifiable) and copies of all relevant pleadings, documents and information. Any failure in the delivery of such notice shall not affect the obligations of the Indemnifying Party, except to the extent (and only to the extent) that the rights and remedies of the Indemnifying Party are prejudiced as a result of the failure to give, or delay in giving, such notice.

 

(b) The Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in the defense of any Third Party Claim and, subject to the limitations set forth in this Section 9.4(b), shall be entitled to control and appoint lead counsel for such defense, in each case at its own expense; provided, that (i) the Indemnifying Party provides written notice to the Indemnified Party that the Indemnifying Party intends to undertake such defense and (ii) the Indemnifying Party conducts the defense of the Third Party Claim actively and diligently; provided, further, that the Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to defend against such Third Party Claim (unless otherwise agreed to in writing by the Indemnified Party) if (A) the claim for indemnification relates to or arises in connection with any criminal or quasi-criminal proceeding, action, indictment, allegation or investigation, (B) the claim seeks an injunction or other equitable relief against any Indemnified Party or any of its Affiliates, or (C) the Indemnified Party shall in good faith determine after consultation with outside counsel that the Indemnified Party may have available to it one or more defenses or counterclaims that are inconsistent with one or more of the defenses or counterclaims that may be available to the Indemnifying Party in respect of a Third Party Claim that would make it inappropriate for the same counsel to represent both the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party.

 

43

 

 

(c) The Indemnifying Party shall notify the Indemnified Party within fifteen (15) days after having received any claim notice with respect to whether or not it is exercising its right to defend the Indemnified Party against the Third Party Claim. If the Indemnifying Party has the right to and elects to assume the control of the defense of any Third Party Claim in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.4, (i) the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to defend such Third Party Claim with counsel selected by the Indemnifying Party (which counsel shall be subject to the approval of the Indemnified Party, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), (ii) the Indemnifying Party shall not enter into any settlement agreement with respect to such Third Party Claim without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party (which shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) and (iii) the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to participate in the defense of any Third Party Claim and to employ at its expense separate counsel of its choice for such purpose (in which case the counsel of the Indemnifying Party shall reasonably cooperate with such separate counsel to facilitate such participation, including (x) promptly providing to such separate counsel copies of all written materials received in respect of the Third Party Claim, (y) providing such separate counsel a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on materials being drafted and furnished in respect of such Third Party Claim (which such comments shall be considered in good faith) and (z) providing the opportunity to participate in all meetings (whether in person, by teleconference or otherwise) relating to such Third Party Claim).

 

(d) If the Indemnifying Party does not notify the Indemnified Party that the Indemnifying Party elects to defend the Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 9.4(c) within fifteen (15) days after receipt of notice of a Third Party Claim, or the Indemnifying Party is otherwise not entitled to defend the Indemnified Party pursuant to Section 9.4(b), then the Indemnified Party may defend, and be reimbursed by the Indemnifying Party for its reasonable costs and expenses in regard to, the Third Party Claim with counsel selected by the Indemnified Party in all appropriate proceedings. In such circumstances, the Indemnified Party may defend any such Third Party Claim and have full control of such defense and proceedings including the settlement, compromise or discharge thereof; provided, however, that no such Third Party Claim shall be settled, compromised or discharged by the Indemnified Party without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). The Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to participate in the defense of any Third Party Claim described in this Section 9.4(d) and to employ one separate counsel of its choice for such purpose (in which case the counsel of the Indemnified Party shall reasonably cooperate with such separate counsel to facilitate such participation, including (x) promptly providing to such separate counsel copies of all written materials received in respect of the Third Party Claim, (y) providing such separate counsel a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on materials being drafted and furnished in respect of such Third Party Claim (which such comments shall be considered in good faith) and (z) providing the opportunity to participate in all meetings (whether in person, by teleconference or otherwise) relating to such Third Party Claim). The fees and expenses of such separate counsel shall be paid by the Indemnifying Party.

 

(e) Each party shall cooperate, and cause its respective Affiliates to cooperate, in the defense or prosecution of any Third Party Claim and shall furnish or cause to be furnished such records, information and testimony, and attend such conferences, discovery proceedings, hearings, trials or appeals, as may be reasonably requested in connection therewith; provided that no Indemnified Party, upon reasonable advice of counsel, shall have any obligation to disclose any information the disclosure of which would reasonably be expected to result in a violation of applicable Law or is subject to attorney-client or any other privilege, and if requested by an Indemnified Party, the Indemnifying Party will enter into an appropriate joint defense agreement (or other privilege-preserving agreement) in connection with obtaining access to such information.

 

44

 

 

9.5 Direct Claim Procedures. In the event an Indemnified Party brings a claim for indemnity against an Indemnifying Party that does not involve a Third Party Claim (a “Direct Claim”), the Indemnified Party shall give prompt notice in writing of such Direct Claim to the Indemnifying Party. The failure to give such prompt written notice shall not, however, relieve the Indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligations, except and only to the extent that the Indemnifying Party is materially prejudiced by reason of such failure. Such notice by the Indemnified Party shall describe the Direct Claim in reasonable detail (excluding anything subject to attorney-client or similar privilege) with respect thereto and shall indicate the estimated amount, if reasonably known and quantifiable and assuming the truth of the facts asserted therein, of the Losses that have been or may be sustained by the Indemnified Party; provided, however, that (a) the notice with respect to a Direct Claim (a “Direct Claim Notice”) need only specify such information to the knowledge of such Indemnified Party as of the date of such notice and (b) shall be updated and amended from time to time by the Indemnified Party by delivering an updated or amended Direct Claim Notice. The Indemnifying Party shall have sixty (60) days after its receipt of such notice to respond in writing to such Direct Claim Notice. During such 60-day period, the Indemnified Party shall allow the Indemnifying Party and its professional advisors to investigate the matter or circumstance alleged to give rise to the Direct Claim, and whether and to what extent any amount is payable in respect of the Direct Claim, and the Indemnified Party shall assist the Indemnifying Party’s investigation by giving such information and assistance (including access to the Indemnified Party’s, the Companies’ and its Subsidiaries’ premises and personnel and the right to examine and copy any accounts, documents or records) as the Indemnifying Party or any of its professional advisors may reasonably request. The Indemnifying Party may object to a claim for indemnification set forth in a Direct Claim Notice by delivering a notice to the Indemnified Party seeking indemnification within sixty (60) days of the delivery of the applicable Direct Claim Notice (the “Direct Claim Objection Deadline”), setting forth in reasonable detail the objections to the Direct Claim. If the Indemnifying Party notifies the applicable Indemnified Party that it objects by the Direct Claim Objection Deadline or fails to object by the Direct Claim Objection Deadline, the Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have rejected such claim, in which case the Indemnified Party shall be free to pursue such remedies as may be available to the Indemnified Party on the terms and subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

9.6 Limitation on Indemnification Obligation.

 

(a) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the liability of the Sellers to the Buyer Indemnified Parties with respect to claims for indemnification pursuant to Section 9.2(a) is subject to the following limitations:

 

(i) The Sellers shall not, in the aggregate, be liable to the Buyer Indemnified Parties for Losses arising under Section 9.2(a) (other than with respect to Fundamental Representations or for actual fraud in the making of representations or warranties of the Sellers in this Agreement (“Fraud”)) that exceed $21,000,000.

 

(ii) The Sellers shall not be liable to the Buyer Indemnified Parties for Losses arising under Section 9.2(a) (other than with respect to Fundamental Representations) until and unless the aggregate amounts indemnifiable for such breaches exceeds $2,100,000. In the event the Buyer Indemnified Parties’ claim for Losses, in the aggregate, exceed $2,100,000, the Buyer Indemnified Parties shall be entitled to Losses back to the first dollar of such Losses.

 

45

 

 

(iii) The Sellers shall not be liable to the Buyer Indemnified Parties for Losses arising under Section 9.2 unless the claim therefor is asserted in writing on or prior to the expiration of the applicable representation and/or warranty.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, Buyer and Parent shall not, in the aggregate, be liable to the Seller Indemnified Parties for Losses arising under Section 9.3(a) (other than with respect to Fundamental Representations or for Fraud) that exceed $21,000,000.

 

(c) All indemnification payments pursuant to this Article IX shall be deemed to be adjustments to the Purchase Price.

 

(d) Subject to the limitations contained in this Article IX, each of the Seller’s liability under this Article IX is limited to the amount of cash actually received by such Seller pursuant to this Agreement and allocated among the Sellers on a Pro Rata Basis; provided, however, that in no event shall one Seller be liable for the Fraud of another Seller.

 

9.7 Payments. Payments of all amounts owing by an Indemnifying Party under this Article IX shall be made promptly upon the final determination in accordance with this Article IX that an indemnification obligation is owing by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party.

 

9.8 Tax Refunds, Insurance Proceeds and Other Payments. The amount of any and all Losses for which indemnification is provided pursuant to this Article IX will be net of any Tax benefit to which an Indemnified Party is entitled by reason of payment of such Liability (taking into account any Tax cost or reduction in such Tax benefits by reason of receipt of the indemnification payment) and any amounts of any insurance proceeds, indemnification payments, contribution payments or reimbursements receivable by, or payable in kind to, the Indemnified Party with respect to such Losses or any of the circumstances giving rise thereto. In connection therewith, if, at any time following payment in full by the Indemnifying Party of any amounts of Losses due under this Agreement, the Indemnified Party receives any insurance proceeds, indemnification payments, contribution payments or reimbursements relating to the circumstances giving rise to such Losses, the Indemnified Party will promptly remit to the Indemnifying Party such proceeds, payments or reimbursements in an amount not to exceed the amount of the corresponding indemnification payment made by the Indemnifying Party. The Buyer and the Parent will use (and will cause their respective Affiliates to use) commercially reasonable efforts to collect the proceeds of any available insurance which would have the effect of reducing any Losses (in which case the net proceeds thereof will reduce the Losses).

 

9.9 Mitigation. The Indemnified Party will use its commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate any Losses with respect to which it may be entitled to seek indemnification pursuant to this Agreement.

 

46

 

 

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

 

10.1 Press Releases and Public Announcement. Neither the Buyer or the Parent on the one hand, nor the Sellers or the Companies on the other, will issue any press release or make any public announcement relating to this Agreement, the Acquisition or the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement without the prior written approval of the other party; provided, however, that, the Buyer may make regulatory filings referring to this Agreement or attaching a copy hereof as may be required by applicable Law, including the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and the Exchange Act, as amended.

 

10.2 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement will not confer any rights or remedies upon any Person other than the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that the provisions of Article IX are intended for the benefit of the Buyer Indemnified Parties and the Seller Indemnified Parties.

 

10.3 Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (including the Exhibits and the Schedules hereto) constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties hereto, written or oral, to the extent they related in any way to the subject matter hereof.

 

10.4 Succession and Assignment. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties named herein and their respective successors and permitted assigns. No party hereto may assign either this Agreement or any of its rights, interests or obligations hereunder without the prior written approval, in the case of assignment by the Buyer or the Parent, by the Sellers, and, in the case of assignment by the Sellers or the Companies, the Buyer and the Parent.

 

10.5 Construction. The parties hereto have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement, and, in the event an ambiguity or question of intent or interpretation arises, this Agreement will be construed as if drafted jointly by the parties, and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any party by virtue of the authorship of any of the provisions of this Agreement.

 

10.6 Notices. All notices, requests and other communications hereunder must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given only if delivered personally against written receipt or by facsimile or electronic mail transmission or mailed (by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested) or delivered by reputable overnight courier, fee prepaid, to the parties hereto at the addresses of the parties as specified below:

 

If to the Buyer, Parent or a Company (after the Closing):

 

c/o 1847 Goedeker Inc.

13850 Manchester Road

Ballwin, MO 63011

Attn: Douglas T. Moore, CEO

Facsimile:

Email:

 

47

 

 

with a copy to:                    BEVILACQUA PLLC

 

1050 Connecticut Avenue, NW, Suite 500

Washington, DC 20036

Attn: Louis A. Bevilacqua, Esq.

Facsimile:

Email:

 

If to Sellers or a Company (prior to the Closing):

 

To the addresses specified on Exhibit A hereto

 

with a copy to:                     MURTHA CULLINA LLP

 

One Century Tower

265 Church Street

New Haven, CT 06510

Attn: James W. McLaughlin

Facsimile:

Email:

 

Any party may change the address to which notices, requests, demands, claims and other communications hereunder are to be delivered by giving the other parties notice in the manner set forth herein.

 

10.7 Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the Laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of Law or conflict of Law provision or rule that would cause the application of the Laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

 

10.8 Consent to Jurisdiction and Service of Process. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, THE ACQUISITION OR THE OTHER TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS RESPECTIVE PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY FINAL AND NONAPPEALABLE JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT, THE ACQUISITION OR THE OTHER TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

 

10.9 Headings. The descriptive headings contained in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and will not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

48

 

 

10.10   Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under any present or future Law (a) such provision will be fully severable, (b) this Agreement will be construed and enforced as if such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision had never comprised a part hereof, (c) the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect and will not be affected by the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision or by its severance herefrom, (d) with respect to the Sellers’ obligations in Section 6.6 of this Agreement, the court making the determination of invalidity or unenforceability shall have the power to reduce the scope, duration, or area of the term or provision and (e) in lieu of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision, there will be added automatically as a part of this Agreement a legal, valid and enforceable provision as similar in terms of such illegal, invalid or unenforceable provision as may be possible.

 

10.11   Expenses. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, whether or not the Acquisition is consummated, all expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby will be paid by the party incurring such expenses.

 

10.12   Incorporation of Exhibits and Schedules. The Exhibits and Schedules identified in this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

 

10.13   Limited Recourse. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the obligations and Liabilities of the parties hereunder or in any Ancillary Agreement will be without recourse to any stockholder or member of such party or any of such stockholder’s or member’s Affiliates, or any of their respective Representatives or agents (in each case, in their capacity as such).

 

10.14   Specific Performance. The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any provision of this Agreement was not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties will be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof in addition to any other remedy at Law or in equity.

 

10.15   Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

10.16   Disclosure Schedules. The Disclosure Schedules, attached hereto as Exhibit H, shall be subject to the following terms and conditions: (a) all disclosures in the Financial Statements shall be deemed to be disclosed on all sections of the Disclosure Schedules; (b) any item disclosed on or in any particular part or section of the Disclosure Schedules shall be deemed to be disclosed on and in all parts or sections of the Disclosure Schedules, to the extent such deemed disclosure is reasonably apparent; (c) no disclosure of any matter contained in the Disclosure Schedules shall create an implication that such matter meets any standard of materiality (matters reflected in the Disclosure Schedules are not necessarily limited to matters required by this Agreement to be reflected in the Disclosure Schedules; such additional matters are set forth for informational purposes only and do not necessarily include other matters of a similar nature, nor shall the inclusion of any item be construed as implying that any such item is “material” for any purpose); (d) any disclosures contained in the Disclosure Schedules which refer to a document are qualified in their entirety by reference to the text of such document; and (e) headings and introductory language have been inserted in the Disclosure Schedules for convenience of reference only and shall to no extent have the effect of amending or changing the express description of the sections as set forth in this Agreement.

 

49

 

 

10.17   Conflicts; Privileges.

 

(a) It is acknowledged by each of the parties that the Sellers and the Companies have retained Murtha Cullina LLP to act as their counsel in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and that Murtha Cullina LLP has not acted as counsel for any other Person in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and that no other party to this Agreement has the status of a client of Murtha Cullina LLP for conflict of interest or any other purposes as a result thereof.

 

(b) Each of Buyer and Parent hereby agrees that, in the event that a dispute arises among Buyer or any of its Affiliates (including, after the Closing, any Companies) and Sellers or any of their Affiliates (including, prior to the Closing, the Companies), Murtha Cullina LLP may represent Sellers or any such Affiliate in such dispute, even though the interests of Sellers or such Affiliate may be directly adverse to Buyer or any of its Affiliates (including, after the Closing, the Companies), and even though Murtha Cullina LLP may have represented a Company in a manner substantially related to such dispute, or may be handling ongoing matters for Buyer or a Company.

 

(c) Each of Buyer and Parent hereby waives, on behalf of itself and each of its Affiliates (including, after the Closing, the Companies): (i) any claim that it has or may have that Murtha Cullina LLP has a conflict in interest in connection with or is otherwise prohibited from engaging in such representations; and (ii) agrees that, in the event that a dispute arises after the Closing among Buyer or any of its Affiliates (including the Companies) and Sellers or any Affiliate of Sellers, Murtha Cullina LLP may represent any such party in such dispute, even though the interest of any such party may be directly adverse to Buyer or any of its Affiliates (including the Companies), and even though Murtha Cullina LLP may have represented a Company in a matter substantially related to such dispute, or may be handling ongoing matters for Buyer or a Company.

 

(d) Each of Buyer and Parent, on behalf of itself and each of its Affiliates (including, after the Closing, the Companies) further agrees that, if, and to the extent that, at any time subsequent to the Closing, each Company shall have the right to assert or waive an attorney-client privilege with respect to any communications between or among it or any of its directors or officers concerning or in contemplation of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, Sellers shall have the sole right to waive such attorney-client privilege. Further, no Murtha Cullina LLP attorney shall be required to respond to any inquiry concerning such communications without the approval of Sellers.

 

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, prior to the Closing, Sellers shall be permitted to remove from the Companies any email, document and other records containing attorney-client privileged information where the attorney-client privilege is held jointly between a Company, on the one hand, and Sellers or any of their Affiliates, on the other hand (“Jointly Privileged Information”). From and after the Closing, Buyer shall cause each Company and its Affiliates to provide to Sellers copies (including electronic, digital or otherwise) of any Jointly Privileged Information that is inadvertently not removed prior to the Closing. Sellers agree that any email, document and other record temporarily removed for analysis to determine the presence of Jointly Privileged Information pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 10.17(e) shall be returned to the Company promptly following the completion of such review if it is determined by Sellers that such email, document or other record does not contain Jointly Privileged Information.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

50

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  BUYER:
     
  APPLIANCES CONNECTION INC.
      
  By: /s/ Doulas T. Moore
  Name: Douglas T. Moore
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
     
  PARENT:
     
  1847 GOEDEKER INC.
     
  By: /s/ Doulas T. Moore
  Name: Douglas T. Moore
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
     
  COMPANIES:
     
  1 STOP ELECTRONICS CENTER, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Albert Fouerti
  Name: Albert Fouerti
  Title: President
     
  GOLD COAST APPLIANCES INC.
     
  By: /s/ Albert Fouerti
  Name: Albert Fouerti
  Title: President
     
  SUPERIOR DEALS INC.
     
  By: /s/ Albert Fouerti
  Name: Albert Fouerti
  Title: President

 

 

 

 

  JOE’S APPLIANCES LLC
     
  By: /s/ Albert Fouerti
  Name: Albert Fouerti
  Title: President
     
  YF LOGISTICS LLC
     
  By: /s/ Youssef Fouerti
  Name: Youssef Fouerti
  Title: Sole Member
     
  SELLERS:
     
  /s/ Albert Fouerti
  Albert Fouerti
     
  /s/ Elie Fouerti
  Elie Fouerti
     
  /s/ Youssef Fouerti
  Youssef Fouerti
     
  THE 2020 ALBERT FOUERTI TRUST
     
  By: /s/ David Rosenblatt
    David Rosenblatt, Esq., Trustee
     
  THE 2020 ELIE FOUERTI TRUST
     
  By: /s/ David Rosenblatt
    David Rosenblatt, Esq., Trustee

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Schedule of Sellers

 

Name and Address of Seller Ownership of Companies Cash Portion (inclusive of the Deposit, and subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 2.2 and 2.3 hereof) Pro Rata Cash Basis Portion of Common Stock included in Fixed Share Consideration Portion of Series A Preferred Stock included in Fixed Share Consideration

Percentage of Common Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock included in Variable Share Consideration

 

(This percentage is also the Pro Rata Share Basis)

Pro Rata Basis

Albert Fouerti

 

Address:

 

Email:

 

Eighty (80.0) shares of common stock of 1 Stop (40% of 1 Stop)

 

One hundred (100) shares of common stock of Gold Coast (50% of Gold Coast)

 

One hundred (100) shares of common stock of Superior Deals (50% of Superior Deals)

 

50% of the membership interests of Joe’s Appliances

 

0% of the membership interests of YF Logistics

 

$83,500,000.00 49.70%

0 shares of Common Stock

 

0 shares of Series A Preferred Stock

 

0% of the Common Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock included in the Variable Share Consideration 39.76%

The 2020 Albert Fouerti Trust

Address:

 

Twenty (20) shares of common stock of 1 Stop (10% of 1 Stop)

 

0 shares of common stock of Gold Coast (0% of Gold Coast)

 

0 shares of common stock of Superior Deals (0% of Superior Deals)

 

0% of the membership interests of Joe’s Appliances

 

0% of the membership interests of YF Logistics

 

$0.00 0%

611,119.50 shares of Common Stock

 

 

 

555,547 shares of Series A Preferred Stock

 

 

 

50.00% of the Common Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock included in the Variable Share Consideration 10.00%

 

A-1

 

 

Elie Fouerti

 

Address:

 

Email:

 

Eighty (80.0) shares of common stock of 1 Stop (40% of 1 Stop)

 

One hundred (100) shares of common stock of Gold Coast (50% of Gold Coast)

 

One hundred (100) shares of common stock of Superior Deals (50% of Superior Deals)

 

50% of the membership interests of Joe’s Appliances

 

0% of the membership interests of YF Logistics

 

$83,500,000.00 49.70%

0 shares of Common Stock

 

 

 

0 shares of Series A Preferred Stock

 

 

 

0.00% of the Common Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock included in the Variable Share Consideration 39.76%

The 2020 Elie Fouerti Trust

 

Address:

 

Twenty (20) shares of common stock of 1 Stop (10% of 1 Stop)

 

0 shares of common stock of Gold Coast (0% of Gold Coast)

 

0 shares of common stock of Superior Deals (0% of Superior Deals)

 

0% of the membership interests of Joe’s Appliances

 

0% of the membership interests of YF Logistics

 

$0.00 0%

611,119.50 shares of Common Stock

 

 

 

555,547 shares of Series A Preferred Stock

 

 

 

50.00% of the Common Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock included in the Variable Share Consideration 10.00%

Youssef Fouerti

 

Address:

 

Email:

 

0 shares of common stock of 1 Stop (0% of 1 Stop)

 

0 shares of common stock of Gold Coast (0% of Gold Coast)

 

0 shares of common stock of Superior Deals (0% of Superior Deals)

 

0% of the membership interests of Joe’s Appliances

 

100% of the membership interests of YF Logistics

 

$1,000,000.00 0.60%

0 shares of Common Stock

 

 

 

0 shares of Series A Preferred Stock

 

 

 

0% of the Common Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock included in the Variable Share Consideration 0.48%

 

A-2

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Illustrative Calculation of Target Net Working Capital

 

    1/31/2020     2/29/2020     3/31/2020     4/30/2020     5/31/2020     6/30/2020     7/31/2020  
                                           
Accounts Receivable - 1 Stop     26,489,043.11       25,528,405.55       25,130,102.86       23,819,658.01       26,472,225.71       25,573,624.92       25,860,323.82  
Accounts Receivable - Superior Deals     49,803.80       49,803.80       26,711.30       120,076.74       276,076.12       183,012.42       316,414.02  
Inventory     13,214,293.66       13,261,988.51       14,005,332.99       15,379,509.24       14,812,547.93       15,710,443.01       14,745,489.34  
Prepaid Insurance - 1 Stop     54,568.88       39,158.88       23,748.88       8,338.88       (16,094.91 )     249,471.17       225,328.80  
Prepaid Insurance - YF     68,913.97       49,224.27       29,534.57       9,844.87       (14,784.68 )     310,478.35       280,908.98  
                                                         
Accounts Payable - 1 Stop     (23,957,826.03 )     (25,107,255.56 )     (25,372,813.15 )     (24,856,510.41 )     (23,247,437.52 )     (21,846,356.02 )     (19,389,526.30 )
Accounts Payable - YF     (361,429.75 )     (397,534.55 )     (341,984.40 )     (393,277.57 )     (279,760.62 )     (500,852.93 )     (717,288.24 )
Credit Cards Payable:                                                        
Amex Plum     (552,694.89 )     (1,013,345.61 )     (304,598.12 )     (753,620.17 )     (608,083.15 )     (670,227.85 )     (801,833.24 )
Amex Black     (1,052,020.96 )     (993,348.43 )     (410,098.66 )     (745,360.98 )     (341,588.96 )     (171,990.78 )     (1,510,065.83 )
Capital One 1 Stop     (282,790.32 )     (335,906.98 )     (173,695.64 )     (390,522.56 )     (509,126.17 )     (582,582.45 )     (499,227.57 )
Amex YF     (287,678.84 )     (311,518.48 )     (409,077.52 )     (354,380.65 )     (317,473.65 )     (142,078.52 )     (324,003.38 )
Capital One YF     (25,148.93 )     (25,000.57 )     (30,239.17 )     -       -       -       4,403.35  
American Express Gold Coast     (8,108.53 )     (12,374.26 )     (8,154.24 )     (2,175.19 )     (11,704.01 )     (2,575.91 )     (1,334.06 )
Equipment/Vehicle Loans Payable Current Portion     (297,960.24 )     (295,749.32 )     (294,185.74 )     (292,672.44 )     (291,059.39 )     (287,993.17 )     (284,922.87 )
Customer Deposits and deferred revenue from current sales     (9,897,299.31 )     (9,638,544.03 )     (8,769,654.04 )     (9,762,182.52 )     (16,701,088.74 )     (15,099,061.83 )     (14,697,298.00 )
Payroll Liabilities - 1 Stop     (11,526.79 )     (12,932.22 )     (15,134.84 )     (16,771.82 )     (18,975.70 )     295,586.33       (29,401.98 )
Payroll Liabilities - YF     (16,923.07 )     (13,354.89 )     (18,107.90 )     (18,437.94 )     (18,767.98 )     135,806.04       (19,444.48 )
Payroll Liabiliities - Gold Coast     (5,219.91 )     (4,563.99 )     (3,874.97 )     (3,905.94 )     (3,406.94 )     (19.18 )     (5,186.93 )
Payroll Liabilities - Joe's Appliances     (4,120.07 )     (3,791.77 )     (3,895.37 )     (1,733.88 )     (2,482.73 )     318.47       4,156.03  
Sales tax payable - 1 Stop     (155,821.26 )     (213,074.19 )     (325,593.74 )     (319,394.99 )     (390,821.24 )     (672,910.60 )     (428,707.19 )
Sales tax Payable - Gold Coast             (13,472.28 )                     (8,691.69 )     (7,808.54 )     (12,443.85 )
Sales tax Payable - Joe's Appliances             (11,074.36 )                     (5,168.70 )     (5,295.01 )     (11,319.09 )
Sales tax Payable - Superior Deals     -       -       -       -               (868.51 )     (1,974.16 )
Deferred Revenue from projects, builders, etc.     (16,048,723.10 )     (14,293,281.10 )     (14,152,302.33 )     (15,212,276.99 )     (17,442,222.10 )     (16,057,517.70 )     (16,057,202.31 )
Outstanding Checks - Bridgehamton 3270     (1,016,877.02 )     (971,126.63 )     (770,921.13 )     (1,090,926.76 )     (1,486,610.60 )     (1,374,598.69 )     (2,560,164.45 )
Outstanding Checks - Capital One 6547     -       -       (32,390.38 )     (25,894.88 )     (43,024.88 )     (63,257.16 )     (89,503.63 )
Outstanding Checks - Popular Community Gold Coast     (67,208.99 )     (63,398.23 )     (64,629.78 )     (65,646.98 )     (65,498.53 )     (65,948.53 )     (65,948.53 )
Outstanding Checks - Capital One 4661 closed     (40,446.22 )     (81,165.82 )     (171,402.51 )     -       -       -       -  
Outstanding Checks - Popular Community 6753     -       -       -       -       -       -       -  
Outstanding Checks - Bridgehamton 0664 closed     (390,571.06 )     -       -       -       -       -       -  
                                                         
Total     (14,603,771.87 )     (14,883,232.26 )     (12,457,323.03 )     (14,968,264.93 )     (20,263,023.13 )     (15,093,202.67 )     (16,069,771.75 )
                                                         
Sum                                                     (108,338,589.64 )
Number of periods                                                     7  
Average over 7 months = Target Net Working Capital                                                   $ (15,476,941.38 )

 

B-1

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

Form of Certificate of Designations

 

(See Attached)

 

 

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF

SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK

OF

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

 

Pursuant to Section 151 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

 

The undersigned duly authorized officer of 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), in accordance with the provisions of Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies that, pursuant to the authority conferred upon the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) by the Article IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as such may be amended, modified or restated from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”), the Board on ________ adopted a resolution which creates a series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation designated as Series A Preferred Stock as follows:

 

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation (which authorizes 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock), and the authority vested in the Board, a series of Preferred Stock be, and it hereby is, created, and that the designation and number of shares of such series, and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, are as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation and this Certificate of Designation, as it may be amended from time to time, as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions. For the purposes hereof, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate” means any Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with a Person, as such terms are used in and construed under Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Common Stock” means the Corporation’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and stock of any other class of securities into which such securities may hereafter be reclassified or changed.

 

Common Stock Equivalents” means any securities of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries which would entitle the holder thereof to acquire at any time Common Stock, including, without limitation, any debt, preferred stock, rights, options, warrants or other instrument that is at any time convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or otherwise entitles the holder thereof to receive, Common Stock.

 

Conversion Date” means the date on which approval from the stockholders of the Corporation with respect to the Securities Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the issuance of the Conversion Shares, has been obtained.

 

C-1

 

 

Conversion Shares” means, collectively, the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series A Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Holder” means a holder of shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

Person” means an individual or corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company, joint stock company, government (or an agency or subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind.

 

Requisite Holders” means holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

Securities Purchase Agreement” means the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated October 20, 2020, among the Corporation, Appliances Connection Inc., 1 Stop Electronics Center, Inc., Gold Coast Appliances Inc., Superior Deals Inc., Joe’s Appliances LLC, YF Logistics LLC and the other parties set forth in Exhibit A thereto.

 

Trading Day” means a day on which the principal Trading Market is open for business.

 

Trading Market” means any of the NYSE, NYSE American, NASDAQ, the OTC Bulletin Board system, the OTCQX market or OTCQB market operated by OTC Markets Group Inc., or any other market on which the Common Stock may be listed or quoted for trading on the date in question.

 

Section 2. Designation, Amount and Stated Value. The series of preferred stock shall be designated as Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Series A Preferred Stock”), and the number of shares so designated shall be One Hundred Eleven Thousand Ninety Four (1,111,094) (which shall not be subject to increase without the written consent of the Requisite Holders). Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall have a stated value of $9.00 per share (the “Stated Value”).

 

Section 3. Dividends. Except for stock dividends or distributions for which adjustments are to be made pursuant to Section 7, Holders shall be entitled to receive, and the Corporation shall pay, dividends on shares of Series A Preferred Stock equal (on an as-if-converted-to-Common-Stock basis) to and in the same form as dividends actually paid on shares of the Common Stock when, as and if such dividends are paid on shares of the Common Stock. No other dividends shall be paid on shares of Series A Preferred Stock.

 

Section 4. Liquidation. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “Liquidation”), the Holders shall be entitled to receive out of the assets, whether capital or surplus, of the Corporation the same amount that a holder of Common Stock would receive if the Series A Preferred Stock were fully converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation, which amount shall be paid to the Holders of the Series A Preferred Stock pari passu with all holders of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock. The Corporation shall mail written notice of any such Liquidation, not less than 45 days prior to the payment date stated therein, to each Holder.

 

C-2

 

 

Section 5. Voting Rights. Except as otherwise provided herein or as otherwise required by law, the Series A Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights.

 

Section 6. Automatic Conversion.

 

(a) Trigger Event. On the Conversion Date, each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be automatically converted (without the payment of additional consideration by the Holder thereof), into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Stated Value by the Conversion Price in effect on the Conversion Date. The “Conversion Price” shall initially be equal to $9.00. Such initial Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. Except as aforesaid, the Series A Preferred Stock is not convertible into Common Stock or any other securities of the Corporation.

 

(b) Mechanics of Conversion. Within two (2) Trading Days of the Conversion Date, if the shares of Series A Preferred Stock are held in book entry form, or upon such Holder’s surrender of certificated shares of Series A Preferred Stock (or, if such registered Holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and an indemnity or security reasonably acceptable to the Corporation or its transfer agent to indemnify the Corporation or its transfer agent against any claim that may be made against the Corporation or its transfer agent on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), the Corporation shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to each Holder the number of Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of such Holder’s Series A Preferred Stock; provided that, any failure by the Holder to return certificated shares of Series A Preferred Stock, if any, will have no effect on the mandatory conversion pursuant to Section 6(a), which conversion will be deemed to occur on the Conversion Date. The Conversion Shares issuable hereunder shall be transmitted by the Corporation’s transfer agent to the Holder by crediting the account of the Holder’s or its designee’s balance account with Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) through its Deposit or Withdrawal at Custodian system (DWAC) if the Corporation is then a participant in such system, or shall otherwise be issued in book entry form by the Corporation’s transfer agent; provided that, if requested by a Holder, the Corporation shall issue a physical certificate registered in the name of the Holder or its designee in lieu of issuance in book entry form. The Corporation agrees to maintain a transfer agent that is a participant in the DTC’s FAST program so long as any shares of Series A Preferred Stock remain outstanding. All rights with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 6(a), including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Conversion Date (notwithstanding the failure of the Holder or Holders to surrender the certificates, if any, at or prior to such time), except only for the rights of the Holders to receive the Conversion Shares.

 

(c) Obligation Absolute. The Corporation’s obligation to issue and deliver the Conversion Shares upon conversion of Series A Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms hereof are absolute and unconditional, irrespective of any action or inaction by a Holder to enforce the same, any waiver or consent with respect to any provision hereof, the recovery of any judgment against any Person or any action to enforce the same, or any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, limitation or termination, or any breach or alleged breach by such Holder or any other Person of any obligation to the Corporation or any violation or alleged violation of law by such Holder or any other person, and irrespective of any other circumstance which might otherwise limit such obligation of the Corporation to such Holder in connection with the issuance of such Conversion Shares; provided, however, that such delivery shall not operate as a waiver by the Corporation of any such action that the Corporation may have against such Holder.

 

C-3

 

 

(d) Reservation of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation covenants that it will at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock for the sole purpose of issuance upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock as herein provided, free from preemptive rights or any other actual contingent purchase rights of Persons other than the Holders, not less than such aggregate number of shares of the Common Stock as shall be issuable (taking into account the adjustments and restrictions of Section 7) upon the conversion of the then outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock. The Corporation covenants that all shares of Common Stock that shall be so issuable shall, upon issue, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(e) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock. As to any fraction of a share which the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such conversion, the Corporation shall round up to the next whole share.

 

(f) Transfer Taxes and Expenses. The issuance of the Conversion Shares on conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock shall be made without charge to any Holder for any documentary stamp or similar taxes that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of such Conversion Shares, provided that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any such Conversion Shares upon conversion in a name other than that of the Holders of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver such Conversion Shares unless or until the Person or Persons requesting the issuance thereof shall have paid to the Corporation the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Corporation that such tax has been paid. The Corporation shall pay all transfer agent fees required for same-day processing and all fees to the Depository Trust Company (or another established clearing corporation performing similar functions) required for same-day electronic delivery of the Conversion Shares.

 

Section 7. Certain Adjustments.

 

(a) Stock Dividends and Stock Splits. If the Corporation, at any time while the Series A Preferred Stock is outstanding: (i) pays a stock dividend or otherwise makes a distribution or distributions payable in shares of Common Stock on shares of Common Stock or any other Common Stock Equivalents (which, for avoidance of doubt, shall not include any shares of Common Stock issued by the Corporation upon conversion of, or payment of a dividend on, the Series A Preferred Stock), (ii) subdivides outstanding shares of Common Stock into a larger number of shares, (iii) combines (including by way of a reverse stock split) outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issues, in the event of a reclassification of shares of the Common Stock, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation, then the Conversion Price shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding any treasury shares of the Corporation) outstanding immediately before such event, and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 7(a) shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or re-classification.

 

C-4

 

 

(b) Subsequent Rights Offerings. In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 7(a) above, if at any time the Corporation grants, issues or sells any Common Stock Equivalents or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to the record holders of any class of shares of Common Stock (the “Purchase Rights”), then the Holder thereof will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder could have acquired if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete conversion of such Holder’s Series A Preferred Stock immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Stock are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such purchase.

 

(c) Fundamental Transaction. If, at any time while the Series A Preferred Stock is outstanding, (i) the Corporation, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into another Person, (ii) the Corporation, directly or indirectly, effects any sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any, direct or indirect, purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Corporation or another Person) is completed pursuant to which holders of Common Stock are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding Common Stock, (iv) the Corporation, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the Common Stock or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Common Stock is effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property, or (v) the Corporation, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions consummates a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with another Person whereby such other Person acquires more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (not including any shares of Common Stock held by the other Person or other Persons making or party to, or associated or Affiliated with the other Persons making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination) (each a “Fundamental Transaction”), then, upon any subsequent conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Holder shall have the right to receive, for each Conversion Share that would have been issuable upon such conversion immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction, the number of shares of Common Stock of the successor or acquiring corporation or of the Corporation, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration (the “Alternate Consideration”) receivable as a result of such Fundamental Transaction by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Series A Preferred Stock is convertible immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction. For purposes of any such conversion, the determination of the Conversion Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternate Consideration based on the amount of Alternate Consideration issuable in respect of one share of Common Stock in such Fundamental Transaction, and the Corporation shall apportion the Conversion Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration. If holders of Common Stock are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon any conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock following such Fundamental Transaction. To the extent necessary to effectuate the foregoing provisions, any successor to the Corporation or surviving entity in such Fundamental Transaction shall file a new Certificate of Designation with the same terms and conditions and issue to the Holders new preferred stock consistent with the foregoing provisions and evidencing the Holders’ right to convert such preferred stock into Alternate Consideration. The Corporation shall cause any successor entity in a Fundamental Transaction in which the Corporation is not the survivor (the “Successor Entity”) to assume in writing all of the obligations of the Corporation under this Certificate of Designation in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7(c) pursuant to written agreements entered into prior to such Fundamental Transaction and shall deliver to the Holder in exchange for the Series A Preferred Stock a security of the Successor Entity evidenced by a written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to the Series A Preferred Stock which is convertible for a corresponding number of shares of capital stock of such Successor Entity (or its parent entity) equivalent to the shares of Common Stock acquirable and receivable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock prior to such Fundamental Transaction, and with a conversion price which applies the conversion price hereunder to such shares of capital stock (but taking into account the relative value of the shares of Common Stock pursuant to such Fundamental Transaction and the value of such shares of capital stock, such number of shares of capital stock and such conversion price being for the purpose of protecting the economic value of the Series A Preferred Stock immediately prior to the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction). Upon the occurrence of any such Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such Fundamental Transaction, the provisions of this Certificate of Designation referring to the “Corporation” shall refer instead to the Successor Entity), and may exercise every right and power of the Corporation and shall assume all of the obligations of the Corporation under this Certificate of Designation with the same effect as if such Successor Entity had been named as the Corporation herein.

 

C-5

 

 

(d) Calculations. All calculations under this Section 7 shall be made to the nearest cent or the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be. For purposes of this Section 7, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued and outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding any treasury shares of the Corporation) issued and outstanding.

 

(e) Notice to the Holders. Whenever the Conversion Price is adjusted pursuant to any provision of this Section 7, the Corporation shall promptly deliver to each Holder a notice setting forth the Conversion Price after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment. If (i) the Corporation shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution in whatever form) on the Common Stock, (ii) the Corporation shall declare a special nonrecurring cash dividend on or a redemption of the Common Stock, (iii) the Corporation shall authorize the granting to all holders of the Common Stock of rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or of any rights, (iv) the approval of any stockholders of the Corporation shall be required in connection with any reclassification of the Common Stock, any consolidation or merger to which the Corporation is a party, any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, or any compulsory share exchange whereby the Common Stock is converted into other securities, cash or property or (v) the Corporation shall authorize the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, then, in each case, the Corporation shall cause to be filed at each office or agency maintained for the purpose of conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, and shall cause to be delivered to each Holder at its last address as it shall appear upon the stock books of the Corporation, at least twenty (20) calendar days prior to the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (A) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, redemption, rights or warrants, or if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of the Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distributions, redemption, rights or warrants are to be determined or (B) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange is expected to become effective or close, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of the Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of the Common Stock for securities, cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange, provided that the failure to deliver such notice or any defect therein or in the delivery thereof shall not affect the validity of the corporate action required to be specified in such notice. To the extent that any notice provided hereunder constitutes, or contains, material, nonpublic information regarding the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, the Corporation shall simultaneously file such notice with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a Current Report on Form 8-K. The Holder shall remain entitled to convert its Series A Preferred Stock (or any part hereof) during the 20-day period commencing on the date of such notice through the effective date of the event triggering such notice except as may otherwise be expressly set forth herein.

 

Section 8. Redemption. The Series A Preferred Stock is not redeemable other than as otherwise expressly authorized herein.

 

Section 9. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) Notices. Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries to be provided by the Holders hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally, by email, or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, addressed to the Corporation, at 13850 Manchester Rd., Ballwin, MO 63011, Attention: Secretary, email address bob.barry@goedekers.com, or such other e-mail address or address as the Corporation may specify for such purposes by notice to the Holders delivered in accordance with this Section 9(a). Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries to be provided by the Corporation hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally, by email, or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service addressed to each Holder at the email address or address of such Holder appearing on the books of the Corporation, or if no such email address or address appears on the books of the Corporation, at the principal place of business of such Holder. Any notice or other communication or deliveries hereunder shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (i) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via email prior to 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any date, (ii) the next Trading Day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via email on a day that is not a Trading Day or later than 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any Trading Day, (iii) the second Trading Day following the date of mailing, if sent by U.S. nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (iv) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given.

 

C-6

 

 

(b) Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Certificate of Designation shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

 

(c) Amendments; Waiver. This Certificate of Designation may be amended or any provision of this Certificate of Designation may be waived by the Corporation with the affirmative vote at a duly held meeting or written consent of the Requisite Holders. Any waiver by the Corporation or a Holder of a breach of any provision of this Certificate of Designation shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other breach of such provision or of any breach of any other provision of this Certificate of Designation or a waiver by any other Holders, except that a waiver by the Requisite Holders will constitute a waiver of all Holders. The failure of the Corporation or a Holder to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Certificate of Designation on one or more occasions shall not be considered a waiver or deprive that party (or any other Holder) of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Certificate of Designation on any other occasion. Any waiver by the Corporation or a Holder must be in writing. Any action that is required or permitted to be taken by the Requisite Holders may be taken at any meeting called by any Holder or Holders or by a written consent or action by such Holders in lieu of any such meeting. With respect to any meeting of Holders, unless otherwise specified in this Certificate of Designation, the procedures for calling and holding a meeting of the holder of Common Stock of the Corporation shall be applicable with respect to a meeting of the Holders, mutatis mutandis. The Corporation shall promptly provide to any Holder a list of the other Holders upon the request of any Holder, and otherwise provide such cooperation and assistance to any Holder for the purposes of calling and holding a meeting of the Holders as from time to time reasonably requested by a Holder.

 

(d) Severability. If any provision of this Certificate of Designation is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the balance of this Certificate of Designation shall remain in effect, and if any provision is inapplicable to any Person or circumstance, it shall nevertheless remain applicable to all other Persons and circumstances. If it shall be found that any interest or other amount deemed interest due hereunder violates the applicable law governing usury, the applicable rate of interest due hereunder shall automatically be lowered to equal the maximum rate of interest permitted under applicable law.

 

(e) Next Trading Day. Whenever any payment or other obligation hereunder shall be due on a day other than a Trading Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Trading Day.

 

(f) Headings. The headings contained herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Certificate of Designation and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

C-7

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Designation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this _____ day of ______________, ______.

 

  By:  
    Douglas T. Moore
    Chief Executive Officer

 

C-8

 

 

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION OF

SERIES A-1 PREFERRED STOCK

OF

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

 

Pursuant to Section 151 of the

General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware

 

The undersigned duly authorized officer of 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Corporation”), in accordance with the provisions of Section 151 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, hereby certifies that, pursuant to the authority conferred upon the board of directors of the Corporation (the “Board”) by the Article IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (as such may be amended, modified or restated from time to time, the “Certificate of Incorporation”), the Board on _______ adopted a resolution which creates a series of Preferred Stock of the Corporation designated as Series A-1 Preferred Stock as follows:

 

RESOLVED, that pursuant to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation (which authorizes 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock), and the authority vested in the Board, a series of Preferred Stock be, and it hereby is, created, and that the designation and number of shares of such series, and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, are as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation and this Certificate of Designation, as it may be amended from time to time, as follows:

 

Section 1. Definitions. For the purposes hereof, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate” means any Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with a Person, as such terms are used in and construed under Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Common Stock” means the Corporation’s common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and stock of any other class of securities into which such securities may hereafter be reclassified or changed.

 

Common Stock Equivalents” means any securities of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries which would entitle the holder thereof to acquire at any time Common Stock, including, without limitation, any debt, preferred stock, rights, options, warrants or other instrument that is at any time convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or otherwise entitles the holder thereof to receive, Common Stock.

 

Conversion Date” means the date on which approval from the stockholders of the Corporation with respect to the Securities Purchase Agreement and the transactions contemplated thereby, including the issuance of the Conversion Shares, has been obtained.

 

C-9

 

 

Conversion Shares” means, collectively, the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

Holder” means a holder of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock.

 

Person” means an individual or corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company, joint stock company, government (or an agency or subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind.

 

Requisite Holders” means holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock.

 

Securities Purchase Agreement” means the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated October 20, 2020, among the Corporation, Appliances Connection Inc., 1 Stop Electronics Center, Inc., Gold Coast Appliances Inc., Superior Deals Inc., Joe’s Appliances LLC, YF Logistics LLC and the other parties set forth in Exhibit A thereto.

 

Trading Day” means a day on which the principal Trading Market is open for business.

 

Trading Market” means any of the NYSE, NYSE American, NASDAQ, the OTC Bulletin Board system, the OTCQX market or OTCQB market operated by OTC Markets Group Inc., or any other market on which the Common Stock may be listed or quoted for trading on the date in question.

 

Section 2. Designation, Amount and Stated Value. The series of preferred stock shall be designated as Series A-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “Series A-1 Preferred Stock”), and the number of shares so designated shall be _______ (which shall not be subject to increase without the written consent of the Requisite Holders). Each share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall have a stated value of $___ per share (the “Stated Value”).1

 

Section 3. Dividends. Except for stock dividends or distributions for which adjustments are to be made pursuant to Section 7, Holders shall be entitled to receive, and the Corporation shall pay, dividends on shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock equal (on an as-if-converted-to-Common-Stock basis) to and in the same form as dividends actually paid on shares of the Common Stock when, as and if such dividends are paid on shares of the Common Stock. No other dividends shall be paid on shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock.

 

Section 4. Liquidation. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary (a “Liquidation”), the Holders shall be entitled to receive out of the assets, whether capital or surplus, of the Corporation the same amount that a holder of Common Stock would receive if the Series A-1 Preferred Stock were fully converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such Liquidation, which amount shall be paid to the Holders of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock pari passu with all holders of the Corporation’s outstanding Common Stock. The Corporation shall mail written notice of any such Liquidation, not less than 45 days prior to the payment date stated therein, to each Holder.

 

 

 
1 The Stated value shall be a “Trailing 20 Day Trading Price” which means the average of the closing price of the shares of Corporation’s Common Stock (as reported on the NYSE American) for the twenty (20) Trading Days immediately preceding the third (3rd) Trading Day prior to the Closing Date.

 

C-10

 

 

Section 5. Voting Rights. Except as otherwise provided herein or as otherwise required by law, the Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights.

 

Section 6. Automatic Conversion.

 

(a) Trigger Event. On the Conversion Date, each share of Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall be automatically converted (without the payment of additional consideration by the Holder thereof), into such number of fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock as is determined by dividing the Stated Value by the Conversion Price in effect on the Conversion Date. The “Conversion Price” shall initially be $[same as the Stated Value]. Such initial Conversion Price, and the rate at which shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock may be converted into shares of Common Stock, shall be subject to adjustment as provided below. Except as aforesaid, the Series A-1 Preferred Stock is not convertible into Common Stock or any other securities of the Corporation.

 

(b) Mechanics of Conversion. Within two (2) Trading Days of the Conversion Date, if the shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock are held in book entry form, or upon such Holder’s surrender of certificated shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock (or, if such registered Holder alleges that such certificate has been lost, stolen or destroyed, a lost certificate affidavit and an indemnity or security reasonably acceptable to the Corporation or its transfer agent to indemnify the Corporation or its transfer agent against any claim that may be made against the Corporation or its transfer agent on account of the alleged loss, theft or destruction of such certificate), the Corporation shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to each Holder the number of Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of such Holder’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock; provided that, any failure by the Holder to return certificated shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, if any, will have no effect on the mandatory conversion pursuant to Section 6(a), which conversion will be deemed to occur on the Conversion Date. The Conversion Shares issuable hereunder shall be transmitted by the Corporation’s transfer agent to the Holder by crediting the account of the Holder’s or its designee’s balance account with Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) through its Deposit or Withdrawal at Custodian system (DWAC) if the Corporation is then a participant in such system, or shall otherwise be issued in book entry form by the Corporation’s transfer agent; provided that, if requested by a Holder, the Corporation shall issue a physical certificate registered in the name of the Holder or its designee in lieu of issuance in book entry form. The Corporation agrees to maintain a transfer agent that is a participant in the DTC’s FAST program so long as any shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock remain outstanding. All rights with respect to the Series A-1 Preferred Stock converted pursuant to Section 6(a), including the rights, if any, to receive notices and vote (other than as a holder of Common Stock), will terminate at the Conversion Date (notwithstanding the failure of the Holder or Holders to surrender the certificates, if any, at or prior to such time), except only for the rights of the Holders to receive the Conversion Shares.

 

(c) Obligation Absolute. The Corporation’s obligation to issue and deliver the Conversion Shares upon conversion of Series A-1 Preferred Stock in accordance with the terms hereof are absolute and unconditional, irrespective of any action or inaction by a Holder to enforce the same, any waiver or consent with respect to any provision hereof, the recovery of any judgment against any Person or any action to enforce the same, or any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, limitation or termination, or any breach or alleged breach by such Holder or any other Person of any obligation to the Corporation or any violation or alleged violation of law by such Holder or any other person, and irrespective of any other circumstance which might otherwise limit such obligation of the Corporation to such Holder in connection with the issuance of such Conversion Shares; provided, however, that such delivery shall not operate as a waiver by the Corporation of any such action that the Corporation may have against such Holder.

 

C-11

 

 

(d) Reservation of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion. The Corporation covenants that it will at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock for the sole purpose of issuance upon conversion of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock as herein provided, free from preemptive rights or any other actual contingent purchase rights of Persons other than the Holders, not less than such aggregate number of shares of the Common Stock as shall be issuable (taking into account the adjustments and restrictions of Section 7) upon the conversion of the then outstanding shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock. The Corporation covenants that all shares of Common Stock that shall be so issuable shall, upon issue, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

(e) Fractional Shares. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock. As to any fraction of a share which the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such conversion, the Corporation shall round up to the next whole share.

 

(f) Transfer Taxes and Expenses. The issuance of the Conversion Shares on conversion of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock shall be made without charge to any Holder for any documentary stamp or similar taxes that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of such Conversion Shares, provided that the Corporation shall not be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any such Conversion Shares upon conversion in a name other than that of the Holders of such shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and the Corporation shall not be required to issue or deliver such Conversion Shares unless or until the Person or Persons requesting the issuance thereof shall have paid to the Corporation the amount of such tax or shall have established to the satisfaction of the Corporation that such tax has been paid. The Corporation shall pay all transfer agent fees required for same-day processing and all fees to the Depository Trust Company (or another established clearing corporation performing similar functions) required for same-day electronic delivery of the Conversion Shares.

 

Section 7. Certain Adjustments.

 

(a) Stock Dividends and Stock Splits. If the Corporation, at any time while the Series A-1 Preferred Stock is outstanding: (i) pays a stock dividend or otherwise makes a distribution or distributions payable in shares of Common Stock on shares of Common Stock or any other Common Stock Equivalents (which, for avoidance of doubt, shall not include any shares of Common Stock issued by the Corporation upon conversion of, or payment of a dividend on, the Series A-1 Preferred Stock), (ii) subdivides outstanding shares of Common Stock into a larger number of shares, (iii) combines (including by way of a reverse stock split) outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issues, in the event of a reclassification of shares of the Common Stock, any shares of capital stock of the Corporation, then the Conversion Price shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding any treasury shares of the Corporation) outstanding immediately before such event, and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 7(a) shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or re-classification.

 

C-12

 

 

(b) Subsequent Rights Offerings. In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 7(a) above, if at any time the Corporation grants, issues or sells any Common Stock Equivalents or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to the record holders of any class of shares of Common Stock (the “Purchase Rights”), then the Holder thereof will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder could have acquired if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete conversion of such Holder’s Series A-1 Preferred Stock immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of shares of Common Stock are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such purchase.

 

(c) Fundamental Transaction. If, at any time while the Series A-1 Preferred Stock is outstanding, (i) the Corporation, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into another Person, (ii) the Corporation, directly or indirectly, effects any sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any, direct or indirect, purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Corporation or another Person) is completed pursuant to which holders of Common Stock are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding Common Stock, (iv) the Corporation, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the Common Stock or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Common Stock is effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property, or (v) the Corporation, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions consummates a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with another Person whereby such other Person acquires more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (not including any shares of Common Stock held by the other Person or other Persons making or party to, or associated or Affiliated with the other Persons making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination) (each a “Fundamental Transaction”), then, upon any subsequent conversion of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, the Holder shall have the right to receive, for each Conversion Share that would have been issuable upon such conversion immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction, the number of shares of Common Stock of the successor or acquiring corporation or of the Corporation, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration (the “Alternate Consideration”) receivable as a result of such Fundamental Transaction by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock for which the Series A-1 Preferred Stock is convertible immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction. For purposes of any such conversion, the determination of the Conversion Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternate Consideration based on the amount of Alternate Consideration issuable in respect of one share of Common Stock in such Fundamental Transaction, and the Corporation shall apportion the Conversion Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration. If holders of Common Stock are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon any conversion of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock following such Fundamental Transaction. To the extent necessary to effectuate the foregoing provisions, any successor to the Corporation or surviving entity in such Fundamental Transaction shall file a new Certificate of Designation with the same terms and conditions and issue to the Holders new preferred stock consistent with the foregoing provisions and evidencing the Holders’ right to convert such preferred stock into Alternate Consideration. The Corporation shall cause any successor entity in a Fundamental Transaction in which the Corporation is not the survivor (the “Successor Entity”) to assume in writing all of the obligations of the Corporation under this Certificate of Designation in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7(c) pursuant to written agreements entered into prior to such Fundamental Transaction and shall deliver to the Holder in exchange for the Series A-1 Preferred Stock a security of the Successor Entity evidenced by a written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to the Series A-1 Preferred Stock which is convertible for a corresponding number of shares of capital stock of such Successor Entity (or its parent entity) equivalent to the shares of Common Stock acquirable and receivable upon conversion of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock prior to such Fundamental Transaction, and with a conversion price which applies the conversion price hereunder to such shares of capital stock (but taking into account the relative value of the shares of Common Stock pursuant to such Fundamental Transaction and the value of such shares of capital stock, such number of shares of capital stock and such conversion price being for the purpose of protecting the economic value of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock immediately prior to the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction). Upon the occurrence of any such Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such Fundamental Transaction, the provisions of this Certificate of Designation referring to the “Corporation” shall refer instead to the Successor Entity), and may exercise every right and power of the Corporation and shall assume all of the obligations of the Corporation under this Certificate of Designation with the same effect as if such Successor Entity had been named as the Corporation herein.

 

C-13

 

 

(d) Calculations. All calculations under this Section 7 shall be made to the nearest cent or the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be. For purposes of this Section 7, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued and outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding any treasury shares of the Corporation) issued and outstanding.

 

(e) Notice to the Holders. Whenever the Conversion Price is adjusted pursuant to any provision of this Section 7, the Corporation shall promptly deliver to each Holder a notice setting forth the Conversion Price after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment. If (i) the Corporation shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution in whatever form) on the Common Stock, (ii) the Corporation shall declare a special nonrecurring cash dividend on or a redemption of the Common Stock, (iii) the Corporation shall authorize the granting to all holders of the Common Stock of rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or of any rights, (iv) the approval of any stockholders of the Corporation shall be required in connection with any reclassification of the Common Stock, any consolidation or merger to which the Corporation is a party, any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, or any compulsory share exchange whereby the Common Stock is converted into other securities, cash or property or (v) the Corporation shall authorize the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, then, in each case, the Corporation shall cause to be filed at each office or agency maintained for the purpose of conversion of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, and shall cause to be delivered to each Holder at its last address as it shall appear upon the stock books of the Corporation, at least twenty (20) calendar days prior to the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (A) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, redemption, rights or warrants, or if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of the Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distributions, redemption, rights or warrants are to be determined or (B) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange is expected to become effective or close, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of the Common Stock of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of the Common Stock for securities, cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange, provided that the failure to deliver such notice or any defect therein or in the delivery thereof shall not affect the validity of the corporate action required to be specified in such notice. To the extent that any notice provided hereunder constitutes, or contains, material, nonpublic information regarding the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, the Corporation shall simultaneously file such notice with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a Current Report on Form 8-K. The Holder shall remain entitled to convert its Series A-1 Preferred Stock (or any part hereof) during the 20-day period commencing on the date of such notice through the effective date of the event triggering such notice except as may otherwise be expressly set forth herein.

 

Section 8. Redemption. The Series A-1 Preferred Stock is not redeemable other than as otherwise expressly authorized herein.

 

Section 9. Miscellaneous.

 

(g) Notices. Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries to be provided by the Holders hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally, by email, or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, addressed to the Corporation, at 13850 Manchester Rd., Ballwin, MO 63011, Attention: Secretary, email address bob.barry@goedekers.com, or such other e-mail address or address as the Corporation may specify for such purposes by notice to the Holders delivered in accordance with this Section 9(a). Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries to be provided by the Corporation hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally, by email, or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service addressed to each Holder at the email address or address of such Holder appearing on the books of the Corporation, or if no such email address or address appears on the books of the Corporation, at the principal place of business of such Holder. Any notice or other communication or deliveries hereunder shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (i) the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via email prior to 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any date, (ii) the next Trading Day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via email on a day that is not a Trading Day or later than 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any Trading Day, (iii) the second Trading Day following the date of mailing, if sent by U.S. nationally recognized overnight courier service, or (iv) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given.

 

C-14

 

 

(h) Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Certificate of Designation shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflict of laws thereof.

 

(i) Amendments; Waiver. This Certificate of Designation may be amended or any provision of this Certificate of Designation may be waived by the Corporation with the affirmative vote at a duly held meeting or written consent of the Requisite Holders. Any waiver by the Corporation or a Holder of a breach of any provision of this Certificate of Designation shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other breach of such provision or of any breach of any other provision of this Certificate of Designation or a waiver by any other Holders, except that a waiver by the Requisite Holders will constitute a waiver of all Holders. The failure of the Corporation or a Holder to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Certificate of Designation on one or more occasions shall not be considered a waiver or deprive that party (or any other Holder) of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Certificate of Designation on any other occasion. Any waiver by the Corporation or a Holder must be in writing. Any action that is required or permitted to be taken by the Requisite Holders may be taken at any meeting called by any Holder or Holders or by a written consent or action by such Holders in lieu of any such meeting. With respect to any meeting of Holders, unless otherwise specified in this Certificate of Designation, the procedures for calling and holding a meeting of the holder of Common Stock of the Corporation shall be applicable with respect to a meeting of the Holders, mutatis mutandis. The Corporation shall promptly provide to any Holder a list of the other Holders upon the request of any Holder, and otherwise provide such cooperation and assistance to any Holder for the purposes of calling and holding a meeting of the Holders as from time to time reasonably requested by a Holder.

 

(j) Severability. If any provision of this Certificate of Designation is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the balance of this Certificate of Designation shall remain in effect, and if any provision is inapplicable to any Person or circumstance, it shall nevertheless remain applicable to all other Persons and circumstances. If it shall be found that any interest or other amount deemed interest due hereunder violates the applicable law governing usury, the applicable rate of interest due hereunder shall automatically be lowered to equal the maximum rate of interest permitted under applicable law.

 

(k) Next Trading Day. Whenever any payment or other obligation hereunder shall be due on a day other than a Trading Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Trading Day.

 

(l) Headings. The headings contained herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Certificate of Designation and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

C-15

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Certificate of Designation has been executed by a duly authorized officer of the Corporation on this _____ day of ______________, _____.

 

  By:  
    Douglas T. Moore
    Chief Executive Officer

 

C-16

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

Form of Voting Agreement

 

(See Attached)

 

 

 

 

VOTING SUPPORT AND CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

 

VOTING SUPPORT AND CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of ________, 2020, by and among Albert Fouerti, Elie Fouerti and Youssef Fouerti (each, a “Seller” and collectively, the “Sellers”), and those holders of securities of 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), listed on Schedule I attached hereto (each, a “Securityholder” and collectively, the “Securityholders”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Company, the Sellers, Appliances Connection Inc. (the “Buyer”), and 1 Stop Electronics Center, Inc., Gold Coast Appliances Inc., Superior Deals Inc., Joe’s Appliances LLC and YF Logistics LLC (collectively, the “Subject Companies”) have entered into a securities purchase agreement, dated _________, 2020 (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which the Buyer has agreed to purchase all of the Securities of the Subject Companies in exchange for, among other things, shares of the Company’s Common Stock and Preferred Stock. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings set forth in the Securities Purchase Agreement.

 

As of the date hereof, each Securityholder is the record owner of the number and type of securities of the Company set forth opposite the name of such Securityholder on Schedule I hereto.

 

As a condition to the willingness of the Subject Companies and the Sellers to enter into the Securities Purchase Agreement and as an inducement and in consideration therefor, each Securityholder has agreed to enter into this Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1. Stockholder Meetings; Voting. Each Securityholder hereby agrees that from and after the date hereof and until this Agreement is terminated in accordance with Section 8, such Securityholder shall exercise all of his, her or its rights as a holder of securities of the Company to vote as follows to the extent that the following are approved by the board of directors of the Company and recommended to the stockholders of the Company: (i) in favor of the adoption of the Securities Purchase Agreement and the approval of the transactions contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement; (ii) in favor of any proposal seeking approval for the issuance to the Sellers or their designees of Common Stock (or securities convertible into or exercisable for Common Stock) equal to 20% or more of the Company’s issued and outstanding Common Stock or 20% or more of the voting power outstanding before the issuance, in order that any shares of Preferred Stock issued by the Company to the Sellers or their designees under the Securities Purchase Agreement can be immediately converted into Common Stock (the “20% Proposal”); (iii) against any proposal made in opposition to, or in competition with, the matters set forth in (i) or (ii) above; and (iv) against any other action that is intended, or would reasonably be expected to, impede, interfere with, delay, postpone, discourage or adversely affect the adoption of the Securities Purchase Agreement, the approval of the transactions contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement, or the approval of the 20% Proposal at any meeting of the stockholders of the Company. It is the intention of this paragraph that each Securityholder shall be obligated to vote in accordance with the above regardless of the particular wording of any proposal put forth to the stockholders of the Company, in a manner consistent with the purpose of authorizing the Securities Purchase Agreement and the issuance to the Sellers or their designees of shares of Common Stock of the Company having the maximum voting power as is contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement.

 

D-1

 

 

2. Restriction on Transfer.

 

(a) Except as provided by Section 2(c), each Securityholder agrees that he, she or it will not directly or indirectly, prior to the termination of this Agreement: (i) transfer, assign, sell, lend, sell short, gift-over, pledge, encumber, hypothecate, exchange or otherwise dispose (whether by sale, liquidation, dissolution, dividend or distribution), or offer or solicit to do any of the foregoing, of any or all of the equity securities and/or any debt or similar securities that are convertible into equity securities of the Company held by him, her or it, including any additional equity securities and/or any debt or similar securities that are convertible into equity securities of the Company which Securityholder may subsequently acquire, including all additional equity securities which may be issued to Securityholder upon the exercise of any options, warrants or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for securities of the Company (all such securities of such Securityholder, “Subject Securities”) or any right or interest therein, or consent to any of the foregoing (any such action, a “Transfer”), (ii) enter or offer to enter into any derivative arrangement with respect to, or create or suffer to exist any liens or encumbrances with respect to, any or all of the Subject Securities or any right or interest therein, in either case that would reasonably be expected to prevent or delay such Securityholder’s compliance with his, her or its obligations hereunder; (iii) enter of offer to enter into any contract, option or other agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to any Transfer; (iv) grant any proxy, power-of-attorney or other authorization or consent with respect to any Subject Securities with respect to any matter that is, or that could be exercised in a manner, inconsistent with the transactions contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement and this Agreement or the provisions thereof and hereof; (v) deposit any Subject Securities into a voting trust, or enter into a voting agreement or arrangement with respect to any Subject Securities; or (vi) enter or offer to enter into any contract or agreement that would be breached by, or take any other action that would reasonably be expected to prevent or delay such Securityholder’s compliance with its obligations hereunder.

 

(b) Each Securityholder hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall be entitled, during the term of this Agreement, to cause any transfer agent for the Subject Securities to decline to effect any Transfer and to note stop transfer restrictions on the stock register and other records relating to Subject Securities, and each Securityholder agrees to execute and deliver any further documents reasonably requested by the Company in furtherance of the same.

 

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions set forth in this Section 2 shall not apply (A) to the exercise of any option, warrant or other securities convertible or exchangeable for securities of the Company, or (B) to the following Transfers of Subject Securities by the Securityholder:

 

(i) if such Securityholder is an individual (A) for nominal consideration or as a gift to any member of such Securityholder’s “immediate family” (defined for purposes of this Agreement as the spouse, parent, lineal descendants, the spouse of any lineal descendant, and brothers and sisters) or a trust for the benefit of such Securityholder or any member of such Securityholder’s immediate family, (B) in connection with estate or tax planning, including but not limited to, dispositions from any grantor retained annuity trust established for the direct benefit of the Securityholder and/or a member of the immediate family (defined as aforesaid) of the Securityholder, or (C) upon the death of such Securityholder pursuant to a will or other instrument taking effect upon the death of such Securityholder, or pursuant to the applicable laws of descent and distribution to such Securityholder’s estate, heirs or distributees; and

 

(ii) if the Securityholder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, any Transfer to an Affiliate of the Securityholder if such Transfer is not for value;

 

D-2

 

 

provided, however, that in the case of any Transfer described in clauses (i) or (ii), it shall be a condition to the Transfer that (x) the transferee executes and delivers to the Company and the Sellers, not later than one Business Day prior to such Transfer, a written agreement that is reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Company and the Sellers to be bound by all of the terms of this Agreement (any references to immediate family in the agreement executed by such transferee shall expressly refer only to the immediate family of the Securityholder and not to the immediate family of the transferee) and (y) if the Securityholder is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of the Subject Securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the Subject Securities, the Securityholder shall include a statement in such report to the effect that, in the case of any Transfer pursuant to Section 2(c)(i) above, such Transfer is being made as a gift or by will or intestate succession or, in the case of any Transfer pursuant to Section 2(c)(ii) above, such Transfer is being made to a shareholder, partner or member of, or owner of a similar equity interest in, the Securityholder and is not a Transfer for value.

 

(d) For purposes hereof, “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any entity, any other person or entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such entity. For purposes hereof, “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any entity or person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity or person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or otherwise.

 

3. Representations and Warranties of the Securityholders. Each of the Securityholders, severally, but not jointly, hereby represents and warrants to the Sellers as follows:

 

(a) The Securityholder is the record owner of the Subject Securities set forth opposite the name of the Securityholder on Schedule I to this Agreement. As of the date of this Agreement, the Subject Securities set forth opposite the name of the Securityholder on Schedule I to this Agreement represent all of the shares of equity securities and/or any debt or similar securities that are convertible into equity securities of the Company owned of record by the Securityholder.

 

(b) If the Securityholder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, such Securityholder is an entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction, and has all requisite organizational power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby, and has taken all necessary organizational action to authorize the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement.

 

(c) If the Securityholder is an individual, such Securityholder has the valid capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and has duly executed and delivered this Agreement.

 

(d) This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Securityholder, enforceable against the Securityholder in accordance with its terms, except as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

 

(e) The execution, delivery and performance by the Securityholder of this Agreement does not require any consent, approval, authorization or permit of, action by, filing with or notification to any governmental authority or other third party, other than any consent, approval, authorization, permit, action, filing or notification the failure of which to make or obtain would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to prevent or materially delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement or the Securityholder’s ability to observe and perform its material obligations hereunder (a “Securityholder Material Adverse Effect”).

 

D-3

 

 

(f) The execution, delivery and performance by the Securityholder of this Agreement will not (i) result in a violation of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, require consent under or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or the loss of any benefit under any (A) contract, trust, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind (a “Contract”) or (B) permit, concession, franchise, right or license binding upon the Securityholder, (ii) result in the creation of any pledges, liens, claims, security interests, proxies, voting trusts or agreements, options, rights (other than community property interests), understandings or arrangements or any other encumbrance or restriction whatsoever on title transfer (collectively, “Encumbrances”), other than Encumbrances imposed by federal or state securities laws (collectively, “Permitted Encumbrances”), upon any of the properties or assets of the Securityholder, (iii) if the Securityholder is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, conflict with or result in any violation of any provision of the organizational documents of such Securityholder, or (iv) conflict with or violate any applicable laws, other than, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iv), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Securityholder Material Adverse Effect. The consummation by the Securityholder of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not (y) violate any provision of any judgment, order or decree applicable to the Securityholder or (z) require any consent, approval, or notice under any statute, law, rule or regulation applicable to such Securityholder.

 

(g) The Securityholder’s Subject Securities are now, and at all times during the term hereof will be, held by the Securityholder or by a nominee or custodian for the benefit of the Securityholder, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except for (i) any such Encumbrances arising hereunder, (ii) Permitted Encumbrances and (iii) any Encumbrance imposed by any margin account in with the Subject Securities may be held (provided, that the Securityholder retains voting and dispositional control of any such Subject Securities).

 

(h) The Securityholder understands and acknowledges that the Sellers are entering into the Securities Purchase Agreement in reliance upon the Securityholder’s execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

(i) No broker, investment bank, financial advisor or other person is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial adviser’s or similar fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby based upon arrangements made by or on behalf of the Securityholder.

 

4. Representations and Warranties of the Sellers. Each of the Sellers, severally, but not jointly, hereby represents and warrants to the Securityholders as follows:

 

(a) The Seller has the valid capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and has duly executed and delivered this Agreement.

 

(b) This Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Seller, enforceable against the Seller in accordance with its terms, except as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

 

(c) The execution, delivery and performance by the Seller of this Agreement does not require any consent, approval, authorization or permit of, action by, filing with or notification to any governmental authority or other third party, other than any consent, approval, authorization, permit, action, filing or notification the failure of which to make or obtain would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to prevent or materially delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement or the Seller’s ability to observe and perform its material obligations hereunder (a “Seller Material Adverse Effect”).

 

D-4

 

 

(d) The execution, delivery and performance by the Seller of this Agreement will not (i) result in a violation of, or default (with or without notice or lapse of time, or both) under, require consent under or give rise to a right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any obligation or the loss of any benefit under any (A) Contract or (B) permit, concession, franchise, right or license binding upon the Seller, (ii) result in the creation of Encumbrances (other than Permitted Encumbrances) upon any of the properties or assets of the Seller, (iii) conflict with or violate any applicable laws, other than, in the case of clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), as would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Seller Material Adverse Effect. The consummation by the Seller of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not (y) violate any provision of any judgment, order or decree applicable to the Seller or (z) require any consent, approval, or notice under any statute, law, rule or regulation applicable to such Seller.

 

5. Confidentiality.

 

(a) Except as otherwise required by applicable law, each Securityholder agrees to treat and hold as confidential, any confidential or proprietary information of the Sellers and the Subject Companies relating, except for any such information which is generally known to the public or becomes generally known to the public, other than as a result of a disclosure by such Securityholder and not due to the breach of this Agreement (“Confidential Information”), and to refrain from disclosing any Confidential Information, except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5. Unless otherwise public information, the existence of any business negotiations, discussions, consultations or agreements in progress between the parties hereto, or between the Sellers, the Subject Companies and certain third parties, shall not be released to any form of public media without the prior written consent of the Sellers. Each Securityholder agrees that it shall treat all Confidential Information with at least the same degree of care as it accords to its own information of like nature, and each Securityholder represents that it exercises at least reasonable care to protect its own confidential information. Each Securityholder may disclose Confidential Information only to those of its employees, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, members, or owners of a similar equity interest in such Securityholder, or any of such Securityholder’s agents or representatives (all such persons or entities, collectively, “Securityholder Representatives”) who (i) need to know such information for the purposes of advising such Securityholder with respect to the Securities Purchase Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement and (ii) are informed by such Securityholder of the confidential nature of the Confidential Information and the obligations under this Agreement with respect to such Confidential Information. Each Securityholder also agrees to be responsible for enforcing the terms of this Agreement as to its Securityholder Representatives and maintaining the confidentiality of the Confidential Information and to take such action, legal or otherwise, to the extent necessary to cause them to comply with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and thereby prevent any disclosure or prohibited use of Confidential Information by any of its Securityholder Representatives.

 

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, each Securityholder or any of the Securityholder’s Representatives may disclose Confidential Information without the consent of the Sellers to the extent required by law or legal process (provided that, unless prohibited by law, it first provides prompt notice to the Sellers so that they may seek a protective order or other appropriate remedy or consent to the disclosure). In the event a Securityholder or any of the Securityholder’s Representatives are required to so disclose Confidential Information, such Securityholder or such Representative may furnish that portion (and only that portion) of the Confidential Information that such person or entity has been advised by legal counsel that it is legally compelled or otherwise required to disclose, and such person or entity shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded any Confidential Information so disclosed and, if requested by any Seller, shall use reasonable efforts to assist such Seller in obtaining an order or other assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to such Confidential Information so disclosed. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company may disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement as required by the rules and regulations of any national securities exchange or other market on which its securities are listed or qualified, the SEC or other applicable governmental or regulatory body. If the Company discloses the terms and conditions of this Agreement as provided in the immediately preceding sentence it shall use best efforts to give the other parties reasonable advance notice of such disclosure.

 

D-5

 

 

(c) Each Securityholder also acknowledges and agrees that it is aware of the restrictions imposed by the United States federal securities laws and other applicable foreign and domestic laws on a person or entity in possession of material non-public information about a public company and that such Securityholder will comply with such laws.

 

6. Fiduciary Responsibilities. No Securityholder executing this Agreement who is or becomes during the term hereof a director or officer of the Company makes (or shall be deemed to have made) any agreement or understanding herein in his or her capacity as such director or officer. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Securityholder signs solely in his or her capacity as the record owner of such Securityholder’s Subject Securities and nothing herein shall limit or affect any actions taken by such Securityholder (or a designee of such Securityholder) in his or her capacity as an officer or director of the Company in exercising his or her or the Company’s or the Company’s Board of Directors’ rights in connection with the Securities Purchase Agreement or otherwise and such actions shall not be deemed to be a breach of this Agreement.

 

7. Power of Attorney.  Each Securityholder hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company and its duly authorized officers and agents as its agent and attorney in fact, which appointment is coupled with an interest, to act on such Securityholder’s behalf to execute any proxy relating to any meeting of the Securityholders of the Company called for the purposes set forth herein and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further such purposes with the same legal force and effect as if executed by such Securityholder.

 

8. Termination.

 

(a) This Agreement, and all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall terminate immediately upon the earliest to occur of the following: (i) the first Business Day following the date of the approval of the 20% Proposal by the Company’s stockholders; (ii) the date of the termination of the Securities Purchase Agreement in accordance with its terms; or (iii) the mutual written consent of the Sellers and the Securityholders.

 

(b) Except as set forth in Section 8(c), upon termination of this Agreement, except in the case of liability for any willful breach by any party to this Agreement prior to termination from which liability termination shall not relieve any such party, all obligations of the parties under this Agreement will terminate, without any liability or other obligation on the part of any party hereto to any person or entity in respect hereof or the transactions contemplated hereby, and no party shall have any claim against another (and no person shall have any rights against such party), whether under contract, tort or otherwise.

 

(c) Section 5 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement until the second anniversary of the date of this Agreement. Section 8 of this Agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement indefinitely.

 

D-6

 

 

9. Expenses. All fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the party incurring such fees or expenses, whether or not the transactions contemplated by the Securities Purchase Agreement are consummated.

 

10. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) All notices, consents, waivers and other communications required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given to a party when (i) delivered to the appropriate address by hand or by nationally recognized overnight courier service; or (ii) transmitted by telecopy or e-mail (with confirmation of transmission) by the transmitting equipment confirmed with a copy delivered as provided in clause (i), in each case to the following addresses, facsimile numbers or e-mail addresses and marked to the attention of the person (by name or title) designated below (or to such other address, telecopy number, e-mail address or person as a party may designate by notice to the other parties).

 

If to a Seller: To the address specified on Exhibit A attached to the Securities Purchase Agreement
   
  With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
   
  MURTHA CULLINA LLP
  One Century Tower
  265 Church Street
  New Haven, CT 06510
  Attn: James W. McLaughlin, Esq.
  Facsimile:
  Email:

 

If to a Securityholder: To the address set forth on Schedule I attached hereto with a copy to:
   
  1847 Goedeker Inc.
  13850 Manchester Road
  Ballwin, MO 63011
  Attn: Douglas T. Moore, CEO
  Facsimile:
  Email:
   
  With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:
  BEVILACQUA PLLC
  1050 Connecticut Avenue, NW, Suite 500
  Washington, DC 20036
  Attention: Louis A. Bevilacqua, Esq.
  Facsimile:
  Email:

 

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and is not intended to confer, nor shall it confer, upon any person other than the parties hereto any legal or equitable rights or remedies or benefits of any nature whatsoever.

 

(c) No amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be effective unless it shall be in writing and signed by each of the parties hereto, and no waiver or consent hereunder shall be effective against any party unless it shall be in writing and signed by such party.

 

D-7

 

 

(d) Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned (in whole or in part) by any of the parties hereto (whether by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of the other parties, and any such assignment without such consent shall be null and void. No assignment by any party shall relieve such party of any of its obligations hereunder. Subject to the preceding sentences, this Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

(e) This Agreement will be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO CONSENTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT LOCATED WITHIN THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE LITIGATED IN SUCH COURTS. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN CONNECTION WITH ITS RESPECTIVE PROPERTIES, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND WAIVES ANY DEFENSE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, AND IRREVOCABLY AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ANY FINAL AND NONAPPEALABLE JUDGMENT RENDERED THEREBY IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT.

 

(f) The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(g) If any term or other provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced by any rule of law or public policy, all other conditions and provisions of this Agreement shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect, insofar as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any party. Upon such determination that any term or other provision is invalid, illegal or incapable of being enforced, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law in an acceptable manner to the end that the transactions contemplated hereby are fulfilled to the extent possible.

 

(h) The parties hereto agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any provision of this Agreement was not performed in accordance with the terms hereof and that the parties will be entitled to specific performance of the terms hereof in addition to any other remedy at law or in equity.

 

(i) This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

D-8

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first written above.

 

  SELLERS:
     
   
  Albert Fouerti
     
   
  Elie Fouerti
     
   
  Youssef Fouerti
     
  [ALBERT FOUERTI TRUST]
     
  By:  
    Albert Fouerti, Trustee
     
  [ELIE FOUERTI TRUST]
     
  By:
    Elie Fouerti, Trustee
     
  SECURITYHOLDERS:
   
  Ellery W. Roberts
   
  Edward J. Tobin

 

D-9

 

 

SCHEDULE I

 

Name and Address

  Company Securities

Ellery W. Roberts

 

1,527,203 shares of Common Stock

Edward J. Tobin

 

975,654 shares of Common Stock

TOTAL   2,502,857

 

D-10

 

 

EXHIBIT E

 

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

 

(See Attached)

 

 

 

 

LOCK-UP and resale restriction AGREEMENT

 

This Lock-Up and Resale Restriction Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of _____________, 2020 by and among 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (“1847 Goedeker”), and the persons executing this Agreement (each a “Holder” and, collectively, the “Holders”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. On October 20, 2020, 1847 Goedeker entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Buyer Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of 1847 Goedeker (the “Buyer”), 1 Stop Electronics Center, Inc., a New York corporation (“1 Stop”), Gold Coast Appliances Inc., a New York corporation (“Gold Coast”), Superior Deals Inc., a New York corporation (“Superior Deals”), Joe’s Appliances LLC, a New York limited liability company (“Joe’s Appliances”), and YF Logistics LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (“YF Logistics” and collectively with 1 Stop, Gold Coast, Superior Deals and Joe’s Appliances, the “Companies”), and the other party or parties set forth therein (such other parties collectively, the “Sellers”).

 

B. The Sellers collectively own 100% of the issued and outstanding the capital stock or other equity securities of the Companies (the “Securities”).

 

C. The Sellers desire to sell all of the Securities to the Buyer, and Buyer desires to purchase all of the Securities from the Sellers, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement (such sale and purchase of the Securities, the “Acquisition”).

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Restrictions on Transfer.

 

a. For a period of 180 days after the Closing (the “Lock-Up Period”), no Holder shall, directly or indirectly: (i) transfer, assign, sell, lend, sell short, gift-over, pledge, encumber, hypothecate, exchange or otherwise dispose (whether by sale, liquidation, dissolution, dividend or distribution), or offer or solicit to do any of the foregoing, of any or all of the shares of the common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Common Stock”), Series A Preferred Stock or Series A-1 Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Preferred Stock”), or any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, of 1847 Goedeker held by such Holder (all such securities of such Holder, “Subject Securities”) or any right or interest therein, or consent to any of the foregoing (any such action, a “Transfer”), (ii) enter or offer to enter into any derivative arrangement with respect to, or create or suffer to exist any liens or encumbrances with respect to, any or all of the Subject Securities or any right or interest therein, in either case that would reasonably be expected to prevent or delay such Holder’s compliance with its obligations hereunder; or (iii) enter of offer to enter into any contract, option or other agreement, arrangement or understanding with respect to any Transfer.

 

E-1

 

 

b. After the expiration of the Lock Period, until the one year anniversary of the Closing, Holder shall only be permitted to sell the Subject Securities at a rate of no more than one percent of the outstanding stock of 1847 Goedeker per quarter as shown by the most recent report or statement published by 1847 Goedeker filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2. Stop Transfer Orders. Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that 1847 Goedeker shall be entitled, during the term of this Agreement, to cause any transfer agent for the Subject Securities to decline to effect any Transfer and to note stop transfer restrictions on the stock register and other records relating to Subject Securities, and each Holder agrees to execute and deliver any further documents reasonably requested by 1847 Goedeker in furtherance of the same.

 

3. Permitted Transfers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the restrictions set forth herein shall not apply to the following permitted transfers:

 

a. A Holder shall be permitted to Transfer Subject Securities to an Affiliate of the Holder if such Transfer is not for value; provided, however, that it shall be a condition to the Transfer that (a) the transferee executes and delivers to 1847 Goedeker, not later than one business day prior to such Transfer, a written agreement that is reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to 1847 Goedeker to be bound by all of the terms of this Agreement and (b) if the Holder is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of the Subject Securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the Subject Securities, the Holder shall include a statement in such report to the effect that such Transfer is being made to a shareholder, partner or member of, or owner of a similar equity interest in, the Holder and is not a Transfer for value. For purposes hereof, “Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any entity, any other person or entity directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under common control with such entity. For purposes hereof, “control” (including the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any entity or person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity or person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or otherwise.

 

b. A Holder shall be permitted to Transfer Subject Securities (i) for estate planning or philanthropic purposes or upon such Holder’s death pursuant to law or such Holder’s estate plan; provided, however, that it shall be a condition to the Transfer that (a) the transferee executes and delivers to 1847 Goedeker, not later than one business day prior to such Transfer, a written agreement that is reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to 1847 Goedeker to be bound by all of the terms of this Agreement and (b) if the Holder is required to file a report under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, reporting a reduction in beneficial ownership of the Subject Securities or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for the Subject Securities, the Holder shall include a statement in such report to the effect that such Transfer is being made to for estate planning or philanthropic purposes or as the result of the death of such Holder.

 

4. Transfers in Violation Void. Any attempted sale, transfer or other disposition in violation of this Agreement shall be null and void.

 

E-2

 

 

5. Binding Effect; Waiver. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Holder, its agents, heirs, successors, assigns and beneficiaries. Any waiver by 1847 Goedeker of any of the terms and conditions of this Agreement in any instance must be in writing and must be duly executed by 1847 Goedeker and the Holder and shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of such term or condition for the future, or of any subsequent breach thereof.

 

6. Termination. This Agreement, and all rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, shall terminate upon the one year anniversary of the Closing.

 

7. Miscellaneous. Facsimile execution and delivery of this Agreement is legal, valid and binding execution and delivery for all purposes. This Agreement shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any person other than the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement (including the documents referred to herein) constitutes the entire agreement among the parties and supersedes any prior understandings, agreements, or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, to the extent they related in any way to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. The Section headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. Any term or provision of this Agreement that is invalid or unenforceable in any situation in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity or enforceability of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction. Each of the parties will bear his or its own costs and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. Each arty acknowledges and agrees that the other party would be damaged irreparably in the event any of the provisions of this Agreement are not performed in accordance with their specific terms or otherwise are breached. Accordingly, each party agrees that the other party shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce specifically this Agreement and the terms and provisions hereof in any action instituted in any court of the United States or any state thereof having jurisdiction over the parties and the matter, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled, at law or in equity.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

E-3

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed and delivered this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

  COMPANY:
   
  1847 GOEDEKER INC.
   
  By:                
  Name:  
  Title:  
   
  HOLDERS:
   
   

 

E-4

 

 

EXHIBIT F-1

 

1 Stop Lease

 

(See Attached)

 

 

 

 

LEASE

 

Agreement of Lease, made as of this _____ day of ___________, 2021, between 1870 Bath Ave. LLC, whose address is 1870 Bath Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11214, (“Landlord”), and 1 Stop Electronics Center, Inc., whose address is 1870 Bath Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11214, (“Tenant”),

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, Landlord is willing to lease to Tenant and Tenant is willing to hire from Landlord on the terms hereinafter set forth, the entire real property with all improvements thereon known as 1870 Bath Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11214, consisting of approximately 21,000 rentable square feet (the “Demised Premises”).

 

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto, for themselves, their heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, hereby covenant as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

Demised Premises; Term; Use

 

1.01 Demise. (a) Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires from Landlord, subject to the terms and conditions of this lease, the Demised Premises.

 

1.02 Term. (a) The term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall commence on ____________, 2021, (the “Commencement Date”), and shall end, unless sooner terminated as herein provided, on ______________, 2031, (such date is called the “Expiration Date”).

 

1.03 Intentionally Omitted.

 

1.04 Intentionally Omitted.

 

1.05 Use. The Demised Premises shall be used and occupied by Tenant solely as a store for the sale of electronics and appliances (“Permitted Use”), and for no other purpose. All use of the Demised Premises must be in compliance with rules and regulations promulgated for the Demised Premises by Landlord which may now or hereafter be in effect and of which Tenant has notice.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

Rent

 

2.01 RentRent” shall consist of Fixed Rent (as hereinafter defined) and Additional Rent (as hereinafter defined).

 

2.02 Fixed Rent. Tenant covenants to pay to Landlord as a net minimum rent (“Fixed Rent”), as follows:

 

Lease Period     Rate PSF     Monthly Fixed Rent     Annual Fixed Rent  
                     
__/__/2021 – __/__/2022     $ 42.436     $ 74,263.00     $ 891,156.00  
__/__/2022 – __/__/2023     $ 43.709     $ 76,490.89     $ 917,890.68  
__/__/2023 – __/__/2024     $ 45.020     $ 78,785.62     $ 945,427.44  
__/__/2024 – __/__/2025     $ 46.371     $ 81,149.19     $ 973,790.28  
__/__/2025 – __/__/2026     $ 47.762     $ 83,583.66     $ 1,003,003.93  
__/__/2026 – __/__/2027     $ 49.195     $ 86,091.17     $ 1,033,094.04  
__/__/2027 – __/__/2028     $ 50.671     $ 88,673.91     $ 1,064,086.92  
__/__/2028 – __/__/2029     $ 52.191     $ 91,334.12     $ 1,096,009.44  
__/__/2029 – __/__/2030     $ 53.757     $ 94,074.15     $ 1,128,889.76  
__/__/2030 – __/__/2031     $ 55.369     $ 96,896.37     $ 1,162,756.45  

 

Tenant shall pay the Annual Fixed Rent in advance in equal monthly installments of the monthly Fixed Rent on the 1st day of each calendar month.

 

F-1-1

 

 

2.03 Additional Rent. Tenant also covenants to pay to Landlord, all amounts and obligations, other than Fixed Rent, which Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under this lease, (“Additional Rent”), all of which Additional Rent shall be deemed to be rent.

 

In the event of any failure on the part of Tenant to pay any Additional Rent, Landlord shall have all the rights, powers and remedies provided for in this lease, at law, in equity or otherwise, in the case of nonpayment of Fixed Rent.

 

2.04 Manner of Payment. Tenant shall pay all Fixed Rent and Additional Rent as the same shall become due and payable under this lease by wire transfer or by check (subject to collection) drawn on a New York Clearing House Association member bank, in each case at the times provided herein without notice or demand and without setoff or counterclaim. All Rent shall be paid in lawful money of the United States to Landlord at the following address:

 

1870 Bath Ave. LLC

1870 Bath Avenue

Brooklyn, NY 11214

 

or such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate.

 

Any Additional Rent for which no due date is specified in this lease shall be due and payable on the 30th day after receipt of invoice for same from Landlord. All bills, invoices and statements rendered to Tenant with respect to this lease shall be binding and conclusive on Tenant unless, within sixty (60) days after receipt of same, Tenant notifies Landlord that it is disputing same.

 

Nothing herein shall be construed to extend the due dates of Tenant’s payments under this lease, or to waive any rights or remedies of Landlord in the event of Tenant’s late payment. Tenant’s obligations to pay Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall survive the expiration of the lease term or earlier termination of this lease.

 

2.05 Intentionally Omitted.

 

2.06 Application. If Landlord receives from Tenant any payment less than the sum of the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent due and owing pursuant to this Lease, Tenant hereby waives its right, if any, to designate the items to which such payment shall be applied and agrees that Landlord in its sole discretion may apply such payment in whole or in part to any Fixed Rent, any Additional Rent or to any combination thereof then due and payable hereunder.

 

2.07 Unconditional Obligations. THIS LEASE IS A NET LEASE AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN, THE LANDLORD SHALL HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY (OPERATIONALLY OR FINANCIALLY) IN RESPECT OF THE USE OR OPERATION OF THE DEMISED PREMISES. THE TENANT’S OBLIGATION TO PAY ALL RENT AND ALL OTHER AMOUNTS DUE HEREUNDER AND TO PERFORM ALL THE TERMS HEREOF SHALL BE ABSOLUTE AND UNCONDITIONAL AND SHALL NOT BE AFFECTED OR REDUCED BY ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, INCLUDING ANY SETOFF, COUNTERCLAIM, RECOUPMENT, DEFENSE, OR OTHER RIGHT WHICH THE TENANT MAY HAVE AGAINST THE LANDLORD OR ANY OTHER PERSON.

 

2.08 Interest. If Tenant shall fail to pay (1) any installment of Fixed Rent or any amount of Additional Rent or (2) any other sum of money which shall become due and payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease or by reason of Tenant’s occupancy of the Demised Premises within ten (10) days after the date on which such installment or payment is due, Tenant shall pay (i) a late payment charge of Five Hundred and 00/100 ($500.00) Dollars and (ii) interest on the amount overdue at a rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum (or, if less, the maximum rate permitted by applicable law), from the date on which such installment or payment is due to the date of payment thereof (but in no event shall such interest be calculated and payable for less than a full calendar month), and such late payment charge and interest shall be deemed to be Additional Rent.

 

F-1-2

 

 

ARTICLE 3

 

Utility Services; Waste Removal; Real Estate Taxes and Water and Sewer Charges

 

3.01 Utility Services. Tenant shall pay all charges for gas and electric services serving the Demised Premises.

 

Landlord shall not be liable or responsible for charges for electricity at the Demised Premises, or any loss, damage or expense which Tenant may sustain or incur if either the quantity or character of electric service is changed or is no longer available or suitable for Tenant’s requirements. Tenant covenants and agrees that its use of electric current shall never exceed the capacity of the existing conductors, feeders, risers, wiring installations or other equipment servicing the Demised Premises. Tenant shall not alter or make any addition to the electrical equipment without the prior written consent of Landlord. If Landlord grants such consent, all additional risers and other equipment shall be provided by Landlord, and the reasonable costs and expenses thereof shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand, as Additional Rent, without setoff or deduction. Tenant will not use or cause to be used equipment which will overload the existing service and installations or interfere with other tenants’ electrical service. Any change in the character or nature of electrical service to the Demised Premises which does not result from acts or omissions of Landlord, shall not impose liability on the Landlord for any loss or damage sustained by Tenant as a result thereof.

 

3.02 Waste Removal. Tenant shall pay all charges for the garbage removal and collection imposed against the Demised Premises. Landlord shall not be responsible for any cleaning, waste removal, janitorial or similar services for the Demised Premises.

 

3.03 Real Estate Taxes and Water and Sewer Charges. As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

“Real Estate Taxes” shall mean all real estate taxes, assessments, water charges and sewer rents, and other taxes and charges of every nature and kind whatsoever, whether general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, of every character, which at any time may be assessed, levied, charged, confirmed or imposed on or in respect of or be a lien upon the Demised Premises. “Real Estate Taxes” shall exclude income, franchise, inheritance or similar taxes; provided, however, that if the method of taxation or assessment shall be changed so that the whole or any part of the Real Estate Taxes theretofore payable with respect to the building instead shall be levied, charged, assessed or imposed in whole or in part on the income or rents received by Landlord from the Building or shall otherwise be imposed against Landlord in the form of a franchise tax or otherwise, then the same shall be deemed Real Estate Taxes for purposes of this Article 3.

 

Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, an amount equal to all Real Estate Taxes, irrespective of whether such excess is due to higher tax rates, increases in assessed valuation or other cause. Such additional rent may be billed by Landlord at or about the dates on which installments of Real Estate Taxes are due and payable by Landlord, or at any time thereafter, and such additional rent shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within ten days after being billed therefor. An ordinary tax bill shall be conclusive evidence of the amount of Real Estate Taxes for purposes of computing the amount to be paid by Tenant.

 

The Real Estate Taxes actually payable by Landlord shall be used in computing the additional rent hereunder. If the amount of Real Estate Taxes is reduced by final determination of legal proceedings, settlement or otherwise, the additional rent theretofore paid or payable hereunder shall be recomputed on the basis of such reduced amount, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent, within thirty days after being billed therefor, any deficiency between the additional rent theretofore paid and the amount due as the result of such re-computation. If Landlord receives a refund of any Real Estate Taxes on which additional rent shall have been based, as a result of a reduction of Real Estate Taxes by final determination of legal proceedings, settlement or otherwise, the additional rent shall be recomputed based on the net refund, after deducting Landlord’s expenses, and Tenant shall receive a credit for or refund of any overpayment of additional rent.

 

F-1-3

 

 

Landlord shall not be obligated to contest the levy or assessment of any Real Estate Taxes, and it shall be at Landlord’s sole discretion whether any such contest shall be undertaken. Landlord hereby reserves the exclusive right to take and prosecute all such proceedings, and if so taken, Landlord may proceed without notice to Tenant and may prosecute the proceeding, including settlement and discontinuance, in such manner as Landlord may determine in its sole discretion.

 

In no event shall the annual Fixed Rent under this lease be reduced by virtue of this Article 3.

 

3.04. Apportionment. The Additional Rent provided herein shall be apportioned as of the expiration of the lease term or earlier termination of this lease. The obligations of Tenant to pay Additional Rent as provided for herein shall survive the expiration of the lease term or earlier termination of this lease. If Tenant continues in possession of the Demised Premises after the expiration of the lease term or earlier termination of this lease, as a month to month tenant or otherwise, the provisions of this Article 3 shall continue in full force and effect for so long as Tenant remains in possession of the Demised Premises.

 

The Additional Rent provided for herein shall be collectible by Landlord in the same manner as the regular installments of fixed rent due under this lease. No delay or failure by Landlord in preparing or delivering any statement or demand for any additional rent shall constitute a waiver of, or impair Landlord’s rights to collect, such additional rent.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

Leasehold Improvements; Tenant Covenants

 

4.01 Condition of Premises. Tenant represents that it has thoroughly inspected the Demised Premises and is fully familiar with the condition thereof. The Tenant agrees to accept the Demised Premises in its “as is” condition.

 

4.02 Alterations.

 

(a) Tenant shall make no material structural additions, changes or alterations in or to the Demised Premises (“Material Alterations”) without Landlord’s prior approval, which approval may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Landlord shall not need to approve an Alteration that is not a Material Alteration.

 

Material Alteration” means an Alteration that: (i) is not limited to the interior of the Demised Premises or which affects the exterior (including the appearance) of the Building; (ii) is structural or affects the strength of the Building; (iii) affects the usage or the proper functioning of any of the Building systems; (iv) has a cost of more than $100,000.00; (v) intentionally omitted or (vi) requires a change to the Building’s certificate of occupancy.

 

(b) Tenant, in connection with any Alteration, shall comply with any and all rules and regulations as may be required by the New York City Department of Buildings, (“DOB”), and any other agency having jurisdiction thereof. Tenant shall not proceed with any Alteration unless and until Landlord approves Tenant’s plans and specifications therefor which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If Landlord does not object to Tenant’s plans within fifteen (15) business days, then these plans are deemed to be approved by Landlord. Any review or approval by Landlord of plans and specifications with respect to any Alteration is solely for Landlord’s benefit, and without any representation or warranty to Tenant with respect to the adequacy, correctness or efficiency thereof, its compliance with Laws or otherwise.

 

(c) Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand Landlord’s reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees of any architect or engineer employed by Landlord or any Superior Lessor or Superior Mortgagee for such purpose) for reviewing plans and specifications and inspecting Material Alterations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that Tenant shall not be responsible to reimburse Landlord for or to pay for any costs incurred by Landlord for the review of Tenant’s plans relative to the initial alteration made by Tenant at the Premises. Tenant or any of its contractors or subcontractors shall be required to post a bond or other security in connection with the performance of any alterations.

 

F-1-4

 

 

(d) Upon the completion of the Alteration in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.02; Tenant shall provide landlord with:

 

(i) proof evidencing the payment in full for said Alteration; and
(ii) written unconditional lien waivers of mechanics’ liens and other liens on the Building from all contractors performing said Alteration; and
(iii) all other submissions as may be, from time to time reasonably required by Landlord.

 

(e) Tenant shall obtain (and furnish copies to Landlord of) all necessary governmental permits and certificates for the commencement and prosecution of Alterations and for final approval thereof upon completion, and shall cause Alterations to be performed in compliance therewith, and in compliance with all Laws and, with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord. Alterations shall be diligently performed in a good and workmanlike manner, using new or high-quality materials and equipment at least equal in quality and class to the then standards for the Building established by the DOB and any other agency having jurisdiction thereof. Alterations shall be performed by architects, engineers and contractors first approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The performance of any Alteration shall not be done in a manner which would violate Landlord’s union contracts affecting the Building, or create any work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption, disharmony or dispute or any interference with the business of Landlord or any tenant or occupant of the Building. Tenant shall immediately stop the performance of any Alteration if Landlord notifies Tenant that continuing such Alteration would violate Landlord’s union contracts affecting the Building, or create any work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption, disharmony or dispute or any interference with the business of Landlord or any tenant or occupant of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that Tenant shall not be obligated to use union labor in the performance of its alterations or in the daily operation of its business. Tenant shall not resume the performance of such Alteration until such time as such Alteration may be performed in a manner which shall not violate such union contracts or create such work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption, disharmony or dispute or interference. Landlord hereby consents to Tenant obtaining, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, any required permits and approvals for any alterations based upon Tenant’s architect’s and engineer’s self-certification of the approved plans.

 

(f) Throughout the performance of Alterations, Tenant or its contractor(s) shall carry worker’s compensation insurance in statutory limits, Builder’s Risk Completed Value Non-Reporting Form coverage and a policy of commercial general liability providing coverage of the latest version of ISO form CG0001 or its equivalent, covering Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, against claims for bodily injury and property damage, with completed operation endorsement, for any occurrence in or about the Building, under which Landlord and its agent and any Superior Mortgagee whose name and address have been furnished to Tenant shall be named as additional insured, with minimum limits of liability under such policy, including products liability and completed operations, shall be a combined single limit with respect to each occurrence in an amount of not less than Three Million ($3,000,000.00), per occurrence and aggregate, it being agreed and understood that such limit of coverage may be provided by Tenant’s commercial general liability policy in conjunction with an umbrella liability or excess liability policy; such policy is to be written by an authorized insurance company by the State of New York rated A-/XII or better by AM Best Company. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with evidence that such insurance is in effect at or before the commencement of Alterations and, on request, at reasonable intervals thereafter during the continuance of Alterations.

 

(g) Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all bills for labor performed or equipment, fixtures and materials furnished to or for Tenant, and from and against any and all violations, liens or claims therefor or against the Demised Premises or the Building of which it forms a part, and from and against any and all liability, claim, loss, damage or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, in connection with any work performed by or for Tenant. The Demised Premises and the Building shall at all times be free of violations and liens for labor and materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to or on behalf of Tenant, and no financing statements or other security instruments shall be filed against the Demised Premises or the building or the contents thereof.

 

F-1-5

 

 

Tenant shall not directly or indirectly create or permit to be created any mortgage, lien, security interest, pledge, conditional sale, or other encumbrance on the Demised Premises or any part thereof, any fixtures or materials therein, Tenant’s interest under this Lease, or any Rent hereunder. The foregoing shall not apply to liens for impositions not yet due, or liens of mechanics, materialmen, suppliers or vendors, incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums which are not yet due, provided that adequate provision for the payment thereof shall have been made and the following paragraph is complied with.

 

If, in connection with any work being performed by or for Tenant or any subtenant, or in connection with any materials being furnished to Tenant or any subtenant, any mechanic’s lien or other lien or charge or violation shall be filed or made against the Demised Premises or any part thereof, or if any such lien or charge or violation shall be filed or made against Landlord as owner, then Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, within forty-five (45) days after written notice to Tenant of such lien or charge or violation shall have been filed or made, shall cause the same to be canceled and discharged of record by payment thereof or filing a bond or otherwise. Tenant promptly and diligently shall defend any suit, action or proceeding which may be brought for the enforcement of such lien or charge or violation; shall satisfy and discharge any judgment entered therein within thirty (30) days after the entry of such judgment by payment thereof or filing a bond or otherwise; and on demand shall pay any and all liability, claim, loss, damage or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, suffered or incurred by Landlord in connection therewith.

 

Nothing in this Lease shall constitute any consent or request by Landlord, express or implied, for the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in respect of the Demised Premises or any part thereof, nor as giving Tenant any right, power or authority to contract for or permit the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in any fashion that would permit the filing or making of any lien or claim against Landlord, the Demised Premises or the Building.

 

(h) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after the completion of an Alteration, “as-built” drawings thereof. During the Term, Tenant shall keep records of Alterations costing in excess of $25,000.00 including plans and specifications, copies of contracts, invoices, evidence of payment and all other records customarily maintained in the real estate business relating to Alterations and the cost thereof and shall, within thirty (30) days after demand by Landlord, furnish to Landlord copies of such records.

 

(i) All Alterations to and Fixtures installed by Tenant in the Demised Premises shall be fully paid for by Tenant in cash and shall not be subject to conditional bills of sale, chattel mortgages, or other title retention agreements.

 

4.03 Landlord’s and Tenant’s Property. (a) All fixtures, improvements and appurtenances attached to or built into the Demised Premises as permitted by the terms hereof, whether or not at the expense of Tenant (collectively, “Fixtures”), shall be and remain a part of the Demised Premises and shall not be removed by Tenant and Tenant has no accountability for same. All Fixtures constituting Improvements and Betterments (as hereinafter defined) shall be the property of Tenant during the Term and, upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, shall become the property of Landlord. All Fixtures other than Improvements and Betterments shall, upon installation, be the property of Landlord.

 

Improvements and Betterments” means: (i) all Fixtures, if any, installed at the expense of Tenant, whether installed by Tenant or by Landlord (i.e., excluding any Fixtures paid for by Landlord directly or by way of an allowance); and (ii) all carpeting in the Demised Premises.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.03(a), all movable partitions, business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment, and all furniture, furnishings and other articles of movable personal property owned by Tenant and located in the Demised Premises (collectively, “Tenant’s Property”) shall be and shall remain the property of Tenant and may be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term; provided, that if any of Tenant’s Property is removed, Tenant shall repair any damage to the Demised Premises or to the Building resulting from the installation and/or removal thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any equipment or other property identified in this Lease or in any leasehold improvement agreement as having been paid for with any allowance or credit granted by Landlord to Tenant shall not be considered Tenant’s Property and shall be and remain a part of the Demised Premises, shall, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, be the property of Landlord and shall not be removed by Tenant.

 

F-1-6

 

 

(c) At or before the Expiration Date, or within ten (10) business days after any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall remove all of Tenant’s Property from the Demised Premises. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Demised Premises or the Building resulting from any installation and/or removal of Tenant’s Property. Any items of Tenant’s Property which remain in the Demised Premises after the Expiration Date, or more than ten (10) business days after an earlier termination of this Lease shall be deemed to have been abandoned, and may be retained by Landlord as Landlord’s property or disposed of by Landlord, without accountability, in such manner as Landlord shall determine, at Tenant’s expense.

 

4.04 Access and Changes to Building. (a) Landlord reserves the right, at any time, to make such changes in or to the Building as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant therefor, provided any such change does not unreasonably deprive Tenant and/or Tenant’s customers, vendors, suppliers, employees, directors, officers, agents, invitees and licensees of easy access to the Demised Premises or any loss of signage or visibility. Landlord may install and maintain concealed pipes, fans, ducts, wires and conduits within or through the walls, floors or ceilings of the Demised Premises. In exercising its rights under this Section 4.04, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises for the ordinary conduct of Tenant’s business. Landlord agrees that except in the event of an emergency, it will not perform any work in the Demised Premises which adversely affects Tenant’s business during its ordinary business hours. Landlord will, at its sole cost and expense, promptly repair any damages to the Demised Premises existing as of the date hereof. Tenant shall not have any easement for light, views or air, or any other easement or right in or to the use of any door or any passage or any concourse or any plaza connecting the Building with any other building or to any public conveniences, and the use of such doors, passages, concourses, plazas and conveniences may, without notice to Tenant, be regulated or discontinued at any time by Landlord.

 

(b) Except for the space within the inside surfaces of all walls, hung ceilings, floors, windows and doors bounding the Demised Premises, all of the Building, including, without limitation, the Building walls, core corridor walls and doors and any core corridor entrance, any terraces or roofs adjacent to the Demised Premises, and any space in or adjacent to the Demised Premises used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, fan rooms, ducts, electric or other utilities, sinks or other Building facilities, and the use thereof, as well as access thereto through the Demised Premises, are reserved to Landlord and are not part of the Demised Premises provided same does not unreasonably interview with Tenant’s use of the Premises. Landlord reserves the right to name the Building and to change the name or address of the Building at any time and from time to time.

 

(c) Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant if at any time any windows of the Demised Premises are either temporarily darkened or obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance and/or cleaning in or about the Building (or permanently darkened or obstructed if required by law) or covered by any translucent material for the purpose of energy conservation, or if any part of the Building, other than the Demised Premises, is temporarily or permanently closed or inoperable.

 

(d) Landlord and persons authorized by Landlord shall have the right, outside of Tenant’s normal business hours upon reasonable prior written or telephonic notice to Tenant (except in an emergency), to enter the Demised Premises (together with any necessary materials and/or equipment), to inspect, clean or perform such work or repairs as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary or to exhibit the Demised Premises to prospective lenders or purchasers. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant by reason of any such entry. Landlord shall not be required to make any improvements or repairs of any kind or character to the Demised Premises during the Term. Landlord shall operate, maintain and make all necessary repairs (both structural and nonstructural) to the Premises and Building (including the without limitation, the foundation, the exterior walls and any load-bearing interior walls, the roof, roof membrane, roof), the Building Systems which provide service to the Demised Premises (but not to the distribution portions of such Building Systems located within the Demised Premises), the public portions of the Building, both exterior and interior (but excluding storefront and doors of the Demised Premises). Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable to minimize interference with any such access/work.

 

F-1-7

 

 

 

4.05 Maintenance of Demised Premises. (a) Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall repair and maintain the interior of the Demised Premises, HVAC serving the Demised Premises and fixtures of the Demised Premises (but not common areas), all plumbing, electrical, and heating lines, conduits, and risers serving the Demised Premises from the point where they enter the interior of the Demised Premises; shall repair and maintain all water, sewer, electric, gas, and other utility lines that service the Demised Premises from the point where they enter the interior of the Demised Premises and, upon expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall surrender the same to Landlord in the working condition as when first occupied, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall keep the Demised Premises clean in a manner commensurate with the standards of first-class office buildings located in the neighborhood of the Building. Tenant’s obligation shall include, without limitation: the obligation to repair all damage caused by Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees and licensees to the equipment and other installations in the Demised Premises or anywhere in the Building.

 

(b) Tenant shall not commit or allow to be committed any waste or damage to any portion of the Demised Premises or the Building.

 

(c) Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall maintain (but not be obligated to repair) the sidewalk adjacent to the Demised Premises and keep it free from obstruction, garbage, refuse, rubbish, trash, snow and ice. However, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall repair the sidewalk if it is damaged by Tenant’s activities or negligence.

 

4.06 Compliance with Laws. Tenant shall comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, orders and regulations (present, future, ordinary, extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen) of any governmental, public or quasi-public authority and of the New York Board of Underwriters, the New York Fire Insurance Rating Organization and any other entity performing similar functions, at any time in force (collectively “Laws”), attributable to any work, installation, occupancy, use or manner of use by Tenant of the Demised Premises or any part thereof. Nothing contained in this Section 4.06 shall require Tenant to make any structural changes unless the same are necessitated by reason of Tenant’s performance of any Alterations, Tenant’s manner of use of the Demised Premises or the use by Tenant of the Demised Premises for purposes other than normal and customary ordinary for the Permitted Use. Tenant shall procure and maintain all licenses and permits required for its business. Tenant shall be permitted to contest all municipal, governmental or other regulatory violations, where permitted by law.

 

4.07 Tenant Advertising and Signage. Tenant shall have the right to use the name or likeness of the Building in any advertising (by whatever medium) without Landlord’s consent.

 

Subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, may install identification signage on the façade of the Building (collectively, “Tenant’s Signage”). All such signage shall be subject to Tenant’s obtaining all required governmental approvals. All permitted signs shall be maintained by Tenant at its expense in a first-class and safe condition and appearance. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all of its signs at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and repair any damage caused by such removal. The graphics, materials, color, design, lettering, lighting, size, illumination, specifications and exact location and size of Tenant’s Signage (collectively, the “Sign Specifications”) shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant hereby acknowledges that, notwithstanding Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s Signage, Landlord has made no representation or warranty to Tenant with respect to the probability of obtaining all necessary governmental approvals and permits for Tenant’s Signage. In the event Tenant does not receive the necessary governmental approvals and permits for Tenant’s Signage, Tenant’s and Landlord’s rights and obligations under the remaining terms of this Lease shall be unaffected. If Landlord elects to install a multi-tenant identification sign at the entrance to the Building, Tenant shall be entitled to install its name on such sign (subject to availability on a pro-rata basis based on the relative square footages leased by the tenants of the Building), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Where the erection of scaffolding and/or protective barriers are required for work performed by the Landlord or Landlord’s agents, Landlord shall provide signage for Tenant’s business, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense and any scaffold shall be double height and erected only for shortest period necessary to perform any work. Landlord represents that all local law work has been completed and no anticipated scaffolding is to be erected in the next 12 months. Landlord’s consent is not required for interior or window signage.

 

F-1-8

 

 

4.08 Right to Perform Tenant Covenants. If Tenant fails to perform any of its obligations under this Lease beyond the expiration of any grace period or applicable notice and cure period, Landlord, any Superior Lessor or any Superior Mortgagee (each, a “Curing Party”) may perform the same at the expense of Tenant: (a) immediately and without notice in the case of emergency or in case such failure interferes with the use of space by any other tenant in the Building or with the efficient operation of the Building or may result in a violation of any Law or in a cancellation of any insurance policy maintained by Landlord; and (b) in any other case if such failure continues beyond any applicable grace period. If a Curing Party performs any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (as Additional Rent) the costs thereof, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date incurred by the Curing Party until paid by Tenant, within fifteen (15) days after receipt by Tenant of a statement as to the amounts of such costs. If the Curing Party effects such cure by bonding any lien which Tenant is required to bond or otherwise discharge, Tenant shall obtain and substitute a bond for the Curing Party’s bond and shall reimburse the Curing Party for the cost of the Curing Party’s bond.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

Assignment and Subletting

 

5.01 Assignment; Etc. (a) Subject to the further provisions of this Article 5, neither this lease nor the term and estate hereby granted, nor any part hereof or thereof, shall be assigned, mortgaged, pledged, encumbered or otherwise transferred voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, and neither the Demised Premises, nor any part thereof, shall be subleased, licensed, used or occupied by any person or entity other than Tenant or encumbered in any manner by reason of any act or omission on the part of Tenant, and no rents or other sums receivable by Tenant under any sublease of all or any part of the Demised Premises shall be assigned or otherwise encumbered, without the prior consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The dissolution or direct or indirect transfer of a majority of the interest in, or control of, Tenant (however accomplished including, by way of example, the addition of new partners or members or withdrawal of existing partners or members, or transfers of interests in distributions of profits or losses of Tenant, issuance of additional stock, redemption of stock, stock voting agreement, or change in classes of stock) shall be deemed an assignment of this lease regardless of whether the transfer is made in or by one or more transactions, or whether one or more persons or entities hold the controlling interest prior to the transfer or afterwards. An agreement under which another person or entity becomes responsible for all or a portion of Tenant’s obligations under this lease shall be deemed an assignment of this lease. No assignment or other transfer of this lease and the term and estate hereby granted, and no subletting of all or any portion of the Demised Premises shall relieve Tenant of its liability under this lease or of the obligation to obtain Landlord’s prior consent to any further assignment, other transfer or subletting. Any attempt to assign this lease or sublet all or any portion of the Demised Premises in violation of this Article 5 shall be null and void.

 

5.02 Intentionally Omitted.

 

5.03 Assignment and Subletting Procedures. (a) If Tenant desires to assign this lease or sublet the Demised Premises, Tenant shall notify Landlord (a “Transfer Notice”) of such desire, which notice shall be accompanied by: (i) a copy of the proposed assignment or sublease and all related agreements, the effective date of which shall be at least 30 days after the giving of the Transfer Notice; (ii) a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the identity of the proposed assignee or subtenant, the nature of its business and its proposed use of the Demised Premises; (iii) current financial information with respect to the proposed assignee or subtenant, including without limitation, its most recent financial statements; and (iv) such other information as Landlord may reasonably request. Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment or sublease shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided that:

 

(i) in Landlord’s judgment the proposed assignee or subtenant will use the Demised Premises in a manner that: (A) is in keeping with the then standards of the Demised Premises; and (B) is limited to the use expressly permitted under this lease;

 

F-1-9

 

 

(ii) the proposed assignee or subtenant is, in Landlord’s judgment, a reputable person or entity of good character and with sufficient financial worth considering the responsibility involved;
(iii) intentionally omitted;
(iv) intentionally omitted;
(v) the form of the proposed sublease shall be reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and shall comply with the applicable provisions of this Article 5;
(vi) the aggregate rent to be paid by the proposed subtenant is not less than the greater of: (A) the fair rental value of the sublet space as sublet space; or (B) 90% of the fair rental value of the sublet space if such space were being leased directly by Landlord (in each case as reasonably determined by Landlord);
(vii) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for any costs incurred by Landlord in connection with said assignment or sublease, including, without limitation, the costs of making investigations as to the acceptability of the proposed assignee or subtenant, and legal costs incurred in connection with the granting of any requested consent.

 

(b) If Landlord consents to a proposed assignment or sublease and Tenant fails to execute and deliver the assignment or sublease to which Landlord consented within days after the giving of such consent, then Tenant shall again comply with this Article 5 before assigning this lease or subletting all or part of the Demised Premises.

 

5.04 General Provisions. (a) If this lease is assigned, whether or not in violation of this lease, Landlord may collect rent from the assignee. If the Demised Premises or any part thereof are sublet or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, whether or not in violation of this lease, Landlord may, after default by Tenant, and expiration of Tenant’s time to cure such default, collect rent from the subtenant or occupant. In either event, Landlord may apply the net amount collected against Rent, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of Section 5.01(a), or the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this lease.

 

(b) No assignment or transfer shall be effective until the assignee delivers to Landlord: (i) evidence that the assignee, as Tenant hereunder, has complied with the requirements of Sections 7.02 and 7.03; and (ii) an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord whereby the assignee assumes Tenant’s obligations under this lease.

 

(c) Notwithstanding any assignment or transfer, whether or not in violation of this lease, and notwithstanding the acceptance of any Rent by Landlord from an assignee, transferee, or any other party, the original named Tenant and each successor Tenant shall remain fully liable for the payment of the Rent and the performance of all of Tenant’s other obligations under this lease. The joint and several liability of Tenant and any immediate or remote successor in interest of Tenant shall not be discharged, released or impaired in any respect by any agreement made by Landlord extending the time to perform, or otherwise modifying, any of the obligations of Tenant under this lease, or by any waiver or failure of Landlord to enforce any of the obligations of Tenant under this lease.

 

(d) Each subletting by Tenant shall be subject to the following:

 

(i) No subletting shall be for a term (including any renewal or extension options contained in the sublease) ending later than one day prior to the Expiration Date.
(ii) No sublease shall be valid, and no subtenant shall take possession of the Demised Premises or any part thereof, until there has been delivered to Landlord, both: (A) an executed counterpart of such sublease; and (B) a certificate of insurance evidencing that: (x) Landlord is an additional insured under the insurance policies required to be maintained by occupants of the Demised Premises pursuant to Section 7.02; and (y) there is in full force and effect, the insurance otherwise required by Section 7.02.

 

F-1-10

 

 

(iii) Each sublease shall provide that it is subject and subordinate to this lease, and that in the event of termination, reentry or dispossess by Landlord under this lease Landlord may, at its option, take over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant, as sublessor, under such sublease, and such subtenant shall, at Landlord’s option, attorn to Landlord pursuant to the then executory provisions of such sublease, except that Landlord shall not be liable for, subject to or bound by any item of the type that a Successor Landlord is not so liable for, subject to or bound by in the case of an attornment by Tenant to a Successor Landlord under Section 6.01(a).

 

(e) Each sublease shall provide that the subtenant may not assign its rights thereunder or further sublet the space demised under the sublease, in whole or in part, without Landlord’s consent and without complying with all of the terms and conditions of this Article 5, including, without limitation, Section 5.04, which for purposes of this Section 5.04(e) shall be deemed to be appropriately modified to take into account that the transaction in question is an assignment of the sublease or a further subletting of the space demised under the sublease, as the case may be.

 

(f) Tenant shall not publicly advertise the availability of the Demised Premises or any portion thereof as sublet space or by way of an assignment of this lease, without first obtaining Landlord’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed provided that Tenant shall in no event advertise the rental rate or any description thereof.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

Subordination; Default; Indemnity

 

6.01 Subordination. (a) This lease is subject and subordinate to each mortgage (a “Superior Mortgage”) and each underlying lease (a “Superior lease”) which may now or hereafter affect all or any portion of the Demised Premises or any interest therein. The lessor under a Superior lease is called a “Superior Lessor” and the mortgagee under a Superior Mortgage is called a “Superior Mortgagee.” Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver any instrument reasonably requested by Landlord, a Superior Lessor or Superior Mortgagee to evidence such subordination, but no such instrument shall be necessary to make such subordination effective. Tenant shall execute any amendment of this lease requested by a Superior Mortgagee or a Superior Lessor, provided such amendment shall not result in a material increase in Tenant’s obligations under this lease or a material reduction in the benefits available to Tenant. In the event of the enforcement by a Superior Mortgagee of the remedies provided for by law or by such Superior Mortgage, or in the event of the termination or expiration of a Superior lease, Tenant, upon request of such Superior Mortgagee, Superior Lessor or any person succeeding to the interest of such mortgagee or lessor (each, a “Successor Landlord”), shall automatically become the tenant of such Successor Landlord without change in the terms or provisions of this lease (it being understood that Tenant shall, if requested, enter into a new lease on terms materially the same as the terms of this Lease); provided that Successor Landlord shall not be:

 

(i) liable for any act, omission or default of any prior landlord (including, without limitation, Landlord);
(ii) liable for the return of any moneys paid to or on deposit with any prior landlord (including, without limitation, Landlord), except to the extent such moneys or deposits are delivered to such Successor Landlord;
(iii) subject to any offset, claims or defense that Tenant might have against any prior landlord (including, without limitation, Landlord);
(iv) bound by any Rent which Tenant might have paid for more than the current month to any prior landlord (including, without limitation, Landlord) unless actually received by such Successor Landlord;
(v) bound by any covenant to perform or complete any construction in connection with the Demised Premises or to pay any sums to Tenant in connection therewith; or

(vi) bound by any waiver or forbearance under, or any amendment, modification, abridgment, cancellation or surrender of, this lease made without the consent of such Successor Landlord.

 

F-1-11

 

 

Upon request by such Successor Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver an instrument or instruments, reasonably requested by such Successor Landlord, confirming the attornment provided for herein, but no such instrument shall be necessary to make such attornment effective.

 

(b) Tenant shall give each Superior Mortgagee and each Superior Lessor a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord, provided that Tenant has been notified of the address of such mortgagee or lessor. If Landlord fails to cure any default as to which Tenant is obligated to give notice pursuant to the preceding sentence within the time provided for in this lease, then each such mortgagee or lessor shall have an additional 30 days after receipt of such notice within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary if, within such 30 days, any such mortgagee or lessor has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to cure such default (including, without limitation, commencement of foreclosure proceedings or eviction proceedings, if necessary to effect such cure), in which event this lease shall not be terminated and Tenant shall not exercise any other rights or remedies under this lease or otherwise while such remedies are being so diligently pursued. Nothing herein shall be deemed to imply that Tenant has any right to terminate this lease or any other right or remedy, except as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this lease.

 

(c) Without limiting Tenant’s obligations under Section 6.01(a), Tenant covenants and agrees that if by reason of a default under any underlying lease through which Landlord derives its leasehold estate in the Demised Premises (an “Underlying lease”), the Underlying lease and the leasehold estate of the Landlord in the Demised Premises is terminated, Tenant will attorn to the then holder of the reversionary interest in the Demised Premises (the “Underlying Landlord”) and will recognize the Underlying Landlord as Tenant’s landlord under this lease, at the election of such Underlying Landlord. Tenant agrees to execute and deliver, at any time and from time to time, upon the request of the Landlord or of the Underlying Landlord any instrument which may be necessary or appropriate to evidence such attornment and Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints the Landlord or the Underlying Landlord under such Underlying lease the attorney-in-fact of Tenant to execute and deliver for and on behalf of Tenant any such instrument. Tenant further waives the provisions of any statute or rule or law now or hereafter in effect which may give or purport to give Tenant any right of election to terminate this lease or to surrender possession of the Demised Premises in the event any proceeding is brought by the Underlying Landlord to terminate the Underlying lease, and agrees that unless and until the Underlying Landlord, in connection with any such proceeding, shall elect to terminate this lease and the rights of the Tenant hereunder, this lease shall not be affected in any way whatsoever by any such proceeding.

 

6.02 Estoppel Certificate. Tenant shall, at any time and from time to time, within 10 days after request by Landlord, execute and deliver to Landlord (or to such person or entity as Landlord may designate) a statement certifying that this lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), certifying the Commencement Date, Expiration Date and the dates to which the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent have been paid and stating whether or not, to the best knowledge of Tenant, Landlord is in default in performance of any of its obligations under this lease, and, if so, specifying each such default of which Tenant has knowledge, it being intended that any such statement shall be deemed a representation and warranty to be relied upon by Landlord. Tenant also shall include or confirm in any such statement such other information concerning this lease as Landlord may reasonably request.

 

F-1-12

 

 

6.03 Default. This lease and the term and estate hereby granted are subject to the limitation that:

 

(a) if Tenant defaults in the payment of any Rent, Fixed or Additional, and such default continues for 5 days after Landlord gives to Tenant a notice specifying such default;

 

(b) if Tenant defaults in the keeping, observance or performance of any covenant or agreement, (other than a default of the character referred to in Sections 6.03(a), (c), (d), (e), (f) or (g)) and if such default continues and is not cured within 15 days after Landlord gives to Tenant a written notice specifying the same, or, in the case of a default which for causes beyond Tenant’s reasonable control cannot with due diligence be cured within such period of 15 days, if Tenant shall not immediately upon the receipt of such notice: (i) notify Landlord of Tenant’s intention duly to institute all steps necessary to cure such default; and (ii) institute and thereafter diligently prosecute to completion all steps necessary to cure the same;
(c) if this lease or the estate hereby granted would, by operation of law or otherwise, devolve upon or pass to any person or entity other than Tenant, except as permitted by Article 5;
(d) if Tenant shall abandon the Demised Premises (and the fact that any of Tenant’s Property remains in the Demised Premises shall not be evidence that Tenant has not abandoned the Demised Premises);
(e) if Tenant or any Affiliate of Tenant defaults under any other lease with Landlord or any Affiliate of Landlord, which default shall continue beyond any applicable grace period provided under such other lease;
(f) if a default of the kind set forth in Section 6.03(a) or (b) shall occur and have been cured, and if a similar default shall occur more than once within the next 365 days, whether or not such similar defaults are cured within the applicable grace period; or
(g) if Tenant fails to deliver to Landlord any Security Deposit within the time period required.

 

then, in any of such cases, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, Landlord shall be entitled to give to Tenant a written notice of intention to end the Term or a renewal thereof at the expiration of 5 days from the date of the giving of such notice, and, in the event such notice is given, this lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall terminate upon the expiration of such 5 days with the same effect as if the last of such 5 days were the Expiration Date, but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided herein or pursuant to law.

 

6.04 Re-entry by Landlord. If Tenant defaults in the payment of any Rent and such default continues for 5 days, or if this lease shall terminate as in Section 6.03 provided, Landlord or Landlord’s agents and servants may immediately or at any time thereafter re-enter into or upon the Demised Premises, or any part thereof, either by summary dispossess proceedings or by any suitable action or proceeding at law, without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor, and may repossess the same, and may remove any persons therefrom, to the end that Landlord may have, hold and enjoy the Demised Premises. The words “re-enter” and “re-entering” as used in this lease are not restricted to their technical legal meanings. Upon such termination or re-entry, Tenant shall pay to Landlord any Rent then due and owing (in addition to any damages payable under Section 6.05).

 

6.05 Damages. If this lease is terminated under Section 6.03, or if Landlord re-enters the Demised Premises under Section 6.04, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as damages, at the election of Landlord, either:

 

(a) a sum which, at the time of such termination, represents the then value of the excess, if any, of: (1) the aggregate of the Rent which, had this lease not terminated, would have been payable hereunder by Tenant for the period commencing on the day following the date of such termination or re-entry to and including the Expiration Date; over (2) the aggregate fair rental value of the Demised Premises for the same period (for the purposes of this clause (a) the amount of Additional Rent which would have been payable by Tenant under Sections 2.02 and 2.03 shall, for each calendar year ending after such termination or re-entry, be deemed to be an amount equal to 105% of the amount of such Additional Rent payable by Tenant for the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year in which such termination or re-entry shall occur in the case of the first such calendar year and the immediately prior calendar year in the case of each succeeding calendar year); or

 

F-1-13

 

 

(b) sums equal to the Rent that would have been payable by Tenant through and including the Expiration Date had this lease not terminated or had Landlord not re-entered the Demised Premises, payable upon the due dates therefor specified in this lease; provided, that if Landlord shall relet all or any part of the Demised Premises for all or any part of the period commencing on the day following the date of such termination or re-entry to and including the Expiration Date, Landlord shall credit Tenant with the net rents received by Landlord from such reletting, such net rents to be determined by first deducting from the gross rents as and when received by Landlord from such reletting the expenses incurred or paid by Landlord in terminating this lease and of re-entering the Demised Premises and of securing possession thereof, as well as the expenses of reletting, including, without limitation, altering and preparing the Demised Premises for new tenants, brokers’ commissions, and all other expenses properly chargeable against the Demised Premises and the rental therefrom in connection with such reletting, it being understood that any such reletting may be for a period equal to or shorter or longer than said period; provided, further, that: (i) in no event shall Tenant be entitled to receive any excess of such net rents over the sums payable by Tenant to Landlord under this lease; (ii) in no event shall Tenant be entitled, in any suit for the collection of damages pursuant to this Section 6.05(b), to a credit in respect of any net rents from a reletting except to the extent that such net rents are actually received by Landlord prior to the commencement of such suit; (iii) if the Demised Premises or any part thereof should be relet in combination with other space, then proper apportionment on a square foot rentable area basis shall be made of the rent received from such reletting and of the expenses of reletting; and (iv) Landlord shall have no obligation to so relet the Demised Premises and Tenant hereby waives any right Tenant may have, at law or in equity, to require Landlord to so relet the Demised Premises.

 

Suit or suits for the recovery of any damages payable hereunder by Tenant, or any installments thereof, may be brought by Landlord from time to time at its election, and nothing contained herein shall require Landlord to postpone suit until the date when the Term or a renewal thereof would have expired but for such termination or re-entry.

 

6.06 Other Remedies. Nothing contained in this lease shall be construed as limiting or precluding the recovery by Landlord against Tenant of any sums or damages to which, in addition to the damages particularly provided above, Landlord may lawfully be entitled by reason of any default hereunder on the part of Tenant. Anything in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding, during the continuation of any default by Tenant, Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise any rights or options, or to receive any funds or proceeds being held, under or pursuant to this lease.

 

6.07 Right to Injunction. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any of its obligations under this lease, Landlord shall also have the right of injunction. The specified remedies to which Landlord may resort hereunder are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies or means of redress to which Landlord may lawfully be entitled and Landlord may invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity as if specific remedies were not herein provided for.

 

6.08 Certain Waivers. Tenant waives and surrenders all right and privilege that Tenant might have under or by reason of any present or future law to redeem the Demised Premises or to have a continuance of this lease after Tenant is dispossessed or ejected therefrom by process of law or under the terms of this lease or after any termination of this lease. Tenant also waives the provisions of any law relating to notice and/or delay in levy of execution in case of any eviction or dispossession for nonpayment of rent, and the provisions of any successor or other law of like import. Landlord and Tenant each waive trial by jury in any action in connection with this lease.

 

F-1-14

 

 

6.09 No Waiver. Failure by Landlord to declare any default immediately upon its occurrence or delay in taking any action in connection with such default shall not waive such default but Landlord shall have the right to declare any such default at any time thereafter. Any amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord may be applied by Landlord, in Landlord’s discretion, to any items then owing by Tenant to Landlord under this lease. Receipt by Landlord of a partial payment shall not be deemed to be an accord and satisfaction (notwithstanding any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment) nor shall such receipt constitute a waiver by Landlord of Tenant’s obligation to make full payment. No act or thing done by Landlord or its agents shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Demised Premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord and by each Superior Lessor and Superior Mortgagee whose lease or mortgage provides that any such surrender may not be accepted without its consent. Landlord’s receipt of Fixed Rent and Additional Rent at a time when Landlord has knowledge or should have knowledge of any default or violation shall not be deemed a waiver thereof.

 

6.10 Holding Over. If Tenant holds over without the consent of Landlord after expiration or termination of this lease, Tenant shall:

 

(a) pay as a use and occupancy charge for each month of the holdover tenancy an amount equal to 200% multiplied by the greater of: (i) the fair market rental value of the Demised Premises for such month (as reasonably determined by Landlord); or (ii) the Rent which Tenant was obligated to pay for the month immediately preceding the end of the Term or a renewal thereof; and
(b) be liable to Landlord for and indemnify Landlord against: (i) any payment or rent concession which Landlord may be required to make to any tenant obtained by Landlord for all or any part of the Demised Premises (a “New Tenant”) by reason of the late delivery of space to the New Tenant as a result of Tenant’s holding over or in order to induce such New Tenant not to terminate its lease by reason of the holding over by Tenant; (ii) the loss of the benefit of the bargain if any New Tenant shall terminate its lease by reason of the holding over by Tenant; and (iii) any claim for damages by any New Tenant.

 

No holding over by Tenant after the Term or a renewal thereof shall operate to extend the Term or a renewal thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the acceptance of any use and occupancy charges paid by Tenant pursuant to this Section 6.10 shall not preclude Landlord from commencing and prosecuting a holdover or summary eviction proceeding.

 

6.11 Attorneys’ Fees. If Landlord places the enforcement of this lease or any part thereof, or the collection of any Rent due or to become due hereunder, or recovery of the possession of the Demised Premises, in the hands of an attorney, or files suit upon the same, or in the event any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar proceeding is commenced involving Tenant, Tenant shall, upon demand, pay Landlord for any attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs incurred by Landlord.

 

6.12 Nonliability and Indemnification. (a) None of Landlord, any Superior Lessor, any Superior Mortgagee or any direct or indirect member, partner, director, officer, shareholder, principal, agent, servant or employee of Landlord, any Superior Lessor or any Superior Mortgagee (whether disclosed or undisclosed), shall be liable to Tenant for:

 

(i) any loss, injury or damage to Tenant or to any other person, or to its or their property, irrespective of the cause of such injury, damage or loss, nor shall the aforesaid parties be liable for any loss of or damage to property of Tenant or of others entrusted to employees of Landlord; provided, that, except to the extent of the release of liability and waiver of subrogation provided in Section 7.03, the foregoing shall not be deemed to relieve Landlord of any liability to the extent resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, servants or employees in the operation or maintenance of the Demised Premises;

 

F-1-15

 

 

(ii) any loss, injury or damage described in clause (i) above caused by other tenants or persons in, upon or about the Demised Premises, or caused by operations in construction of any private, public or quasi-public work; or
(iii) even if negligent, consequential damages arising out of any loss of use of the Demised Premises or any equipment, facilities or other Tenant’s Property therein or otherwise.

 

(b) Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, all Superior Lessors and all Superior Mortgagees and each of their respective direct and indirect members, partners, directors, officers, shareholders, principals, agents and employees (each, an “Indemnified Party”), from and against any and all claims arising from or in connection with:

 

(i) the conduct or management of the Demised Premises or of any business therein, or any work or thing done, or any condition created, in or about the Demised Premises;
(ii) any act, omission or negligence of Tenant or any person claiming through or under Tenant or any of their respective direct or indirect members, partners, shareholders, directors, officers, agents, employees or contractors;
(iii) any accident, injury or damage occurring in, at or upon the Demised Premises;
(iv) any default by Tenant in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this lease; and
(v) any brokerage commission or similar compensation claimed to be due by reason of any proposed subletting or assignment by Tenant;

 

together with all costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with each such claim or action or proceeding brought thereon, including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and disbursements; provided, that the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to the extent such claim results from the gross negligence (other than negligence to which the release of liability and waiver of subrogation provided in Section 7.03 applies) or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Party. If any action or proceeding is brought against any Indemnified Party by reason of any such claim, Tenant, upon notice from such Indemnified Party shall resist and defend such action or proceeding (by counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party).

 

ARTICLE 7

 

Insurance; Casualty; Condemnation

 

7.01 Compliance with Insurance Standards. (a) Tenant shall not violate, or permit the violation of, any condition imposed by any insurance policy then issued in respect of the Demised Premises and shall not do, or permit anything to be done, or keep or permit anything to be kept in the Demised Premises, which would subject Landlord or any Superior Mortgagee to any liability or responsibility for personal injury or death or property damage, or which would increase any insurance rate in respect of the Demised Premises over the rate which would otherwise then be in effect or which would result in insurance companies of good standing refusing to insure the Demised Premises in amounts reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, or which would result in the cancellation of, or the assertion of any defense by the insurer in whole or in part to claims under, any policy of insurance in respect of the Demised Premises.

 

(b) If, by reason of any failure of Tenant to comply with this lease, the premiums on Landlord’s insurance on the Demised Premises shall be higher than they otherwise would be, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, on demand, for that part of such premiums attributable to such failure on the part of Tenant. A schedule or “make up” of rates for the Demised Premises issued by the New York Fire Insurance Rating Organization or other similar body making rates for insurance for the Demised Premises shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated and of the several items and charges in the insurance rate then applicable to the Demised Premises.

 

F-1-16

 

 

7.02 Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant shall maintain at all times during the Term or a renewal thereof:

 

(a) general liability providing coverage of the latest version of ISO form CG0001 or its equivalent, covering Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, against claims for bodily injury and property damage, with completed operation endorsement, for any occurrence in or about the Building, including any sidewalk contiguous to or abutting the Demised Premises, under which Landlord and its agent and any Superior Mortgagee whose name and address have been furnished to Tenant shall be named as additional insured, with minimum limits of liability under such policy, including products liability and completed operations, shall be a combined single limit with respect to each occurrence in an amount of not less than Five Million ($5,000,000.00), per occurrence and aggregate, it being agreed and understood that such limit of coverage may be provided by Tenant’s commercial general liability policy in conjunction with an umbrella liability or excess liability policy;
(b) insurance against loss or damage by fire and such other risks and hazards (including, burglary, theft and breakage of glass within the premises) as are insurable under a Special Cause of Loss form or its equivalent, to Tenant’s property and Alterations, for the full replacement cost value thereof (including an “agreed amount” endorsement);
(c) business Interruption covering base Rent and Additional Rent for a period of at least one (1) year;
(d) worker’s compensation insurance and disability benefits insurance in statutory limits;
(e) when Alterations are in process, the insurance specified in Section 4.02(f).

 

The limits of such insurance shall not limit the liability of Tenant. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord and any additional insureds, at least 10 days prior to the Commencement Date, such fully paid-for policies or certificates of insurance, in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord issued by the insurance company or its authorized agent. Tenant shall procure and pay for renewals of such insurance from time to time before the expiration thereof, and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord and any additional insureds such renewal policy or a certificate thereof at least 30 days before the expiration of any existing policy. All such policies shall be issued by companies of recognized responsibility licensed to do business in New York State and rated by Best’s Insurance Reports or any successor publication of comparable standing as A/XII or better or the then equivalent of such rating, and all such policies shall contain a provision whereby the same cannot be canceled, allowed to lapse or modified unless Landlord and any additional insureds are given at least 30 days prior written notice of such cancellation, lapse or modification. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in connection with the collection of any insurance moneys that may be due in the event of loss and Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord such proofs of loss and other instruments which may be required to recover any such insurance moneys. Landlord may from time to time require that the amount of the insurance to be maintained by Tenant under this Section 7.02 be increased, so that the amount thereof adequately protects Landlord’s interest.

 

7.03 Subrogation Waiver. Landlord and Tenant shall each include in each of its insurance policies (insuring the Demised Premises in case of Landlord, and insuring Tenant’s Property, Fixtures and Improvements and Betterments in the case of Tenant, against loss, damage or destruction by fire or other casualty) a waiver of the insurer’s right of subrogation against the other party during the Term or a renewal thereof or, if such waiver should be unobtainable or unenforceable:

 

(a) an express agreement that such policy shall not be invalidated if the assured waives the right of recovery against any party responsible for a casualty covered by the policy before the casualty; or
(b) any other form of permission for the release of the other party.

 

Each party hereby releases the other party with respect to any claim (including a claim for negligence) which it might otherwise have against the other party for loss, damage or destruction with respect to its property occurring during the Term or a renewal thereof to the extent to which it is insured under a policy or policies containing a waiver of subrogation or permission to release liability. Nothing contained in this Section 7.03 shall be deemed to relieve either party of any duty imposed elsewhere in this lease to repair, restore or rebuild or to nullify any abatement of rents provided for elsewhere in this lease.

 

F-1-17

 

 

7.04 Condemnation. (a) If there shall be a total taking of the Demised Premises in condemnation proceedings or by any right of eminent domain, this lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall terminate as of the date of taking of possession by the condemning authority and all Rent shall be prorated and paid as of such termination date. If there shall be a taking of any material (in Landlord’s reasonable judgment) portion of the Land or the Demised Premises, then Landlord may terminate this lease and the term and estate granted hereby by giving notice to Tenant within 60 days after the date of taking of possession by the condemning authority. If there shall be a taking of the Demised Premises of such scope (but in no event less than 20% thereof) that the untaken part of the Demised Premises would in Tenant’s reasonable judgment be uneconomic to operate, then Tenant may terminate this lease and the term and estate granted hereby by giving notice to Landlord within 60 days after the date of taking of possession by the condemning authority. If either Landlord or Tenant shall give a termination notice as aforesaid, then this lease and the term and estate granted hereby shall terminate as of the date of such notice and all Rent shall be prorated and paid as of such termination date. In the event of a taking of the Demised Premises which does not result in the termination of this lease:

 

(i) the term and estate hereby granted with respect to the taken part of the Demised Premises shall terminate as of the date of taking of possession by the condemning authority and all Rent shall be appropriately abated for the period from such date to the Expiration Date; and
(ii) Landlord shall with reasonable diligence restore the remaining portion of the Demised Premises (exclusive of Tenant’s Property) as nearly as practicable to its condition prior to such taking.

 

(b) In the event of any taking of all or a part of the Demised Premises, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award in the condemnation proceeding, including, without limitation, any award made for the value of the estate vested by this lease in Tenant or any value attributable to the unexpired portion of the Term or a renewal thereof, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any and all right, title and interest of Tenant now or hereafter arising in or to any such award or any part thereof, and Tenant shall be entitled to receive no part of such award; provided, that nothing shall preclude Tenant from intervening in any such condemnation proceeding to claim or receive from the condemning authority any compensation to which Tenant may otherwise lawfully be entitled in such case in respect of Tenant’s Property or moving expenses, provided the same do not include any value of the estate vested by this lease in Tenant or of the unexpired portion of the Term or a renewal thereof and do not reduce the amount available to Landlord or delay the payment thereof.

 

(c) If all or any part of the Demised Premises shall be taken for a limited period, Tenant shall be entitled, except as hereinafter set forth, to that portion of the award for such taking which represents compensation for the use and occupancy of the Demised Premises, for the taking of Tenant’s Property and for moving expenses, and Landlord shall be entitled to that portion which represents reimbursement for the cost of restoration of the Demised Premises. This lease shall remain unaffected by such taking and Tenant shall continue responsible for all of its obligations under this lease to the extent such obligations are not affected by such taking and shall continue to pay in full all Rent when due. If the period of temporary use or occupancy shall extend beyond the Expiration Date, that part of the award which represents compensation for the use and occupancy of the Demised Premises shall be apportioned between Landlord and Tenant as of the Expiration Date. Any award for temporary use and occupancy for a period beyond the date to which the Rent has been paid shall be paid to, held and applied by Landlord as a trust fund for payment of the Rent thereafter becoming due.

 

(d) In the event of any taking which does not result in termination of this lease:

 

(i) Landlord, whether or not any award shall be sufficient therefor, shall proceed with reasonable diligence to repair the remaining parts of the Demised Premises (other than those parts of the Demised Premises which constitute Tenant’s Property, Fixtures and Improvements and Betterments) to substantially their former condition to the extent that the same may be feasible (subject to reasonable changes which Landlord deems desirable) and so as to constitute a complete and rentable building; and

 

F-1-18

 

 

(ii) Tenant, whether or not any award shall be sufficient therefor, shall proceed with reasonable diligence to repair the remaining parts of the Demised Premises which constitute Tenant’s Property, Fixtures and Improvements and Betterments, to substantially their former condition to the extent that the same may be feasible, subject to reasonable changes which shall be deemed Alterations.

 

7.05 Casualty. (a) If the Demised Premises shall be partially or totally damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty (each, a “Casualty”), then Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall promptly repair and restore the Demised Premises, including Landlords’ Work, Tenant’s Improvements and Betterments, Tenant’s Property and Fixtures with or without the collection of the insurance proceeds attributable to such Casualty.

 

(b) If all or part of the Demised Premises shall be rendered untenantable by reason of a Casualty, the Fixed Rent and the Additional Rent under Sections 2.02 and 2.03 shall be abated in the proportion that the untenantable area of the Demised Premises bears to the total area of the Demised Premises, for the period from the date of the Casualty to the earlier of:

 

(i) the date the Demised Premises is made tenantable (provided, that if the Demised Premises would have been tenantable at an earlier date but for Tenant having failed diligently to prosecute repairs or restoration, then the Demised Premises shall be deemed to have been made tenantable on such earlier date and the abatement shall cease); or
(ii) the date Tenant or any subtenant reoccupies a portion of the Demised Premises for the ordinary conduct of business (in which case the Fixed Rent and the Additional Rent allocable to such reoccupied portion shall be payable by Tenant from the date of such occupancy).

 

Landlord’s determination of the date the Demised Premises is tenantable shall be controlling unless Tenant disputes same by written notice to Landlord within 10 days after such determination by Landlord and pending resolution of such dispute, Tenant shall pay Rent in accordance with Landlord’s determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if by reason of any act or omission by Tenant, any subtenant or any of their respective partners, directors, officers, servants, employees, agents or contractors, Landlord, any Superior Lessor or any Superior Mortgagee shall be unable to collect all of the insurance proceeds (including, without limitation, rent insurance proceeds) applicable to the Casualty, then, without prejudice to any other remedies which may be available to Landlord, there shall be no abatement of Rent. Nothing contained in this Section 7.05 shall relieve Tenant from any liability that may exist as a result of any Casualty.

 

(c) Intentionally Omitted.

 

(d) Landlord shall not carry any insurance on Tenant’s Property, Tenant’s Improvements and Betterments or Fixtures and shall not be obligated to repair or replace the Demised Premises, Tenant’s Property, Tenant’s Improvements and Betterments or Fixtures. Tenant shall look solely to its insurance for recovery of any damage to or loss of Tenant’s Property, Tenant’s Improvements and Betterments or Fixtures. Tenant shall notify Landlord promptly of any Casualty in or affecting the Demised Premises.

 

(e) This Section 7.05 shall be deemed an express agreement governing any damage or destruction of the Demised Premises by fire or other casualty, and Real Property Law §227 providing for such a contingency in the absence of an express agreement, and any other law of like import now or hereafter in force, shall have no application.

 

7.06 Risk of Loss. Tenant and all those claiming by, through or under Tenant shall store their property in and shall occupy and use the Demised Premises and any improvements therein and appurtenances thereto solely at their risk and Tenant and all those claiming by, through or under Tenant hereby release Landlord and any fee owner or ground or underlying lessors of the Demised Premises, to the full extent permitted by law, from all claims, of every kind, including loss of life, bodily or personal injury, damage to merchandise, furniture, fixtures, equipment or other property, or damage to business or for business interruption, arising directly or indirectly out of or from or on account of such occupancy and use or resulting from any present or future condition or state of repair of the Demised Premises.

 

F-1-19

 

 

7.07 Indemnity. Tenant shall not do or permit any act or thing to be done upon the Demised Premises which may subject Landlord to any liability or responsibility for injury, damages to persons or property or to any liability by reason of any violation of law or of any legal requirement of public authority, but shall exercise such control over the Demised Premises as to fully protect Landlord against any such liability. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and save harmless Landlord from and against (1) all claims of whatever nature against Landlord arising from any act, omission or negligence of Tenant, its subtenants, contractors, licensees, agents, servants, employees, invitees or visitors, including any claims arising from any act, omission or negligence of Landlord or Landlord and Tenant, (2) all claims against Landlord arising from any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to any person or to the property of any person and occurring during the Term or a renewal thereof in or about the Demised Premises, (3) all claims against Landlord arising from any accident, injury or damage to any person, entity or property, occurring outside of the Demised Premises but anywhere within or about the Real Property, where such accident, injury or damage resulted or is claimed to have resulted from an act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s subtenants, agents, employees, invitees or visitors, including any claims arising from any act, omission or negligence of Landlord or Landlord and Tenant, (4) any breach, violation or nonperformance of any covenant, condition or agreement in this Lease set forth and contained on the part of Tenant to be fulfilled, kept, observed and performed and (5) any claim, loss or liability arising or claimed to arise from Tenant, or any of Tenant’s subtenants, contractors, licensees, agents, servants, employees, invitees or visitors causing or permitting any Hazardous Substance to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Demised Premises or the Real Property or any seepage, escape or release of such Hazardous Substances (including, without limitation, the costs and expenses of any remediation required as a result thereof). As used herein, the term “Hazardous Substances” shall mean, collectively, (a) asbestos and polychlorinated biphenyls and (b) hazardous or toxic materials, wastes and substances which are defined, determined and identified as such pursuant to any law. As used herein and in all other provisions in this Lease containing indemnities made for the benefit of Landlord, the term “Landlord” shall mean Landlord and Landlord’s managing agent and their respective parent companies and/or corporations, their respective controlled, associated, affiliated and subsidiary companies and/or corporations and their respective members, officers, partners, agents, consultants, servants, employees, sub-lessees and assigns. This indemnity and hold harmless agreement shall include indemnity from and against any and all liability, fines, suits, demands, costs and expenses of any kind or nature incurred in or in connection with any such claim or proceeding brought thereon, and the defense thereof. The indemnity contained in this Section 7.07 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this lease.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

8.01 Notice. All notices, demands, consents, approvals, advices, waivers or other communications which may or are required to be given by either party to the other under this lease (each, “Notice”) shall be in writing and shall be delivered by:

 

(a) personal delivery;
(b) the United States Postal Service, certified or registered, postage prepaid, return receipt requested; or
(c) a nationally recognized overnight courier,

 

in each case addressed to the party to be notified at the address for such party specified in the first paragraph of this lease.

 

Notices from Landlord may be given by Landlord’s managing agent, if any, or attorney. Each Notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date such Notice is actually received as evidenced by a written receipt therefor, and in the event of failure to deliver by reason of changed address of which no Notice was given or refusal to accept delivery, as of the date of such failure.

 

F-1-20

 

 

8.02 Intentionally Omitted.

 

8.03 Severability. If any term or provision of this lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this lease, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected, and each provision of this lease shall be valid and shall be enforceable to the extent permitted by law.

 

8.04 Certain Definitions. (a) “Landlord” means only the owner, at the time in question, of the Demised Premises or of a lease of the Demised Premises, so that in the event of any transfer or transfers of title to the Demised Premises or of Landlord’s interest in a lease of the Demised Premises, the transferor shall be and hereby is relieved and freed of all obligations of Landlord under this lease accruing after such transfer, and it shall be deemed, without further agreement, that such transferee has assumed all obligations of Landlord during the period it is the holder of Landlord’s interest under this lease.

 

(b) “Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant” or words of similar import mean that Tenant is not entitled to terminate this lease, or to claim actual or constructive eviction, partial, or total, or to receive any abatement or diminution of Rent, or to be relieved in any manner or any of its other obligations under this lease, or to be compensated for loss or injury suffered or to enforce any other right or kind of liability whatsoever against Landlord under or with respect to this lease or with respect to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Demised Premises.

 

8.05 Quiet Enjoyment. Tenant shall and may peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Demised Premises, subject to the other terms of this lease and to the Superior Leases and Superior Mortgages, provided that Tenant pays the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent to be paid by Tenant and performs all of Tenant’s covenants and agreements contained in this lease.

 

8.06 Limitation of Landlord’s Personal Liability. Tenant shall look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Demised Premises, for the recovery of any judgment against Landlord, and no other property or assets of Landlord or Landlord’s partners, members, officers, directors, shareholders or principals, direct or indirect, disclosed or undisclosed, shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under or with respect to this lease.

 

8.07 Counterclaims. If Landlord commences any summary proceeding or action for nonpayment of Rent or to recover possession of the Demised Premises, Tenant shall not interpose any counterclaim of any nature or description in any such proceeding or action, unless Tenant’s failure to interpose such counterclaim in such proceeding or action would result in the waiver of Tenant’s right to bring such claim in a separate proceeding under applicable law.

 

8.08 Survival. All obligations and liabilities of Landlord or Tenant to the other which accrued before the expiration or other termination of this lease and all such obligations and liabilities which by their nature or under the circumstances can only be, or by the provisions of this lease may be, performed after such expiration or other termination, shall survive the expiration or other termination of this lease. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to any indemnity under this lease, and with respect to Real Estate Tax Escalations and any other amounts payable under this lease, shall survive the expiration or other termination of this lease.

 

8.09 Certain Remedies. If Tenant requests Landlord’s consent and Landlord fails or refuses to give such consent, Tenant shall not be entitled to any damages for any withholding by Landlord of its consent, it being intended that Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action for specific performance or injunction, and that such remedy shall be available only in those cases where this lease provides that Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent. No dispute relating to this lease or the relationship of Landlord and Tenant under this lease shall be resolved by arbitration unless this lease expressly provides for such dispute to be resolved by arbitration.

 

F-1-21

 

 

8.10 No Offer. The submission by Landlord of this lease in draft form shall be solely for Tenant’s consideration and not for acceptance and execution. Such submission shall have no binding force or effect and shall confer no rights nor impose any obligations, including brokerage obligations, on either party unless and until both Landlord and Tenant shall have executed a lease and duplicate originals thereof shall have been delivered to the respective parties.

 

8.11 Captions; Construction. The table of contents, captions, headings and titles in this lease are solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect its interpretation. This lease shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party causing this lease to be drafted. Each covenant, agreement, obligation or other provision of this lease on Tenant’s part to be performed, shall be deemed and construed as a separate and independent covenant of Tenant, not dependent on any other provision of this lease.

 

8.12 Amendments. This lease may not be altered, changed or amended, except by an instrument in writing signed by the party to be charged.

 

8.13 Broker. Each party represents to the other that such party has dealt with no broker other than None, (“Broker”) in connection with this lease, and each party shall indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against all loss, cost, liability and expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) arising out of any claim for a commission or other compensation by any broker (other than Broker) who has dealt with the indemnifying party in connection with this lease. Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a separate agreement with Broker which provides that, if this lease is executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant, Landlord and Tenant shall equally pay to Broker a commission to be agreed upon between Landlord, Tenant and Broker, subject to, and in accordance with, the terms and conditions of such agreement.

 

8.14 Merger. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has not made and is not making, and Tenant, in executing and delivering this lease, is not relying upon, any warranties, representations, promises or statements, except to the extent that the same are expressly set forth in this lease. This lease embodies the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and all prior agreements, understanding and statements, oral or written, with respect thereto are merged in this lease.

 

Tenant has made investigation into the Demised Premises and acknowledges that the Demised Premises are fit for their intended use under this lease.

 

Landlord has not made and does not make any representations that Demised Premises are fit for their intended use under this lease. Landlord has not made and does not make any representations as to the rents, leases, expenses, operation or any other matter or thing affecting or related to the Demised Premises, except as herein specifically set forth, and Tenant hereby expressly acknowledges that no such representations have been made.

 

8.15 Successors. This lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord, its successors and assigns, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Tenant, its successors, and to the extent that an assignment may be approved by Landlord, Tenant’s assigns.

 

8.16 Applicable Law. This lease shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any principles of conflicts of laws.

 

8.17 No Development Rights. Tenant acknowledges that it has no rights to any development rights, air rights or comparable rights appurtenant to the Demised Premises, and consents, without further consideration, to any utilization of such rights by Landlord. Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver any instruments, which may be requested by Landlord, including instruments merging zoning lots, evidencing such acknowledgment and consent. The provisions of this Section 8.17 shall be construed as an express waiver by Tenant of any interest Tenant may have as a party in interest in the Demised Premises.

 

F-1-22

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this lease as of the day and year first written above.

 

  1870 Bath Ave. LLC
   
   
  By:  
   
  1 Stop Electronics Center, Inc.
   
   
  By:

 

F-1-23

 

 

EXHIBIT F-2

 

Gold Coast Lease

 

(See Attached)

 

LEASE

 

Agreement of Lease, made as of this _____ day of ___________, 2021, between 54 Glen Cove Realty, LLC, whose address is 1870 Bath Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11214, (“Landlord”), and Gold Coast Appliances, Inc., whose address is 54 Glen Cove Road, Glen Cove, NY 11542, (“Tenant”),

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, Landlord is willing to lease to Tenant and Tenant is willing to hire from Landlord on the terms hereinafter set forth, the entire real property with all improvements thereon known as 54 Glen Cove Road, Glen Cove, NY 11542, consisting of approximately 2,000 rentable square feet (the “Demised Premises”).

 

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto, for themselves, their heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, hereby covenant as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

Demised Premises; Term; Use

 

1.01 Demise. (a) Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires from Landlord, subject to the terms and conditions of this lease, the Demised Premises.

 

1.02 Term. (a) The term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall commence on ____________, 2021, (the “Commencement Date”), and shall end, unless sooner terminated as herein provided, on ______________, 2031, (such date is called the “Expiration Date”).

 

1.03 Use. The Demised Premises shall be used and occupied by Tenant solely as a store for the sale of electronics and appliances (“Permitted Use”), and for no other purpose. All use of the Demised Premises must be in compliance with rules and regulations promulgated for the Demised Premises by Landlord which may now or hereafter be in effect and of which Tenant has notice.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

Rent

 

2.01 Rent Rent” shall consist of Fixed Rent (as hereinafter defined) and Additional Rent (as hereinafter defined).

 

2.02 Fixed Rent. Tenant covenants to pay to Landlord as a net minimum rent (“Fixed Rent”), as follows:

 

Lease Period   Rate PSF     Monthly Fixed Rent     Annual Fixed Rent  
                   
__/__/2021 – __/__/2022   $ 31.827     $ 5,304.50     $ 63,654.00  
__/__/2022 – __/__/2023   $ 32.782     $ 5,463.64     $ 65,563.62  
__/__/2023 – __/__/2024   $ 33.765     $ 5,627.54     $ 67,530.53  
__/__/2024 – __/__/2025   $ 34.778     $ 5,796.37     $ 69,556.44  
__/__/2025 – __/__/2026   $ 35.822     $ 5,970.26     $ 71,643.14  
__/__/2026 – __/__/2027   $ 36.896     $ 6,149.37     $ 73,792.43  
__/__/2027 – __/__/2028   $ 38.003     $ 6,333.85     $ 76,006.20  
__/__/2028 – __/__/2029   $ 39.143     $ 6,523.87     $ 78,286.39  
__/__/2029 – __/__/2030   $ 40.317     $ 6,719.58     $ 80,634.98  
__/__/2030 – __/__/2031   $ 41.527     $ 6,921.17     $ 83,054.03  

 

Tenant shall pay the Annual Fixed Rent in advance in equal monthly installments of the monthly Fixed Rent on the 1st day of each calendar month.

 

F-2-1

 

 

2.03 Additional Rent. Tenant also covenants to pay to Landlord, all amounts and obligations, other than Fixed Rent, which Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under this lease, (“Additional Rent”), all of which Additional Rent shall be deemed to be rent.

 

In the event of any failure on the part of Tenant to pay any Additional Rent, Landlord shall have all the rights, powers and remedies provided for in this lease, at law, in equity or otherwise, in the case of nonpayment of Fixed Rent.

 

2.04 Manner of Payment. Tenant shall pay all Fixed Rent and Additional Rent as the same shall become due and payable under this lease by wire transfer or by check (subject to collection) drawn on a New York Clearing House Association member bank, in each case at the times provided herein without notice or demand and without setoff or counterclaim. All Rent shall be paid in lawful money of the United States to Landlord at the following address:

 

54 Glen Cove Realty, LLC

1870 Bath Avenue

Brooklyn, NY 11214

 

or such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate.

 

Any Additional Rent for which no due date is specified in this lease shall be due and payable on the 30th day after receipt of invoice for same from Landlord. All bills, invoices and statements rendered to Tenant with respect to this lease shall be binding and conclusive on Tenant unless, within sixty (60) days after receipt of same, Tenant notifies Landlord that it is disputing same.

 

Nothing herein shall be construed to extend the due dates of Tenant’s payments under this lease, or to waive any rights or remedies of Landlord in the event of Tenant’s late payment. Tenant’s obligations to pay Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall survive the expiration of the lease term or earlier termination of this lease.

 

2.05 Application. If Landlord receives from Tenant any payment less than the sum of the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent due and owing pursuant to this Lease, Tenant hereby waives its right, if any, to designate the items to which such payment shall be applied and agrees that Landlord in its sole discretion may apply such payment in whole or in part to any Fixed Rent, any Additional Rent or to any combination thereof then due and payable hereunder.

 

2.06 Unconditional Obligations. THIS LEASE IS A NET LEASE AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN, THE LANDLORD SHALL HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY (OPERATIONALLY OR FINANCIALLY) IN RESPECT OF THE USE OR OPERATION OF THE DEMISED PREMISES. THE TENANT’S OBLIGATION TO PAY ALL RENT AND ALL OTHER AMOUNTS DUE HEREUNDER AND TO PERFORM ALL THE TERMS HEREOF SHALL BE ABSOLUTE AND UNCONDITIONAL AND SHALL NOT BE AFFECTED OR REDUCED BY ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, INCLUDING ANY SETOFF, COUNTERCLAIM, RECOUPMENT, DEFENSE, OR OTHER RIGHT WHICH THE TENANT MAY HAVE AGAINST THE LANDLORD OR ANY OTHER PERSON.

 

2.07 Interest. If Tenant shall fail to pay (1) any installment of Fixed Rent or any amount of Additional Rent or (2) any other sum of money which shall become due and payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease or by reason of Tenant’s occupancy of the Demised Premises within ten (10) days after the date on which such installment or payment is due, Tenant shall pay (i) a late payment charge of Five Hundred and 00/100 ($500.00) Dollars and (ii) interest on the amount overdue at a rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum (or, if less, the maximum rate permitted by applicable law), from the date on which such installment or payment is due to the date of payment thereof (but in no event shall such interest be calculated and payable for less than a full calendar month), and such late payment charge and interest shall be deemed to be Additional Rent.

 

F-2-2

 

 

ARTICLE 3

 

Utility Services; Waste Removal; Real Estate Taxes and Water and Sewer Charges

 

3.01 Utility Services. Tenant shall pay all charges for gas and electric services serving the Demised Premises.

 

Landlord shall not be liable or responsible for charges for electricity at the Demised Premises, or any loss, damage or expense which Tenant may sustain or incur if either the quantity or character of electric service is changed or is no longer available or suitable for Tenant’s requirements. Tenant covenants and agrees that its use of electric current shall never exceed the capacity of the existing conductors, feeders, risers, wiring installations or other equipment servicing the Demised Premises. Tenant shall not alter or make any addition to the electrical equipment without the prior written consent of Landlord. If Landlord grants such consent, all additional risers and other equipment shall be provided by Landlord, and the reasonable costs and expenses thereof shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand, as Additional Rent, without setoff or deduction. Tenant will not use or cause to be used equipment which will overload the existing service and installations or interfere with other tenants’ electrical service. Any change in the character or nature of electrical service to the Demised Premises which does not result from acts or omissions of Landlord, shall not impose liability on the Landlord for any loss or damage sustained by Tenant as a result thereof.

 

3.02 Waste Removal. Tenant shall pay all charges for the garbage removal and collection imposed against the Demised Premises. Landlord shall not be responsible for any cleaning, waste removal, janitorial or similar services for the Demised Premises.

 

3.03 Real Estate Taxes and Water and Sewer Charges. As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

“Real Estate Taxes” shall mean all real estate taxes, assessments, water charges and sewer rents, and other taxes and charges of every nature and kind whatsoever, whether general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, of every character, which at any time may be assessed, levied, charged, confirmed or imposed on or in respect of or be a lien upon the Demised Premises. “Real Estate Taxes” shall exclude income, franchise, inheritance or similar taxes; provided, however, that if the method of taxation or assessment shall be changed so that the whole or any part of the Real Estate Taxes theretofore payable with respect to the building instead shall be levied, charged, assessed or imposed in whole or in part on the income or rents received by Landlord from the Building or shall otherwise be imposed against Landlord in the form of a franchise tax or otherwise, then the same shall be deemed Real Estate Taxes for purposes of this Article 3.

 

Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, an amount equal to all Real Estate Taxes, irrespective of whether such excess is due to higher tax rates, increases in assessed valuation or other cause. Such additional rent may be billed by Landlord at or about the dates on which installments of Real Estate Taxes are due and payable by Landlord, or at any time thereafter, and such additional rent shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within ten days after being billed therefor. An ordinary tax bill shall be conclusive evidence of the amount of Real Estate Taxes for purposes of computing the amount to be paid by Tenant.

 

The Real Estate Taxes actually payable by Landlord shall be used in computing the additional rent hereunder. If the amount of Real Estate Taxes is reduced by final determination of legal proceedings, settlement or otherwise, the additional rent theretofore paid or payable hereunder shall be recomputed on the basis of such reduced amount, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent, within thirty days after being billed therefor, any deficiency between the additional rent theretofore paid and the amount due as the result of such re-computation. If Landlord receives a refund of any Real Estate Taxes on which additional rent shall have been based, as a result of a reduction of Real Estate Taxes by final determination of legal proceedings, settlement or otherwise, the additional rent shall be recomputed based on the net refund, after deducting Landlord’s expenses, and Tenant shall receive a credit for or refund of any overpayment of additional rent.

 

Landlord shall not be obligated to contest the levy or assessment of any Real Estate Taxes, and it shall be at Landlord’s sole discretion whether any such contest shall be undertaken. Landlord hereby reserves the exclusive right to take and prosecute all such proceedings, and if so taken, Landlord may proceed without notice to Tenant and may prosecute the proceeding, including settlement and discontinuance, in such manner as Landlord may determine in its sole discretion.

 

F-2-3

 

 

In no event shall the annual Fixed Rent under this lease be reduced by virtue of this Article 3.

 

3.04. Apportionment. The Additional Rent provided herein shall be apportioned as of the expiration of the lease term or earlier termination of this lease. The obligations of Tenant to pay Additional Rent as provided for herein shall survive the expiration of the lease term or earlier termination of this lease. If Tenant continues in possession of the Demised Premises after the expiration of the lease term or earlier termination of this lease, as a month to month tenant or otherwise, the provisions of this Article 3 shall continue in full force and effect for so long as Tenant remains in possession of the Demised Premises.

 

The Additional Rent provided for herein shall be collectible by Landlord in the same manner as the regular installments of fixed rent due under this lease. No delay or failure by Landlord in preparing or delivering any statement or demand for any additional rent shall constitute a waiver of, or impair Landlord’s rights to collect, such additional rent.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

Leasehold Improvements; Tenant Covenants

 

4.01 Condition of Premises. Tenant represents that it has thoroughly inspected the Demised Premises and is fully familiar with the condition thereof. The Tenant agrees to accept the Demised Premises in its “as is” condition.

 

4.02 Alterations.

 

(a) Tenant shall make no material structural additions, changes or alterations in or to the Demised Premises (“Material Alterations”) without Landlord’s prior approval, which approval may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Landlord shall not need to approve an Alteration that is not a Material Alteration.

 

Material Alteration” means an Alteration that: (i) is not limited to the interior of the Demised Premises or which affects the exterior (including the appearance) of the Building; (ii) is structural or affects the strength of the Building; (iii) affects the usage or the proper functioning of any of the Building systems; (iv) has a cost of more than $100,000.00; or (v) requires a change to the Building’s certificate of occupancy.

 

(b) Tenant, in connection with any Alteration, shall comply with any and all rules and regulations as may be required by the New York City Department of Buildings, (“DOB”), and any other agency having jurisdiction thereof. Tenant shall not proceed with any Alteration unless and until Landlord approves Tenant’s plans and specifications therefor which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If Landlord does not object to Tenant’s plans within fifteen (15) business days, then these plans are deemed to be approved by Landlord. Any review or approval by Landlord of plans and specifications with respect to any Alteration is solely for Landlord’s benefit, and without any representation or warranty to Tenant with respect to the adequacy, correctness or efficiency thereof, its compliance with Laws or otherwise.

 

(c) Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand Landlord’s reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees of any architect or engineer employed by Landlord or any Superior Lessor or Superior Mortgagee for such purpose) for reviewing plans and specifications and inspecting Material Alterations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that Tenant shall not be responsible to reimburse Landlord for or to pay for any costs incurred by Landlord for the review of Tenant’s plans relative to the initial alteration made by Tenant at the Premises. Tenant or any of its contractors or subcontractors shall be required to post a bond or other security in connection with the performance of any alterations.

 

F-2-4

 

 

(d) Upon the completion of the Alteration in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.02; Tenant shall provide landlord with:

 

(i) proof evidencing the payment in full for said Alteration; and
(ii) written unconditional lien waivers of mechanics’ liens and other liens on the Building from all contractors performing said Alteration; and
(iii) all other submissions as may be, from time to time reasonably required by Landlord.

 

(e) Tenant shall obtain (and furnish copies to Landlord of) all necessary governmental permits and certificates for the commencement and prosecution of Alterations and for final approval thereof upon completion, and shall cause Alterations to be performed in compliance therewith, and in compliance with all Laws and, with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord. Alterations shall be diligently performed in a good and workmanlike manner, using new or high-quality materials and equipment at least equal in quality and class to the then standards for the Building established by the DOB and any other agency having jurisdiction thereof. Alterations shall be performed by architects, engineers and contractors first approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The performance of any Alteration shall not be done in a manner which would violate Landlord’s union contracts affecting the Building, or create any work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption, disharmony or dispute or any interference with the business of Landlord or any tenant or occupant of the Building. Tenant shall immediately stop the performance of any Alteration if Landlord notifies Tenant that continuing such Alteration would violate Landlord’s union contracts affecting the Building, or create any work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption, disharmony or dispute or any interference with the business of Landlord or any tenant or occupant of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that Tenant shall not be obligated to use union labor in the performance of its alterations or in the daily operation of its business. Tenant shall not resume the performance of such Alteration until such time as such Alteration may be performed in a manner which shall not violate such union contracts or create such work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption, disharmony or dispute or interference. Landlord hereby consents to Tenant obtaining, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, any required permits and approvals for any alterations based upon Tenant’s architect’s and engineer’s self-certification of the approved plans.

 

(f) Throughout the performance of Alterations, Tenant or its contractor(s) shall carry worker’s compensation insurance in statutory limits, Builder’s Risk Completed Value Non-Reporting Form coverage and a policy of commercial general liability providing coverage of the latest version of ISO form CG0001 or its equivalent, covering Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, against claims for bodily injury and property damage, with completed operation endorsement, for any occurrence in or about the Building, under which Landlord and its agent and any Superior Mortgagee whose name and address have been furnished to Tenant shall be named as additional insured, with minimum limits of liability under such policy, including products liability and completed operations, shall be a combined single limit with respect to each occurrence in an amount of not less than Three Million ($3,000,000.00), per occurrence and aggregate, it being agreed and understood that such limit of coverage may be provided by Tenant’s commercial general liability policy in conjunction with an umbrella liability or excess liability policy; such policy is to be written by an authorized insurance company by the State of New York rated A-/XII or better by AM Best Company. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with evidence that such insurance is in effect at or before the commencement of Alterations and, on request, at reasonable intervals thereafter during the continuance of Alterations.

 

(g) Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all bills for labor performed or equipment, fixtures and materials furnished to or for Tenant, and from and against any and all violations, liens or claims therefor or against the Demised Premises or the Building of which it forms a part, and from and against any and all liability, claim, loss, damage or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, in connection with any work performed by or for Tenant. The Demised Premises and the Building shall at all times be free of violations and liens for labor and materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to or on behalf of Tenant, and no financing statements or other security instruments shall be filed against the Demised Premises or the building or the contents thereof.

 

Tenant shall not directly or indirectly create or permit to be created any mortgage, lien, security interest, pledge, conditional sale, or other encumbrance on the Demised Premises or any part thereof, any fixtures or materials therein, Tenant’s interest under this Lease, or any Rent hereunder. The foregoing shall not apply to liens for impositions not yet due, or liens of mechanics, materialmen, suppliers or vendors, incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums which are not yet due, provided that adequate provision for the payment thereof shall have been made and the following paragraph is complied with.

 

F-2-5

 

 

If, in connection with any work being performed by or for Tenant or any subtenant, or in connection with any materials being furnished to Tenant or any subtenant, any mechanic’s lien or other lien or charge or violation shall be filed or made against the Demised Premises or any part thereof, or if any such lien or charge or violation shall be filed or made against Landlord as owner, then Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, within forty-five (45) days after written notice to Tenant of such lien or charge or violation shall have been filed or made, shall cause the same to be canceled and discharged of record by payment thereof or filing a bond or otherwise. Tenant promptly and diligently shall defend any suit, action or proceeding which may be brought for the enforcement of such lien or charge or violation; shall satisfy and discharge any judgment entered therein within thirty (30) days after the entry of such judgment by payment thereof or filing a bond or otherwise; and on demand shall pay any and all liability, claim, loss, damage or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, suffered or incurred by Landlord in connection therewith.

 

Nothing in this Lease shall constitute any consent or request by Landlord, express or implied, for the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in respect of the Demised Premises or any part thereof, nor as giving Tenant any right, power or authority to contract for or permit the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in any fashion that would permit the filing or making of any lien or claim against Landlord, the Demised Premises or the Building.

 

(h) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after the completion of an Alteration, “as-built” drawings thereof. During the Term, Tenant shall keep records of Alterations costing in excess of $25,000.00 including plans and specifications, copies of contracts, invoices, evidence of payment and all other records customarily maintained in the real estate business relating to Alterations and the cost thereof and shall, within thirty (30) days after demand by Landlord, furnish to Landlord copies of such records.

 

(i) All Alterations to and Fixtures installed by Tenant in the Demised Premises shall be fully paid for by Tenant in cash and shall not be subject to conditional bills of sale, chattel mortgages, or other title retention agreements.

 

4.03 Landlord’s and Tenant’s Property. (a) All fixtures, improvements and appurtenances attached to or built into the Demised Premises as permitted by the terms hereof, whether or not at the expense of Tenant (collectively, “Fixtures”), shall be and remain a part of the Demised Premises and shall not be removed by Tenant and Tenant has no accountability for same. All Fixtures constituting Improvements and Betterments (as hereinafter defined) shall be the property of Tenant during the Term and, upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, shall become the property of Landlord. All Fixtures other than Improvements and Betterments shall, upon installation, be the property of Landlord.

 

Improvements and Betterments” means: (i) all Fixtures, if any, installed at the expense of Tenant, whether installed by Tenant or by Landlord (i.e., excluding any Fixtures paid for by Landlord directly or by way of an allowance); and (ii) all carpeting in the Demised Premises.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.03(a), all movable partitions, business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment, and all furniture, furnishings and other articles of movable personal property owned by Tenant and located in the Demised Premises (collectively, “Tenant’s Property”) shall be and shall remain the property of Tenant and may be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term; provided, that if any of Tenant’s Property is removed, Tenant shall repair any damage to the Demised Premises or to the Building resulting from the installation and/or removal thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any equipment or other property identified in this Lease or in any leasehold improvement agreement as having been paid for with any allowance or credit granted by Landlord to Tenant shall not be considered Tenant’s Property and shall be and remain a part of the Demised Premises, shall, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, be the property of Landlord and shall not be removed by Tenant.

 

F-2-6

 

 

(c) At or before the Expiration Date, or within ten (10) business days after any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall remove all of Tenant’s Property from the Demised Premises. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Demised Premises or the Building resulting from any installation and/or removal of Tenant’s Property. Any items of Tenant’s Property which remain in the Demised Premises after the Expiration Date, or more than ten (10) business days after an earlier termination of this Lease shall be deemed to have been abandoned, and may be retained by Landlord as Landlord’s property or disposed of by Landlord, without accountability, in such manner as Landlord shall determine, at Tenant’s expense.

 

4.04 Access and Changes to Building. (a) Landlord reserves the right, at any time, to make such changes in or to the Building as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant therefor, provided any such change does not unreasonably deprive Tenant and/or Tenant’s customers, vendors, suppliers, employees, directors, officers, agents, invitees and licensees of easy access to the Demised Premises or any loss of signage or visibility. Landlord may install and maintain concealed pipes, fans, ducts, wires and conduits within or through the walls, floors or ceilings of the Demised Premises. In exercising its rights under this Section 4.04, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises for the ordinary conduct of Tenant’s business. Landlord agrees that except in the event of an emergency, it will not perform any work in the Demised Premises which adversely affects Tenant’s business during its ordinary business hours. Landlord will, at its sole cost and expense, promptly repair any damages to the Demised Premises existing as of the date hereof. Tenant shall not have any easement for light, views or air, or any other easement or right in or to the use of any door or any passage or any concourse or any plaza connecting the Building with any other building or to any public conveniences, and the use of such doors, passages, concourses, plazas and conveniences may, without notice to Tenant, be regulated or discontinued at any time by Landlord.

 

(b) Except for the space within the inside surfaces of all walls, hung ceilings, floors, windows and doors bounding the Demised Premises, all of the Building, including, without limitation, the Building walls, core corridor walls and doors and any core corridor entrance, any terraces or roofs adjacent to the Demised Premises, and any space in or adjacent to the Demised Premises used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, fan rooms, ducts, electric or other utilities, sinks or other Building facilities, and the use thereof, as well as access thereto through the Demised Premises, are reserved to Landlord and are not part of the Demised Premises provided same does not unreasonably interview with Tenant’s use of the Premises. Landlord reserves the right to name the Building and to change the name or address of the Building at any time and from time to time.

 

(c) Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant if at any time any windows of the Demised Premises are either temporarily darkened or obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance and/or cleaning in or about the Building (or permanently darkened or obstructed if required by law) or covered by any translucent material for the purpose of energy conservation, or if any part of the Building, other than the Demised Premises, is temporarily or permanently closed or inoperable.

 

(d) Landlord and persons authorized by Landlord shall have the right, outside of Tenant’s normal business hours upon reasonable prior written or telephonic notice to Tenant (except in an emergency), to enter the Demised Premises (together with any necessary materials and/or equipment), to inspect, clean or perform such work or repairs as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary or to exhibit the Demised Premises to prospective lenders or purchasers. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant by reason of any such entry. Landlord shall not be required to make any improvements or repairs of any kind or character to the Demised Premises during the Term. Landlord shall operate, maintain and make all necessary repairs (both structural and nonstructural) to the Premises and Building (including the without limitation, the foundation, the exterior walls and any load-bearing interior walls, the roof, roof membrane, roof), the Building Systems which provide service to the Demised Premises (but not to the distribution portions of such Building Systems located within the Demised Premises), the public portions of the Building, both exterior and interior (but excluding storefront and doors of the Demised Premises). Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable to minimize interference with any such access/work.

 

F-2-7

 

 

4.05 Maintenance of Demised Premises. (a) Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall repair and maintain the interior of the Demised Premises, HVAC serving the Demised Premises and fixtures of the Demised Premises (but not common areas), all plumbing, electrical, and heating lines, conduits, and risers serving the Demised Premises from the point where they enter the interior of the Demised Premises; shall repair and maintain all water, sewer, electric, gas, and other utility lines that service the Demised Premises from the point where they enter the interior of the Demised Premises and, upon expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall surrender the same to Landlord in the working condition as when first occupied, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall keep the Demised Premises clean in a manner commensurate with the standards of first-class office buildings located in the neighborhood of the Building. Tenant’s obligation shall include, without limitation: the obligation to repair all damage caused by Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees and licensees to the equipment and other installations in the Demised Premises or anywhere in the Building.

 

(b) Tenant shall not commit or allow to be committed any waste or damage to any portion of the Demised Premises or the Building.

 

(c) Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall maintain (but not be obligated to repair) the sidewalk adjacent to the Demised Premises and keep it free from obstruction, garbage, refuse, rubbish, trash, snow and ice. However, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall repair the sidewalk if it is damaged by Tenant’s activities or negligence.

 

4.06 Compliance with Laws. Tenant shall comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, orders and regulations (present, future, ordinary, extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen) of any governmental, public or quasi-public authority and of the New York Board of Underwriters, the New York Fire Insurance Rating Organization and any other entity performing similar functions, at any time in force (collectively ”Laws”), attributable to any work, installation, occupancy, use or manner of use by Tenant of the Demised Premises or any part thereof. Nothing contained in this Section 4.06 shall require Tenant to make any structural changes unless the same are necessitated by reason of Tenant’s performance of any Alterations, Tenant’s manner of use of the Demised Premises or the use by Tenant of the Demised Premises for purposes other than normal and customary ordinary for the Permitted Use. Tenant shall procure and maintain all licenses and permits required for its business. Tenant shall be permitted to contest all municipal, governmental or other regulatory violations, where permitted by law.

 

4.07 Tenant Advertising and Signage. Tenant shall have the right to use the name or likeness of the Building in any advertising (by whatever medium) without Landlord’s consent.

 

Subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, may install identification signage on the façade of the Building (collectively, “Tenant’s Signage”). All such signage shall be subject to Tenant’s obtaining all required governmental approvals. All permitted signs shall be maintained by Tenant at its expense in a first-class and safe condition and appearance. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all of its signs at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and repair any damage caused by such removal. The graphics, materials, color, design, lettering, lighting, size, illumination, specifications and exact location and size of Tenant’s Signage (collectively, the “Sign Specifications”) shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant hereby acknowledges that, notwithstanding Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s Signage, Landlord has made no representation or warranty to Tenant with respect to the probability of obtaining all necessary governmental approvals and permits for Tenant’s Signage. In the event Tenant does not receive the necessary governmental approvals and permits for Tenant’s Signage, Tenant’s and Landlord’s rights and obligations under the remaining terms of this Lease shall be unaffected. If Landlord elects to install a multi-tenant identification sign at the entrance to the Building, Tenant shall be entitled to install its name on such sign (subject to availability on a pro-rata basis based on the relative square footages leased by the tenants of the Building), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Where the erection of scaffolding and/or protective barriers are required for work performed by the Landlord or Landlord’s agents, Landlord shall provide signage for Tenant’s business, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense and any scaffold shall be double height and erected only for shortest period necessary to perform any work. Landlord represents that all local law work has been completed and no anticipated scaffolding is to be erected in the next 12 months. Landlord’s consent is not required for interior or window signage.

 

F-2-8

 

 

4.08 Right to Perform Tenant Covenants. If Tenant fails to perform any of its obligations under this Lease beyond the expiration of any grace period or applicable notice and cure period, Landlord, any Superior Lessor or any Superior Mortgagee (each, a “Curing Party”) may perform the same at the expense of Tenant: (a) immediately and without notice in the case of emergency or in case such failure interferes with the use of space by any other tenant in the Building or with the efficient operation of the Building or may result in a violation of any Law or in a cancellation of any insurance policy maintained by Landlord; and (b) in any other case if such failure continues beyond any applicable grace period. If a Curing Party performs any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (as Additional Rent) the costs thereof, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date incurred by the Curing Party until paid by Tenant, within fifteen (15) days after receipt by Tenant of a statement as to the amounts of such costs. If the Curing Party effects such cure by bonding any lien which Tenant is required to bond or otherwise discharge, Tenant shall obtain and substitute a bond for the Curing Party’s bond and shall reimburse the Curing Party for the cost of the Curing Party’s bond.

 

ARTICLE 5

 

Assignment and Subletting

 

5.01 Assignment; Etc. (a) Subject to the further provisions of this Article 5, neither this lease nor the term and estate hereby granted, nor any part hereof or thereof, shall be assigned, mortgaged, pledged, encumbered or otherwise transferred voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, and neither the Demised Premises, nor any part thereof, shall be subleased, licensed, used or occupied by any person or entity other than Tenant or encumbered in any manner by reason of any act or omission on the part of Tenant, and no rents or other sums receivable by Tenant under any sublease of all or any part of the Demised Premises shall be assigned or otherwise encumbered, without the prior consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The dissolution or direct or indirect transfer of a majority of the interest in, or control of, Tenant (however accomplished including, by way of example, the addition of new partners or members or withdrawal of existing partners or members, or transfers of interests in distributions of profits or losses of Tenant, issuance of additional stock, redemption of stock, stock voting agreement, or change in classes of stock) shall be deemed an assignment of this lease regardless of whether the transfer is made in or by one or more transactions, or whether one or more persons or entities hold the controlling interest prior to the transfer or afterwards. An agreement under which another person or entity becomes responsible for all or a portion of Tenant’s obligations under this lease shall be deemed an assignment of this lease. No assignment or other transfer of this lease and the term and estate hereby granted, and no subletting of all or any portion of the Demised Premises shall relieve Tenant of its liability under this lease or of the obligation to obtain Landlord’s prior consent to any further assignment, other transfer or subletting. Any attempt to assign this lease or sublet all or any portion of the Demised Premises in violation of this Article 5 shall be null and void.

 

5.02 Assignment and Subletting Procedures. (a) If Tenant desires to assign this lease or sublet the Demised Premises, Tenant shall notify Landlord (a “Transfer Notice”) of such desire, which notice shall be accompanied by: (i) a copy of the proposed assignment or sublease and all related agreements, the effective date of which shall be at least 30 days after the giving of the Transfer Notice; (ii) a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the identity of the proposed assignee or subtenant, the nature of its business and its proposed use of the Demised Premises; (iii) current financial information with respect to the proposed assignee or subtenant, including without limitation, its most recent financial statements; and (iv) such other information as Landlord may reasonably request. Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment or sublease shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided that:

 

(i) in Landlord’s judgment the proposed assignee or subtenant will use the Demised Premises in a manner that: (A) is in keeping with the then standards of the Demised Premises; and (B) is limited to the use expressly permitted under this lease;
(ii) the proposed assignee or subtenant is, in Landlord’s judgment, a reputable person or entity of good character and with sufficient financial worth considering the responsibility involved;

 

F-2-9

 

 

(iii) the form of the proposed sublease shall be reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and shall comply with the applicable provisions of this Article 5;
(iv) the aggregate rent to be paid by the proposed subtenant is not less than the greater of: (A) the fair rental value of the sublet space as sublet space; or (B) 90% of the fair rental value of the sublet space if such space were being leased directly by Landlord (in each case as reasonably determined by Landlord);
(v) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for any costs incurred by Landlord in connection with said assignment or sublease, including, without limitation, the costs of making investigations as to the acceptability of the proposed assignee or subtenant, and legal costs incurred in connection with the granting of any requested consent.

 

(b) If Landlord consents to a proposed assignment or sublease and Tenant fails to execute and deliver the assignment or sublease to which Landlord consented within days after the giving of such consent, then Tenant shall again comply with this Article 5 before assigning this lease or subletting all or part of the Demised Premises.

 

5.03 General Provisions. (a) If this lease is assigned, whether or not in violation of this lease, Landlord may collect rent from the assignee. If the Demised Premises or any part thereof are sublet or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, whether or not in violation of this lease, Landlord may, after default by Tenant, and expiration of Tenant’s time to cure such default, collect rent from the subtenant or occupant. In either event, Landlord may apply the net amount collected against Rent, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of Section 5.01(a), or the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this lease.

 

(b) No assignment or transfer shall be effective until the assignee delivers to Landlord: (i) evidence that the assignee, as Tenant hereunder, has complied with the requirements of Sections 7.02 and 7.03; and (ii) an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord whereby the assignee assumes Tenant’s obligations under this lease.

 

(c) Notwithstanding any assignment or transfer, whether or not in violation of this lease, and notwithstanding the acceptance of any Rent by Landlord from an assignee, transferee, or any other party, the original named Tenant and each successor Tenant shall remain fully liable for the payment of the Rent and the performance of all of Tenant’s other obligations under this lease. The joint and several liability of Tenant and any immediate or remote successor in interest of Tenant shall not be discharged, released or impaired in any respect by any agreement made by Landlord extending the time to perform, or otherwise modifying, any of the obligations of Tenant under this lease, or by any waiver or failure of Landlord to enforce any of the obligations of Tenant under this lease.

 

(d) Each subletting by Tenant shall be subject to the following:

 

(i) No subletting shall be for a term (including any renewal or extension options contained in the sublease) ending later than one day prior to the Expiration Date.
(ii) No sublease shall be valid, and no subtenant shall take possession of the Demised Premises or any part thereof, until there has been delivered to Landlord, both: (A) an executed counterpart of such sublease; and (B) a certificate of insurance evidencing that: (x) Landlord is an additional insured under the insurance policies required to be maintained by occupants of the Demised Premises pursuant to Section 7.02; and (y) there is in full force and effect, the insurance otherwise required by Section 7.02.
(iii) Each sublease shall provide that it is subject and subordinate to this lease, and that in the event of termination, reentry or dispossess by Landlord under this lease Landlord may, at its option, take over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant, as sublessor, under such sublease, and such subtenant shall, at Landlord’s option, attorn to Landlord pursuant to the then executory provisions of such sublease, except that Landlord shall not be liable for, subject to or bound by any item of the type that a Successor Landlord is not so liable for, subject to or bound by in the case of an attornment by Tenant to a Successor Landlord under Section 6.01(a).

 

F-2-10

 

 

(e) Each sublease shall provide that the subtenant may not assign its rights thereunder or further sublet the space demised under the sublease, in whole or in part, without Landlord’s consent and without complying with all of the terms and conditions of this Article 5, including, without limitation, Section 5.04, which for purposes of this Section 5.04(e) shall be deemed to be appropriately modified to take into account that the transaction in question is an assignment of the sublease or a further subletting of the space demised under the sublease, as the case may be.

 

(f) Tenant shall not publicly advertise the availability of the Demised Premises or any portion thereof as sublet space or by way of an assignment of this lease, without first obtaining Landlord’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed provided that Tenant shall in no event advertise the rental rate or any description thereof.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

Subordination; Default; Indemnity

 

6.01 Subordination. (a) This lease is subject and subordinate to each mortgage (a “Superior Mortgage”) and each underlying lease (a “Superior lease”) which may now or hereafter affect all or any portion of the Demised Premises or any interest therein. The lessor under a Superior lease is called a “Superior Lessor” and the mortgagee under a Superior Mortgage is called a “Superior Mortgagee.” Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver any instrument reasonably requested by Landlord, a Superior Lessor or Superior Mortgagee to evidence such subordination, but no such instrument shall be necessary to make such subordination effective. Tenant shall execute any amendment of this lease requested by a Superior Mortgagee or a Superior Lessor, provided such amendment shall not result in a material increase in Tenant’s obligations under this lease or a material reduction in the benefits available to Tenant. In the event of the enforcement by a Superior Mortgagee of the remedies provided for by law or by such Superior Mortgage, or in the event of the termination or expiration of a Superior lease, Tenant, upon request of such Superior Mortgagee, Superior Lessor or any person succeeding to the interest of such mortgagee or lessor (each, a “Successor Landlord”), shall automatically become the tenant of such Successor Landlord without change in the terms or provisions of this lease (it being understood that Tenant shall, if requested, enter into a new lease on terms materially the same as the terms of this Lease); provided that Successor Landlord shall not be:

 

(i) liable for any act, omission or default of any prior landlord (including, without limitation, Landlord);
(ii) liable for the return of any moneys paid to or on deposit with any prior landlord (including, without limitation, Landlord), except to the extent such moneys or deposits are delivered to such Successor Landlord;
(iii) subject to any offset, claims or defense that Tenant might have against any prior landlord (including, without limitation, Landlord);
(iv) bound by any Rent which Tenant might have paid for more than the current month to any prior landlord (including, without limitation, Landlord) unless actually received by such Successor Landlord;
(v) bound by any covenant to perform or complete any construction in connection with the Demised Premises or to pay any sums to Tenant in connection therewith; or
(vi) bound by any waiver or forbearance under, or any amendment, modification, abridgment, cancellation or surrender of, this lease made without the consent of such Successor Landlord.

 

Upon request by such Successor Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver an instrument or instruments, reasonably requested by such Successor Landlord, confirming the attornment provided for herein, but no such instrument shall be necessary to make such attornment effective.

 

F-2-11

 

 

(b) Tenant shall give each Superior Mortgagee and each Superior Lessor a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord, provided that Tenant has been notified of the address of such mortgagee or lessor. If Landlord fails to cure any default as to which Tenant is obligated to give notice pursuant to the preceding sentence within the time provided for in this lease, then each such mortgagee or lessor shall have an additional 30 days after receipt of such notice within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary if, within such 30 days, any such mortgagee or lessor has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to cure such default (including, without limitation, commencement of foreclosure proceedings or eviction proceedings, if necessary to effect such cure), in which event this lease shall not be terminated and Tenant shall not exercise any other rights or remedies under this lease or otherwise while such remedies are being so diligently pursued. Nothing herein shall be deemed to imply that Tenant has any right to terminate this lease or any other right or remedy, except as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this lease.

 

(c) Without limiting Tenant’s obligations under Section 6.01(a), Tenant covenants and agrees that if by reason of a default under any underlying lease through which Landlord derives its leasehold estate in the Demised Premises (an “Underlying lease”), the Underlying lease and the leasehold estate of the Landlord in the Demised Premises is terminated, Tenant will attorn to the then holder of the reversionary interest in the Demised Premises (the “Underlying Landlord”) and will recognize the Underlying Landlord as Tenant’s landlord under this lease, at the election of such Underlying Landlord. Tenant agrees to execute and deliver, at any time and from time to time, upon the request of the Landlord or of the Underlying Landlord any instrument which may be necessary or appropriate to evidence such attornment and Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints the Landlord or the Underlying Landlord under such Underlying lease the attorney-in-fact of Tenant to execute and deliver for and on behalf of Tenant any such instrument. Tenant further waives the provisions of any statute or rule or law now or hereafter in effect which may give or purport to give Tenant any right of election to terminate this lease or to surrender possession of the Demised Premises in the event any proceeding is brought by the Underlying Landlord to terminate the Underlying lease, and agrees that unless and until the Underlying Landlord, in connection with any such proceeding, shall elect to terminate this lease and the rights of the Tenant hereunder, this lease shall not be affected in any way whatsoever by any such proceeding.

 

6.02 Estoppel Certificate. Tenant shall, at any time and from time to time, within 10 days after request by Landlord, execute and deliver to Landlord (or to such person or entity as Landlord may designate) a statement certifying that this lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), certifying the Commencement Date, Expiration Date and the dates to which the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent have been paid and stating whether or not, to the best knowledge of Tenant, Landlord is in default in performance of any of its obligations under this lease, and, if so, specifying each such default of which Tenant has knowledge, it being intended that any such statement shall be deemed a representation and warranty to be relied upon by Landlord. Tenant also shall include or confirm in any such statement such other information concerning this lease as Landlord may reasonably request.

 

6.03 Default. This lease and the term and estate hereby granted are subject to the limitation that:

 

(a) if Tenant defaults in the payment of any Rent, Fixed or Additional, and such default continues for 5 days after Landlord gives to Tenant a notice specifying such default;
(b) if Tenant defaults in the keeping, observance or performance of any covenant or agreement, (other than a default of the character referred to in Sections 6.03(a), (c), (d), (e), (f) or (g)) and if such default continues and is not cured within 15 days after Landlord gives to Tenant a written notice specifying the same, or, in the case of a default which for causes beyond Tenant’s reasonable control cannot with due diligence be cured within such period of 15 days, if Tenant shall not immediately upon the receipt of such notice: (i) notify Landlord of Tenant’s intention duly to institute all steps necessary to cure such default; and (ii) institute and thereafter diligently prosecute to completion all steps necessary to cure the same;

 

F-2-12

 

 

(c) if this lease or the estate hereby granted would, by operation of law or otherwise, devolve upon or pass to any person or entity other than Tenant, except as permitted by Article 5;
(d) if Tenant shall abandon the Demised Premises (and the fact that any of Tenant’s Property remains in the Demised Premises shall not be evidence that Tenant has not abandoned the Demised Premises);
(e) if Tenant or any Affiliate of Tenant defaults under any other lease with Landlord or any Affiliate of Landlord, which default shall continue beyond any applicable grace period provided under such other lease;
(f) if a default of the kind set forth in Section 6.03(a) or (b) shall occur and have been cured, and if a similar default shall occur more than once within the next 365 days, whether or not such similar defaults are cured within the applicable grace period; or
(g) if Tenant fails to deliver to Landlord any Security Deposit within the time period required.

 

then, in any of such cases, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, Landlord shall be entitled to give to Tenant a written notice of intention to end the Term or a renewal thereof at the expiration of 5 days from the date of the giving of such notice, and, in the event such notice is given, this lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall terminate upon the expiration of such 5 days with the same effect as if the last of such 5 days were the Expiration Date, but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided herein or pursuant to law.

 

6.04 Re-entry by Landlord. If Tenant defaults in the payment of any Rent and such default continues for 5 days, or if this lease shall terminate as in Section 6.03 provided, Landlord or Landlord’s agents and servants may immediately or at any time thereafter re-enter into or upon the Demised Premises, or any part thereof, either by summary dispossess proceedings or by any suitable action or proceeding at law, without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor, and may repossess the same, and may remove any persons therefrom, to the end that Landlord may have, hold and enjoy the Demised Premises. The words “re-enter” and “re-entering” as used in this lease are not restricted to their technical legal meanings. Upon such termination or re-entry, Tenant shall pay to Landlord any Rent then due and owing (in addition to any damages payable under Section 6.05).

 

6.05 Damages. If this lease is terminated under Section 6.03, or if Landlord re-enters the Demised Premises under Section 6.04, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as damages, at the election of Landlord, either:

 

(a) a sum which, at the time of such termination, represents the then value of the excess, if any, of: (1) the aggregate of the Rent which, had this lease not terminated, would have been payable hereunder by Tenant for the period commencing on the day following the date of such termination or re-entry to and including the Expiration Date; over (2) the aggregate fair rental value of the Demised Premises for the same period (for the purposes of this clause (a) the amount of Additional Rent which would have been payable by Tenant under Sections 2.02 and 2.03 shall, for each calendar year ending after such termination or re-entry, be deemed to be an amount equal to 105% of the amount of such Additional Rent payable by Tenant for the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year in which such termination or re-entry shall occur in the case of the first such calendar year and the immediately prior calendar year in the case of each succeeding calendar year); or
(b) sums equal to the Rent that would have been payable by Tenant through and including the Expiration Date had this lease not terminated or had Landlord not re-entered the Demised Premises, payable upon the due dates therefor specified in this lease; provided, that if Landlord shall relet all or any part of the Demised Premises for all or any part of the period commencing on the day following the date of such termination or re-entry to and including the Expiration Date, Landlord shall credit Tenant with the net rents received by Landlord from such reletting, such net rents to be determined by first deducting from the gross rents as and when received by Landlord from such reletting the expenses incurred or paid by Landlord in terminating this lease and of re-entering the Demised Premises and of securing possession thereof, as well as the expenses of reletting, including, without limitation, altering and preparing the Demised Premises for new tenants, brokers’ commissions, and all other expenses properly chargeable against the Demised Premises and the rental therefrom in connection with such reletting, it being understood that any such reletting may be for a period equal to or shorter or longer than said period; provided, further, that: (i) in no event shall Tenant be entitled to receive any excess of such net rents over the sums payable by Tenant to Landlord under this lease; (ii) in no event shall Tenant be entitled, in any suit for the collection of damages pursuant to this Section 6.05(b), to a credit in respect of any net rents from a reletting except to the extent that such net rents are actually received by Landlord prior to the commencement of such suit; (iii) if the Demised Premises or any part thereof should be relet in combination with other space, then proper apportionment on a square foot rentable area basis shall be made of the rent received from such reletting and of the expenses of reletting; and (iv) Landlord shall have no obligation to so relet the Demised Premises and Tenant hereby waives any right Tenant may have, at law or in equity, to require Landlord to so relet the Demised Premises.

 

F-2-13

 

 

Suit or suits for the recovery of any damages payable hereunder by Tenant, or any installments thereof, may be brought by Landlord from time to time at its election, and nothing contained herein shall require Landlord to postpone suit until the date when the Term or a renewal thereof would have expired but for such termination or re-entry.

 

6.06 Other Remedies. Nothing contained in this lease shall be construed as limiting or precluding the recovery by Landlord against Tenant of any sums or damages to which, in addition to the damages particularly provided above, Landlord may lawfully be entitled by reason of any default hereunder on the part of Tenant. Anything in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding, during the continuation of any default by Tenant, Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise any rights or options, or to receive any funds or proceeds being held, under or pursuant to this lease.

 

6.07 Right to Injunction. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any of its obligations under this lease, Landlord shall also have the right of injunction. The specified remedies to which Landlord may resort hereunder are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies or means of redress to which Landlord may lawfully be entitled and Landlord may invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity as if specific remedies were not herein provided for.

 

6.08 Certain Waivers. Tenant waives and surrenders all right and privilege that Tenant might have under or by reason of any present or future law to redeem the Demised Premises or to have a continuance of this lease after Tenant is dispossessed or ejected therefrom by process of law or under the terms of this lease or after any termination of this lease. Tenant also waives the provisions of any law relating to notice and/or delay in levy of execution in case of any eviction or dispossession for nonpayment of rent, and the provisions of any successor or other law of like import. Landlord and Tenant each waive trial by jury in any action in connection with this lease.

 

6.09 No Waiver. Failure by Landlord to declare any default immediately upon its occurrence or delay in taking any action in connection with such default shall not waive such default but Landlord shall have the right to declare any such default at any time thereafter. Any amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord may be applied by Landlord, in Landlord’s discretion, to any items then owing by Tenant to Landlord under this lease. Receipt by Landlord of a partial payment shall not be deemed to be an accord and satisfaction (notwithstanding any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment) nor shall such receipt constitute a waiver by Landlord of Tenant’s obligation to make full payment. No act or thing done by Landlord or its agents shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Demised Premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord and by each Superior Lessor and Superior Mortgagee whose lease or mortgage provides that any such surrender may not be accepted without its consent. Landlord’s receipt of Fixed Rent and Additional Rent at a time when Landlord has knowledge or should have knowledge of any default or violation shall not be deemed a waiver thereof.

 

F-2-14

 

 

6.10 Holding Over. If Tenant holds over without the consent of Landlord after expiration or termination of this lease, Tenant shall:

 

(a) pay as a use and occupancy charge for each month of the holdover tenancy an amount equal to 200% multiplied by the greater of: (i) the fair market rental value of the Demised Premises for such month (as reasonably determined by Landlord); or (ii) the Rent which Tenant was obligated to pay for the month immediately preceding the end of the Term or a renewal thereof; and
(b) be liable to Landlord for and indemnify Landlord against: (i) any payment or rent concession which Landlord may be required to make to any tenant obtained by Landlord for all or any part of the Demised Premises (a “New Tenant”) by reason of the late delivery of space to the New Tenant as a result of Tenant’s holding over or in order to induce such New Tenant not to terminate its lease by reason of the holding over by Tenant; (ii) the loss of the benefit of the bargain if any New Tenant shall terminate its lease by reason of the holding over by Tenant; and (iii) any claim for damages by any New Tenant.

 

No holding over by Tenant after the Term or a renewal thereof shall operate to extend the Term or a renewal thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the acceptance of any use and occupancy charges paid by Tenant pursuant to this Section 6.10 shall not preclude Landlord from commencing and prosecuting a holdover or summary eviction proceeding.

 

6.11 Attorneys’ Fees. If Landlord places the enforcement of this lease or any part thereof, or the collection of any Rent due or to become due hereunder, or recovery of the possession of the Demised Premises, in the hands of an attorney, or files suit upon the same, or in the event any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar proceeding is commenced involving Tenant, Tenant shall, upon demand, pay Landlord for any attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs incurred by Landlord.

 

6.12 Nonliability and Indemnification. (a) None of Landlord, any Superior Lessor, any Superior Mortgagee or any direct or indirect member, partner, director, officer, shareholder, principal, agent, servant or employee of Landlord, any Superior Lessor or any Superior Mortgagee (whether disclosed or undisclosed), shall be liable to Tenant for:

 

(i) any loss, injury or damage to Tenant or to any other person, or to its or their property, irrespective of the cause of such injury, damage or loss, nor shall the aforesaid parties be liable for any loss of or damage to property of Tenant or of others entrusted to employees of Landlord; provided, that, except to the extent of the release of liability and waiver of subrogation provided in Section 7.03, the foregoing shall not be deemed to relieve Landlord of any liability to the extent resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, servants or employees in the operation or maintenance of the Demised Premises;
(ii) any loss, injury or damage described in clause (i) above caused by other tenants or persons in, upon or about the Demised Premises, or caused by operations in construction of any private, public or quasi-public work; or
(iii) even if negligent, consequential damages arising out of any loss of use of the Demised Premises or any equipment, facilities or other Tenant’s Property therein or otherwise.

 

(b) Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, all Superior Lessors and all Superior Mortgagees and each of their respective direct and indirect members, partners, directors, officers, shareholders, principals, agents and employees (each, an “Indemnified Party”), from and against any and all claims arising from or in connection with:

 

F-2-15

 

 

(i) the conduct or management of the Demised Premises or of any business therein, or any work or thing done, or any condition created, in or about the Demised Premises;
(ii) any act, omission or negligence of Tenant or any person claiming through or under Tenant or any of their respective direct or indirect members, partners, shareholders, directors, officers, agents, employees or contractors;
(iii) any accident, injury or damage occurring in, at or upon the Demised Premises;
(iv) any default by Tenant in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this lease; and
(v) any brokerage commission or similar compensation claimed to be due by reason of any proposed subletting or assignment by Tenant;

 

together with all costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with each such claim or action or proceeding brought thereon, including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and disbursements; provided, that the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to the extent such claim results from the gross negligence (other than negligence to which the release of liability and waiver of subrogation provided in Section 7.03 applies) or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Party. If any action or proceeding is brought against any Indemnified Party by reason of any such claim, Tenant, upon notice from such Indemnified Party shall resist and defend such action or proceeding (by counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party).

 

ARTICLE 7

 

Insurance; Casualty; Condemnation

 

7.01 Compliance with Insurance Standards. (a) Tenant shall not violate, or permit the violation of, any condition imposed by any insurance policy then issued in respect of the Demised Premises and shall not do, or permit anything to be done, or keep or permit anything to be kept in the Demised Premises, which would subject Landlord or any Superior Mortgagee to any liability or responsibility for personal injury or death or property damage, or which would increase any insurance rate in respect of the Demised Premises over the rate which would otherwise then be in effect or which would result in insurance companies of good standing refusing to insure the Demised Premises in amounts reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, or which would result in the cancellation of, or the assertion of any defense by the insurer in whole or in part to claims under, any policy of insurance in respect of the Demised Premises.

 

(b) If, by reason of any failure of Tenant to comply with this lease, the premiums on Landlord’s insurance on the Demised Premises shall be higher than they otherwise would be, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, on demand, for that part of such premiums attributable to such failure on the part of Tenant. A schedule or “make up” of rates for the Demised Premises issued by the New York Fire Insurance Rating Organization or other similar body making rates for insurance for the Demised Premises shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated and of the several items and charges in the insurance rate then applicable to the Demised Premises.

 

7.02 Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant shall maintain at all times during the Term or a renewal thereof:

 

(a) general liability providing coverage of the latest version of ISO form CG0001 or its equivalent, covering Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, against claims for bodily injury and property damage, with completed operation endorsement, for any occurrence in or about the Building, including any sidewalk contiguous to or abutting the Demised Premises, under which Landlord and its agent and any Superior Mortgagee whose name and address have been furnished to Tenant shall be named as additional insured, with minimum limits of liability under such policy, including products liability and completed operations, shall be a combined single limit with respect to each occurrence in an amount of not less than Five Million ($5,000,000.00), per occurrence and aggregate, it being agreed and understood that such limit of coverage may be provided by Tenant’s commercial general liability policy in conjunction with an umbrella liability or excess liability policy;

 

F-2-16

 

 

(b) insurance against loss or damage by fire and such other risks and hazards (including, burglary, theft and breakage of glass within the premises) as are insurable under a Special Cause of Loss form or its equivalent, to Tenant’s property and Alterations, for the full replacement cost value thereof (including an “agreed amount” endorsement);
(c) business Interruption covering base Rent and Additional Rent for a period of at least one (1) year;
(d) worker’s compensation insurance and disability benefits insurance in statutory limits;
(e) when Alterations are in process, the insurance specified in Section 4.02(f).

 

The limits of such insurance shall not limit the liability of Tenant. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord and any additional insureds, at least 10 days prior to the Commencement Date, such fully paid-for policies or certificates of insurance, in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord issued by the insurance company or its authorized agent. Tenant shall procure and pay for renewals of such insurance from time to time before the expiration thereof, and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord and any additional insureds such renewal policy or a certificate thereof at least 30 days before the expiration of any existing policy. All such policies shall be issued by companies of recognized responsibility licensed to do business in New York State and rated by Best’s Insurance Reports or any successor publication of comparable standing as A/XII or better or the then equivalent of such rating, and all such policies shall contain a provision whereby the same cannot be canceled, allowed to lapse or modified unless Landlord and any additional insureds are given at least 30 days prior written notice of such cancellation, lapse or modification. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in connection with the collection of any insurance moneys that may be due in the event of loss and Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord such proofs of loss and other instruments which may be required to recover any such insurance moneys. Landlord may from time to time require that the amount of the insurance to be maintained by Tenant under this Section 7.02 be increased, so that the amount thereof adequately protects Landlord’s interest.

 

7.03 Subrogation Waiver. Landlord and Tenant shall each include in each of its insurance policies (insuring the Demised Premises in case of Landlord, and insuring Tenant’s Property, Fixtures and Improvements and Betterments in the case of Tenant, against loss, damage or destruction by fire or other casualty) a waiver of the insurer’s right of subrogation against the other party during the Term or a renewal thereof or, if such waiver should be unobtainable or unenforceable:

 

(a) an express agreement that such policy shall not be invalidated if the assured waives the right of recovery against any party responsible for a casualty covered by the policy before the casualty; or
(b) any other form of permission for the release of the other party.

 

Each party hereby releases the other party with respect to any claim (including a claim for negligence) which it might otherwise have against the other party for loss, damage or destruction with respect to its property occurring during the Term or a renewal thereof to the extent to which it is insured under a policy or policies containing a waiver of subrogation or permission to release liability. Nothing contained in this Section 7.03 shall be deemed to relieve either party of any duty imposed elsewhere in this lease to repair, restore or rebuild or to nullify any abatement of rents provided for elsewhere in this lease.

 

F-2-17

 

 

7.04 Condemnation. (a) If there shall be a total taking of the Demised Premises in condemnation proceedings or by any right of eminent domain, this lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall terminate as of the date of taking of possession by the condemning authority and all Rent shall be prorated and paid as of such termination date. If there shall be a taking of any material (in Landlord’s reasonable judgment) portion of the Land or the Demised Premises, then Landlord may terminate this lease and the term and estate granted hereby by giving notice to Tenant within 60 days after the date of taking of possession by the condemning authority. If there shall be a taking of the Demised Premises of such scope (but in no event less than 20% thereof) that the untaken part of the Demised Premises would in Tenant’s reasonable judgment be uneconomic to operate, then Tenant may terminate this lease and the term and estate granted hereby by giving notice to Landlord within 60 days after the date of taking of possession by the condemning authority. If either Landlord or Tenant shall give a termination notice as aforesaid, then this lease and the term and estate granted hereby shall terminate as of the date of such notice and all Rent shall be prorated and paid as of such termination date. In the event of a taking of the Demised Premises which does not result in the termination of this lease:

 

(i) the term and estate hereby granted with respect to the taken part of the Demised Premises shall terminate as of the date of taking of possession by the condemning authority and all Rent shall be appropriately abated for the period from such date to the Expiration Date; and
(ii) Landlord shall with reasonable diligence restore the remaining portion of the Demised Premises (exclusive of Tenant’s Property) as nearly as practicable to its condition prior to such taking.

 

(b) In the event of any taking of all or a part of the Demised Premises, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award in the condemnation proceeding, including, without limitation, any award made for the value of the estate vested by this lease in Tenant or any value attributable to the unexpired portion of the Term or a renewal thereof, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any and all right, title and interest of Tenant now or hereafter arising in or to any such award or any part thereof, and Tenant shall be entitled to receive no part of such award; provided, that nothing shall preclude Tenant from intervening in any such condemnation proceeding to claim or receive from the condemning authority any compensation to which Tenant may otherwise lawfully be entitled in such case in respect of Tenant’s Property or moving expenses, provided the same do not include any value of the estate vested by this lease in Tenant or of the unexpired portion of the Term or a renewal thereof and do not reduce the amount available to Landlord or delay the payment thereof.

 

(c) If all or any part of the Demised Premises shall be taken for a limited period, Tenant shall be entitled, except as hereinafter set forth, to that portion of the award for such taking which represents compensation for the use and occupancy of the Demised Premises, for the taking of Tenant’s Property and for moving expenses, and Landlord shall be entitled to that portion which represents reimbursement for the cost of restoration of the Demised Premises. This lease shall remain unaffected by such taking and Tenant shall continue responsible for all of its obligations under this lease to the extent such obligations are not affected by such taking and shall continue to pay in full all Rent when due. If the period of temporary use or occupancy shall extend beyond the Expiration Date, that part of the award which represents compensation for the use and occupancy of the Demised Premises shall be apportioned between Landlord and Tenant as of the Expiration Date. Any award for temporary use and occupancy for a period beyond the date to which the Rent has been paid shall be paid to, held and applied by Landlord as a trust fund for payment of the Rent thereafter becoming due.

 

(d) In the event of any taking which does not result in termination of this lease:

 

(i) Landlord, whether or not any award shall be sufficient therefor, shall proceed with reasonable diligence to repair the remaining parts of the Demised Premises (other than those parts of the Demised Premises which constitute Tenant’s Property, Fixtures and Improvements and Betterments) to substantially their former condition to the extent that the same may be feasible (subject to reasonable changes which Landlord deems desirable) and so as to constitute a complete and rentable building; and
(ii) Tenant, whether or not any award shall be sufficient therefor, shall proceed with reasonable diligence to repair the remaining parts of the Demised Premises which constitute Tenant’s Property, Fixtures and Improvements and Betterments, to substantially their former condition to the extent that the same may be feasible, subject to reasonable changes which shall be deemed Alterations.

 

7.05 Casualty. (a) If the Demised Premises shall be partially or totally damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty (each, a “Casualty”), then Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall promptly repair and restore the Demised Premises, including Landlords’ Work, Tenant’s Improvements and Betterments, Tenant’s Property and Fixtures with or without the collection of the insurance proceeds attributable to such Casualty.

 

F-2-18

 

 

(b) If all or part of the Demised Premises shall be rendered untenantable by reason of a Casualty, the Fixed Rent and the Additional Rent under Sections 2.02 and 2.03 shall be abated in the proportion that the untenantable area of the Demised Premises bears to the total area of the Demised Premises, for the period from the date of the Casualty to the earlier of:

 

(i) the date the Demised Premises is made tenantable (provided, that if the Demised Premises would have been tenantable at an earlier date but for Tenant having failed diligently to prosecute repairs or restoration, then the Demised Premises shall be deemed to have been made tenantable on such earlier date and the abatement shall cease); or
(ii) the date Tenant or any subtenant reoccupies a portion of the Demised Premises for the ordinary conduct of business (in which case the Fixed Rent and the Additional Rent allocable to such reoccupied portion shall be payable by Tenant from the date of such occupancy).

 

Landlord’s determination of the date the Demised Premises is tenantable shall be controlling unless Tenant disputes same by written notice to Landlord within 10 days after such determination by Landlord and pending resolution of such dispute, Tenant shall pay Rent in accordance with Landlord’s determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if by reason of any act or omission by Tenant, any subtenant or any of their respective partners, directors, officers, servants, employees, agents or contractors, Landlord, any Superior Lessor or any Superior Mortgagee shall be unable to collect all of the insurance proceeds (including, without limitation, rent insurance proceeds) applicable to the Casualty, then, without prejudice to any other remedies which may be available to Landlord, there shall be no abatement of Rent. Nothing contained in this Section 7.05 shall relieve Tenant from any liability that may exist as a result of any Casualty.

 

(c) Landlord shall not carry any insurance on Tenant’s Property, Tenant’s Improvements and Betterments or Fixtures and shall not be obligated to repair or replace the Demised Premises, Tenant’s Property, Tenant’s Improvements and Betterments or Fixtures. Tenant shall look solely to its insurance for recovery of any damage to or loss of Tenant’s Property, Tenant’s Improvements and Betterments or Fixtures. Tenant shall notify Landlord promptly of any Casualty in or affecting the Demised Premises.

 

(d) This Section 7.05 shall be deemed an express agreement governing any damage or destruction of the Demised Premises by fire or other casualty, and Real Property Law §227 providing for such a contingency in the absence of an express agreement, and any other law of like import now or hereafter in force, shall have no application.

 

7.06 Risk of Loss. Tenant and all those claiming by, through or under Tenant shall store their property in and shall occupy and use the Demised Premises and any improvements therein and appurtenances thereto solely at their risk and Tenant and all those claiming by, through or under Tenant hereby release Landlord and any fee owner or ground or underlying lessors of the Demised Premises, to the full extent permitted by law, from all claims, of every kind, including loss of life, bodily or personal injury, damage to merchandise, furniture, fixtures, equipment or other property, or damage to business or for business interruption, arising directly or indirectly out of or from or on account of such occupancy and use or resulting from any present or future condition or state of repair of the Demised Premises.

 

F-2-19

 

 

7.07 Indemnity. Tenant shall not do or permit any act or thing to be done upon the Demised Premises which may subject Landlord to any liability or responsibility for injury, damages to persons or property or to any liability by reason of any violation of law or of any legal requirement of public authority, but shall exercise such control over the Demised Premises as to fully protect Landlord against any such liability. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and save harmless Landlord from and against (1) all claims of whatever nature against Landlord arising from any act, omission or negligence of Tenant, its subtenants, contractors, licensees, agents, servants, employees, invitees or visitors, including any claims arising from any act, omission or negligence of Landlord or Landlord and Tenant, (2) all claims against Landlord arising from any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to any person or to the property of any person and occurring during the Term or a renewal thereof in or about the Demised Premises, (3) all claims against Landlord arising from any accident, injury or damage to any person, entity or property, occurring outside of the Demised Premises but anywhere within or about the Real Property, where such accident, injury or damage resulted or is claimed to have resulted from an act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s subtenants, agents, employees, invitees or visitors, including any claims arising from any act, omission or negligence of Landlord or Landlord and Tenant, (4) any breach, violation or nonperformance of any covenant, condition or agreement in this Lease set forth and contained on the part of Tenant to be fulfilled, kept, observed and performed and (5) any claim, loss or liability arising or claimed to arise from Tenant, or any of Tenant’s subtenants, contractors, licensees, agents, servants, employees, invitees or visitors causing or permitting any Hazardous Substance to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Demised Premises or the Real Property or any seepage, escape or release of such Hazardous Substances (including, without limitation, the costs and expenses of any remediation required as a result thereof). As used herein, the term “Hazardous Substances” shall mean, collectively, (a) asbestos and polychlorinated biphenyls and (b) hazardous or toxic materials, wastes and substances which are defined, determined and identified as such pursuant to any law. As used herein and in all other provisions in this Lease containing indemnities made for the benefit of Landlord, the term “Landlord” shall mean Landlord and Landlord’s managing agent and their respective parent companies and/or corporations, their respective controlled, associated, affiliated and subsidiary companies and/or corporations and their respective members, officers, partners, agents, consultants, servants, employees, sub-lessees and assigns. This indemnity and hold harmless agreement shall include indemnity from and against any and all liability, fines, suits, demands, costs and expenses of any kind or nature incurred in or in connection with any such claim or proceeding brought thereon, and the defense thereof. The indemnity contained in this Section 7.07 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this lease.

 

ARTICLE 8

 

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

8.01 Notice. All notices, demands, consents, approvals, advices, waivers or other communications which may or are required to be given by either party to the other under this lease (each, “Notice”) shall be in writing and shall be delivered by:

 

(a) personal delivery;
(b) the United States Postal Service, certified or registered, postage prepaid, return receipt requested; or
(c) a nationally recognized overnight courier,

 

in each case addressed to the party to be notified at the address for such party specified in the first paragraph of this lease.

 

Notices from Landlord may be given by Landlord’s managing agent, if any, or attorney. Each Notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date such Notice is actually received as evidenced by a written receipt therefor, and in the event of failure to deliver by reason of changed address of which no Notice was given or refusal to accept delivery, as of the date of such failure.

 

8.02 Severability. If any term or provision of this lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this lease, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected, and each provision of this lease shall be valid and shall be enforceable to the extent permitted by law.

 

8.03 Certain Definitions. (a) “Landlord” means only the owner, at the time in question, of the Demised Premises or of a lease of the Demised Premises, so that in the event of any transfer or transfers of title to the Demised Premises or of Landlord’s interest in a lease of the Demised Premises, the transferor shall be and hereby is relieved and freed of all obligations of Landlord under this lease accruing after such transfer, and it shall be deemed, without further agreement, that such transferee has assumed all obligations of Landlord during the period it is the holder of Landlord’s interest under this lease.

 

F-2-20

 

 

(b) “Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant” or words of similar import mean that Tenant is not entitled to terminate this lease, or to claim actual or constructive eviction, partial, or total, or to receive any abatement or diminution of Rent, or to be relieved in any manner or any of its other obligations under this lease, or to be compensated for loss or injury suffered or to enforce any other right or kind of liability whatsoever against Landlord under or with respect to this lease or with respect to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Demised Premises.

 

8.04 Quiet Enjoyment. Tenant shall and may peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Demised Premises, subject to the other terms of this lease and to the Superior Leases and Superior Mortgages, provided that Tenant pays the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent to be paid by Tenant and performs all of Tenant’s covenants and agreements contained in this lease.

 

8.05 Limitation of Landlord’s Personal Liability. Tenant shall look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Demised Premises, for the recovery of any judgment against Landlord, and no other property or assets of Landlord or Landlord’s partners, members, officers, directors, shareholders or principals, direct or indirect, disclosed or undisclosed, shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under or with respect to this lease.

 

8.06 Counterclaims. If Landlord commences any summary proceeding or action for nonpayment of Rent or to recover possession of the Demised Premises, Tenant shall not interpose any counterclaim of any nature or description in any such proceeding or action, unless Tenant’s failure to interpose such counterclaim in such proceeding or action would result in the waiver of Tenant’s right to bring such claim in a separate proceeding under applicable law.

 

8.07 Survival. All obligations and liabilities of Landlord or Tenant to the other which accrued before the expiration or other termination of this lease and all such obligations and liabilities which by their nature or under the circumstances can only be, or by the provisions of this lease may be, performed after such expiration or other termination, shall survive the expiration or other termination of this lease. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to any indemnity under this lease, and with respect to Real Estate Tax Escalations and any other amounts payable under this lease, shall survive the expiration or other termination of this lease.

 

8.08 Certain Remedies. If Tenant requests Landlord’s consent and Landlord fails or refuses to give such consent, Tenant shall not be entitled to any damages for any withholding by Landlord of its consent, it being intended that Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action for specific performance or injunction, and that such remedy shall be available only in those cases where this lease provides that Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent. No dispute relating to this lease or the relationship of Landlord and Tenant under this lease shall be resolved by arbitration unless this lease expressly provides for such dispute to be resolved by arbitration.

 

8.09 No Offer. The submission by Landlord of this lease in draft form shall be solely for Tenant’s consideration and not for acceptance and execution. Such submission shall have no binding force or effect and shall confer no rights nor impose any obligations, including brokerage obligations, on either party unless and until both Landlord and Tenant shall have executed a lease and duplicate originals thereof shall have been delivered to the respective parties.

 

8.10 Captions; Construction. The table of contents, captions, headings and titles in this lease are solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect its interpretation. This lease shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party causing this lease to be drafted. Each covenant, agreement, obligation or other provision of this lease on Tenant’s part to be performed, shall be deemed and construed as a separate and independent covenant of Tenant, not dependent on any other provision of this lease.

 

8.11 Amendments. This lease may not be altered, changed or amended, except by an instrument in writing signed by the party to be charged.

 

8.12 Broker. Each party represents to the other that such party has dealt with no broker other than None, (“Broker”) in connection with this lease, and each party shall indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against all loss, cost, liability and expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) arising out of any claim for a commission or other compensation by any broker (other than Broker) who has dealt with the indemnifying party in connection with this lease. Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a separate agreement with Broker which provides that, if this lease is executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant, Landlord and Tenant shall equally pay to Broker a commission to be agreed upon between Landlord, Tenant and Broker, subject to, and in accordance with, the terms and conditions of such agreement.

 

F-2-21

 

 

8.13 Merger. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has not made and is not making, and Tenant, in executing and delivering this lease, is not relying upon, any warranties, representations, promises or statements, except to the extent that the same are expressly set forth in this lease. This lease embodies the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and all prior agreements, understanding and statements, oral or written, with respect thereto are merged in this lease.

 

Tenant has made investigation into the Demised Premises and acknowledges that the Demised Premises are fit for their intended use under this lease.

 

Landlord has not made and does not make any representations that Demised Premises are fit for their intended use under this lease. Landlord has not made and does not make any representations as to the rents, leases, expenses, operation or any other matter or thing affecting or related to the Demised Premises, except as herein specifically set forth, and Tenant hereby expressly acknowledges that no such representations have been made.

 

8.14 Successors. This lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord, its successors and assigns, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Tenant, its successors, and to the extent that an assignment may be approved by Landlord, Tenant’s assigns.

 

8.15 Applicable Law. This lease shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any principles of conflicts of laws.

 

8.16 No Development Rights. Tenant acknowledges that it has no rights to any development rights, air rights or comparable rights appurtenant to the Demised Premises, and consents, without further consideration, to any utilization of such rights by Landlord. Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver any instruments, which may be requested by Landlord, including instruments merging zoning lots, evidencing such acknowledgment and consent. The provisions of this Section 8.16 shall be construed as an express waiver by Tenant of any interest Tenant may have as a party in interest in the Demised Premises.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this lease as of the day and year first written above.

 

  54 Glen Cove Realty, LLC
   
   
  By:
   
  Gold Coast Appliances, Inc.
   
   
  By:

 

F-2-22

 

 

EXHIBIT F-3

 

Joe’s Appliances Lease

 

(See Attached)

 

 

 

 

LEASE

 

Agreement of Lease, made as of this _____ day of ___________, 2021, between 7812 5th Ave Realty LLC, whose address is 1870 Bath Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11214, (“Landlord”), and Joe’s Appliances LLC, whose address is 7812 5th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11209, (“Tenant”),

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, Landlord is willing to lease to Tenant and Tenant is willing to hire from Landlord on the terms hereinafter set forth, certain premises on the 1st floor and the basement in the building known as 7812 5th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11209, (the “Building”), consisting of approximately 3,800 rentable square feet (2,000 rentable square feet on the 1st floor and 1,800 rentable square feet in basement) (the “Demised Premises”).

 

NOW THEREFORE, the parties hereto, for themselves, their heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, hereby covenant as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

Demised Premises; Term; Use

 

1.01 Demise. (a) Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires from Landlord, subject to the terms and conditions of this lease, the Demised Premises.

 

1.02 Term. (a) The term of this Lease (the “Term”) shall commence on ____________, 2021, (the “Commencement Date”), and shall end, unless sooner terminated as herein provided, on ______________, 2031, (such date is called the “Expiration Date”).

 

1.03 Use. The Demised Premises shall be used and occupied by Tenant solely as a store for the sale of electronics and appliances (“Permitted Use”), and for no other purpose. All use of the Demised Premises must be in compliance with rules and regulations promulgated for the Demised Premises by Landlord which may now or hereafter be in effect and of which Tenant has notice.

 

ARTICLE 2

 

Rent

 

2.01 Rent Rent” shall consist of Fixed Rent (as hereinafter defined) and Additional Rent (as hereinafter defined).

 

2.02 Fixed Rent. Tenant covenants to pay to Landlord as a net minimum rent (“Fixed Rent”), as follows:

 

Lease Period   Rate PSF     Monthly Fixed Rent     Annual Fixed Rent  
                   
__/__/2021 – __/__/2022   $ 20.101     $ 6,365.40     $ 76,384.80  
__/__/2022 – __/__/2023   $ 20.704     $ 6,556.36     $ 78,676.34  
__/__/2023 – __/__/2024   $ 21.325     $ 6,753.05     $ 81,036.63  
__/__/2024 – __/__/2025   $ 21.965     $ 6,995.64     $ 83,467.73  
__/__/2025 – __/__/2026   $ 22.624     $ 7,164.31     $ 85,971.77  
__/__/2026 – __/__/2027   $ 23.303     $ 7,379.24     $ 88,550.92  
__/__/2027 – __/__/2028   $ 24.002     $ 7,600.62     $ 91,207.45  
__/__/2028 – __/__/2029   $ 24.722     $ 7,828.64     $ 93,943.67  
__/__/2029 – __/__/2030   $ 25.464     $ 8,063.50     $ 96,761.98  
__/__/2030 – __/__/2031   $ 26.228     $ 8,305.40     $ 99,664.84  

 

Tenant shall pay the Annual Fixed Rent in advance in equal monthly installments of the monthly Fixed Rent on the 1st day of each calendar month.

 

2.03 Additional Rent. Tenant also covenants to pay to Landlord, all amounts and obligations, other than Fixed Rent, which Tenant assumes or agrees to pay under this lease, (“Additional Rent”), all of which Additional Rent shall be deemed to be rent.

 

F-3-1

 

 

In the event of any failure on the part of Tenant to pay any Additional Rent, Landlord shall have all the rights, powers and remedies provided for in this lease, at law, in equity or otherwise, in the case of nonpayment of Fixed Rent.

 

2.04 Manner of Payment. Tenant shall pay all Fixed Rent and Additional Rent as the same shall become due and payable under this lease by wire transfer or by check (subject to collection) drawn on a New York Clearing House Association member bank, in each case at the times provided herein without notice or demand and without setoff or counterclaim. All Rent shall be paid in lawful money of the United States to Landlord at the following address:

 

7812 5th Ave Realty LLC

1870 Bath Avenue

Brooklyn, NY 11214

 

or such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate.

 

Any Additional Rent for which no due date is specified in this lease shall be due and payable on the 30th day after receipt of invoice for same from Landlord. All bills, invoices and statements rendered to Tenant with respect to this lease shall be binding and conclusive on Tenant unless, within sixty (60) days after receipt of same, Tenant notifies Landlord that it is disputing same.

 

Nothing herein shall be construed to extend the due dates of Tenant’s payments under this lease, or to waive any rights or remedies of Landlord in the event of Tenant’s late payment. Tenant’s obligations to pay Fixed Rent and Additional Rent shall survive the expiration of the lease term or earlier termination of this lease.

 

2.05 Application. If Landlord receives from Tenant any payment less than the sum of the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent due and owing pursuant to this Lease, Tenant hereby waives its right, if any, to designate the items to which such payment shall be applied and agrees that Landlord in its sole discretion may apply such payment in whole or in part to any Fixed Rent, any Additional Rent or to any combination thereof then due and payable hereunder.

 

2.06 Unconditional Obligations. THIS LEASE IS A NET LEASE AND, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN, THE LANDLORD SHALL HAVE NO RESPONSIBILITY (OPERATIONALLY OR FINANCIALLY) IN RESPECT OF THE USE OR OPERATION OF THE DEMISED PREMISES. THE TENANT’S OBLIGATION TO PAY ALL RENT AND ALL OTHER AMOUNTS DUE HEREUNDER AND TO PERFORM ALL THE TERMS HEREOF SHALL BE ABSOLUTE AND UNCONDITIONAL AND SHALL NOT BE AFFECTED OR REDUCED BY ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, INCLUDING ANY SETOFF, COUNTERCLAIM, RECOUPMENT, DEFENSE, OR OTHER RIGHT WHICH THE TENANT MAY HAVE AGAINST THE LANDLORD OR ANY OTHER PERSON.

 

2.07 Interest. If Tenant shall fail to pay (1) any installment of Fixed Rent or any amount of Additional Rent or (2) any other sum of money which shall become due and payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the terms of this Lease or by reason of Tenant’s occupancy of the Demised Premises within ten (10) days after the date on which such installment or payment is due, Tenant shall pay (i) a late payment charge of Five Hundred and 00/100 ($500.00) Dollars and (ii) interest on the amount overdue at a rate of fifteen percent (15%) per annum (or, if less, the maximum rate permitted by applicable law), from the date on which such installment or payment is due to the date of payment thereof (but in no event shall such interest be calculated and payable for less than a full calendar month), and such late payment charge and interest shall be deemed to be Additional Rent.

 

F-3-2

 

 

ARTICLE 3

 

Utility Services; Waste Removal; Real Estate Taxes and Water and Sewer Charges

 

3.01 Utility Services. Tenant shall pay all charges for gas and electric services serving the Demised Premises.

 

Landlord shall not be liable or responsible for charges for electricity at the Demised Premises, or any loss, damage or expense which Tenant may sustain or incur if either the quantity or character of electric service is changed or is no longer available or suitable for Tenant’s requirements. Tenant covenants and agrees that its use of electric current shall never exceed the capacity of the existing conductors, feeders, risers, wiring installations or other equipment servicing the Demised Premises. Tenant shall not alter or make any addition to the electrical equipment without the prior written consent of Landlord. If Landlord grants such consent, all additional risers and other equipment shall be provided by Landlord, and the reasonable costs and expenses thereof shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand, as Additional Rent, without setoff or deduction. Tenant will not use or cause to be used equipment which will overload the existing service and installations or interfere with other tenants’ electrical service. Any change in the character or nature of electrical service to the Demised Premises which does not result from acts or omissions of Landlord, shall not impose liability on the Landlord for any loss or damage sustained by Tenant as a result thereof.

 

3.02 Waste Removal. Tenant shall pay all charges for the garbage removal and collection imposed against the Demised Premises. Landlord shall not be responsible for any cleaning, waste removal, janitorial or similar services for the Demised Premises.

 

3.03 Real Estate Taxes and Water and Sewer Charges. As used herein, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

 

“Real Estate Taxes” shall mean all real estate taxes, assessments, water charges and sewer rents, and other taxes and charges of every nature and kind whatsoever, whether general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen, of every character, which at any time may be assessed, levied, charged, confirmed or imposed on or in respect of or be a lien upon the Demised Premises. “Real Estate Taxes” shall exclude income, franchise, inheritance or similar taxes; provided, however, that if the method of taxation or assessment shall be changed so that the whole or any part of the Real Estate Taxes theretofore payable with respect to the building instead shall be levied, charged, assessed or imposed in whole or in part on the income or rents received by Landlord from the Building or shall otherwise be imposed against Landlord in the form of a franchise tax or otherwise, then the same shall be deemed Real Estate Taxes for purposes of this Article 3.

 

Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, an amount equal to all Real Estate Taxes, irrespective of whether such excess is due to higher tax rates, increases in assessed valuation or other cause. Such additional rent may be billed by Landlord at or about the dates on which installments of Real Estate Taxes are due and payable by Landlord, or at any time thereafter, and such additional rent shall be payable by Tenant to Landlord within ten days after being billed therefor. An ordinary tax bill shall be conclusive evidence of the amount of Real Estate Taxes for purposes of computing the amount to be paid by Tenant.

 

The Real Estate Taxes actually payable by Landlord shall be used in computing the additional rent hereunder. If the amount of Real Estate Taxes is reduced by final determination of legal proceedings, settlement or otherwise, the additional rent theretofore paid or payable hereunder shall be recomputed on the basis of such reduced amount, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent, within thirty days after being billed therefor, any deficiency between the additional rent theretofore paid and the amount due as the result of such re-computation. If Landlord receives a refund of any Real Estate Taxes on which additional rent shall have been based, as a result of a reduction of Real Estate Taxes by final determination of legal proceedings, settlement or otherwise, the additional rent shall be recomputed based on the net refund, after deducting Landlord’s expenses, and Tenant shall receive a credit for or refund of any overpayment of additional rent.

 

Landlord shall not be obligated to contest the levy or assessment of any Real Estate Taxes, and it shall be at Landlord’s sole discretion whether any such contest shall be undertaken. Landlord hereby reserves the exclusive right to take and prosecute all such proceedings, and if so taken, Landlord may proceed without notice to Tenant and may prosecute the proceeding, including settlement and discontinuance, in such manner as Landlord may determine in its sole discretion.

 

F-3-3

 

 

In no event shall the annual Fixed Rent under this lease be reduced by virtue of this Article 3.

 

3.04. Apportionment. The Additional Rent provided herein shall be apportioned as of the expiration of the lease term or earlier termination of this lease. The obligations of Tenant to pay Additional Rent as provided for herein shall survive the expiration of the lease term or earlier termination of this lease. If Tenant continues in possession of the Demised Premises after the expiration of the lease term or earlier termination of this lease, as a month to month tenant or otherwise, the provisions of this Article 3 shall continue in full force and effect for so long as Tenant remains in possession of the Demised Premises.

 

The Additional Rent provided for herein shall be collectible by Landlord in the same manner as the regular installments of fixed rent due under this lease. No delay or failure by Landlord in preparing or delivering any statement or demand for any additional rent shall constitute a waiver of, or impair Landlord’s rights to collect, such additional rent.

 

ARTICLE 4

 

Leasehold Improvements; Tenant Covenants

 

4.01 Condition of Premises. Tenant represents that it has thoroughly inspected the Demised Premises and is fully familiar with the condition thereof. The Tenant agrees to accept the Demised Premises in its “as is” condition.

 

4.02 Alterations.

 

(a) Tenant shall make no material structural additions, changes or alterations in or to the Demised Premises (“Material Alterations”) without Landlord’s prior approval, which approval may be granted or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Landlord shall not need to approve an Alteration that is not a Material Alteration.

 

Material Alteration” means an Alteration that: (i) is not limited to the interior of the Demised Premises or which affects the exterior (including the appearance) of the Building; (ii) is structural or affects the strength of the Building; (iii) affects the usage or the proper functioning of any of the Building systems; (iv) has a cost of more than $100,000.00; or (v) requires a change to the Building’s certificate of occupancy.

 

(b) Tenant, in connection with any Alteration, shall comply with any and all rules and regulations as may be required by the New York City Department of Buildings, (“DOB”), and any other agency having jurisdiction thereof. Tenant shall not proceed with any Alteration unless and until Landlord approves Tenant’s plans and specifications therefor which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If Landlord does not object to Tenant’s plans within fifteen (15) business days, then these plans are deemed to be approved by Landlord. Any review or approval by Landlord of plans and specifications with respect to any Alteration is solely for Landlord’s benefit, and without any representation or warranty to Tenant with respect to the adequacy, correctness or efficiency thereof, its compliance with Laws or otherwise.

 

(c) Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand Landlord’s reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the fees of any architect or engineer employed by Landlord or any Superior Lessor or Superior Mortgagee for such purpose) for reviewing plans and specifications and inspecting Material Alterations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that Tenant shall not be responsible to reimburse Landlord for or to pay for any costs incurred by Landlord for the review of Tenant’s plans relative to the initial alteration made by Tenant at the Premises. Tenant or any of its contractors or subcontractors shall be required to post a bond or other security in connection with the performance of any alterations.

 

(d) Upon the completion of the Alteration in accordance with the terms of this Section 4.02; Tenant shall provide landlord with:

 

(i) proof evidencing the payment in full for said Alteration; and

 

(ii) written unconditional lien waivers of mechanics’ liens and other liens on the Building from all contractors performing said Alteration; and

 

(iii) all other submissions as may be, from time to time reasonably required by Landlord.

 

F-3-4

 

 

(e) Tenant shall obtain (and furnish copies to Landlord of) all necessary governmental permits and certificates for the commencement and prosecution of Alterations and for final approval thereof upon completion, and shall cause Alterations to be performed in compliance therewith, and in compliance with all Laws and, with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord. Alterations shall be diligently performed in a good and workmanlike manner, using new or high-quality materials and equipment at least equal in quality and class to the then standards for the Building established by the DOB and any other agency having jurisdiction thereof. Alterations shall be performed by architects, engineers and contractors first approved by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). The performance of any Alteration shall not be done in a manner which would violate Landlord’s union contracts affecting the Building, or create any work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption, disharmony or dispute or any interference with the business of Landlord or any tenant or occupant of the Building. Tenant shall immediately stop the performance of any Alteration if Landlord notifies Tenant that continuing such Alteration would violate Landlord’s union contracts affecting the Building, or create any work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption, disharmony or dispute or any interference with the business of Landlord or any tenant or occupant of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that Tenant shall not be obligated to use union labor in the performance of its alterations or in the daily operation of its business. Tenant shall not resume the performance of such Alteration until such time as such Alteration may be performed in a manner which shall not violate such union contracts or create such work stoppage, picketing, labor disruption, disharmony or dispute or interference. Landlord hereby consents to Tenant obtaining, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, any required permits and approvals for any alterations based upon Tenant’s architect’s and engineer’s self-certification of the approved plans.

 

(f) Throughout the performance of Alterations, Tenant or its contractor(s) shall carry worker’s compensation insurance in statutory limits, Builder’s Risk Completed Value Non-Reporting Form coverage and a policy of commercial general liability providing coverage of the latest version of ISO form CG0001 or its equivalent, covering Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, against claims for bodily injury and property damage, with completed operation endorsement, for any occurrence in or about the Building, under which Landlord and its agent and any Superior Mortgagee whose name and address have been furnished to Tenant shall be named as additional insured, with minimum limits of liability under such policy, including products liability and completed operations, shall be a combined single limit with respect to each occurrence in an amount of not less than Three Million ($3,000,000.00), per occurrence and aggregate, it being agreed and understood that such limit of coverage may be provided by Tenant’s commercial general liability policy in conjunction with an umbrella liability or excess liability policy; such policy is to be written by an authorized insurance company by the State of New York rated A-/XII or better by AM Best Company. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with evidence that such insurance is in effect at or before the commencement of Alterations and, on request, at reasonable intervals thereafter during the continuance of Alterations.

 

(g) Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all bills for labor performed or equipment, fixtures and materials furnished to or for Tenant, and from and against any and all violations, liens or claims therefor or against the Demised Premises or the Building of which it forms a part, and from and against any and all liability, claim, loss, damage or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, in connection with any work performed by or for Tenant. The Demised Premises and the Building shall at all times be free of violations and liens for labor and materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to or on behalf of Tenant, and no financing statements or other security instruments shall be filed against the Demised Premises or the building or the contents thereof.

 

Tenant shall not directly or indirectly create or permit to be created any mortgage, lien, security interest, pledge, conditional sale, or other encumbrance on the Demised Premises or any part thereof, any fixtures or materials therein, Tenant’s interest under this Lease, or any Rent hereunder. The foregoing shall not apply to liens for impositions not yet due, or liens of mechanics, materialmen, suppliers or vendors, incurred in the ordinary course of business for sums which are not yet due, provided that adequate provision for the payment thereof shall have been made and the following paragraph is complied with.

 

F-3-5

 

 

If, in connection with any work being performed by or for Tenant or any subtenant, or in connection with any materials being furnished to Tenant or any subtenant, any mechanic’s lien or other lien or charge or violation shall be filed or made against the Demised Premises or any part thereof, or if any such lien or charge or violation shall be filed or made against Landlord as owner, then Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, within forty-five (45) days after written notice to Tenant of such lien or charge or violation shall have been filed or made, shall cause the same to be canceled and discharged of record by payment thereof or filing a bond or otherwise. Tenant promptly and diligently shall defend any suit, action or proceeding which may be brought for the enforcement of such lien or charge or violation; shall satisfy and discharge any judgment entered therein within thirty (30) days after the entry of such judgment by payment thereof or filing a bond or otherwise; and on demand shall pay any and all liability, claim, loss, damage or expense, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, suffered or incurred by Landlord in connection therewith.

 

Nothing in this Lease shall constitute any consent or request by Landlord, express or implied, for the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in respect of the Demised Premises or any part thereof, nor as giving Tenant any right, power or authority to contract for or permit the performance of any labor or services or the furnishing of any materials or other property in any fashion that would permit the filing or making of any lien or claim against Landlord, the Demised Premises or the Building.

 

(h) Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after the completion of an Alteration, “as-built” drawings thereof. During the Term, Tenant shall keep records of Alterations costing in excess of $25,000.00 including plans and specifications, copies of contracts, invoices, evidence of payment and all other records customarily maintained in the real estate business relating to Alterations and the cost thereof and shall, within thirty (30) days after demand by Landlord, furnish to Landlord copies of such records.

 

(i) All Alterations to and Fixtures installed by Tenant in the Demised Premises shall be fully paid for by Tenant in cash and shall not be subject to conditional bills of sale, chattel mortgages, or other title retention agreements.

 

4.03 Landlord’s and Tenant’s Property. (a) All fixtures, improvements and appurtenances attached to or built into the Demised Premises as permitted by the terms hereof, whether or not at the expense of Tenant (collectively, “Fixtures”), shall be and remain a part of the Demised Premises and shall not be removed by Tenant and Tenant has no accountability for same. All Fixtures constituting Improvements and Betterments (as hereinafter defined) shall be the property of Tenant during the Term and, upon expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, shall become the property of Landlord. All Fixtures other than Improvements and Betterments shall, upon installation, be the property of Landlord.

 

Improvements and Betterments” means: (i) all Fixtures, if any, installed at the expense of Tenant, whether installed by Tenant or by Landlord (i.e., excluding any Fixtures paid for by Landlord directly or by way of an allowance); and (ii) all carpeting in the Demised Premises.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.03(a), all movable partitions, business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment, and all furniture, furnishings and other articles of movable personal property owned by Tenant and located in the Demised Premises (collectively, “Tenant’s Property”) shall be and shall remain the property of Tenant and may be removed by Tenant at any time during the Term; provided, that if any of Tenant’s Property is removed, Tenant shall repair any damage to the Demised Premises or to the Building resulting from the installation and/or removal thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any equipment or other property identified in this Lease or in any leasehold improvement agreement as having been paid for with any allowance or credit granted by Landlord to Tenant shall not be considered Tenant’s Property and shall be and remain a part of the Demised Premises, shall, upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, be the property of Landlord and shall not be removed by Tenant.

 

(c) At or before the Expiration Date, or within ten (10) business days after any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall remove all of Tenant’s Property from the Demised Premises. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Demised Premises or the Building resulting from any installation and/or removal of Tenant’s Property. Any items of Tenant’s Property which remain in the Demised Premises after the Expiration Date, or more than ten (10) business days after an earlier termination of this Lease shall be deemed to have been abandoned, and may be retained by Landlord as Landlord’s property or disposed of by Landlord, without accountability, in such manner as Landlord shall determine, at Tenant’s expense.

 

F-3-6

 

 

4.04 Access and Changes to Building. (a) Landlord reserves the right, at any time, to make such changes in or to the Building as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, and Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant therefor, provided any such change does not unreasonably deprive Tenant and/or Tenant’s customers, vendors, suppliers, employees, directors, officers, agents, invitees and licensees of easy access to the Demised Premises or any loss of signage or visibility. Landlord may install and maintain concealed pipes, fans, ducts, wires and conduits within or through the walls, floors or ceilings of the Demised Premises. In exercising its rights under this Section 4.04, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s use of the Demised Premises for the ordinary conduct of Tenant’s business. Landlord agrees that except in the event of an emergency, it will not perform any work in the Demised Premises which adversely affects Tenant’s business during its ordinary business hours. Landlord will, at its sole cost and expense, promptly repair any damages to the Demised Premises existing as of the date hereof. Tenant shall not have any easement for light, views or air, or any other easement or right in or to the use of any door or any passage or any concourse or any plaza connecting the Building with any other building or to any public conveniences, and the use of such doors, passages, concourses, plazas and conveniences may, without notice to Tenant, be regulated or discontinued at any time by Landlord.

 

(b) Except for the space within the inside surfaces of all walls, hung ceilings, floors, windows and doors bounding the Demised Premises, all of the Building, including, without limitation, the Building walls, core corridor walls and doors and any core corridor entrance, any terraces or roofs adjacent to the Demised Premises, and any space in or adjacent to the Demised Premises used for shafts, stacks, pipes, conduits, fan rooms, ducts, electric or other utilities, sinks or other Building facilities, and the use thereof, as well as access thereto through the Demised Premises, are reserved to Landlord and are not part of the Demised Premises provided same does not unreasonably interview with Tenant’s use of the Premises. Landlord reserves the right to name the Building and to change the name or address of the Building at any time and from time to time.

 

(c) Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant if at any time any windows of the Demised Premises are either temporarily darkened or obstructed by reason of any repairs, improvements, maintenance and/or cleaning in or about the Building (or permanently darkened or obstructed if required by law) or covered by any translucent material for the purpose of energy conservation, or if any part of the Building, other than the Demised Premises, is temporarily or permanently closed or inoperable.

 

(d) Landlord and persons authorized by Landlord shall have the right, outside of Tenant’s normal business hours upon reasonable prior written or telephonic notice to Tenant (except in an emergency), to enter the Demised Premises (together with any necessary materials and/or equipment), to inspect, clean or perform such work or repairs as Landlord may reasonably deem necessary or to exhibit the Demised Premises to prospective lenders or purchasers. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant by reason of any such entry. Landlord shall not be required to make any improvements or repairs of any kind or character to the Demised Premises during the Term. Landlord shall operate, maintain and make all necessary repairs (both structural and nonstructural) to the Premises and Building (including the without limitation, the foundation, the exterior walls and any load-bearing interior walls, the roof, roof membrane, roof), the Building Systems which provide service to the Demised Premises (but not to the distribution portions of such Building Systems located within the Demised Premises), the public portions of the Building, both exterior and interior (but excluding storefront and doors of the Demised Premises). Landlord agrees to use commercially reasonable to minimize interference with any such access/work.

 

4.05 Maintenance of Demised Premises. (a) Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall repair and maintain the interior of the Demised Premises, HVAC serving the Demised Premises and fixtures of the Demised Premises (but not common areas), all plumbing, electrical, and heating lines, conduits, and risers serving the Demised Premises from the point where they enter the interior of the Demised Premises; shall repair and maintain all water, sewer, electric, gas, and other utility lines that service the Demised Premises from the point where they enter the interior of the Demised Premises and, upon expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall surrender the same to Landlord in the working condition as when first occupied, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall keep the Demised Premises clean in a manner commensurate with the standards of first-class office buildings located in the neighborhood of the Building. Tenant’s obligation shall include, without limitation: the obligation to repair all damage caused by Tenant, its agents, employees, invitees and licensees to the equipment and other installations in the Demised Premises or anywhere in the Building.

 

F-3-7

 

 

(b) Tenant shall not commit or allow to be committed any waste or damage to any portion of the Demised Premises or the Building.

 

(c) Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall maintain (but not be obligated to repair) the sidewalk adjacent to the Demised Premises and keep it free from obstruction, garbage, refuse, rubbish, trash, snow and ice. However, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall repair the sidewalk if it is damaged by Tenant’s activities or negligence.

 

4.06 Compliance with Laws. Tenant shall comply with all laws, ordinances, rules, orders and regulations (present, future, ordinary, extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen) of any governmental, public or quasi-public authority and of the New York Board of Underwriters, the New York Fire Insurance Rating Organization and any other entity performing similar functions, at any time in force (collectively “Laws”), attributable to any work, installation, occupancy, use or manner of use by Tenant of the Demised Premises or any part thereof. Nothing contained in this Section 4.06 shall require Tenant to make any structural changes unless the same are necessitated by reason of Tenant’s performance of any Alterations, Tenant’s manner of use of the Demised Premises or the use by Tenant of the Demised Premises for purposes other than normal and customary ordinary for the Permitted Use. Tenant shall procure and maintain all licenses and permits required for its business. Tenant shall be permitted to contest all municipal, governmental or other regulatory violations, where permitted by law.

 

4.07 Tenant Advertising and Signage. Tenant shall have the right to use the name or likeness of the Building in any advertising (by whatever medium) without Landlord’s consent.

 

Subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, may install identification signage on the façade of the Building (collectively, “Tenant’s Signage”). All such signage shall be subject to Tenant’s obtaining all required governmental approvals. All permitted signs shall be maintained by Tenant at its expense in a first-class and safe condition and appearance. Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove all of its signs at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and repair any damage caused by such removal. The graphics, materials, color, design, lettering, lighting, size, illumination, specifications and exact location and size of Tenant’s Signage (collectively, the “Sign Specifications”) shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant hereby acknowledges that, notwithstanding Landlord’s approval of Tenant’s Signage, Landlord has made no representation or warranty to Tenant with respect to the probability of obtaining all necessary governmental approvals and permits for Tenant’s Signage. In the event Tenant does not receive the necessary governmental approvals and permits for Tenant’s Signage, Tenant’s and Landlord’s rights and obligations under the remaining terms of this Lease shall be unaffected. If Landlord elects to install a multi-tenant identification sign at the entrance to the Building, Tenant shall be entitled to install its name on such sign (subject to availability on a pro-rata basis based on the relative square footages leased by the tenants of the Building), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Where the erection of scaffolding and/or protective barriers are required for work performed by the Landlord or Landlord’s agents, Landlord shall provide signage for Tenant’s business, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense and any scaffold shall be double height and erected only for shortest period necessary to perform any work. Landlord represents that all local law work has been completed and no anticipated scaffolding is to be erected in the next 12 months. Landlord’s consent is not required for interior or window signage.

 

4.08 Right to Perform Tenant Covenants. If Tenant fails to perform any of its obligations under this Lease beyond the expiration of any grace period or applicable notice and cure period, Landlord, any Superior Lessor or any Superior Mortgagee (each, a “Curing Party”) may perform the same at the expense of Tenant: (a) immediately and without notice in the case of emergency or in case such failure interferes with the use of space by any other tenant in the Building or with the efficient operation of the Building or may result in a violation of any Law or in a cancellation of any insurance policy maintained by Landlord; and (b) in any other case if such failure continues beyond any applicable grace period. If a Curing Party performs any of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord (as Additional Rent) the costs thereof, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date incurred by the Curing Party until paid by Tenant, within fifteen (15) days after receipt by Tenant of a statement as to the amounts of such costs. If the Curing Party effects such cure by bonding any lien which Tenant is required to bond or otherwise discharge, Tenant shall obtain and substitute a bond for the Curing Party’s bond and shall reimburse the Curing Party for the cost of the Curing Party’s bond.

 

F-3-8

 

 

ARTICLE 5

 

Assignment and Subletting

 

5.01 Assignment; Etc. (a) Subject to the further provisions of this Article 5, neither this lease nor the term and estate hereby granted, nor any part hereof or thereof, shall be assigned, mortgaged, pledged, encumbered or otherwise transferred voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise, and neither the Demised Premises, nor any part thereof, shall be subleased, licensed, used or occupied by any person or entity other than Tenant or encumbered in any manner by reason of any act or omission on the part of Tenant, and no rents or other sums receivable by Tenant under any sublease of all or any part of the Demised Premises shall be assigned or otherwise encumbered, without the prior consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The dissolution or direct or indirect transfer of a majority of the interest in, or control of, Tenant (however accomplished including, by way of example, the addition of new partners or members or withdrawal of existing partners or members, or transfers of interests in distributions of profits or losses of Tenant, issuance of additional stock, redemption of stock, stock voting agreement, or change in classes of stock) shall be deemed an assignment of this lease regardless of whether the transfer is made in or by one or more transactions, or whether one or more persons or entities hold the controlling interest prior to the transfer or afterwards. An agreement under which another person or entity becomes responsible for all or a portion of Tenant’s obligations under this lease shall be deemed an assignment of this lease. No assignment or other transfer of this lease and the term and estate hereby granted, and no subletting of all or any portion of the Demised Premises shall relieve Tenant of its liability under this lease or of the obligation to obtain Landlord’s prior consent to any further assignment, other transfer or subletting. Any attempt to assign this lease or sublet all or any portion of the Demised Premises in violation of this Article 5 shall be null and void.

 

5.02 Assignment and Subletting Procedures. (a) If Tenant desires to assign this lease or sublet the Demised Premises, Tenant shall notify Landlord (a “Transfer Notice”) of such desire, which notice shall be accompanied by: (i) a copy of the proposed assignment or sublease and all related agreements, the effective date of which shall be at least 30 days after the giving of the Transfer Notice; (ii) a statement setting forth in reasonable detail the identity of the proposed assignee or subtenant, the nature of its business and its proposed use of the Demised Premises; (iii) current financial information with respect to the proposed assignee or subtenant, including without limitation, its most recent financial statements; and (iv) such other information as Landlord may reasonably request. Landlord’s consent to the proposed assignment or sublease shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, provided that:

 

(i) in Landlord’s judgment the proposed assignee or subtenant will use the Demised Premises in a manner that: (A) is in keeping with the then standards of the Demised Premises; and (B) is limited to the use expressly permitted under this lease;

 

(ii) the proposed assignee or subtenant is, in Landlord’s judgment, a reputable person or entity of good character and with sufficient financial worth considering the responsibility involved;

 

(iii) the form of the proposed sublease shall be reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and shall comply with the applicable provisions of this Article 5;

 

(iv) the aggregate rent to be paid by the proposed subtenant is not less than the greater of: (A) the fair rental value of the sublet space as sublet space; or (B) 90% of the fair rental value of the sublet space if such space were being leased directly by Landlord (in each case as reasonably determined by Landlord);

 

(v) Tenant shall reimburse Landlord on demand for any costs incurred by Landlord in connection with said assignment or sublease, including, without limitation, the costs of making investigations as to the acceptability of the proposed assignee or subtenant, and legal costs incurred in connection with the granting of any requested consent.

 

F-3-9

 

 

(b) If Landlord consents to a proposed assignment or sublease and Tenant fails to execute and deliver the assignment or sublease to which Landlord consented within days after the giving of such consent, then Tenant shall again comply with this Article 5 before assigning this lease or subletting all or part of the Demised Premises.

 

5.03 General Provisions. (a) If this lease is assigned, whether or not in violation of this lease, Landlord may collect rent from the assignee. If the Demised Premises or any part thereof are sublet or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, whether or not in violation of this lease, Landlord may, after default by Tenant, and expiration of Tenant’s time to cure such default, collect rent from the subtenant or occupant. In either event, Landlord may apply the net amount collected against Rent, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of any of the provisions of Section 5.01(a), or the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this lease.

 

(b) No assignment or transfer shall be effective until the assignee delivers to Landlord: (i) evidence that the assignee, as Tenant hereunder, has complied with the requirements of Sections 7.02 and 7.03; and (ii) an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord whereby the assignee assumes Tenant’s obligations under this lease.

 

(c) Notwithstanding any assignment or transfer, whether or not in violation of this lease, and notwithstanding the acceptance of any Rent by Landlord from an assignee, transferee, or any other party, the original named Tenant and each successor Tenant shall remain fully liable for the payment of the Rent and the performance of all of Tenant’s other obligations under this lease. The joint and several liability of Tenant and any immediate or remote successor in interest of Tenant shall not be discharged, released or impaired in any respect by any agreement made by Landlord extending the time to perform, or otherwise modifying, any of the obligations of Tenant under this lease, or by any waiver or failure of Landlord to enforce any of the obligations of Tenant under this lease.

 

(d) Each subletting by Tenant shall be subject to the following:

 

(i) No subletting shall be for a term (including any renewal or extension options contained in the sublease) ending later than one day prior to the Expiration Date.

 

(ii) No sublease shall be valid, and no subtenant shall take possession of the Demised Premises or any part thereof, until there has been delivered to Landlord, both: (A) an executed counterpart of such sublease; and (B) a certificate of insurance evidencing that: (x) Landlord is an additional insured under the insurance policies required to be maintained by occupants of the Demised Premises pursuant to Section 7.02; and (y) there is in full force and effect, the insurance otherwise required by Section 7.02.

 

(iii) Each sublease shall provide that it is subject and subordinate to this lease, and that in the event of termination, reentry or dispossess by Landlord under this lease Landlord may, at its option, take over all of the right, title and interest of Tenant, as sublessor, under such sublease, and such subtenant shall, at Landlord’s option, attorn to Landlord pursuant to the then executory provisions of such sublease, except that Landlord shall not be liable for, subject to or bound by any item of the type that a Successor Landlord is not so liable for, subject to or bound by in the case of an attornment by Tenant to a Successor Landlord under Section 6.01(a).

 

(e) Each sublease shall provide that the subtenant may not assign its rights thereunder or further sublet the space demised under the sublease, in whole or in part, without Landlord’s consent and without complying with all of the terms and conditions of this Article 5, including, without limitation, Section 5.04, which for purposes of this Section 5.04(e) shall be deemed to be appropriately modified to take into account that the transaction in question is an assignment of the sublease or a further subletting of the space demised under the sublease, as the case may be.

 

F-3-10

 

 

(f) Tenant shall not publicly advertise the availability of the Demised Premises or any portion thereof as sublet space or by way of an assignment of this lease, without first obtaining Landlord’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed provided that Tenant shall in no event advertise the rental rate or any description thereof.

 

ARTICLE 6

 

Subordination; Default; Indemnity

 

6.01 Subordination. (a) This lease is subject and subordinate to each mortgage (a “Superior Mortgage”) and each underlying lease (a “Superior lease”) which may now or hereafter affect all or any portion of the Demised Premises or any interest therein. The lessor under a Superior lease is called a “Superior Lessor” and the mortgagee under a Superior Mortgage is called a “Superior Mortgagee.” Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver any instrument reasonably requested by Landlord, a Superior Lessor or Superior Mortgagee to evidence such subordination, but no such instrument shall be necessary to make such subordination effective. Tenant shall execute any amendment of this lease requested by a Superior Mortgagee or a Superior Lessor, provided such amendment shall not result in a material increase in Tenant’s obligations under this lease or a material reduction in the benefits available to Tenant. In the event of the enforcement by a Superior Mortgagee of the remedies provided for by law or by such Superior Mortgage, or in the event of the termination or expiration of a Superior lease, Tenant, upon request of such Superior Mortgagee, Superior Lessor or any person succeeding to the interest of such mortgagee or lessor (each, a “Successor Landlord”), shall automatically become the tenant of such Successor Landlord without change in the terms or provisions of this lease (it being understood that Tenant shall, if requested, enter into a new lease on terms materially the same as the terms of this Lease); provided that Successor Landlord shall not be:

 

(i) liable for any act, omission or default of any prior landlord (including, without limitation, Landlord);

 

(ii) liable for the return of any moneys paid to or on deposit with any prior landlord (including, without limitation, Landlord), except to the extent such moneys or deposits are delivered to such Successor Landlord;

 

(iii) subject to any offset, claims or defense that Tenant might have against any prior landlord (including, without limitation, Landlord);

 

(iv) bound by any Rent which Tenant might have paid for more than the current month to any prior landlord (including, without limitation, Landlord) unless actually received by such Successor Landlord;

 

(v) bound by any covenant to perform or complete any construction in connection with the Demised Premises or to pay any sums to Tenant in connection therewith; or

 

(vi) bound by any waiver or forbearance under, or any amendment, modification, abridgment, cancellation or surrender of, this lease made without the consent of such Successor Landlord.

 

Upon request by such Successor Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver an instrument or instruments, reasonably requested by such Successor Landlord, confirming the attornment provided for herein, but no such instrument shall be necessary to make such attornment effective.

 

(b) Tenant shall give each Superior Mortgagee and each Superior Lessor a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord, provided that Tenant has been notified of the address of such mortgagee or lessor. If Landlord fails to cure any default as to which Tenant is obligated to give notice pursuant to the preceding sentence within the time provided for in this lease, then each such mortgagee or lessor shall have an additional 30 days after receipt of such notice within which to cure such default or if such default cannot be cured within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary if, within such 30 days, any such mortgagee or lessor has commenced and is diligently pursuing the remedies necessary to cure such default (including, without limitation, commencement of foreclosure proceedings or eviction proceedings, if necessary to effect such cure), in which event this lease shall not be terminated and Tenant shall not exercise any other rights or remedies under this lease or otherwise while such remedies are being so diligently pursued. Nothing herein shall be deemed to imply that Tenant has any right to terminate this lease or any other right or remedy, except as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this lease.

 

F-3-11

 

 

(c) Without limiting Tenant’s obligations under Section 6.01(a), Tenant covenants and agrees that if by reason of a default under any underlying lease through which Landlord derives its leasehold estate in the Demised Premises (an “Underlying lease”), the Underlying lease and the leasehold estate of the Landlord in the Demised Premises is terminated, Tenant will attorn to the then holder of the reversionary interest in the Demised Premises (the “Underlying Landlord”) and will recognize the Underlying Landlord as Tenant’s landlord under this lease, at the election of such Underlying Landlord. Tenant agrees to execute and deliver, at any time and from time to time, upon the request of the Landlord or of the Underlying Landlord any instrument which may be necessary or appropriate to evidence such attornment and Tenant hereby irrevocably appoints the Landlord or the Underlying Landlord under such Underlying lease the attorney-in-fact of Tenant to execute and deliver for and on behalf of Tenant any such instrument. Tenant further waives the provisions of any statute or rule or law now or hereafter in effect which may give or purport to give Tenant any right of election to terminate this lease or to surrender possession of the Demised Premises in the event any proceeding is brought by the Underlying Landlord to terminate the Underlying lease, and agrees that unless and until the Underlying Landlord, in connection with any such proceeding, shall elect to terminate this lease and the rights of the Tenant hereunder, this lease shall not be affected in any way whatsoever by any such proceeding.

 

6.02 Estoppel Certificate. Tenant shall, at any time and from time to time, within 10 days after request by Landlord, execute and deliver to Landlord (or to such person or entity as Landlord may designate) a statement certifying that this lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications), certifying the Commencement Date, Expiration Date and the dates to which the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent have been paid and stating whether or not, to the best knowledge of Tenant, Landlord is in default in performance of any of its obligations under this lease, and, if so, specifying each such default of which Tenant has knowledge, it being intended that any such statement shall be deemed a representation and warranty to be relied upon by Landlord. Tenant also shall include or confirm in any such statement such other information concerning this lease as Landlord may reasonably request.

 

6.03 Default. This lease and the term and estate hereby granted are subject to the limitation that:

 

(a) if Tenant defaults in the payment of any Rent, Fixed or Additional, and such default continues for 5 days after Landlord gives to Tenant a notice specifying such default;

 

(b) if Tenant defaults in the keeping, observance or performance of any covenant or agreement, (other than a default of the character referred to in Sections 6.03(a), (c), (d), (e), (f) or (g)) and if such default continues and is not cured within 15 days after Landlord gives to Tenant a written notice specifying the same, or, in the case of a default which for causes beyond Tenant’s reasonable control cannot with due diligence be cured within such period of 15 days, if Tenant shall not immediately upon the receipt of such notice: (i) notify Landlord of Tenant’s intention duly to institute all steps necessary to cure such default; and (ii) institute and thereafter diligently prosecute to completion all steps necessary to cure the same;

 

(c) if this lease or the estate hereby granted would, by operation of law or otherwise, devolve upon or pass to any person or entity other than Tenant, except as permitted by Article 5;

 

(d) if Tenant shall abandon the Demised Premises (and the fact that any of Tenant’s Property remains in the Demised Premises shall not be evidence that Tenant has not abandoned the Demised Premises);

 

(e) if Tenant or any Affiliate of Tenant defaults under any other lease with Landlord or any Affiliate of Landlord, which default shall continue beyond any applicable grace period provided under such other lease;

 

(f) if a default of the kind set forth in Section 6.03(a) or (b) shall occur and have been cured, and if a similar default shall occur more than once within the next 365 days, whether or not such similar defaults are cured within the applicable grace period; or

 

(g) if Tenant fails to deliver to Landlord any Security Deposit within the time period required.

 

F-3-12

 

 

then, in any of such cases, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, Landlord shall be entitled to give to Tenant a written notice of intention to end the Term or a renewal thereof at the expiration of 5 days from the date of the giving of such notice, and, in the event such notice is given, this lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall terminate upon the expiration of such 5 days with the same effect as if the last of such 5 days were the Expiration Date, but Tenant shall remain liable for damages as provided herein or pursuant to law.

 

6.04 Re-entry by Landlord. If Tenant defaults in the payment of any Rent and such default continues for 5 days, or if this lease shall terminate as in Section 6.03 provided, Landlord or Landlord’s agents and servants may immediately or at any time thereafter re-enter into or upon the Demised Premises, or any part thereof, either by summary dispossess proceedings or by any suitable action or proceeding at law, without being liable to indictment, prosecution or damages therefor, and may repossess the same, and may remove any persons therefrom, to the end that Landlord may have, hold and enjoy the Demised Premises. The words “re-enter” and “re-entering” as used in this lease are not restricted to their technical legal meanings. Upon such termination or re-entry, Tenant shall pay to Landlord any Rent then due and owing (in addition to any damages payable under Section 6.05).

 

6.05 Damages. If this lease is terminated under Section 6.03, or if Landlord re-enters the Demised Premises under Section 6.04, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as damages, at the election of Landlord, either:

 

(a) a sum which, at the time of such termination, represents the then value of the excess, if any, of: (1) the aggregate of the Rent which, had this lease not terminated, would have been payable hereunder by Tenant for the period commencing on the day following the date of such termination or re-entry to and including the Expiration Date; over (2) the aggregate fair rental value of the Demised Premises for the same period (for the purposes of this clause (a) the amount of Additional Rent which would have been payable by Tenant under Sections 2.02 and 2.03 shall, for each calendar year ending after such termination or re-entry, be deemed to be an amount equal to 105% of the amount of such Additional Rent payable by Tenant for the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year in which such termination or re-entry shall occur in the case of the first such calendar year and the immediately prior calendar year in the case of each succeeding calendar year); or

 

(b) sums equal to the Rent that would have been payable by Tenant through and including the Expiration Date had this lease not terminated or had Landlord not re-entered the Demised Premises, payable upon the due dates therefor specified in this lease; provided, that if Landlord shall relet all or any part of the Demised Premises for all or any part of the period commencing on the day following the date of such termination or re-entry to and including the Expiration Date, Landlord shall credit Tenant with the net rents received by Landlord from such reletting, such net rents to be determined by first deducting from the gross rents as and when received by Landlord from such reletting the expenses incurred or paid by Landlord in terminating this lease and of re-entering the Demised Premises and of securing possession thereof, as well as the expenses of reletting, including, without limitation, altering and preparing the Demised Premises for new tenants, brokers’ commissions, and all other expenses properly chargeable against the Demised Premises and the rental therefrom in connection with such reletting, it being understood that any such reletting may be for a period equal to or shorter or longer than said period; provided, further, that: (i) in no event shall Tenant be entitled to receive any excess of such net rents over the sums payable by Tenant to Landlord under this lease; (ii) in no event shall Tenant be entitled, in any suit for the collection of damages pursuant to this Section 6.05(b), to a credit in respect of any net rents from a reletting except to the extent that such net rents are actually received by Landlord prior to the commencement of such suit; (iii) if the Demised Premises or any part thereof should be relet in combination with other space, then proper apportionment on a square foot rentable area basis shall be made of the rent received from such reletting and of the expenses of reletting; and (iv) Landlord shall have no obligation to so relet the Demised Premises and Tenant hereby waives any right Tenant may have, at law or in equity, to require Landlord to so relet the Demised Premises.

 

F-3-13

 

 

Suit or suits for the recovery of any damages payable hereunder by Tenant, or any installments thereof, may be brought by Landlord from time to time at its election, and nothing contained herein shall require Landlord to postpone suit until the date when the Term or a renewal thereof would have expired but for such termination or re-entry.

 

6.06 Other Remedies. Nothing contained in this lease shall be construed as limiting or precluding the recovery by Landlord against Tenant of any sums or damages to which, in addition to the damages particularly provided above, Landlord may lawfully be entitled by reason of any default hereunder on the part of Tenant. Anything in this lease to the contrary notwithstanding, during the continuation of any default by Tenant, Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise any rights or options, or to receive any funds or proceeds being held, under or pursuant to this lease.

 

6.07 Right to Injunction. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by Tenant of any of its obligations under this lease, Landlord shall also have the right of injunction. The specified remedies to which Landlord may resort hereunder are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies or means of redress to which Landlord may lawfully be entitled and Landlord may invoke any remedy allowed at law or in equity as if specific remedies were not herein provided for.

 

6.08 Certain Waivers. Tenant waives and surrenders all right and privilege that Tenant might have under or by reason of any present or future law to redeem the Demised Premises or to have a continuance of this lease after Tenant is dispossessed or ejected therefrom by process of law or under the terms of this lease or after any termination of this lease. Tenant also waives the provisions of any law relating to notice and/or delay in levy of execution in case of any eviction or dispossession for nonpayment of rent, and the provisions of any successor or other law of like import. Landlord and Tenant each waive trial by jury in any action in connection with this lease.

 

6.09 No Waiver. Failure by Landlord to declare any default immediately upon its occurrence or delay in taking any action in connection with such default shall not waive such default but Landlord shall have the right to declare any such default at any time thereafter. Any amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord may be applied by Landlord, in Landlord’s discretion, to any items then owing by Tenant to Landlord under this lease. Receipt by Landlord of a partial payment shall not be deemed to be an accord and satisfaction (notwithstanding any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment) nor shall such receipt constitute a waiver by Landlord of Tenant’s obligation to make full payment. No act or thing done by Landlord or its agents shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Demised Premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid unless in writing and signed by Landlord and by each Superior Lessor and Superior Mortgagee whose lease or mortgage provides that any such surrender may not be accepted without its consent. Landlord’s receipt of Fixed Rent and Additional Rent at a time when Landlord has knowledge or should have knowledge of any default or violation shall not be deemed a waiver thereof.

 

6.10 Holding Over. If Tenant holds over without the consent of Landlord after expiration or termination of this lease, Tenant shall:

 

(a) pay as a use and occupancy charge for each month of the holdover tenancy an amount equal to 200% multiplied by the greater of: (i) the fair market rental value of the Demised Premises for such month (as reasonably determined by Landlord); or (ii) the Rent which Tenant was obligated to pay for the month immediately preceding the end of the Term or a renewal thereof; and

 

(b) be liable to Landlord for and indemnify Landlord against: (i) any payment or rent concession which Landlord may be required to make to any tenant obtained by Landlord for all or any part of the Demised Premises (a “New Tenant”) by reason of the late delivery of space to the New Tenant as a result of Tenant’s holding over or in order to induce such New Tenant not to terminate its lease by reason of the holding over by Tenant; (ii) the loss of the benefit of the bargain if any New Tenant shall terminate its lease by reason of the holding over by Tenant; and (iii) any claim for damages by any New Tenant.

 

F-3-14

 

 

No holding over by Tenant after the Term or a renewal thereof shall operate to extend the Term or a renewal thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the acceptance of any use and occupancy charges paid by Tenant pursuant to this Section 6.10 shall not preclude Landlord from commencing and prosecuting a holdover or summary eviction proceeding.

 

6.11 Attorneys’ Fees. If Landlord places the enforcement of this lease or any part thereof, or the collection of any Rent due or to become due hereunder, or recovery of the possession of the Demised Premises, in the hands of an attorney, or files suit upon the same, or in the event any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar proceeding is commenced involving Tenant, Tenant shall, upon demand, pay Landlord for any attorneys’ fees and disbursements and court costs incurred by Landlord.

 

6.12 Nonliability and Indemnification. (a) None of Landlord, any Superior Lessor, any Superior Mortgagee or any direct or indirect member, partner, director, officer, shareholder, principal, agent, servant or employee of Landlord, any Superior Lessor or any Superior Mortgagee (whether disclosed or undisclosed), shall be liable to Tenant for:

 

(i) any loss, injury or damage to Tenant or to any other person, or to its or their property, irrespective of the cause of such injury, damage or loss, nor shall the aforesaid parties be liable for any loss of or damage to property of Tenant or of others entrusted to employees of Landlord; provided, that, except to the extent of the release of liability and waiver of subrogation provided in Section 7.03, the foregoing shall not be deemed to relieve Landlord of any liability to the extent resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, servants or employees in the operation or maintenance of the Demised Premises;

 

(ii) any loss, injury or damage described in clause (i) above caused by other tenants or persons in, upon or about the Demised Premises, or caused by operations in construction of any private, public or quasi-public work; or

 

(iii) even if negligent, consequential damages arising out of any loss of use of the Demised Premises or any equipment, facilities or other Tenant’s Property therein or otherwise.

 

(b) Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, all Superior Lessors and all Superior Mortgagees and each of their respective direct and indirect members, partners, directors, officers, shareholders, principals, agents and employees (each, an “Indemnified Party”), from and against any and all claims arising from or in connection with:

 

(i) the conduct or management of the Demised Premises or of any business therein, or any work or thing done, or any condition created, in or about the Demised Premises;

 

(ii) any act, omission or negligence of Tenant or any person claiming through or under Tenant or any of their respective direct or indirect members, partners, shareholders, directors, officers, agents, employees or contractors;

 

(iii) any accident, injury or damage occurring in, at or upon the Demised Premises;

 

(iv) any default by Tenant in the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this lease; and

 

(v) any brokerage commission or similar compensation claimed to be due by reason of any proposed subletting or assignment by Tenant;

 

together with all costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with each such claim or action or proceeding brought thereon, including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and disbursements; provided, that the foregoing indemnity shall not apply to the extent such claim results from the gross negligence (other than negligence to which the release of liability and waiver of subrogation provided in Section 7.03 applies) or willful misconduct of the Indemnified Party. If any action or proceeding is brought against any Indemnified Party by reason of any such claim, Tenant, upon notice from such Indemnified Party shall resist and defend such action or proceeding (by counsel reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party).

 

F-3-15

 

 

ARTICLE 7

 

Insurance; Casualty; Condemnation

 

7.01 Compliance with Insurance Standards. (a) Tenant shall not violate, or permit the violation of, any condition imposed by any insurance policy then issued in respect of the Demised Premises and shall not do, or permit anything to be done, or keep or permit anything to be kept in the Demised Premises, which would subject Landlord or any Superior Mortgagee to any liability or responsibility for personal injury or death or property damage, or which would increase any insurance rate in respect of the Demised Premises over the rate which would otherwise then be in effect or which would result in insurance companies of good standing refusing to insure the Demised Premises in amounts reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, or which would result in the cancellation of, or the assertion of any defense by the insurer in whole or in part to claims under, any policy of insurance in respect of the Demised Premises.

 

(b) If, by reason of any failure of Tenant to comply with this lease, the premiums on Landlord’s insurance on the Demised Premises shall be higher than they otherwise would be, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, on demand, for that part of such premiums attributable to such failure on the part of Tenant. A schedule or “make up” of rates for the Demised Premises issued by the New York Fire Insurance Rating Organization or other similar body making rates for insurance for the Demised Premises shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated and of the several items and charges in the insurance rate then applicable to the Demised Premises.

 

7.02 Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant shall maintain at all times during the Term or a renewal thereof:

 

(a) general liability providing coverage of the latest version of ISO form CG0001 or its equivalent, covering Tenant’s indemnity obligations under this Lease, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, against claims for bodily injury and property damage, with completed operation endorsement, for any occurrence in or about the Building, including any sidewalk contiguous to or abutting the Demised Premises, under which Landlord and its agent and any Superior Mortgagee whose name and address have been furnished to Tenant shall be named as additional insured, with minimum limits of liability under such policy, including products liability and completed operations, shall be a combined single limit with respect to each occurrence in an amount of not less than Five Million ($5,000,000.00), per occurrence and aggregate, it being agreed and understood that such limit of coverage may be provided by Tenant’s commercial general liability policy in conjunction with an umbrella liability or excess liability policy;

 

(b) insurance against loss or damage by fire and such other risks and hazards (including, burglary, theft and breakage of glass within the premises) as are insurable under a Special Cause of Loss form or its equivalent, to Tenant’s property and Alterations, for the full replacement cost value thereof (including an “agreed amount” endorsement);

 

(c) business Interruption covering base Rent and Additional Rent for a period of at least one (1) year;

 

(d) worker’s compensation insurance and disability benefits insurance in statutory limits;

 

(e) when Alterations are in process, the insurance specified in Section 4.02(f).

 

F-3-16

 

 

The limits of such insurance shall not limit the liability of Tenant. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord and any additional insureds, at least 10 days prior to the Commencement Date, such fully paid-for policies or certificates of insurance, in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord issued by the insurance company or its authorized agent. Tenant shall procure and pay for renewals of such insurance from time to time before the expiration thereof, and Tenant shall deliver to Landlord and any additional insureds such renewal policy or a certificate thereof at least 30 days before the expiration of any existing policy. All such policies shall be issued by companies of recognized responsibility licensed to do business in New York State and rated by Best’s Insurance Reports or any successor publication of comparable standing as A/XII or better or the then equivalent of such rating, and all such policies shall contain a provision whereby the same cannot be canceled, allowed to lapse or modified unless Landlord and any additional insureds are given at least 30 days prior written notice of such cancellation, lapse or modification. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord in connection with the collection of any insurance moneys that may be due in the event of loss and Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord such proofs of loss and other instruments which may be required to recover any such insurance moneys. Landlord may from time to time require that the amount of the insurance to be maintained by Tenant under this Section 7.02 be increased, so that the amount thereof adequately protects Landlord’s interest.

 

7.03 Subrogation Waiver. Landlord and Tenant shall each include in each of its insurance policies (insuring the Demised Premises in case of Landlord, and insuring Tenant’s Property, Fixtures and Improvements and Betterments in the case of Tenant, against loss, damage or destruction by fire or other casualty) a waiver of the insurer’s right of subrogation against the other party during the Term or a renewal thereof or, if such waiver should be unobtainable or unenforceable:

 

(a) an express agreement that such policy shall not be invalidated if the assured waives the right of recovery against any party responsible for a casualty covered by the policy before the casualty; or

 

(b) any other form of permission for the release of the other party.

 

Each party hereby releases the other party with respect to any claim (including a claim for negligence) which it might otherwise have against the other party for loss, damage or destruction with respect to its property occurring during the Term or a renewal thereof to the extent to which it is insured under a policy or policies containing a waiver of subrogation or permission to release liability. Nothing contained in this Section 7.03 shall be deemed to relieve either party of any duty imposed elsewhere in this lease to repair, restore or rebuild or to nullify any abatement of rents provided for elsewhere in this lease.

 

7.04 Condemnation. (a) If there shall be a total taking of the Demised Premises in condemnation proceedings or by any right of eminent domain, this lease and the term and estate hereby granted shall terminate as of the date of taking of possession by the condemning authority and all Rent shall be prorated and paid as of such termination date. If there shall be a taking of any material (in Landlord’s reasonable judgment) portion of the Land or the Demised Premises, then Landlord may terminate this lease and the term and estate granted hereby by giving notice to Tenant within 60 days after the date of taking of possession by the condemning authority. If there shall be a taking of the Demised Premises of such scope (but in no event less than 20% thereof) that the untaken part of the Demised Premises would in Tenant’s reasonable judgment be uneconomic to operate, then Tenant may terminate this lease and the term and estate granted hereby by giving notice to Landlord within 60 days after the date of taking of possession by the condemning authority. If either Landlord or Tenant shall give a termination notice as aforesaid, then this lease and the term and estate granted hereby shall terminate as of the date of such notice and all Rent shall be prorated and paid as of such termination date. In the event of a taking of the Demised Premises which does not result in the termination of this lease:

 

(i) the term and estate hereby granted with respect to the taken part of the Demised Premises shall terminate as of the date of taking of possession by the condemning authority and all Rent shall be appropriately abated for the period from such date to the Expiration Date; and

 

(ii) Landlord shall with reasonable diligence restore the remaining portion of the Demised Premises (exclusive of Tenant’s Property) as nearly as practicable to its condition prior to such taking.

 

(b) In the event of any taking of all or a part of the Demised Premises, Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award in the condemnation proceeding, including, without limitation, any award made for the value of the estate vested by this lease in Tenant or any value attributable to the unexpired portion of the Term or a renewal thereof, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any and all right, title and interest of Tenant now or hereafter arising in or to any such award or any part thereof, and Tenant shall be entitled to receive no part of such award; provided, that nothing shall preclude Tenant from intervening in any such condemnation proceeding to claim or receive from the condemning authority any compensation to which Tenant may otherwise lawfully be entitled in such case in respect of Tenant’s Property or moving expenses, provided the same do not include any value of the estate vested by this lease in Tenant or of the unexpired portion of the Term or a renewal thereof and do not reduce the amount available to Landlord or delay the payment thereof.

 

F-3-17

 

  

(c) If all or any part of the Demised Premises shall be taken for a limited period, Tenant shall be entitled, except as hereinafter set forth, to that portion of the award for such taking which represents compensation for the use and occupancy of the Demised Premises, for the taking of Tenant’s Property and for moving expenses, and Landlord shall be entitled to that portion which represents reimbursement for the cost of restoration of the Demised Premises. This lease shall remain unaffected by such taking and Tenant shall continue responsible for all of its obligations under this lease to the extent such obligations are not affected by such taking and shall continue to pay in full all Rent when due. If the period of temporary use or occupancy shall extend beyond the Expiration Date, that part of the award which represents compensation for the use and occupancy of the Demised Premises shall be apportioned between Landlord and Tenant as of the Expiration Date. Any award for temporary use and occupancy for a period beyond the date to which the Rent has been paid shall be paid to, held and applied by Landlord as a trust fund for payment of the Rent thereafter becoming due.

 

(d) In the event of any taking which does not result in termination of this lease:

 

(i) Landlord, whether or not any award shall be sufficient therefor, shall proceed with reasonable diligence to repair the remaining parts of the Demised Premises (other than those parts of the Demised Premises which constitute Tenant’s Property, Fixtures and Improvements and Betterments) to substantially their former condition to the extent that the same may be feasible (subject to reasonable changes which Landlord deems desirable) and so as to constitute a complete and rentable building; and

 

(ii) Tenant, whether or not any award shall be sufficient therefor, shall proceed with reasonable diligence to repair the remaining parts of the Demised Premises which constitute Tenant’s Property, Fixtures and Improvements and Betterments, to substantially their former condition to the extent that the same may be feasible, subject to reasonable changes which shall be deemed Alterations.

 

7.05 Casualty. (a) If the Demised Premises shall be partially or totally damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty (each, a “Casualty”), then Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall promptly repair and restore the Demised Premises, including Landlords’ Work, Tenant’s Improvements and Betterments, Tenant’s Property and Fixtures with or without the collection of the insurance proceeds attributable to such Casualty.

 

(b) If all or part of the Demised Premises shall be rendered untenantable by reason of a Casualty, the Fixed Rent and the Additional Rent under Sections 2.02 and 2.03 shall be abated in the proportion that the untenantable area of the Demised Premises bears to the total area of the Demised Premises, for the period from the date of the Casualty to the earlier of:

 

(i) the date the Demised Premises is made tenantable (provided, that if the Demised Premises would have been tenantable at an earlier date but for Tenant having failed diligently to prosecute repairs or restoration, then the Demised Premises shall be deemed to have been made tenantable on such earlier date and the abatement shall cease); or

 

(ii) the date Tenant or any subtenant reoccupies a portion of the Demised Premises for the ordinary conduct of business (in which case the Fixed Rent and the Additional Rent allocable to such reoccupied portion shall be payable by Tenant from the date of such occupancy).

 

Landlord’s determination of the date the Demised Premises is tenantable shall be controlling unless Tenant disputes same by written notice to Landlord within 10 days after such determination by Landlord and pending resolution of such dispute, Tenant shall pay Rent in accordance with Landlord’s determination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if by reason of any act or omission by Tenant, any subtenant or any of their respective partners, directors, officers, servants, employees, agents or contractors, Landlord, any Superior Lessor or any Superior Mortgagee shall be unable to collect all of the insurance proceeds (including, without limitation, rent insurance proceeds) applicable to the Casualty, then, without prejudice to any other remedies which may be available to Landlord, there shall be no abatement of Rent. Nothing contained in this Section 7.05 shall relieve Tenant from any liability that may exist as a result of any Casualty.

 

F-3-18

 

 

(c) Landlord shall not carry any insurance on Tenant’s Property, Tenant’s Improvements and Betterments or Fixtures and shall not be obligated to repair or replace the Demised Premises, Tenant’s Property, Tenant’s Improvements and Betterments or Fixtures. Tenant shall look solely to its insurance for recovery of any damage to or loss of Tenant’s Property, Tenant’s Improvements and Betterments or Fixtures. Tenant shall notify Landlord promptly of any Casualty in or affecting the Demised Premises.

 

(d) This Section 7.05 shall be deemed an express agreement governing any damage or destruction of the Demised Premises by fire or other casualty, and Real Property Law §227 providing for such a contingency in the absence of an express agreement, and any other law of like import now or hereafter in force, shall have no application.

 

7.06 Risk of Loss. Tenant and all those claiming by, through or under Tenant shall store their property in and shall occupy and use the Demised Premises and any improvements therein and appurtenances thereto solely at their risk and Tenant and all those claiming by, through or under Tenant hereby release Landlord and any fee owner or ground or underlying lessors of the Demised Premises, to the full extent permitted by law, from all claims, of every kind, including loss of life, bodily or personal injury, damage to merchandise, furniture, fixtures, equipment or other property, or damage to business or for business interruption, arising directly or indirectly out of or from or on account of such occupancy and use or resulting from any present or future condition or state of repair of the Demised Premises.

 

7.07 Indemnity. Tenant shall not do or permit any act or thing to be done upon the Demised Premises which may subject Landlord to any liability or responsibility for injury, damages to persons or property or to any liability by reason of any violation of law or of any legal requirement of public authority, but shall exercise such control over the Demised Premises as to fully protect Landlord against any such liability. Tenant agrees to indemnify, defend and save harmless Landlord from and against (1) all claims of whatever nature against Landlord arising from any act, omission or negligence of Tenant, its subtenants, contractors, licensees, agents, servants, employees, invitees or visitors, including any claims arising from any act, omission or negligence of Landlord or Landlord and Tenant, (2) all claims against Landlord arising from any accident, injury or damage whatsoever caused to any person or to the property of any person and occurring during the Term or a renewal thereof in or about the Demised Premises, (3) all claims against Landlord arising from any accident, injury or damage to any person, entity or property, occurring outside of the Demised Premises but anywhere within or about the Real Property, where such accident, injury or damage resulted or is claimed to have resulted from an act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s subtenants, agents, employees, invitees or visitors, including any claims arising from any act, omission or negligence of Landlord or Landlord and Tenant, (4) any breach, violation or nonperformance of any covenant, condition or agreement in this Lease set forth and contained on the part of Tenant to be fulfilled, kept, observed and performed and (5) any claim, loss or liability arising or claimed to arise from Tenant, or any of Tenant’s subtenants, contractors, licensees, agents, servants, employees, invitees or visitors causing or permitting any Hazardous Substance to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Demised Premises or the Real Property or any seepage, escape or release of such Hazardous Substances (including, without limitation, the costs and expenses of any remediation required as a result thereof). As used herein, the term “Hazardous Substances” shall mean, collectively, (a) asbestos and polychlorinated biphenyls and (b) hazardous or toxic materials, wastes and substances which are defined, determined and identified as such pursuant to any law. As used herein and in all other provisions in this Lease containing indemnities made for the benefit of Landlord, the term “Landlord” shall mean Landlord and Landlord’s managing agent and their respective parent companies and/or corporations, their respective controlled, associated, affiliated and subsidiary companies and/or corporations and their respective members, officers, partners, agents, consultants, servants, employees, sub-lessees and assigns. This indemnity and hold harmless agreement shall include indemnity from and against any and all liability, fines, suits, demands, costs and expenses of any kind or nature incurred in or in connection with any such claim or proceeding brought thereon, and the defense thereof. The indemnity contained in this Section 7.07 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this lease.

 

F-3-19

 

 

ARTICLE 8

 

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

8.01 Notice. All notices, demands, consents, approvals, advices, waivers or other communications which may or are required to be given by either party to the other under this lease (each, “Notice”) shall be in writing and shall be delivered by:

 

(a) personal delivery;

 

(b) the United States Postal Service, certified or registered, postage prepaid, return receipt requested; or

 

(c) a nationally recognized overnight courier,

 

in each case addressed to the party to be notified at the address for such party specified in the first paragraph of this lease.

 

Notices from Landlord may be given by Landlord’s managing agent, if any, or attorney. Each Notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date such Notice is actually received as evidenced by a written receipt therefor, and in the event of failure to deliver by reason of changed address of which no Notice was given or refusal to accept delivery, as of the date of such failure.

 

8.02 Severability. If any term or provision of this lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall to any extent be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this lease, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected, and each provision of this lease shall be valid and shall be enforceable to the extent permitted by law.

 

8.03 Certain Definitions. (a) “Landlord” means only the owner, at the time in question, of the Demised Premises or of a lease of the Demised Premises, so that in the event of any transfer or transfers of title to the Demised Premises or of Landlord’s interest in a lease of the Demised Premises, the transferor shall be and hereby is relieved and freed of all obligations of Landlord under this lease accruing after such transfer, and it shall be deemed, without further agreement, that such transferee has assumed all obligations of Landlord during the period it is the holder of Landlord’s interest under this lease.

 

(b) “Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant” or words of similar import mean that Tenant is not entitled to terminate this lease, or to claim actual or constructive eviction, partial, or total, or to receive any abatement or diminution of Rent, or to be relieved in any manner or any of its other obligations under this lease, or to be compensated for loss or injury suffered or to enforce any other right or kind of liability whatsoever against Landlord under or with respect to this lease or with respect to Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Demised Premises.

 

8.04 Quiet Enjoyment. Tenant shall and may peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Demised Premises, subject to the other terms of this lease and to the Superior Leases and Superior Mortgages, provided that Tenant pays the Fixed Rent and Additional Rent to be paid by Tenant and performs all of Tenant’s covenants and agreements contained in this lease.

 

8.05 Limitation of Landlord’s Personal Liability. Tenant shall look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Demised Premises, for the recovery of any judgment against Landlord, and no other property or assets of Landlord or Landlord’s partners, members, officers, directors, shareholders or principals, direct or indirect, disclosed or undisclosed, shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies under or with respect to this lease.

 

8.06 Counterclaims. If Landlord commences any summary proceeding or action for nonpayment of Rent or to recover possession of the Demised Premises, Tenant shall not interpose any counterclaim of any nature or description in any such proceeding or action, unless Tenant’s failure to interpose such counterclaim in such proceeding or action would result in the waiver of Tenant’s right to bring such claim in a separate proceeding under applicable law.

 

F-3-20

 

 

8.07 Survival. All obligations and liabilities of Landlord or Tenant to the other which accrued before the expiration or other termination of this lease and all such obligations and liabilities which by their nature or under the circumstances can only be, or by the provisions of this lease may be, performed after such expiration or other termination, shall survive the expiration or other termination of this lease. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the rights and obligations of the parties with respect to any indemnity under this lease, and with respect to Real Estate Tax Escalations and any other amounts payable under this lease, shall survive the expiration or other termination of this lease.

 

8.08 Certain Remedies. If Tenant requests Landlord’s consent and Landlord fails or refuses to give such consent, Tenant shall not be entitled to any damages for any withholding by Landlord of its consent, it being intended that Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action for specific performance or injunction, and that such remedy shall be available only in those cases where this lease provides that Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent. No dispute relating to this lease or the relationship of Landlord and Tenant under this lease shall be resolved by arbitration unless this lease expressly provides for such dispute to be resolved by arbitration.

 

8.09 No Offer. The submission by Landlord of this lease in draft form shall be solely for Tenant’s consideration and not for acceptance and execution. Such submission shall have no binding force or effect and shall confer no rights nor impose any obligations, including brokerage obligations, on either party unless and until both Landlord and Tenant shall have executed a lease and duplicate originals thereof shall have been delivered to the respective parties.

8.10 Captions; Construction. The table of contents, captions, headings and titles in this lease are solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect its interpretation. This lease shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party causing this lease to be drafted. Each covenant, agreement, obligation or other provision of this lease on Tenant’s part to be performed, shall be deemed and construed as a separate and independent covenant of Tenant, not dependent on any other provision of this lease.

 

8.11 Amendments. This lease may not be altered, changed or amended, except by an instrument in writing signed by the party to be charged.

 

8.12 Broker. Each party represents to the other that such party has dealt with no broker other than None, (“Broker”) in connection with this lease, and each party shall indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against all loss, cost, liability and expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements) arising out of any claim for a commission or other compensation by any broker (other than Broker) who has dealt with the indemnifying party in connection with this lease. Landlord and Tenant shall enter into a separate agreement with Broker which provides that, if this lease is executed and delivered by both Landlord and Tenant, Landlord and Tenant shall equally pay to Broker a commission to be agreed upon between Landlord, Tenant and Broker, subject to, and in accordance with, the terms and conditions of such agreement.

 

8.13 Merger. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has not made and is not making, and Tenant, in executing and delivering this lease, is not relying upon, any warranties, representations, promises or statements, except to the extent that the same are expressly set forth in this lease. This lease embodies the entire understanding between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and all prior agreements, understanding and statements, oral or written, with respect thereto are merged in this lease.

 

Tenant has made investigation into the Demised Premises and acknowledges that the Demised Premises are fit for their intended use under this lease.

 

Landlord has not made and does not make any representations that Demised Premises are fit for their intended use under this lease. Landlord has not made and does not make any representations as to the rents, leases, expenses, operation or any other matter or thing affecting or related to the Demised Premises, except as herein specifically set forth, and Tenant hereby expressly acknowledges that no such representations have been made.

 

8.14 Successors. This lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord, its successors and assigns, and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Tenant, its successors, and to the extent that an assignment may be approved by Landlord, Tenant’s assigns.

 

F-3-21

 

 

8.15 Applicable Law. This lease shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any principles of conflicts of laws.

 

8.16 No Development Rights. Tenant acknowledges that it has no rights to any development rights, air rights or comparable rights appurtenant to the Demised Premises, and consents, without further consideration, to any utilization of such rights by Landlord. Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver any instruments, which may be requested by Landlord, including instruments merging zoning lots, evidencing such acknowledgment and consent. The provisions of this Section 8.16 shall be construed as an express waiver by Tenant of any interest Tenant may have as a party in interest in the Demised Premises.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this lease as of the day and year first written above.

 

  7812 5th Ave Realty LLC
     
  By:                
     
  Joe’s Appliances LLC
     
  By:  

 

F-3-22

 

 

EXHIBIT G-1

 

A. Fouerti Employment Agreement

 

(See Attached)

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Employment Agreement”), dated as of _______, 2020, between Appliances Connection Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Albert Fouerti, an individual (the “Executive”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

The Company wishes to secure the services of the Executive as President of the Company and of its subsidiaries (with such other related duties and/or offices in the Company or its affiliates as may be assigned by the Company, its Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer) upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and the Executive wishes to render such services to the Company and its subsidiaries upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1. Employment by the Company. The Company agrees to employ the Executive in the position of President of the Company and of the Company’s subsidiaries and have such duties and responsibilities as are reasonably and customarily assigned, and delegated to individuals serving in such positions and such other duties consistent with Executive’s title (with such other related duties and/or offices in the Company and its affiliates as may be assigned from time to time by the Company, its Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer) and the Executive accepts such employment and agrees to perform such duties. The Executive agrees to devote his full customary business time and energies to the business of the Company and/or its affiliates to perform his duties hereunder. The Company represents and acknowledges that Executive shall serve as a member of the Board of Directors of 1847 Goedeker Inc., the Company’s parent, for no additional compensation.

 

2. Term of Employment. The term of this Employment Agreement (the “Term”) shall be for the initial period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the first anniversary of the date hereof, unless the Executive is earlier terminated as provided in Section 4 hereof. The Term shall be automatically extended for successive one-year periods unless either party provides the other with written notice of non-renewal at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the initial Term or any renewal Term.

 

3. Compensation. As full compensation for all services to be rendered by the Executive to the Company and/or its affiliates in all capacities during the Term, the Executive shall receive the following compensation and benefits:

 

(a) Salary. An annual base salary of $400,000 (the “Base Salary”) payable not less frequently than monthly or at more frequent intervals in accordance with the then customary payroll practices of the Company.

 

G-1-1

 

 

(b) Participation in Employee Benefit Plans; Other Benefits. The Executive shall be permitted during the Term, if and to the extent eligible, to participate in all employee benefit plans, policies and practices now or hereafter maintained by or on behalf of the Company commensurate with the Executive’s position with the Company. Nothing in this Employment Agreement shall preclude the Company from terminating or amending any such plans or coverage so as to eliminate, reduce or otherwise change any benefit payable thereunder, so long as such change similarly affects all Company employees. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Executive shall receive health, medical, dental and visions insurance equal to or greater than that which 1847 Goedeker Inc., the Company’s parent company, provides to its senior management executives. For the avoidance of doubt, annexed hereto as Exhibit A is a Benefits Overview containing specific benefit plan information applicable to Executive.

 

(c) Expenses. The Company shall pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable and necessary expenses actually incurred or paid by the Executive during the Term in the performance of the Executive’s duties under this Employment Agreement, upon submission and approval of expense statements, vouchers or other supporting information in accordance with the then customary practices of the Company.

 

(d) Vacation. The Executive shall be entitled to four weeks of paid vacation per year.

 

(e) Withholding of Taxes. The Company may withhold from any benefits payable under this Employment Agreement all federal, state, city and other taxes as shall be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation or ruling.

 

(f) Bonus. In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive shall be entitled to an annual incentive bonus to the extent the Company achieves or exceeds the annual EBITDA objectives of the Company which shall be established by the Board of Directors of the Company promptly following the date of this Agreement. The percentage of Base Salary which the Executive shall be entitled to receive as a bonus is set forth on Exhibit B hereto next to the corresponding percentage of budgeted EBITDA of the Company which must be achieved in order to earn such bonus level. Any such bonus shall be payable within 30 days following delivery of the Company’s audited financial statements for the applicable year no later than April 30. For purposes of this Section 3(f), EBITDA of Company for any period shall mean the sum of the Company’s net earnings (or loss) before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization for said period (but excluding any extraordinary gains for such period), as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.

 

4. Termination.

 

(a) Termination upon Death. If the Executive dies during the Term, this Employment Agreement shall terminate as of the date of his death.

 

G-1-2

 

 

(b) Termination upon Disability. If during the Term the Executive becomes unable, due to a physical or mental impairment to perform the essential functions of Executive’s job, with or without a reasonable accommodation, for a period of 180 days during any twelve-month period. Any question as to the existence of the Executive’s disability as to which Executive and the Company cannot agree shall be determined in writing by a qualified independent physician mutually acceptable to the Executive and the Company. If the Executive and the Company cannot agree as to a qualified independent physician, each shall appoint such a physician and those two physicians shall select a third who shall make such determination in writing. The determination of disability made in writing to the Company and the Executive shall be deemed final for purposes of this Agreement. Upon a determination of disability, the Company may, by written notice to the Executive, terminate this Employment Agreement, in which event the Term shall terminate 10 days after the date upon which the Company shall have given notice to the Executive of its intention to terminate this Employment Agreement because of the disability.

 

(c) Termination for Cause. The Company may at any time by written notice to the Executive terminate this Employment Agreement immediately and, except as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, the Executive shall have no right to receive any compensation or benefit hereunder on and after the date of such notice, in the event that an event of “Cause” occurs. For purposes of this Employment Agreement “Cause” shall mean:

 

(i) the Executive’s willful failure to perform Executive’s duties hereunder other than a failure to perform resulting from death or physical or mental disability) and failure by the Executive to cure such breach within thirty (30) days of written notice thereof from the Company;

 

(ii) the commission by the Executive of fraud or intentional material misrepresentation in connection with his employment, including, but not limited to, misappropriation or embezzlement of any funds of the Company or any of its affiliates;

 

(iii) the commission by the Executive of any willful misconduct having the effect of materially injuring the reputation, business or business relationships of the Company or any of its affiliates;

 

(iv) the entering by the Executive of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, or the conviction of the Executive for, a crime involving the unlawful theft or conversion of monies or other property, or any fraud or embezzlement offense which carries a potential penalty of imprisonment for more than ninety (90) days and/or a fine in excess of Ten Thousand US Dollars ($10,000);

 

(v) the Executive’s consistent abuse of alcohol, prescription drugs or controlled substances, which interferes with the performance of his duties to the Company and which continues after the Company has provided the Executive at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof;

 

G-1-3

 

  

(vi) the Executive’s willful disregard of any material rule or policy of the Company and failure to cure the same within thirty (30) days of written notice thereof from the Company; or

 

(vii) excessive absenteeism of the Executive other than for reasons of illness that has not been cured, after at least thirty (30) days’ written notice from the Company with respect thereto.

 

For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act on the part of the Executive shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based on authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or on the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company.

 

Except for a failure, breach, or refusal which, by its nature, cannot reasonably be expected to be cured, the Executive shall have ten (10) business days from the delivery of written notice by the Company within which to cure any acts constituting Cause; provided however, that, if the Company reasonably expects irreparable injury from a delay of ten (10) business days, the Company may give the Executive notice of such shorter period within which to cure as is reasonable under the circumstances, which may include the termination of the Executive's employment without notice and with immediate effect.

 

(d) Termination without Cause. The Company may terminate this Employment Agreement at any time, without cause, upon 30 days’ written notice by the Company to the Executive and, except as (i) provided in Section 5(a) hereof; (ii) the payment of any accrued but unpaid Base Salary, unused vacation, reimbursement for unreimbursed expenses; (iii) all previously earned, accrued, and unpaid benefits from the Company and its employee benefit plans, including any such benefits under the Company’s pension, disability, and life insurance plans, policies, and programs; and (iii) so long as the Company has achieved its budgeted EBITDA level for the period commencing with the end of the Company’s immediately previous fiscal year through the Termination Date, an amount equal to the product of the bonus paid to the Executive in respect of the immediately preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 3(g), times the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the number of full calendar months occurring since the end of the immediately previous fiscal year through the Termination Date, by (y) 12, the Executive shall have no right to receive any compensation or benefit hereunder after such termination. The amounts set for in this subsection (d)(ii) through (iii) shall be referred to herein collectively as the “Accrued Amounts.” The Company’s non-renewal of the Term shall be deemed a Termination without Cause.

 

(e) Resignation for Good Reason. Executive may termination this Employment Agreement at any time, for Good Reason (as defined below), upon 30 days’ written notice by the Executive to the Company and, except as provided in Section 5(a) hereof and the Accrued Amounts. The Executive’s non-renewal of the Term for Good Reason shall be deemed a resignation for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean:

 

(a) a reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary;

 

(b) a reduction in the Executive’s Bonus opportunity;

 

G-1-4

 

 

(c) a relocation of the Executive’s principal place of employment by more than twenty five (25) miles;

 

(d) any breach by the Company of any material provision of this Agreement or any provision of any other agreement between the Executive and the Company;

 

(e) the Company’s failure to obtain an agreement from any successor to the Company to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no succession had taken place, except where such assumption occurs by operation of law;

 

(f) the Company’s failure to nominate the Executive for election to the Board and for the Executive to be elected and re-elected, as applicable;

 

(g) an adverse change in the Executive’s title, authority, duties, or responsibilities (other than temporarily while the Executive is physically or mentally incapacitated or as required by applicable law); and

 

(h) an adverse change in the reporting structure applicable to the Executive.

 

The Executive cannot terminate employment for Good Reason unless the Executive has provided written notice to the Company of the existence of the circumstances providing grounds for termination for Good Reason and the Company has had at least ten (10) business days from the date on which such notice is provided to cure such circumstances.

 

5. Severance Payments.

 

(a) Certain Severance Payments. If during the Term the Company terminates this Employment Agreement pursuant to Section 4(d) hereof, or the Executive terminates this Employment Agreement pursuant to Section 4(e) hereof, all compensation payable to the Executive under Section 3 hereof shall cease as of the date of termination specified in the Company’s notice (the “Termination Date”), and the Company shall in addition to paying the Accrued Amounts, pay to the Executive, subject to Section 6 hereof, the following sums: (i) the Base Salary on the Termination Date for the greater of (x) six months and (y) the remainder of the Term (the applicable period being referred to as the “Severance Period”), payable in monthly installments; If, prior to the date on which the Company’s obligations under clause (i) of this Section 5(a) cease, the Executive violates Section 6 hereof, then the Company shall have no obligation to make any of the payments that remain payable by the Company under this section on or after the date of such violation. The payment of severance as required by this Section 5(a) may be conditioned by the Company on the delivery by the Executive of a release of and all claims that the Executive may have against the Company which release shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Company.

 

G-1-5

 

  

(b) Severance Payments upon Termination for Cause, Death or Disability. If this Employment Agreement is terminated by the Company pursuant to Sections 4(a), 4(b) or 4(c) hereof, the Executive (or his estate or representative as applicable) shall receive only the amounts specified in clause (ii), (iii) and (iv) of Section 5(a) hereof.

 

6. Certain Covenants of the Executive.

 

(a) Covenants Against Competition. The Executive acknowledges that: (i) he is one of the limited number of persons who will assist with developing the current business of the Company, which involves the wholesale and retail sale of home goods and appliances (the “Company’s Current Lines of Business”); (ii) the Company and its affiliates conduct business nationwide; (iii) his work for the Company will bring him into close contact with many confidential affairs not readily available to the public; and (iv) the covenants contained in this Section 6 will not involve a substantial hardship upon his future livelihood. In order to induce the Company to enter into this Employment Agreement, the Executive covenants and agrees that:

 

(i) Non-Compete. During the Term and for the Severance Period (the “Restricted Period”), the Executive shall not, in those states in the United States of America in which either the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates then operates within the Company’s Current Lines of Business, directly or indirectly, (i) in any manner whatsoever engage in any capacity with any business that is competitive with the Company’s Current Lines of Business for the Executive’s own benefit or for the benefit of any person or entity other than the Company or affiliate of the Company; or (ii) have any interest as owner, sole proprietor, shareholder, partner, lender, director, officer, manager, employee, consultant, agent or otherwise in any business that operates within the Company’s Current Lines of Business; provided, however, that the Executive may hold, directly or indirectly, solely as an investment, not more than two percent (2%) of the outstanding securities of any person or entity which are listed on any national securities exchange or regularly traded in the over-the-counter market notwithstanding the fact that such person or entity is engaged in a business competitive with the Company’s Current Lines of Business. In addition, during the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not develop any property for use in the Company’s Current Lines of Business on behalf of any person or entity other than the Company, its Subsidiaries and affiliates.

 

G-1-6

 

 

(ii) Confidential Information. The Executive understands that during the Term, the Executive will have access to and learn about Confidential Information, which includes information not generally known to the public, in spoken, printed, electronic, or any other form or medium relating directly to account information, pricing policies, customer lists, computer software and hardware, or any other written materials relating to the Company’s business or the customers of the Company or any affiliate of the Company or any trade secrets or confidential information, including, without limitation, any business or operational methods, drawings, sketches, designs or product concepts, know-how, marketing plans or strategies, product development techniques or plans, business acquisition plans, financial or other performance data, personnel and other policies of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, whether generated by the Executive or by any other person, except as required in the course of performing his duties hereunder or with the express written consent of the Company; provided, however, that the confidential information shall not include any information readily ascertainable from public or published information, or trade sources or independent third parties (other than as a direct or indirect result of unauthorized disclosure by the Executive).

 

(iii) Employees of and Consultants to the Company. During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly (other than in furtherance of the business of the Company), initiate communications with, solicit, persuade, entice, induce or encourage any individual who is then or who has been within the preceding 12-month period, an employee of or consultant to the Company or any of its affiliates to terminate employment with, or a consulting relationship with, the Company or such affiliate, as the case may be, or to become employed by or enter into a contract or other agreement with any other person, and the Executive shall not approach any such employee or consultant for any such purpose or authorize or knowingly approve the taking of any such actions by any other person.

 

(iv) Solicitation of Customers. During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, knowingly directly or indirectly, initiate communications with, solicit, persuade, entice, induce, encourage (or assist in connection with any of the foregoing) any person who is then or has been within the preceding 12-month period a customer or account of the Company or its affiliates, or any actual customer leads whose identity the Executive learned during the course of his employment with the Company, to terminate or to adversely alter its contractual or other relationship with the Company or its affiliates.

 

(b) Rights and Remedies Upon Breach. If the Executive breaches any of the provisions of Section 6(a) hereof (collectively, the “Restrictive Covenants”), the Company and its affiliates shall, in addition to the rights set forth in Section 5(a) hereof, have the right and remedy to seek from any court of competent jurisdiction specific performance of the Restrictive Covenants or injunctive relief against any act which would violate any of the Restrictive Covenants, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach may cause irreparable injury to the Company and its affiliates and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy to the Company and its affiliates.

 

G-1-7

 

 

(c) Severability of Covenants. If any of the Restrictive Covenants, or any part thereof, is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or any foreign, federal, state, county or local government or other governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or authority to be invalid, void, unenforceable or against public policy for any reason, the remainder of the Restrictive Covenants shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and such court, government, agency or authority shall be empowered to substitute, to the extent enforceable, provisions similar thereto or other provisions so as to provide to the Company and its affiliates, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the benefits intended by such provisions.

 

(d) Enforceability in Jurisdictions. The parties intend to and hereby confer jurisdiction to enforce the Restrictive Covenants upon the courts of any jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such Covenants and only in such jurisdiction where the Executive’s alleged violation of the Restrictive Covenants occurred. If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Restrictive Covenants wholly invalid or unenforceable by reason of the breadth of such scope or otherwise, it is the intention of the parties that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Company’s right to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such Restrictive Covenants, as to breaches of such Restrictive Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Restrictive Covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction being, for this purpose, severable into diverse and independent covenants.

 

7. Other Provisions.

 

(a) Notices. Any notice or other communication required or which may be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, telecopied, telegraphed or telexed, or sent by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid, to the parties at the addresses specified on the signature page hereto, or at such other addresses as shall be specified by the parties by like notice, and shall be deemed given so long as such provides a receipt of delivery, when so delivered personally, telecopied, telegraphed or telexed, or mailed.

 

(b) Entire Agreement. This Employment Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior contracts and other agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

 

(c) Waivers and Amendments. This Employment Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended, and the terms and conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the parties or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. No delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party of any right, power or privilege hereunder, nor any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.

 

G-1-8

 

 

(d) Governing Law. This Employment Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with and subject to, the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such state.

 

(e) Binding Effect; Benefit. This Employment Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and any successors and assigns permitted or required by Section 7(f) hereof. Nothing in this Employment Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto or such successors and assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Employment Agreement.

 

(f) Assignment. This Employment Agreement, and the Executive’s rights and obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by the Executive. The Company may assign this Employment Agreement and its rights, together with its obligations, hereunder in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets or business, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise.

 

(g) Counterparts. This Employment Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(h) Headings. The headings in this Employment Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Employment Agreement.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

 

G-1-9

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Employment Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  APPLIANCES CONNECTION INC.
       
    By:  
    Name: Douglas T. Moore
    Title: Chief Executive Officer
       
  Address:
     
  EXECUTIVE:
       
   
  Name: Albert Fouerti
       
    Address:  
       
       

 

G-1-10

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Benefits Overview

 

1. Goedeker 401(k) Plan

 

Eligible to all full-time employees after one-year of service
Company will match 1% of employee 5% contribution

 

2. See attached for summary of benefits under Health, Life and Disability, Dental, Vision and Critical Illness and Accident policies

 

G-1-11

 

 

Exhibit B

 

Bonus Criteria

 

    Bonus as a
% of Budgeted Company EBITDA   % of Base Salary
     
125%   100%
120%   95%
115%   90%
110%   85%
105%   80%
100%   75%
95%   80%
90%   65%
<90%   0

 

G-1-12

 

 

EXHIBIT G-2

 

E. Fouerti Employment Agreement

 

(See Attached)

 

 

 

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Employment Agreement”), dated as of _______, 2020, between Appliances Connection Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Elie Fouerti, an individual (the “Executive”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

The Company wishes to secure the services of the Executive as Vice President of the Company and of its subsidiaries (with such other related duties and/or offices in the Company or its affiliates as may be assigned by the Company, its Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer) upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and the Executive wishes to render such services to the Company and its subsidiaries upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

 

1. Employment by the Company. The Company agrees to employ the Executive in the position of Vice President of the Company and of the Company’s subsidiaries and have such duties and responsibilities as are reasonably and customarily assigned, and delegated to individuals serving in such positions and such other duties consistent with Executive’s title (with such other related duties and/or offices in the Company and its affiliates as may be assigned from time to time by the Company, its Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer) and the Executive accepts such employment and agrees to perform such duties. The Executive agrees to devote his full customary business time and energies to the business of the Company and/or its affiliates to perform his duties hereunder.

 

During the term of this Employment Agreement, the Company shall invite executive to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity and, in this respect, shall give Executive copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its Directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such other Directors; provided, however, that Executive shall be subject to the confidentiality provisions of this Employment Agreement and otherwise agree to hold in confidence and trust with respect to all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude Executive from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest.

 

2. Term of Employment. The term of this Employment Agreement (the “Term”) shall be for the initial period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the first anniversary of the date hereof, unless the Executive is earlier terminated as provided in Section 4 hereof. The Term shall be automatically extended for successive one-year periods unless either party provides the other with written notice of non-renewal at least thirty (30) days prior to the end of the initial Term or any renewal Term.

 

G-2-1

 

 

3. Compensation. As full compensation for all services to be rendered by the Executive to the Company and/or its affiliates in all capacities during the Term, the Executive shall receive the following compensation and benefits:

 

(a) Salary. An annual base salary of $400,000 (the “Base Salary”) payable not less frequently than monthly or at more frequent intervals in accordance with the then customary payroll practices of the Company.

 

(b) Participation in Employee Benefit Plans; Other Benefits. The Executive shall be permitted during the Term, if and to the extent eligible, to participate in all employee benefit plans, policies and practices now or hereafter maintained by or on behalf of the Company commensurate with the Executive’s position with the Company. Nothing in this Employment Agreement shall preclude the Company from terminating or amending any such plans or coverage so as to eliminate, reduce or otherwise change any benefit payable thereunder, so long as such change similarly affects all Company employees. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Executive shall receive health, medical, dental and visions insurance equal to or greater than that which 1847 Goedeker Inc., the Company’s parent company, provides to its senior management executives. For the avoidance of doubt, annexed hereto as Exhibit A is a Benefits Overview containing specific benefit plan information applicable to Executive.

 

(c) Expenses. The Company shall pay or reimburse the Executive for all reasonable and necessary expenses actually incurred or paid by the Executive during the Term in the performance of the Executive’s duties under this Employment Agreement, upon submission and approval of expense statements, vouchers or other supporting information in accordance with the then customary practices of the Company.

 

(d) Vacation. The Executive shall be entitled to four weeks of paid vacation per year.

 

(e) Withholding of Taxes. The Company may withhold from any benefits payable under this Employment Agreement all federal, state, city and other taxes as shall be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation or ruling.

 

(f) Bonus. In addition to the Base Salary, the Executive shall be entitled to an annual incentive bonus to the extent the Company achieves or exceeds the annual EBITDA objectives of the Company which shall be established by the Board of Directors of the Company promptly following the date of this Agreement. The percentage of Base Salary which the Executive shall be entitled to receive as a bonus is set forth on Exhibit B hereto next to the corresponding percentage of budgeted EBITDA of the Company which must be achieved in order to earn such bonus level. Any such bonus shall be payable within 30 days following delivery of the Company’s audited financial statements for the applicable year no later than April 30. For purposes of this Section 3(f), EBITDA of Company for any period shall mean the sum of the Company’s net earnings (or loss) before interest expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization for said period (but excluding any extraordinary gains for such period), as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.

 

G-2-2

 

 

4. Termination.

 

(a) Termination upon Death. If the Executive dies during the Term, this Employment Agreement shall terminate as of the date of his death.

 

(b) Termination upon Disability. If during the Term the Executive becomes unable, due to a physical or mental impairment to perform the essential functions of Executive’s job, with or without a reasonable accommodation, for a period of 180 days during any twelve-month period. Any question as to the existence of the Executive’s disability as to which Executive and the Company cannot agree shall be determined in writing by a qualified independent physician mutually acceptable to the Executive and the Company. If the Executive and the Company cannot agree as to a qualified independent physician, each shall appoint such a physician and those two physicians shall select a third who shall make such determination in writing. The determination of disability made in writing to the Company and the Executive shall be deemed final for purposes of this Agreement. Upon a determination of disability, the Company may, by written notice to the Executive, terminate this Employment Agreement, in which event the Term shall terminate 10 days after the date upon which the Company shall have given notice to the Executive of its intention to terminate this Employment Agreement because of the disability.

 

(c) Termination for Cause. The Company may at any time by written notice to the Executive terminate this Employment Agreement immediately and, except as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, the Executive shall have no right to receive any compensation or benefit hereunder on and after the date of such notice, in the event that an event of “Cause” occurs. For purposes of this Employment Agreement “Cause” shall mean:

 

(i) the Executive’s willful failure to perform Executive’s duties hereunder other than a failure to perform resulting from death or physical or mental disability) and failure by the Executive to cure such breach within thirty (30) days of written notice thereof from the Company;

 

(ii) the commission by the Executive of fraud or intentional material misrepresentation in connection with his employment, including, but not limited to, misappropriation or embezzlement of any funds of the Company or any of its affiliates;

 

(iii) the commission by the Executive of any willful misconduct having the effect of materially injuring the reputation, business or business relationships of the Company or any of its affiliates;

 

(iv) the entering by the Executive of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, or the conviction of the Executive for, a crime involving the unlawful theft or conversion of monies or other property, or any fraud or embezzlement offense which carries a potential penalty of imprisonment for more than ninety (90) days and/or a fine in excess of Ten Thousand US Dollars ($10,000);

 

G-2-3

 

 

(v) the Executive’s consistent abuse of alcohol, prescription drugs or controlled substances, which interferes with the performance of his duties to the Company and which continues after the Company has provided the Executive at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice thereof;

 

(vi) the Executive’s willful disregard of any material rule or policy of the Company and failure to cure the same within thirty (30) days of written notice thereof from the Company; or

 

(vii) excessive absenteeism of the Executive other than for reasons of illness that has not been cured, after at least thirty (30) days’ written notice from the Company with respect thereto.

 

For purposes of this provision, no act or failure to act on the part of the Executive shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based on authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board or on the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company.

 

Except for a failure, breach, or refusal which, by its nature, cannot reasonably be expected to be cured, the Executive shall have ten (10) business days from the delivery of written notice by the Company within which to cure any acts constituting Cause; provided however, that, if the Company reasonably expects irreparable injury from a delay of ten (10) business days, the Company may give the Executive notice of such shorter period within which to cure as is reasonable under the circumstances, which may include the termination of the Executive's employment without notice and with immediate effect.

 

(d) Termination without Cause. The Company may terminate this Employment Agreement at any time, without cause, upon 30 days’ written notice by the Company to the Executive and, except as (i) provided in Section 5(a) hereof; (ii) the payment of any accrued but unpaid Base Salary, unused vacation, reimbursement for unreimbursed expenses; (iii) all previously earned, accrued, and unpaid benefits from the Company and its employee benefit plans, including any such benefits under the Company’s pension, disability, and life insurance plans, policies, and programs; and (iii) so long as the Company has achieved its budgeted EBITDA level for the period commencing with the end of the Company’s immediately previous fiscal year through the Termination Date, an amount equal to the product of the bonus paid to the Executive in respect of the immediately preceding fiscal year pursuant to Section 3(g), times the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the number of full calendar months occurring since the end of the immediately previous fiscal year through the Termination Date, by (y) 12, the Executive shall have no right to receive any compensation or benefit hereunder after such termination. The amounts set for in this subsection (d)(ii) through (iii) shall be referred to herein collectively as the “Accrued Amounts.” The Company’s non-renewal of the Term shall be deemed a Termination without Cause.

 

(e) Resignation for Good Reason. Executive may termination this Employment Agreement at any time, for Good Reason (as defined below), upon 30 days’ written notice by the Executive to the Company and, except as provided in Section 5(a) hereof and the Accrued Amounts. The Executive’s non-renewal of the Term for Good Reason shall be deemed a resignation for Good Reason. For purposes of this Agreement, “Good Reason” shall mean:

 

(a) a reduction in the Executive’s Base Salary;

 

G-2-4

 

 

(b) a reduction in the Executive’s Bonus opportunity;

 

(c) a relocation of the Executive’s principal place of employment by more than twenty five (25) miles;

 

(d) any breach by the Company of any material provision of this Agreement or any provision of any other agreement between the Executive and the Company;

 

(e) the Company’s failure to obtain an agreement from any successor to the Company to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no succession had taken place, except where such assumption occurs by operation of law;

 

(f) an adverse change in the Executive’s title, authority, duties, or responsibilities (other than temporarily while the Executive is physically or mentally incapacitated or as required by applicable law); and

 

(g) an adverse change in the reporting structure applicable to the Executive.

 

The Executive cannot terminate employment for Good Reason unless the Executive has provided written notice to the Company of the existence of the circumstances providing grounds for termination for Good Reason and the Company has had at least ten (10) business days from the date on which such notice is provided to cure such circumstances.

 

5. Severance Payments.

 

(a) Certain Severance Payments. If during the Term the Company terminates this Employment Agreement pursuant to Section 4(d) hereof, or the Executive terminates this Employment Agreement pursuant to Section 4(e) hereof, all compensation payable to the Executive under Section 3 hereof shall cease as of the date of termination specified in the Company’s notice (the “Termination Date”), and the Company shall in addition to paying the Accrued Amounts, pay to the Executive, subject to Section 6 hereof, the following sums: (i) the Base Salary on the Termination Date for the greater of (x) six months and (y) the remainder of the Term (the applicable period being referred to as the “Severance Period”), payable in monthly installments; If, prior to the date on which the Company’s obligations under clause (i) of this Section 5(a) cease, the Executive violates Section 6 hereof, then the Company shall have no obligation to make any of the payments that remain payable by the Company under this section on or after the date of such violation. The payment of severance as required by this Section 5(a) may be conditioned by the Company on the delivery by the Executive of a release of and all claims that the Executive may have against the Company which release shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Company.

 

G-2-5

 

 

(b) Severance Payments upon Termination for Cause, Death or Disability. If this Employment Agreement is terminated by the Company pursuant to Sections 4(a), 4(b) or 4(c) hereof, the Executive (or his estate or representative as applicable) shall receive only the amounts specified in clause (ii), (iii) and (iv) of Section 5(a) hereof.

 

6. Certain Covenants of the Executive.

 

(a) Covenants Against Competition. The Executive acknowledges that: (i) he is one of the limited number of persons who will assist with developing the current business of the Company, which involves the wholesale and retail sale of home goods and appliances (the “Company’s Current Lines of Business”); (ii) the Company and its affiliates conduct business nationwide; (iii) his work for the Company will bring him into close contact with many confidential affairs not readily available to the public; and (iv) the covenants contained in this Section 6 will not involve a substantial hardship upon his future livelihood. In order to induce the Company to enter into this Employment Agreement, the Executive covenants and agrees that:

 

(i) Non-Compete. During the Term and for the Severance Period (the “Restricted Period”), the Executive shall not, in those states in the United States of America in which either the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or affiliates then operates within the Company’s Current Lines of Business, directly or indirectly, (i) in any manner whatsoever engage in any capacity with any business that is competitive with the Company’s Current Lines of Business for the Executive’s own benefit or for the benefit of any person or entity other than the Company or affiliate of the Company; or (ii) have any interest as owner, sole proprietor, shareholder, partner, lender, director, officer, manager, employee, consultant, agent or otherwise in any business that operates within the Company’s Current Lines of Business; provided, however, that the Executive may hold, directly or indirectly, solely as an investment, not more than two percent (2%) of the outstanding securities of any person or entity which are listed on any national securities exchange or regularly traded in the over-the-counter market notwithstanding the fact that such person or entity is engaged in a business competitive with the Company’s Current Lines of Business. In addition, during the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not develop any property for use in the Company’s Current Lines of Business on behalf of any person or entity other than the Company, its Subsidiaries and affiliates.

 

(ii) Confidential Information. The Executive understands that during the Term, the Executive will have access to and learn about Confidential Information, which includes information not generally known to the public, in spoken, printed, electronic, or any other form or medium relating directly to account information, pricing policies, customer lists, computer software and hardware, or any other written materials relating to the Company’s business or the customers of the Company or any affiliate of the Company or any trade secrets or confidential information, including, without limitation, any business or operational methods, drawings, sketches, designs or product concepts, know-how, marketing plans or strategies, product development techniques or plans, business acquisition plans, financial or other performance data, personnel and other policies of the Company or any affiliate of the Company, whether generated by the Executive or by any other person, except as required in the course of performing his duties hereunder or with the express written consent of the Company; provided, however, that the confidential information shall not include any information readily ascertainable from public or published information, or trade sources or independent third parties (other than as a direct or indirect result of unauthorized disclosure by the Executive).

 

G-2-6

 

 

(iii) Employees of and Consultants to the Company. During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, directly or indirectly (other than in furtherance of the business of the Company), initiate communications with, solicit, persuade, entice, induce or encourage any individual who is then or who has been within the preceding 12-month period, an employee of or consultant to the Company or any of its affiliates to terminate employment with, or a consulting relationship with, the Company or such affiliate, as the case may be, or to become employed by or enter into a contract or other agreement with any other person, and the Executive shall not approach any such employee or consultant for any such purpose or authorize or knowingly approve the taking of any such actions by any other person.

 

(iv) Solicitation of Customers. During the Restricted Period, the Executive shall not, knowingly directly or indirectly, initiate communications with, solicit, persuade, entice, induce, encourage (or assist in connection with any of the foregoing) any person who is then or has been within the preceding 12-month period a customer or account of the Company or its affiliates, or any actual customer leads whose identity the Executive learned during the course of his employment with the Company, to terminate or to adversely alter its contractual or other relationship with the Company or its affiliates.

 

(b) Rights and Remedies Upon Breach. If the Executive breaches any of the provisions of Section 6(a) hereof (collectively, the “Restrictive Covenants”), the Company and its affiliates shall, in addition to the rights set forth in Section 5(a) hereof, have the right and remedy to seek from any court of competent jurisdiction specific performance of the Restrictive Covenants or injunctive relief against any act which would violate any of the Restrictive Covenants, it being acknowledged and agreed that any such breach may cause irreparable injury to the Company and its affiliates and that money damages will not provide an adequate remedy to the Company and its affiliates.

 

(c) Severability of Covenants. If any of the Restrictive Covenants, or any part thereof, is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or any foreign, federal, state, county or local government or other governmental, regulatory or administrative agency or authority to be invalid, void, unenforceable or against public policy for any reason, the remainder of the Restrictive Covenants shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and such court, government, agency or authority shall be empowered to substitute, to the extent enforceable, provisions similar thereto or other provisions so as to provide to the Company and its affiliates, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the benefits intended by such provisions.

 

(d) Enforceability in Jurisdictions. The parties intend to and hereby confer jurisdiction to enforce the Restrictive Covenants upon the courts of any jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such Covenants and only in such jurisdiction where the Executive’s alleged violation of the Restrictive Covenants occurred. If the courts of any one or more of such jurisdictions hold the Restrictive Covenants wholly invalid or unenforceable by reason of the breadth of such scope or otherwise, it is the intention of the parties that such determination not bar or in any way affect the Company’s right to the relief provided above in the courts of any other jurisdiction within the geographical scope of such Restrictive Covenants, as to breaches of such Restrictive Covenants in such other respective jurisdictions, such Restrictive Covenants as they relate to each jurisdiction being, for this purpose, severable into diverse and independent covenants.

 

G-2-7

 

 

7. Other Provisions.

 

(a) Notices. Any notice or other communication required or which may be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, telecopied, telegraphed or telexed, or sent by certified, registered or express mail, postage prepaid, to the parties at the addresses specified on the signature page hereto, or at such other addresses as shall be specified by the parties by like notice, and shall be deemed given so long as such provides a receipt of delivery, when so delivered personally, telecopied, telegraphed or telexed, or mailed.

 

(b) Entire Agreement. This Employment Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior contracts and other agreements, written or oral, with respect thereto.

 

(c) Waivers and Amendments. This Employment Agreement may be amended, modified, superseded, cancelled, renewed or extended, and the terms and conditions hereof may be waived, only by a written instrument signed by the parties or, in the case of a waiver, by the party waiving compliance. No delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party of any right, power or privilege hereunder, nor any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege hereunder.

 

(d) Governing Law. This Employment Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with and subject to, the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such state.

 

(e) Binding Effect; Benefit. This Employment Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and any successors and assigns permitted or required by Section 7(f) hereof. Nothing in this Employment Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer on any person other than the parties hereto or such successors and assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Employment Agreement.

 

(f) Assignment. This Employment Agreement, and the Executive’s rights and obligations hereunder, may not be assigned by the Executive. The Company may assign this Employment Agreement and its rights, together with its obligations, hereunder in connection with any sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets or business, whether by merger, consolidation or otherwise.

 

(g) Counterparts. This Employment Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(h) Headings. The headings in this Employment Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Employment Agreement.

 

[Signature page follows]

 

G-2-8

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Employment Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

  APPLIANCES CONNECTION INC.
   
  By:  
  Name:  Douglas T. Moore
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
     
  Address:

 

  EXECUTIVE:
   
  Name: Elie Fouerti

 

   Address: _______________________________
   ______________________________________
   ______________________________________

 

G-2-9

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Benefits Overview

 

1. Goedeker 401(k) Plan
Eligible to all full-time employees after one-year of service
Company will match 1% of employee 5% contribution

 

2. See attached for summary of benefits under Health, Life and Disability, Dental, Vision and Critical Illness and Accident policies

 

G-2-10

 

 

Exhibit B

 

Bonus Criteria

 

  Bonus as a
% of Budgeted Company EBITDA   % of Base Salary
     
125%   100%
120%   95%
115%   90%
110%   85%
105%   80%
100%   75%
95%   80%
90%   65%
<90%   0

 

G-2-11

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO THE

SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE SECURITIES PURCHASE AGREEMENT, dated December 8, 2020 (the “Amendment”), among 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Parent”), Appliances Connection Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Buyer”), 1 Stop Electronics Center, Inc., a New York corporation (“1 Stop”), Gold Coast Appliances Inc., a New York corporation (“Gold Coast”), Superior Deals Inc., a New York corporation (“Superior Deals”), Joe’s Appliances LLC, a New York limited liability company (“Joe’s Appliances”), and YF Logistics LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company (“YF Logistics” and together with 1 Stop, Gold Coast, Superior Deals and Joe’s Appliances, each a “Company” and collectively, the “Companies”), and the other party or parties set forth in Exhibit A hereto (each a “Seller” and, collectively, the “Sellers”). Each of the Buyer, the Companies, the Sellers and the Parent are sometimes referred to in this Amendment individually as a “Party” and, collectively, as the “Parties.”

 

RECITALS

 

A. The Parties have previously entered into that certain Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 20, 2020 (the “Securities Purchase Agreement”).

 

B. The Parties desire to amend the Securities Purchase Agreement as set forth herein.

 

C. Pursuant to Section 8.3 of the Securities Purchase Agreement, the Securities Purchase Agreement may be amended by the Parties only by an instrument in writing signed on behalf of the Buyer, the Parent, the Companies and the Sellers.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing premises and the respective representations and warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein, the Parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions. All capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Securities Purchase Agreement, as applicable.

 

2. Amendments.

 

A. The definition of “Outside Date” here hereby amended to mean May 31, 2021.

 

B. Section 2.1(a) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

“(a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at the Closing, each Seller will contribute, sell, transfer and deliver to the Buyer, and the Buyer will purchase and receive from each Seller all the Securities set forth opposite such Seller’s name on Exhibit A, constituting all of the issued and outstanding Securities of the Companies, for an aggregate purchase price of Two Hundred Twenty Two Million Dollars ($222,000,000), consisting of: (a) One Hundred Eighty Million Dollars ($180,000,000) in cash in immediately available funds (the “Cash Portion”), (b) One Million Two Hundred Twenty Two Thousand Two Hundred Thirty Nine (1,222,239) shares of newly-issued Common Stock of the Parent and One Million One Hundred Eleven Thousand Ninety Four (1,111,094) shares of newly-issued Series A Preferred Stock of Parent (collectively, the “Fixed Share Consideration”), collectively, having a stated value that is equal to Twenty One Million Dollars ($21,000,000) or Nine Dollars ($9.00) per share of Common Stock or Series A Preferred Stock, as applicable (c) a number of shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock of Parent that is equal to (i) Twenty One Million Dollars ($21,000,000) divided by (ii) Trailing 20 Day Price (the “Variable Share Consideration” and, collectively with the Cash Portion and the Fixed Share Consideration, the “Purchase Price”), payable as described below and allocated among the Sellers as set forth on Exhibit A.”

 

 

 

 

C. Section 2.1(h) is hereby added to the Securities Purchase Agreement as follows:

 

“(h)  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in the event that the Parent obtains the requisite consent of its stockholders prior to the Closing such that it may issue at the Closing the entire amount of the Fixed Share Consideration and the entire amount of the Variable Share Consideration (together, the Stock Consideration”) in Common Stock, in lieu of Series A Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock, in compliance with NYSE American regulations, then at the Closing the Buyer will satisfy the Stock Consideration with Common Stock only.  For the avoidance of doubt, if the Buyer satisfies the Stock Consideration with Common Stock only, then the Sellers would receive 2,333,333 shares of Common Stock constituting the Fixed Share Consideration and a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (i) Twenty One Million Dollars ($21,000,000), divided by (ii) the Trailing 20 Day Price as the Variable Share Consideration.”

 

D. Exhibit A (Schedule of Sellers) to the Securities Purchase Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as set forth on Exhibit A to this Amendment. On and after the date of this Amendment, each reference in the Securities Purchase Agreement to "Exhibit A" and each reference to the “Exhibit A” in any other agreements, documents, or instruments executed and delivered pursuant to, or in connection with, the Securities Purchase Agreement, will mean and be a reference to the Exhibit A attached to this Amendment..

 

3. Additional Deposit. As consideration for the amendment to the Securities Purchase Agreement contained in Section 2.A. above, upon executing this Amendment, Buyer shall pay a deposit of Seventy-Five Thousand Dollars ($75,000) in cash to 1 Stop (the “Additional Deposit”) by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account designated by 1 Stop on Schedule 2.1(b) of the Disclosure Schedule. At the Closing, the Additional Deposit will be deducted from the Cash Portion that Buyer will deliver to Sellers in the same manner as the Deposit, as set forth in Section 2.1(b) of the Securities Purchase Agreement, and in every other way shall be deemed to be part of the Deposit and shall be treated identically to the Deposit under the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement.

 

4. Effect of Amendment. Except as amended as set forth above, the Securities Purchase Agreement shall continue in full force and effect.

 

5. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

6. Governing Law. This Amendment will be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the Laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to any choice of Law or conflict of Law provision or rule that would cause the application of the Laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of New York.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

2

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

  BUYER:
   
  APPLIANCES CONNECTION INC.
   
  By: /s/ Doulas T. Moore
  Name: Douglas T. Moore
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
   
  PARENT:
   
  1847 GOEDEKER INC.
   
  By: /s/ Doulas T. Moore
  Name: Douglas T. Moore
  Title: Chief Executive Officer
   
  COMPANIES:
   
  1 STOP ELECTRONICS CENTER, INC.
   
  By: /s/ Albert Fouerti
  Name: Albert Fouerti
  Title: President
   
  GOLD COAST APPLIANCES INC.
   
  By: /s/ Albert Fouerti
  Name: Albert Fouerti
  Title: President
   
  SUPERIOR DEALS INC.
   
  By: /s/ Albert Fouerti
  Name: Albert Fouerti
  Title: President

 

3

 

 

  JOE’S APPLIANCES LLC
   
  By: /s/ Albert Fouerti
  Name: Albert Fouerti
  Title: President
   
  YF LOGISTICS LLC
   
  By: /s/ Youssef Fouerti
  Name: Youssef Fouerti
  Title: Sole Member

 

  SELLERS:
   
  /s/ Albert Fouerti
  Albert Fouerti
   
  /s/ Elie Fouerti
  Elie Fouerti
   
  /s/ Youssef Fouerti
  Youssef Fouerti
   
  THE 2020 ALBERT FOUERTI TRUST
   
  By: /s/ David Rosenblatt
    David Rosenblatt, Esq., Trustee
   
  THE 2020 ELIE FOUERTI TRUST
   
  By: /s/ David Rosenblatt
    David Rosenblatt, Esq., Trustee

 

4

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Schedule of Sellers

Name and Address of Seller

  Ownership of Companies   Cash Portion (inclusive of the Deposit, and subject to any adjustment pursuant to Section 2.2 and 2.3 hereof)   Pro Rata Cash Basis   Portion of Common Stock included in Fixed Share Consideration   Portion of Series A Preferred Stock included in Fixed Share Consideration  

Percentage of Common Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock included in Variable Share Consideration

(This percentage is also the Pro Rata Share Basis)

  Pro Rata Basis

Albert Fouerti

 

Address:

 

Email:

 

 

Eighty (80.0) shares of common stock of 1 Stop (40% of 1 Stop)

 

One hundred (100) shares of common stock of Gold Coast (50% of Gold Coast)

 

One hundred (100) shares of common stock of Superior Deals (50% of Superior Deals)

 

50% of the membership interests of Joe’s Appliances

 

0% of the membership interests of YF Logistics

 

  $89,500,000.00   49.72%  

0 shares of Common Stock

 

 

0 shares of Series A Preferred Stock

 

  0% of the Common Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock included in the Variable Share Consideration   40.32%

The 2020 Albert Fouerti Trust

 

Address:

 

 

 

Twenty (20) shares of common stock of 1 Stop (10% of 1 Stop)

 

0 shares of common stock of Gold Coast (0% of Gold Coast)

 

0 shares of common stock of Superior Deals (0% of Superior Deals)

 

0% of the membership interests of Joe’s Appliances

 

0% of the membership interests of YF Logistics

  $0.00   0%  

611,119.50 shares of Common Stock

 

 

555,547 shares of Series A Preferred Stock

 

  50.00% of the Common Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock included in the Variable Share Consideration   9.46%

Elie Fouerti

 

Address:

 

 

 

Eighty (80.0) shares of common stock of 1 Stop (40% of 1 Stop)

 

One hundred (100) shares of common stock of Gold Coast (50% of Gold Coast)

 

One hundred (100) shares of common stock of Superior Deals (50% of Superior Deals)

 

50% of the membership interests of Joe’s Appliances

 

0% of the membership interests of YF Logistics

 

  $89,500,000.00   49.72%  

0 shares of Common Stock

 

 

0 shares of Series A Preferred Stock

 

  0.00% of the Common Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock included in the Variable Share Consideration   40.32%

The 2020 Elie Fouerti Trust

 

Address:

 

 

 

Twenty (20) shares of common stock of 1 Stop (10% of 1 Stop)

 

0 shares of common stock of Gold Coast (0% of Gold Coast)

 

0 shares of common stock of Superior Deals (0% of Superior Deals)

 

0% of the membership interests of Joe’s Appliances

 

0% of the membership interests of YF Logistics

 

  $0.00   0%  

611,119.50 shares of Common Stock

 

 

555,547 shares of Series A Preferred Stock

 

  50.00% of the Common Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock included in the Variable Share Consideration   9.46%

Youssef Fouerti

 

Address:

 

 

 

0 shares of common stock of 1 Stop (0% of 1 Stop)

 

0 shares of common stock of Gold Coast (0% of Gold Coast)

 

0 shares of common stock of Superior Deals (0% of Superior Deals)

 

0% of the membership interests of Joe’s Appliances

 

100% of the membership interests of YF Logistics

 

  $1,000,000.00   0.56%  

0 shares of Common Stock

 

 

0 shares of Series A Preferred Stock

 

  0% of the Common Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock included in the Variable Share Consideration   0.45%

 

 

5

 

 

Exhibit 10.25

 

1847 GOEDEKER INC.

 

2020 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

1. Purpose; Eligibility.

 

1.1. General Purpose. The name of this plan is the 1847 Goedeker Inc. 2020 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The purposes of the Plan are to (a) enable 1847 Goedeker Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and any Affiliate to attract and retain the types of Employees, Consultants and Directors who will contribute to the Company’s long-term success; (b) provide incentives that align the interests of Employees, Consultants and Directors with those of the stockholders of the Company; and (c) promote the success of the Company’s business.

 

1.2. Eligible Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Awards are the Employees, Consultants and Directors of the Company and its Affiliates and such other individuals designated by the Committee who are reasonably expected to become Employees, Consultants and Directors after the receipt of Awards.

 

1.3. Available Awards. Awards that may be granted under the Plan include: (a) Incentive Stock Options, (b) Non-qualified Stock Options, (c) Stock Appreciation Rights, (d) Restricted Awards, (e) Performance Share Awards, and (f) Performance Compensation Awards.

 

2. Definitions.

 

Affiliate” means a corporation or other entity that, directly or through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Company.

 

Applicable Laws” means the requirements related to or implicated by the administration of the Plan under applicable state corporate law, United States federal and state securities laws, the Code, any stock exchange or quotation system on which the shares of Common Stock are listed or quoted, and the applicable laws of any foreign country or jurisdiction where Awards are granted under the Plan.

 

Award” means any right granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Non-qualified Stock Option, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Restricted Award, a Performance Share Award or a Performance Compensation Award.

 

Award Agreement” means a written agreement, contract, certificate or other instrument or document evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Award granted under the Plan which may, in the discretion of the Company, be transmitted electronically to any Participant. Each Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

Beneficial Owner” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act), such “person” shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “Beneficially Owns” and “Beneficially Owned” have a corresponding meaning.

 

Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company, as constituted at any time.

 

 

 

 

Cause” means:

 

 With respect to any Employee or Consultant: (a) if the Employee or Consultant is a party to an employment or service agreement with the Company or its Affiliates and such agreement provides for a definition of Cause, the definition contained therein; or (b) if no such agreement exists, or if such agreement does not define Cause: (i) the commission of, or plea of guilty or no contest to, a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude or the commission of any other act involving willful malfeasance or material fiduciary breach with respect to the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) conduct that results in or is reasonably likely to result in harm to the reputation or business of the Company or any of its Affiliates; (iii) gross negligence or willful misconduct with respect to the Company or an Affiliate; or (iv) material violation of state or federal securities laws.

 

With respect to any Director, a determination by a majority of the disinterested Board members that the Director has engaged in any of the following: (a) malfeasance in office; (b) gross misconduct or neglect; (c) false or fraudulent misrepresentation inducing the director’s appointment; (d) willful conversion of corporate funds; or (e) repeated failure to participate in Board meetings on a regular basis despite having received proper notice of the meetings in advance.

 

The Committee, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to whether a Participant has been discharged for Cause.

 

Change in Control” means (a) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions, of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to any Person that is not a subsidiary of the Company; (b) the Incumbent Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; (c) the date which is 10 business days prior to the consummation of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; (d) the acquisition by any Person of Beneficial Ownership of more than 50% (on a fully diluted basis) of either (i) the then outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Stock (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this Plan, the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (A) any acquisition by the Company or any Affiliate, (B) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Company or any subsidiary, (C) any acquisition which complies with clauses, (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (e) of this definition or (D) in respect of an Award held by a particular Participant, any acquisition by the Participant or any group of persons including the Participant (or any entity controlled by the Participant or any group of persons including the Participant); or (e) the consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company that requires the approval of the Company’s stockholders, whether for such transaction or the issuance of securities in the transaction (a “Business Combination”), unless immediately following such Business Combination: (i) more than 50% of the total voting power of (A) the entity resulting from such Business Combination (the “Surviving Company”), or (B) if applicable, the ultimate parent entity that directly or indirectly has beneficial ownership of sufficient voting securities eligible to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Surviving Company (the “Parent Company”), is represented by the Outstanding Company Voting Securities that were outstanding immediately prior to such Business Combination (or, if applicable, is represented by shares into which the Outstanding Company Voting Securities were converted pursuant to such Business Combination), and such voting power among the holders thereof is in substantially the same proportion as the voting power of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities among the holders thereof immediately prior to the Business Combination; (ii) no Person (other than any employee benefit plan sponsored or maintained by the Surviving Company or the Parent Company) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect members of the board of directors of the Parent Company (or the analogous governing body) (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company); and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or the analogous governing body) of the Parent Company (or, if there is no Parent Company, the Surviving Company) following the consummation of the Business Combination were Board members at the time of the Board’s approval of the execution of the initial agreement providing for such Business Combination. The foregoing notwithstanding, in no event shall a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred unless such change shall satisfy the definition of a change in control under Section 409A of the Code.

 

2

 

  

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time. Any reference to a section of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Committee” means the compensation committee of the Board, or if no such committee has been established, the full Board, or a committee of one or more members appointed to administer the Plan in accordance with Section 3.3 and Section 3.4.

 

Common Stock” means the common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, of the Company, or such other securities of the Company as may be designated by the Committee from time to time in substitution thereof.

 

Consultant” means any individual who is engaged by the Company or any Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services.

 

Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Consultant or Director, is not interrupted or terminated. The Participant’s Continuous Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service; provided further that if any Award is subject to Section 409A of the Code, this sentence shall only be given effect to the extent consistent with Section 409A of the Code. For example, a change in status from an Employee of the Company to a Director of an Affiliate will not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. The Committee or its delegate, in its sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal or family leave of absence.

 

Covered Employee” has the same meaning as set forth in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code, as interpreted by IRS Notice 2007-49.

 

Director” means a member of the Board.

 

Disability” means that the Participant is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment; provided, however, for purposes of determining the term of an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to Section 6.10 hereof, the term Disability shall have the meaning ascribed to it under Section 22(e)(3) of the Code. The determination of whether an individual has a Disability shall be determined under procedures established by the Committee. Except in situations where the Committee is determining Disability for purposes of the term of an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to Section 6.10 hereof within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, the Committee may rely on any determination that a Participant is disabled for purposes of benefits under any long-term disability plan maintained by the Company or any Affiliate in which a Participant participates. The foregoing notwithstanding, in no event shall a Disability be deemed to have occurred unless such disability satisfies the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

3

 

  

Effective Date” shall mean July 30, 2020.

 

Employee” means any person, including an Officer or Director, employed by the Company or an Affiliate; provided, that, for purposes of determining eligibility to receive Incentive Stock Options, an Employee shall mean an employee of the Company or a parent or subsidiary corporation within the meaning of Section 424 of the Code. Mere service as a Director or payment of a director’s fee by the Company or an Affiliate shall not be sufficient to constitute “employment” by the Company or an Affiliate.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock as determined below. If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including without limitation, the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, the Fair Market Value shall be the closing price of a share of Common Stock (or if no sales were reported the closing price on the date immediately preceding such date) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination, as reported in the Wall Street Journal or similar publication. In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Committee and such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

 

Grant Date” means the date on which the Committee adopts a resolution, or takes other appropriate action, expressly granting an Award to a Participant that specifies the key terms and conditions of the Award or, if a later date is set forth in such resolution, then such date as is set forth in such resolution.

 

Incentive Stock Option” means an Option intended to qualify as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

Incumbent Directors” means individuals who, on the Effective Date, constitute the Board, provided that any individual becoming a Director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election or nomination for election to the Board was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for Director without objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director. No individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to Directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be an Incumbent Director.

 

Negative Discretion” means the discretion authorized by the Plan to be applied by the Committee to eliminate or reduce the size of a Performance Compensation Award in accordance with Section 7.4(d)(iv) of the Plan. “Non-Employee Director” means a Director who is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3.

 

Non-qualified Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

Officer” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

4

 

  

Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-qualified Stock Option granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

 

Option Exercise Price” means the price at which a share of Common Stock may be purchased upon the exercise of an Option.

 

Outside Director” means a Director who is not a current employee of the Company, is not a former employee of the Company who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the year, has not been an officer of the Company and does not receive remuneration from the Company, directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a director.

 

Participant” means an eligible person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Award.

 

Performance Compensation Award” means any Award designated by the Committee as a Performance Compensation Award pursuant to Section 7.4 of the Plan.

 

Performance Criteria” means the criterion or criteria that the Committee shall select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal(s) for a Performance Period with respect to any Performance Compensation Award under the Plan. The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s) shall be based on the attainment of specific levels of performance of the Company (or Affiliate, division, business unit or operational unit of the Company) and may include the following: (a) net earnings or net income (before or after taxes); (b) basic or diluted earnings per share (before or after taxes); (c) net revenue or net revenue growth; (d) gross revenue; (e) gross profit or gross profit growth; (f) net operating profit (before or after taxes); (g) return on assets, capital, invested capital, equity, or sales; (h) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow, free cash flow, and cash flow return on capital); (i) earnings before or after taxes, interest, depreciation and/or amortization; (j) gross or operating margins; (k) improvements in capital structure; (l) budget and expense management; (m) productivity ratios; (n) economic value added or other value added measurements; (o) share price (including, but not limited to, growth measures and total stockholder return); (p) expense targets; (q) margins; (r) operating efficiency; (s) working capital targets; (t) enterprise value; (u) safety record; (v) completion of acquisitions or business expansion; (w) achieving research and development goals and milestones; (x) achieving product commercialization goals; and (y) other criteria as may be set by the Committee from time to time.

 

Any one or more of the Performance Criteria may be used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of the Company and/or an Affiliate as a whole or any division, business unit or operational unit of the Company and/or an Affiliate or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, or as compared to the performance of a group of comparable companies, or published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or the Committee may select Performance Criterion (o) above as compared to various stock market indices. The Committee also has the authority to provide for accelerated vesting of any Award based on the achievement of Performance Goals pursuant to the Performance Criteria specified in this paragraph, provided such accelerated vesting does not violate the rules of Code Section 409A. The Committee shall, within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or, such longer or shorter time period as the Committee shall determine) define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws change to permit the Committee discretion to alter the governing Performance Criteria without obtaining stockholder approval of such changes, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such changes without obtaining stockholder approval.

 

5

 

  

Performance Formula” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more objective formulas applied against the relevant Performance Goal to determine, with regard to the Performance Compensation Award of a particular Participant, whether all, some portion but less than all, or none of the Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

 

Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Committee for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria. The Committee is authorized at any time during the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or such longer or shorter time period as the Committee shall determine) or at any time thereafter, in its sole and absolute discretion, to adjust or modify the calculation of a Performance Goal for such Performance Period to the extent permitted under Section 409A of the Code in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of Participants based on the following events: (a) asset write-downs; (b) litigation or claim judgments or settlements; (c) the effect of changes in tax laws, accounting principles, or other laws or regulatory rules affecting reported results; (d) any reorganization and restructuring programs; (e) extraordinary nonrecurring items as described in Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 30 (or any successor or pronouncement thereto) and/or in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations appearing in the Company’s annual report to stockholders for the applicable year; (f) acquisitions or divestitures; (g) any other specific unusual or nonrecurring events, or objectively determinable category thereof; (h) foreign exchange gains and losses; and (i) a change in the Company’s fiscal year.

 

Performance Period” means the one or more periods of time not less than one fiscal quarter in duration, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Performance Compensation Award.

 

Performance Share” means the grant of a right to receive a number of actual shares of Common Stock or share units based upon the performance of the Company during a Performance Period, as determined by the Committee.

 

Permitted Transferee” means: (a) a member of the Optionholder’s immediate family (child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships), any person sharing the Optionholder’s household (other than a tenant or employee), a trust in which these persons have more than 50% of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the Optionholder) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the Optionholder) own more than 50% of the voting interests; (b) third parties designated by the Committee in connection with a program established and approved by the Committee pursuant to which Participants may receive a cash payment or other consideration in consideration for the transfer of a Non-qualified Stock Option; and (c) such other transferees as may be permitted by the Committee in its sole discretion.

 

Restricted Award” means any Award granted pursuant to Section 7.2(a).

 

Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

Stock Appreciation Right” means the right pursuant to an Award granted under Section 7.1 to receive, upon exercise, an amount payable in cash or shares equal to the number of shares subject to the Stock Appreciation Right that is being exercised multiplied by the excess of (a) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Award is exercised, over (b) the exercise price specified in the Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement.

 

6

 

  

Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who owns (or is deemed to own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or of any of its Affiliates.

 

3. Administration.

 

3.1. Authority of Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee or, in the Board’s sole discretion, by the Board. Subject to the terms of the Plan and the provisions of Section 409A of the Code, the Committee’s charter and Applicable Laws, and in addition to other express powers and authorization conferred by the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority:

 

(a) to construe and interpret the Plan and apply its provisions;

 

(b) to promulgate, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the administration of the Plan;

 

(c) to authorize any person to execute, on behalf of the Company, any instrument required to carry out the purposes of the Plan;

 

(d) to delegate its authority to one or more Officers of the Company with respect to Awards that do not involve Covered Employees or “insiders” within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act;

 

(e) to determine when Awards are to be granted under the Plan and the applicable Grant Date;

 

(f) from time to time to select, subject to the limitations set forth in this Plan, those Participants to whom Awards shall be granted;

 

(g) to determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be made subject to each Award;

 

(h) to determine whether each Option is to be an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-qualified Stock Option;

 

(i) to prescribe the terms and conditions of each Award, including, without limitation, the exercise price and medium of payment and vesting provisions, and to specify the provisions of the Award Agreement relating to such grant;

 

(j) to determine the target number of Performance Shares to be granted pursuant to a Performance Share Award, the performance measures that will be used to establish the performance goals, the performance period(s) and the number of Performance Shares earned by a Participant;

 

(k) to designate an Award (including a cash bonus) as a Performance Compensation Award and to select the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goals;

 

(l) to amend any outstanding Awards, including for the purpose of modifying the time or manner of vesting, or the term of any outstanding Award; provided, however, that if any such amendment impairs a Participant’s rights or increases a Participant’s obligations under his or her Award or creates or increases a Participant’s federal income tax liability with respect to an Award, such amendment shall also be subject to the Participant’s consent;

 

7

 

  

(m) to determine the duration and purpose of leaves of absences which may be granted to a Participant without constituting termination of their employment for purposes of the Plan, which periods shall be no shorter than the periods generally applicable to Employees under the Company’s employment policies;

 

(n) to make decisions with respect to outstanding Awards that may become necessary upon a change in corporate control or an event that triggers anti-dilution adjustments;

 

(o) to interpret, administer, reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the Plan and any instrument or agreement relating to, or Award granted under, the Plan; and

 

(p) to exercise discretion to make any and all other determinations which it determines to be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

 

The Committee also may modify the purchase price or the exercise price of any outstanding Award, provided that if the modification effects a repricing, stockholder approval shall be required before the repricing is effective.

 

3.2. Committee Decisions Final. All decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and binding on the Company and the Participants, unless such decisions are determined by a court having jurisdiction to be arbitrary and capricious.

 

3.3. Delegation. The Committee may delegate administration of the Plan to a subcommittee or subcommittees of one or more members of the Committee, and the term “Committee” shall apply to any person or persons to whom such authority has been delegated. The Committee shall have the power to delegate to a subcommittee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board or the Committee shall thereafter be to the committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may abolish the Committee at any time and re-vest in the Board the administration of the Plan. The members of the Committee shall be appointed by and serve at the pleasure of the Board. From time to time, the Board may increase or decrease the size of the Committee, add additional members to, remove members (with or without cause) from, appoint new members in substitution therefor, and fill vacancies, however caused, in the Committee. The Committee shall act pursuant to a vote of the majority of its members or, in the case of a Committee comprised of only two members, the unanimous consent of its members, whether present or not, or by the written consent of the majority of its members and minutes shall be kept of all of its meetings and copies thereof shall be provided to the Board. Subject to the limitations prescribed by the Plan and the Board, the Committee may establish and follow such rules and regulations for the conduct of its business as it may determine to be advisable.

 

3.4. Committee Composition. Except as otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee shall consist solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors who are also Outside Directors. The Board shall have discretion to determine whether or not it intends to comply with the exemption requirements of Rule 16b-3. However, if the Board intends to satisfy such exemption requirements, with respect to Awards to any Covered Employee and with respect to any insider subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, the Committee shall be a compensation committee of the Board that at all times consists solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors who are also Outside Directors. Within the scope of such authority, the Board or the Committee may (a) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Outside Directors the authority to grant Awards to eligible persons who are not then Covered Employees and are not expected to be Covered Employees at the time of recognition of income resulting from such Award or (b) delegate to a committee of one or more members of the Board who are not Non-Employee Directors the authority to grant Awards to eligible persons who are not then subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Nothing herein shall create an inference that an Award is not validly granted under the Plan in the event Awards are granted under the Plan by a compensation committee of the Board that does not at all times consist solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors who are also Outside Directors.

 

8

 

  

3.5. Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as Directors or members of the Committee, and to the extent allowed by Applicable Laws, the Committee shall be indemnified by the Company against the reasonable expenses, including attorney’s fees, actually incurred in connection with any action, suit or proceeding or in connection with any appeal therein, to which the Committee may be party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan or any Award granted under the Plan, and against all amounts paid by the Committee in settlement thereof (provided, however, that the settlement has been approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) or paid by the Committee in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such Committee did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company, or in the case of a criminal proceeding, had no reason to believe that the conduct complained of was unlawful; provided, however, that within 60 days after institution of any such action, suit or proceeding, such Committee shall, in writing, offer the Company the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend such action, suit or proceeding.

 

4. Shares Subject to the Plan.

 

4.1. Subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 11, a total of 555,000 shares of Common Stock shall be available for the grant of Awards under the Plan. Any shares of Common Stock granted in connection with Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall be counted against this limit as one (1) share for every one (1) Option or Stock Appreciation Right awarded. Any shares of Common Stock granted in connection with Awards other than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall be counted against this limit as two (2) shares of Common Stock for every one (1) share of Common Stock granted in connection with such Award. During the terms of the Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock required to satisfy such Awards.

 

4.2. Shares of Common Stock available for distribution under the Plan may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares, treasury shares or shares reacquired by the Company in any manner.

 

4.3. Any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award that is canceled, forfeited or expires prior to exercise or realization, either in full or in part, shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Any shares of Common Stock that again become available for future grants pursuant to this Section 4.3 shall be added back as one (1) share if such shares were subject to Options or Stock Appreciation Rights and as two (2) shares if such shares were subject to other Awards. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein: shares subject to an Award under the Plan shall not again be made available for issuance or delivery under the Plan if such shares are (a) shares tendered in payment of an Option, (b) shares delivered or withheld by the Company to satisfy any tax withholding obligation, or (c) shares covered by a stock-settled Stock Appreciation Right or other Awards that were not issued upon the settlement of the Award.

 

9

 

 

5. Eligibility.

 

5.1. Eligibility for Specific Awards. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to Employees. Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Consultants and Directors and those individuals whom the Committee determines are reasonably expected to become Employees, Consultants and Directors following the Grant Date.

 

5.2. Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the Option Exercise Price is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the Grant Date and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the Grant Date.

 

6. Option Provisions. Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Option so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 6, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Non-qualified Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no liability to any Participant or any other person if an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option fails to qualify as such at any time or if an Option is determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code and the terms of such Option do not satisfy the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical, but each Option shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

6.1. Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.2 regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Incentive Stock Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the Grant Date. The term of a Non-qualified Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, no Non-qualified Stock Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the Grant Date.

 

6.2. Exercise Price of An Incentive Stock Option. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.2 regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the Option Exercise Price of each Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the Grant Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Incentive Stock Option may be granted with an Option Exercise Price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

 

6.3. Exercise Price of a Non-qualified Stock Option. The Option Exercise Price of each Non-qualified Stock Option shall be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the Grant Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Non-qualified Stock Option may be granted with an Option Exercise Price lower than that set forth in the preceding sentence if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner satisfying the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

10

 

 

6.4. Consideration. The Option Exercise Price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable statutes and regulations, either (a) in cash or by certified or bank check at the time the Option is exercised or (b) in the discretion of the Committee, upon such terms as the Committee shall approve, the Option Exercise Price may be paid: (i) by delivery to the Company of other Common Stock, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company, with a Fair Market Value on the date of delivery equal to the Option Exercise Price (or portion thereof) due for the number of shares being acquired, or by means of attestation whereby the Participant identifies for delivery specific shares of Common Stock that have an aggregate Fair Market Value on the date of attestation equal to the Option Exercise Price (or portion thereof) and receives a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the difference between the number of shares thereby purchased and the number of identified attestation shares of Common Stock (a “Stock for Stock Exchange”); (ii) a “cashless” exercise program established with a broker; (iii) by reduction in the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable upon exercise of such Option with a Fair Market Value equal to the aggregate Option Exercise Price at the time of exercise; (iv) any combination of the foregoing methods; or (v) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Committee. Unless otherwise specifically provided in the Option, the exercise price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to an Option that is paid by delivery (or attestation) to the Company of other Common Stock acquired, directly or indirectly from the Company, shall be paid only by shares of the Common Stock of the Company that have been held for more than six months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid a charge to earnings for financial accounting purposes). Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any period for which the Common Stock is publicly traded (i.e., the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system) an exercise by a Director or Officer that involves or may involve a direct or indirect extension of credit or arrangement of an extension of credit by the Company, directly or indirectly, in violation of Section 402(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 shall be prohibited with respect to any Award under this Plan.

 

6.5. Transferability of An Incentive Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

 

6.6. Transferability of a Non-qualified Stock Option. A Non-qualified Stock Option may, in the sole discretion of the Committee, be transferable to a Permitted Transferee, upon written approval by the Committee to the extent provided in the Award Agreement. If the Non-qualified Stock Option does not provide for transferability, then the Non-qualified Stock Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option.

 

6.7. Vesting of Options. Each Option may, but need not, vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may, but need not, be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may be exercised (which may be based on performance or other criteria) as the Committee may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. No Option may be exercised for a fraction of a share of Common Stock. The Committee may, but shall not be required to, provide for an acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the terms of any Award Agreement upon the occurrence of a specified event, provided such acceleration of vesting and exercisability complies with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

6.8. Termination of Continuous Service. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement or in an employment agreement the terms of which have been approved by the Committee, in the event an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (a) the date three months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service or (b) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Award Agreement; provided that, if the termination of Continuous Service is by the Company for Cause, all outstanding Options (whether or not vested) shall immediately terminate and cease to be exercisable. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified in the Award Agreement, the Option shall terminate.

 

11

 

 

6.9. Extension of Termination Date. An Optionholder’s Award Agreement may also provide that if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for any reason would be prohibited at any time because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act or any other state or federal securities law or the rules of any securities exchange or interdealer quotation system, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (a) the expiration of the term of the Option in accordance with Section 6.1 or (b) the expiration of a period after termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service that is three months after the end of the period during which the exercise of the Option would be in violation of such registration or other securities law requirements.

 

6.10. Disability of Optionholder. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (a) the date 12 months following such termination or (b) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after termination, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Award Agreement, the Option shall terminate.

 

6.11. Death of Optionholder. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, in the event an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option upon the Optionholder’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (a) the date 12 months following the date of death or (b) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Award Agreement. If, after the Optionholder’s death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Award Agreement, the Option shall terminate.

 

6.12. Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and its Affiliates) exceeds $100,000, the Options or portions thereof which exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Non-qualified Stock Options.

 

7. Provisions of Awards Other Than Options.

 

7.1. Stock Appreciation Rights.  

 

(a) General. Each Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Stock Appreciation Right so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7.1, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted alone (“Free Standing Rights”) or in tandem with an Option granted under the Plan (“Related Rights”). All such grants shall comply with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(b) Grant Requirements. Any Related Right that relates to a Non-qualified Stock Option may be granted at the same time the Option is granted or at any time thereafter but before the exercise or expiration of the Option. Any Related Right that relates to an Incentive Stock Option must be granted at the same time the Incentive Stock Option is granted.

 

(c) Term of Stock Appreciation Rights. The term of a Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, no Stock Appreciation Right shall be exercisable later than the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date.

 

12

 

  

(d) Vesting of Stock Appreciation Rights. Each Stock Appreciation Right may, but need not, vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may, but need not, be equal. The Stock Appreciation Right may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may be exercised as the Committee may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Stock Appreciation Rights may vary. No Stock Appreciation Right may be exercised for a fraction of a share of Common Stock. The Committee may, but shall not be required to, provide for an acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the terms of any Stock Appreciation Right upon the occurrence of a specified event, provided such acceleration of vesting and exercisability complies with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(e) Exercise and Payment. Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the holder shall be entitled to receive from the Company an amount equal to the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Stock Appreciation Right that is being exercised multiplied by the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date the Award is exercised, over (ii) the exercise price specified in the Stock Appreciation Right or related Option. Payment with respect to the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right shall be made on the date of exercise. Payment shall be made in the form of shares of Common Stock (with or without restrictions as to substantial risk of forfeiture and transferability, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion), cash or a combination thereof, as determined by the Committee.

 

(f) Exercise Price. The exercise price of a Free Standing Stock Appreciation Right shall be determined by the Committee, but shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the Grant Date of such Stock Appreciation Right. A Related Right granted simultaneously with or subsequent to the grant of an Option and in conjunction therewith or in the alternative thereto shall have the same exercise price as the related Option, shall be transferable only upon the same terms and conditions as the related Option, and shall be exercisable only to the same extent as the related Option; provided, however, that a Stock Appreciation Right, by its terms, shall be exercisable only when the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock subject to the Stock Appreciation Right and related Option exceeds the exercise price per share thereof and no Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted in tandem with an Option unless the Committee determines that the requirements of Section 7.1(b) are satisfied.

 

(g) Reduction in the Underlying Option Shares. Upon any exercise of a Related Right, the number of shares of Common Stock for which any related Option shall be exercisable shall be reduced by the number of shares for which the Stock Appreciation Right has been exercised. The number of shares of Common Stock for which a Related Right shall be exercisable shall be reduced upon any exercise of any related Option by the number of shares of Common Stock for which such Option has been exercised.

 

7.2. Restricted Awards.  

 

(a) General. A Restricted Award is an Award of actual shares of Common Stock (“Restricted Stock”) or hypothetical Common Stock units (“Restricted Stock Units”) having a value equal to the Fair Market Value of an identical number of shares of Common Stock, which may, but need not, provide that such Restricted Award may not be sold, assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of, pledged or hypothecated as collateral for a loan or as security for the performance of any obligation or for any other purpose for such period (the “Restricted Period”) as the Committee shall determine. Each Restricted Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Restricted Award so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7.2, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

13

 

 

 (b) Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

 

(i) Each Participant granted Restricted Stock shall execute and deliver to the Company an Award Agreement with respect to the Restricted Stock setting forth the restrictions and other terms and conditions applicable to such Restricted Stock. If the Committee determines that the Restricted Stock shall be held by the Company or in escrow rather than delivered to the Participant pending the release of the applicable restrictions, the Committee may require the Participant to additionally execute and deliver to the Company (A) an escrow agreement satisfactory to the Committee, if applicable and (B) the appropriate blank stock power with respect to the Restricted Stock covered by such agreement. If a Participant fails to execute an agreement evidencing an Award of Restricted Stock and, if applicable, an escrow agreement and stock power, the Award shall be null and void. Subject to the restrictions set forth in the Award, the Participant generally shall have the rights and privileges of a stockholder as to such Restricted Stock, including the right to vote such Restricted Stock and the right to receive dividends; provided that, any cash dividends and stock dividends with respect to the Restricted Stock shall be withheld by the Company for the Participant’s account, and interest may be credited on the amount of the cash dividends withheld at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee. The cash dividends or stock dividends so withheld by the Committee and attributable to any particular share of Restricted Stock (and earnings thereon, if applicable) shall be distributed to the Participant in cash or, at the discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such dividends, if applicable, upon the release of restrictions on such share and, if such share is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such dividends.

 

(ii) The terms and conditions of a grant of Restricted Stock Units shall be reflected in an Award Agreement. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued at the time a Restricted Stock Unit is granted, and the Company will not be required to set aside a fund for the payment of any such Award. A Participant shall have no voting rights with respect to any Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder. The Committee may also grant Restricted Stock Units with a deferral feature, whereby settlement is deferred beyond the vesting date until the occurrence of a future payment date or event set forth in an Award Agreement (“Deferred Stock Units”). At the discretion of the Committee, each Restricted Stock Unit or Deferred Stock Unit (representing one share of Common Stock) may be credited with cash and stock dividends paid by the Company in respect of one share of Common Stock (“Dividend Equivalents”). Dividend Equivalents shall be withheld by the Company and credited to the Participant’s account, and interest may be credited on the amount of cash Dividend Equivalents credited to the Participant’s account at a rate and subject to such terms as determined by the Committee. Dividend Equivalents credited to a Participant’s account and attributable to any particular Restricted Stock Unit or Deferred Stock Unit (and earnings thereon, if applicable) shall be distributed in cash or, at the discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such Dividend Equivalents and earnings, if applicable, to the Participant upon settlement of such Restricted Stock Unit or Deferred Stock Unit and, if such Restricted Stock Unit or Deferred Stock Unit is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to such Dividend Equivalents.

 

(c) Restrictions.

 

(i) Restricted Stock awarded to a Participant shall be subject to the following restrictions until the expiration of the Restricted Period, and to such other terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement: (A) if an escrow arrangement is used, the Participant shall not be entitled to delivery of the stock certificate; (B) the shares shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in the Award Agreement; (C) the shares shall be subject to forfeiture to the extent provided in the applicable Award Agreement; and (D) to the extent such shares are forfeited, the stock certificates shall be returned to the Company, and all rights of the Participant to such shares and as a stockholder with respect to such shares shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company.

 

14

 

  

(ii) Restricted Stock Units and Deferred Stock Units awarded to any Participant shall be subject to (A) forfeiture until the expiration of the Restricted Period, and satisfaction of any applicable Performance Goals during such period, to the extent provided in the applicable Award Agreement, and to the extent such Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock Units are forfeited, all rights of the Participant to such Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock Units shall terminate without further obligation on the part of the Company and (B) such other terms and conditions as may be set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(iii) The Committee shall have the authority to remove any or all of the restrictions on the Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units and Deferred Stock Units whenever it may determine that, by reason of changes in Applicable Laws or other changes in circumstances arising after the date the Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units or Deferred Stock Units are granted, such action is appropriate.

 

(d) Restricted Period. With respect to Restricted Awards, the Restricted Period shall commence on the Grant Date and end at the time or times set forth on a schedule established by the Committee in the applicable Award Agreement. No Restricted Award may be granted or settled for a fraction of a share of Common Stock. The Committee may, but shall not be required to, provide for an acceleration of vesting in the terms of any Award Agreement upon the occurrence of a specified event, provided such acceleration is consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(e) Delivery of Restricted Stock and Settlement of Restricted Stock Units. Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any shares of Restricted Stock, the restrictions set forth in Section 7.2(c) and the applicable Award Agreement shall be of no further force or effect with respect to such shares, except as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. If an escrow arrangement is used, upon such expiration, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, the stock certificate evidencing the shares of Restricted Stock which have not then been forfeited and with respect to which the Restricted Period has expired (to the nearest full share) and any cash dividends or stock dividends credited to the Participant’s account with respect to such Restricted Stock and the interest thereon, if any. Upon the expiration of the Restricted Period with respect to any outstanding Restricted Stock Units, or at the expiration of the deferral period with respect to any outstanding Deferred Stock Units, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, or his or her beneficiary, without charge, one share of Common Stock for each such outstanding vested Restricted Stock Unit or Deferred Stock Unit (“Vested Unit”) and cash equal to any Dividend Equivalents credited with respect to each such Vested Unit in accordance with Section 7.2(b)(ii) hereof and the interest thereon or, at the discretion of the Committee, in shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to such Dividend Equivalents and the interest thereon, if any; provided, however, that, if explicitly provided in the applicable Award Agreement, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, elect to pay cash or part cash and part Common Stock in lieu of delivering only shares of Common Stock for Vested Units. If a cash payment is made in lieu of delivering shares of Common Stock, the amount of such payment shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date on which the Restricted Period lapsed in the case of Restricted Stock Units, or the delivery date in the case of Deferred Stock Units, with respect to each Vested Unit.

 

(f) Stock Restrictions. Each certificate representing Restricted Stock awarded under the Plan shall bear a legend in such form as the Company deems appropriate.

 

15

 

  

7.3. Performance Share Awards.  

 

(a) Grant of Performance Share Awards. Each Performance Share Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Each Performance Share Award so granted shall be subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 7.3, and to such other conditions not inconsistent with the Plan as may be reflected in the applicable Award Agreement. The Committee shall have the discretion to determine: (i) the number of shares of Common Stock or stock-denominated units subject to a Performance Share Award granted to any Participant; (ii) the performance period applicable to any Award; (iii) the conditions that must be satisfied for a Participant to earn an Award; and (iv) the other terms, conditions and restrictions of the Award.

 

(b) Earning Performance Share Awards. The number of Performance Shares earned by a Participant will depend on the extent to which the performance goals established by the Committee are attained within the applicable Performance Period, as determined by the Committee. No payout shall be made with respect to any Performance Share Award except upon written certification by the Committee that the minimum threshold performance goal(s) have been achieved.

 

7.4. Performance Compensation Awards.  

 

(a) General. The Committee shall have the authority, at the time of grant of any Award described in this Plan (other than Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted with an exercise price equal to or greater than the Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock on the Grant Date), to designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award. In addition, the Committee shall have the authority to make an Award of a cash bonus to any Participant and designate such Award as a Performance Compensation Award.

 

(b) Eligibility. The Committee will, in its sole discretion, designate within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or such shorter or longer time period as the Committee shall determine) which Participants will be eligible to receive Performance Compensation Awards in respect of such Performance Period. However, designation of a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder for a Performance Period shall not in any manner entitle the Participant to receive payment in respect of any Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period. The determination as to whether or not such Participant becomes entitled to payment in respect of any Performance Compensation Award shall be decided solely in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.4. Moreover, designation of a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder for a particular Performance Period shall not require designation of such Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder in any subsequent Performance Period and designation of one person as a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder shall not require designation of any other person as a Participant eligible to receive an Award hereunder in such period or in any other period.

 

(c) Discretion of Committee with Respect to Performance Compensation Awards. With regard to a particular Performance Period, the Committee shall have full discretion to select the length of such Performance Period (provided any such Performance Period shall be not less than one fiscal quarter in duration), the type(s) of Performance Compensation Awards to be issued, the Performance Criteria that will be used to establish the Performance Goal(s), the kind(s) and/or level(s) of the Performance Goal(s) that is (are) to apply to the Company and the Performance Formula. Within the first 90 days of a Performance Period (or such shorter or longer time period as the Committee shall determine), the Committee shall, with regard to the Performance Compensation Awards to be issued for such Performance Period, exercise its discretion with respect to each of the matters enumerated in the immediately preceding sentence of this Section 7.4(c) and record the same in writing.

 

16

 

  

(d) Payment of Performance Compensation Awards.

 

(i) Condition to Receipt of Payment. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant must be employed by the Company on the last day of a Performance Period to be eligible for payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award for such Performance Period.

 

(ii) Limitation. A Participant shall be eligible to receive payment in respect of a Performance Compensation Award only to the extent that: (A) the Performance Goals for such period are achieved; and (B) the Performance Formula as applied against such Performance Goals determines that all or some portion of such Participant’s Performance Compensation Award has been earned for the Performance Period.

 

(iii) Certification. Following the completion of a Performance Period, the Committee shall review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Period have been achieved and, if so, calculate and certify in writing the amount of the Performance Compensation Awards earned for the period based upon the Performance Formula. The Committee shall then determine the actual size of each Participant’s Performance Compensation Award for the Performance Period and, in so doing, may apply Negative Discretion in accordance with Section 7.4(d)(iv) hereof, if and when it deems appropriate.

 

(iv) Use of Discretion. In determining the actual size of an individual Performance Compensation Award for a Performance Period, the Committee may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance Compensation Award earned under the Performance Formula in the Performance Period through the use of Negative Discretion if, in its sole judgment, such reduction or elimination is appropriate. The Committee shall not have the discretion to grant or provide payment in respect of Performance Compensation Awards for a Performance Period if the Performance Goals for such Performance Period have not been attained.

 

(v) Timing of Award Payments. Performance Compensation Awards granted for a Performance Period shall be paid to Participants as soon as administratively practicable following completion of the certifications required by this Section 7.4 but in no event later than 2 1/2 months following the end of the fiscal year during which the Performance Period is completed.

 

8. Securities Law Compliance. Each Award Agreement shall provide that no shares of Common Stock shall be purchased or sold thereunder unless and until (a) any then applicable requirements of state or federal laws and regulatory agencies have been fully complied with to the satisfaction of the Company and its counsel and (b) if required to do so by the Company, the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company a letter of investment intent in such form and containing such provisions as the Committee may require. The Company shall use reasonable efforts to seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority which counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.

 

9. Use of Proceeds from Stock. Proceeds from the sale of Common Stock pursuant to Awards, or upon exercise thereof, shall constitute general funds of the Company.

 

17

 

  

10. Miscellaneous.

 

10.1. Acceleration of Exercisability and Vesting. The Committee shall have the power to accelerate the time at which an Award may first be exercised or the time during which an Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest, provided any such acceleration or exercisability or vesting is in compliance with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code.

 

10.2. Stockholder Rights. Except as provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, no Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Award pursuant to its terms and no adjustment shall be made for dividends (ordinary or extraordinary, whether in cash, securities or other property) or distributions of other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such Common Stock certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 11 hereof.

 

10.3. No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan or any instrument executed or Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (a) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without Cause or (b) the service of a Director pursuant to the By-laws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

 

10.4. Transfer; Approved Leave of Absence. For purposes of the Plan, no termination of employment by an Employee shall be deemed to result from either (a) a transfer of employment to the Company from an Affiliate or from the Company to an Affiliate, or from one Affiliate to another, or (b) an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the Employee’s right to reemployment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Committee otherwise so provides in writing, in either case, except to the extent inconsistent with Section 409A of the Code if the applicable Award is subject thereto.

 

10.5. Withholding Obligations. To the extent provided by the terms of an Award Agreement and subject to the discretion of the Committee, the Participant may satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under an Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (a) tendering a cash payment; (b) authorizing the Company to withhold shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to the Participant as a result of the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Award, provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law; or (c) delivering to the Company previously owned and unencumbered shares of Common Stock of the Company.

 

18

 

 

11. Adjustments Upon Changes in Stock. In the event of changes in the outstanding Common Stock or in the capital structure of the Company by reason of any stock or extraordinary cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, an extraordinary corporate transaction such as any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange, or other relevant change in capitalization occurring after the Grant Date of any Award, Awards granted under the Plan and any Award Agreements, the exercise price of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, the maximum number of shares of Common Stock subject to all Awards stated in Section 4 and the maximum number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which any one person may be granted Awards during any period stated in Section 4 will be equitably adjusted or substituted, as to the number, price or kind of a share of Common Stock or other consideration subject to such Awards to the extent necessary to preserve the economic intent of such Award. In the case of adjustments made pursuant to this Section 11, unless the Committee specifically determines that such adjustment is in the best interests of the Company or its Affiliates, the Committee shall, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, ensure that any adjustments under this Section 11 will not constitute a modification, extension or renewal of the Incentive Stock Options within the meaning of Section 424(h)(3) of the Code and in the case of Non-qualified Stock Options, ensure that any adjustments under this Section 11 will not constitute a modification of such Non-qualified Stock Options within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code. Any adjustments made under this Section 11 shall be made in a manner which does not adversely affect the exemption provided pursuant to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act. The Company shall give each Participant notice of an adjustment hereunder and, upon notice, such adjustment shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes.

 

12. Effect of Change in Control.

 

12.1. In the discretion of the Board and the Committee, any Award Agreement may provide, or the Board or the Committee may provide by amendment of any Award Agreement or otherwise, notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, that in the event of a Change in Control, Options and/or Stock Appreciation Rights shall become immediately exercisable with respect to all or a specified portion of the shares subject to such Options or Stock Appreciation Rights, and/or the Restricted Period shall expire immediately with respect to all or a specified portion of the shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units.

 

12.2. In addition, in the event of a Change in Control, the Committee may in its discretion and upon at least 10 days’ advance notice to the affected persons, cancel any outstanding Awards and pay to the holders thereof, in cash or stock, or any combination thereof, the value of such Awards based upon the price per share of Common Stock received or to be received by other stockholders of the Company in the event. In the case of any Option or Stock Appreciation Right with an exercise price that equals or exceeds the price paid for a share of Common Stock in connection with the Change in Control, the Committee may cancel the Option or Stock Appreciation Right without the payment of consideration therefor.

 

12.3. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be binding upon any successor corporation or organization resulting from the merger, consolidation or other reorganization of the Company, or upon any successor corporation or organization succeeding to all or substantially all of the assets and business of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

 

13. Amendment of the Plan and Awards.

 

13.1. Amendment of Plan. The Board at any time, and from time to time, may amend or terminate the Plan. However, except as provided in Section 11 relating to adjustments upon changes in Common Stock and Section 13.3, no amendment shall be effective unless approved by the stockholders of the Company to the extent stockholder approval is necessary to satisfy any Applicable Laws. At the time of such amendment, the Board shall determine, upon advice from counsel, whether such amendment will be contingent on stockholder approval.

 

13.2. Stockholder Approval. The Board may, in its sole discretion, submit any other amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval.

 

13.3. Contemplated Amendments. It is expressly contemplated that the Board may amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable to provide eligible Employees, Consultants and Directors with the maximum benefits provided or to be provided under the provisions of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder relating to Incentive Stock Options or to the nonqualified deferred compensation provisions of Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan and/or Awards granted under it into compliance therewith.

 

19

 

  

13.4. No Impairment of Rights. Rights under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (a) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (b) the Participant consents in writing.

 

13.5. Amendment of Awards. The Committee at any time, and from time to time, may amend the terms of any one or more Awards; provided, however, that the Committee may not affect any amendment which would otherwise constitute an impairment of the rights under any Award unless (a) the Company requests the consent of the Participant and (b) the Participant consents in writing.

 

14. General Provisions.

 

14.1. Forfeiture Events. The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain events, in addition to applicable vesting conditions of an Award. Such events may include, without limitation, breach of non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality, or other restrictive covenants that are contained in the Award Agreement or otherwise applicable to the Participant, a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for Cause, or other conduct by the Participant that is detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company and/or its Affiliates.

 

14.2. Clawback. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Plan, any Award which is subject to recovery under any law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement, will be subject to such deductions and clawback as may be required to be made pursuant to such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement (or any policy adopted by the Company pursuant to any such law, government regulation or stock exchange listing requirement).

 

14.3. Other Compensation Arrangements. Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, subject to stockholder approval if such approval is required; and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

 

14.4. Sub-plans. The Committee may from time to time establish sub-plans under the Plan for purposes of satisfying blue sky, securities, tax or other laws of various jurisdictions in which the Company intends to grant Awards. Any sub-plans shall contain such limitations and other terms and conditions as the Committee determines are necessary or desirable. All sub-plans shall be deemed a part of the Plan, but each sub-plan shall apply only to the Participants in the jurisdiction for which the sub-plan was designed.

 

14.5. Deferral of Awards. The Committee may establish one or more programs under the Plan to permit selected Participants the opportunity to elect to defer receipt of consideration upon exercise of an Award, satisfaction of performance criteria, or other event that absent the election would entitle the Participant to payment or receipt of shares of Common Stock or other consideration under an Award. The Committee may establish the election procedures, the timing of such elections, the mechanisms for payments of, and accrual of interest or other earnings, if any, on amounts, shares or other consideration so deferred, and such other terms, conditions, rules and procedures that the Committee deems advisable for the administration of any such deferral program. All of such programs and procedures shall be consistent with the rules of Section 409A of the Code.

 

20

 

  

14.6. Unfunded Plan. The Plan shall be unfunded. Neither the Company, the Board nor the Committee shall be required to establish any special or separate fund or to segregate any assets to assure the performance of its obligations under the Plan.

 

14.7. Recapitalizations. Each Award Agreement shall contain provisions required to reflect the provisions of Section 11.

 

14.8. Delivery. Upon exercise of a right granted under this Plan, the Company shall issue Common Stock or pay any amounts due within a reasonable period of time thereafter. Subject to any statutory or regulatory obligations the Company may otherwise have, for purposes of this Plan, thirty (30) days shall be considered a reasonable period of time.

 

14.9. No Fractional Shares. No fractional shares of Common Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan. The Committee shall determine whether cash, additional Awards or other securities or property shall be issued or paid in lieu of fractional shares of Common Stock or whether any fractional shares should be rounded, forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

 

14.10. Other Provisions. The Award Agreements authorized under the Plan may contain such other provisions not inconsistent with this Plan, including, without limitation, restrictions upon the exercise of the Awards, as the Committee may deem advisable.

 

14.11. Section 409A. The Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Code to the extent subject thereto, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, the Plan shall be interpreted and administered to be in compliance therewith. Any payments described in the Plan that are due within the “short-term deferral period” as defined in Section 409A of the Code shall not be treated as deferred compensation unless Applicable Laws require otherwise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, to the extent required to avoid accelerated taxation and tax penalties under Section 409A of the Code, amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided pursuant to the Plan during the six (6) month period immediately following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service shall instead be paid on the first payroll date after the six-month anniversary of the Participant’s separation from service (or the Participant’s death, if earlier). Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Company nor the Committee shall have any obligation to take any action to prevent the assessment of any excise tax or penalty on any Participant under Section 409A of the Code and neither the Company nor the Committee will have any liability to any Participant for such tax or penalty.

 

14.12. Disqualifying Dispositions. Any Participant who shall make a “disposition” (as defined in Section 424 of the Code) of all or any portion of shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option within two years from the Grant Date of such Incentive Stock Option or within one year after the issuance of the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of such Incentive Stock Option (a “Disqualifying Disposition”) shall be required to immediately advise the Company in writing as to the occurrence of the sale and the price realized upon the sale of such shares of Common Stock.

 

14.13. Section 16. It is the intent of the Company that the Plan satisfy, and be interpreted in a manner that satisfies, the applicable requirements of Rule 16b-3 as promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act so that Participants will be entitled to the benefit of Rule 16b-3, or any other rule promulgated under Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and will not be subject to short-swing liability under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Accordingly, if the operation of any provision of the Plan would conflict with the intent expressed in this Section 14.13, such provision to the extent possible shall be interpreted and/or deemed amended so as to avoid such conflict.

 

21

 

 

14.14. Beneficiary Designation. Each Participant under the Plan may from time to time name any beneficiary or beneficiaries by whom any right under the Plan is to be exercised in case of such Participant’s death. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form reasonably prescribed by the Committee and shall be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during the Participant’s lifetime.

 

14.15. Expenses. The costs of administering the Plan shall be paid by the Company.

 

14.16. Severability. If any of the provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, whether in whole or in part, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability and the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

 

14.17. Plan Headings. The headings in the Plan are for purposes of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the construction of the provisions hereof.

 

14.18. Non-Uniform Treatment. The Committee’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who are eligible to receive, or actually receive, Awards. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee shall be entitled to make non-uniform and selective determinations, amendments and adjustments, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Award Agreements.

 

15. Effective Date of Plan. The Plan shall become effective as of the Effective Date, but no Award shall be exercised (or, in the case of a stock Award, shall be granted) unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval shall be within twelve (12) months before or after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

16. Termination or Suspension of the Plan. The Plan shall terminate automatically on April 18, 2028. No Award shall be granted pursuant to the Plan after such date, but Awards theretofore granted may extend beyond that date. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any earlier date pursuant to Section 13.1 hereof, provided any such suspension or termination is consistent with the provisions of Section 409A of the Code. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

17. Choice of Law. Except to the extent governed by Federal law, the law of the State of Delaware shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to such state’s conflict of law rules.

 

As adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on April 21, 2020.

 

As approved by the stockholders of the Company on April 21, 2020.

 

 

22

 

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

Name of Subsidiary   Jurisdiction of
Organization
  Percentage of
Ownership
Appliances Connection Inc.   Delaware   100%

Exhibit 23.1

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-333-240307) of our report dated March 29, 2021, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of 1847 Goedeker Inc., which appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2020.

 

/s/ Friedman LLP

 

Marlton, New Jersey

March 29, 2021

 

 

Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Douglas T. Moore, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of 1847 Goedeker Inc.;
     
  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
     
  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
     
  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
     
  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
     
  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
     
  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
     
  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
     
  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     
  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

 

Date: March 29, 2021

 

  /s/ Douglas T. Moore
  Douglas T. Moore
 

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, Robert D. Barry, certify that:

 

  1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of 1847 Goedeker Inc.;
     
  2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
     
  3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
     
  4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
     
  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
     
  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
     
  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
     
  5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
     
  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
     
  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.  

 

Date: March 29, 2021

 

  /s/ Robert D. Barry
  Robert D. Barry
  Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

The undersigned Chief Executive Officer of 1847 GOEDEKER INC. (the “Company”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY that:

 

1. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2. Information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operation of the Company.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this statement on March 29, 2021.

 

  /s/ Douglas T. Moore
  Douglas T. Moore
  Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to 1847 Goedeker Inc. and will be retained by 1847 Goedeker Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

The forgoing certification is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to § 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. It is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.

 

 

Exhibit 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

The undersigned Chief Financial Officer of 1847 GOEDEKER INC. (the “Company”), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY that:

 

1. The Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 (the “Report”) fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2. Information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operation of the Company.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this statement on March 29, 2021.

 

  /s/ Robert D. Barry
  Robert D. Barry
  Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to 1847 Goedeker Inc. and will be retained by 1847 Goedeker Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 

The forgoing certification is being furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to § 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. It is not being filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company, whether made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.